diff --git a/hl.vcxproj b/hl.vcxproj
index 1cc3790b3..487eadaf7 100644
--- a/hl.vcxproj
+++ b/hl.vcxproj
@@ -66,21 +66,24 @@
true
+ include\pcre;$(IncludePath)
true
+ include/pcre;$(IncludePath)
false
+ include/pcre;$(IncludePath)
false
+ include/pcre;$(IncludePath)
- Level3
Disabled
WIN32;_DEBUG;_CONSOLE;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)
StreamingSIMDExtensions2
@@ -143,8 +146,17 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
@@ -161,6 +173,10 @@
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/include/pcre/config.h b/include/pcre/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bd5ebd5f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/pcre/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+#define COMPILE_PCRE16
+#undef SUPPORT_JIT
+#define PCRE_STATIC
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+# pragma warning(disable:4710) // inline disabled
+# pragma warning(disable:4711) // inline activated
+# pragma warning(disable:4242) // loss of data
+# pragma warning(disable:4244) // loss of data
+#endif
+
+/* The value of PARENS_NEST_LIMIT specifies the maximum depth of nested
+ parentheses (of any kind) in a pattern. This limits the amount of system
+ stack that is used while compiling a pattern. */
+#define PARENS_NEST_LIMIT 250
+
+/* The value of LINK_SIZE determines the number of bytes used to store links
+ as offsets within the compiled regex. The default is 2, which allows for
+ compiled patterns up to 64K long. This covers the vast majority of cases.
+ However, PCRE can also be compiled to use 3 or 4 bytes instead. This allows
+ for longer patterns in extreme cases. */
+#define LINK_SIZE 2
+
+/* This limit is parameterized just in case anybody ever wants to change it.
+ Care must be taken if it is increased, because it guards against integer
+ overflow caused by enormously large patterns. */
+#define MAX_NAME_COUNT 10000
+
+/* This limit is parameterized just in case anybody ever wants to change it.
+ Care must be taken if it is increased, because it guards against integer
+ overflow caused by enormously large patterns. */
+#define MAX_NAME_SIZE 32
+
+/* The value of NEWLINE determines the default newline character sequence.
+ PCRE client programs can override this by selecting other values at run
+ time. In ASCII environments, the value can be 10 (LF), 13 (CR), or 3338
+ (CRLF); in EBCDIC environments the value can be 21 or 37 (LF), 13 (CR), or
+ 3349 or 3365 (CRLF) because there are two alternative codepoints (0x15 and
+ 0x25) that are used as the NL line terminator that is equivalent to ASCII
+ LF. In both ASCII and EBCDIC environments the value can also be -1 (ANY),
+ or -2 (ANYCRLF). */
+#define NEWLINE 10
+
+/* The value of MATCH_LIMIT determines the default number of times the
+ internal match() function can be called during a single execution of
+ pcre_exec(). There is a runtime interface for setting a different limit.
+ The limit exists in order to catch runaway regular expressions that take
+ for ever to determine that they do not match. The default is set very large
+ so that it does not accidentally catch legitimate cases. */
+#define MATCH_LIMIT 10000000
+
+/* The above limit applies to all calls of match(), whether or not they
+ increase the recursion depth. In some environments it is desirable to limit
+ the depth of recursive calls of match() more strictly, in order to restrict
+ the maximum amount of stack (or heap, if NO_RECURSE is defined) that is
+ used. The value of MATCH_LIMIT_RECURSION applies only to recursive calls of
+ match(). To have any useful effect, it must be less than the value of
+ MATCH_LIMIT. The default is to use the same value as MATCH_LIMIT. There is
+ a runtime method for setting a different limit. */
+#define MATCH_LIMIT_RECURSION MATCH_LIMIT
diff --git a/include/pcre/pcre.h b/include/pcre/pcre.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bf6351f88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/pcre/pcre.h
@@ -0,0 +1,677 @@
+/*************************************************
+* Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This is the public header file for the PCRE library, to be #included by
+applications that call the PCRE functions.
+
+ Copyright (c) 1997-2014 University of Cambridge
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+ * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+ * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
+ contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+ this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+
+#ifndef _PCRE_H
+#define _PCRE_H
+
+/* The current PCRE version information. */
+
+#define PCRE_MAJOR 8
+#define PCRE_MINOR 38
+#define PCRE_PRERELEASE
+#define PCRE_DATE 2015-11-23
+
+/* When an application links to a PCRE DLL in Windows, the symbols that are
+imported have to be identified as such. When building PCRE, the appropriate
+export setting is defined in pcre_internal.h, which includes this file. So we
+don't change existing definitions of PCRE_EXP_DECL and PCRECPP_EXP_DECL. */
+
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(PCRE_STATIC)
+# ifndef PCRE_EXP_DECL
+# define PCRE_EXP_DECL extern __declspec(dllimport)
+# endif
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+# ifndef PCRECPP_EXP_DECL
+# define PCRECPP_EXP_DECL extern __declspec(dllimport)
+# endif
+# ifndef PCRECPP_EXP_DEFN
+# define PCRECPP_EXP_DEFN __declspec(dllimport)
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* By default, we use the standard "extern" declarations. */
+
+#ifndef PCRE_EXP_DECL
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+# define PCRE_EXP_DECL extern "C"
+# else
+# define PCRE_EXP_DECL extern
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+# ifndef PCRECPP_EXP_DECL
+# define PCRECPP_EXP_DECL extern
+# endif
+# ifndef PCRECPP_EXP_DEFN
+# define PCRECPP_EXP_DEFN
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Have to include stdlib.h in order to ensure that size_t is defined;
+it is needed here for malloc. */
+
+#include
+
+/* Allow for C++ users */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Public options. Some are compile-time only, some are run-time only, and some
+are both. Most of the compile-time options are saved with the compiled regex so
+that they can be inspected during studying (and therefore JIT compiling). Note
+that pcre_study() has its own set of options. Originally, all the options
+defined here used distinct bits. However, almost all the bits in a 32-bit word
+are now used, so in order to conserve them, option bits that were previously
+only recognized at matching time (i.e. by pcre_exec() or pcre_dfa_exec()) may
+also be used for compile-time options that affect only compiling and are not
+relevant for studying or JIT compiling.
+
+Some options for pcre_compile() change its behaviour but do not affect the
+behaviour of the execution functions. Other options are passed through to the
+execution functions and affect their behaviour, with or without affecting the
+behaviour of pcre_compile().
+
+Options that can be passed to pcre_compile() are tagged Cx below, with these
+variants:
+
+C1 Affects compile only
+C2 Does not affect compile; affects exec, dfa_exec
+C3 Affects compile, exec, dfa_exec
+C4 Affects compile, exec, dfa_exec, study
+C5 Affects compile, exec, study
+
+Options that can be set for pcre_exec() and/or pcre_dfa_exec() are flagged with
+E and D, respectively. They take precedence over C3, C4, and C5 settings passed
+from pcre_compile(). Those that are compatible with JIT execution are flagged
+with J. */
+
+#define PCRE_CASELESS 0x00000001 /* C1 */
+#define PCRE_MULTILINE 0x00000002 /* C1 */
+#define PCRE_DOTALL 0x00000004 /* C1 */
+#define PCRE_EXTENDED 0x00000008 /* C1 */
+#define PCRE_ANCHORED 0x00000010 /* C4 E D */
+#define PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY 0x00000020 /* C2 */
+#define PCRE_EXTRA 0x00000040 /* C1 */
+#define PCRE_NOTBOL 0x00000080 /* E D J */
+#define PCRE_NOTEOL 0x00000100 /* E D J */
+#define PCRE_UNGREEDY 0x00000200 /* C1 */
+#define PCRE_NOTEMPTY 0x00000400 /* E D J */
+#define PCRE_UTF8 0x00000800 /* C4 ) */
+#define PCRE_UTF16 0x00000800 /* C4 ) Synonyms */
+#define PCRE_UTF32 0x00000800 /* C4 ) */
+#define PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE 0x00001000 /* C1 */
+#define PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK 0x00002000 /* C1 E D J ) */
+#define PCRE_NO_UTF16_CHECK 0x00002000 /* C1 E D J ) Synonyms */
+#define PCRE_NO_UTF32_CHECK 0x00002000 /* C1 E D J ) */
+#define PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT 0x00004000 /* C1 */
+#define PCRE_PARTIAL_SOFT 0x00008000 /* E D J ) Synonyms */
+#define PCRE_PARTIAL 0x00008000 /* E D J ) */
+
+/* This pair use the same bit. */
+#define PCRE_NEVER_UTF 0x00010000 /* C1 ) Overlaid */
+#define PCRE_DFA_SHORTEST 0x00010000 /* D ) Overlaid */
+
+/* This pair use the same bit. */
+#define PCRE_NO_AUTO_POSSESS 0x00020000 /* C1 ) Overlaid */
+#define PCRE_DFA_RESTART 0x00020000 /* D ) Overlaid */
+
+#define PCRE_FIRSTLINE 0x00040000 /* C3 */
+#define PCRE_DUPNAMES 0x00080000 /* C1 */
+#define PCRE_NEWLINE_CR 0x00100000 /* C3 E D */
+#define PCRE_NEWLINE_LF 0x00200000 /* C3 E D */
+#define PCRE_NEWLINE_CRLF 0x00300000 /* C3 E D */
+#define PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY 0x00400000 /* C3 E D */
+#define PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF 0x00500000 /* C3 E D */
+#define PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF 0x00800000 /* C3 E D */
+#define PCRE_BSR_UNICODE 0x01000000 /* C3 E D */
+#define PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT 0x02000000 /* C5 */
+#define PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE 0x04000000 /* C2 E D ) Synonyms */
+#define PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMISE 0x04000000 /* C2 E D ) */
+#define PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD 0x08000000 /* E D J */
+#define PCRE_NOTEMPTY_ATSTART 0x10000000 /* E D J */
+#define PCRE_UCP 0x20000000 /* C3 */
+
+/* Exec-time and get/set-time error codes */
+
+#define PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH (-1)
+#define PCRE_ERROR_NULL (-2)
+#define PCRE_ERROR_BADOPTION (-3)
+#define PCRE_ERROR_BADMAGIC (-4)
+#define PCRE_ERROR_UNKNOWN_OPCODE (-5)
+#define PCRE_ERROR_UNKNOWN_NODE (-5) /* For backward compatibility */
+#define PCRE_ERROR_NOMEMORY (-6)
+#define PCRE_ERROR_NOSUBSTRING (-7)
+#define PCRE_ERROR_MATCHLIMIT (-8)
+#define PCRE_ERROR_CALLOUT (-9) /* Never used by PCRE itself */
+#define PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF8 (-10) /* Same for 8/16/32 */
+#define PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF16 (-10) /* Same for 8/16/32 */
+#define PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF32 (-10) /* Same for 8/16/32 */
+#define PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF8_OFFSET (-11) /* Same for 8/16 */
+#define PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF16_OFFSET (-11) /* Same for 8/16 */
+#define PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL (-12)
+#define PCRE_ERROR_BADPARTIAL (-13)
+#define PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL (-14)
+#define PCRE_ERROR_BADCOUNT (-15)
+#define PCRE_ERROR_DFA_UITEM (-16)
+#define PCRE_ERROR_DFA_UCOND (-17)
+#define PCRE_ERROR_DFA_UMLIMIT (-18)
+#define PCRE_ERROR_DFA_WSSIZE (-19)
+#define PCRE_ERROR_DFA_RECURSE (-20)
+#define PCRE_ERROR_RECURSIONLIMIT (-21)
+#define PCRE_ERROR_NULLWSLIMIT (-22) /* No longer actually used */
+#define PCRE_ERROR_BADNEWLINE (-23)
+#define PCRE_ERROR_BADOFFSET (-24)
+#define PCRE_ERROR_SHORTUTF8 (-25)
+#define PCRE_ERROR_SHORTUTF16 (-25) /* Same for 8/16 */
+#define PCRE_ERROR_RECURSELOOP (-26)
+#define PCRE_ERROR_JIT_STACKLIMIT (-27)
+#define PCRE_ERROR_BADMODE (-28)
+#define PCRE_ERROR_BADENDIANNESS (-29)
+#define PCRE_ERROR_DFA_BADRESTART (-30)
+#define PCRE_ERROR_JIT_BADOPTION (-31)
+#define PCRE_ERROR_BADLENGTH (-32)
+#define PCRE_ERROR_UNSET (-33)
+
+/* Specific error codes for UTF-8 validity checks */
+
+#define PCRE_UTF8_ERR0 0
+#define PCRE_UTF8_ERR1 1
+#define PCRE_UTF8_ERR2 2
+#define PCRE_UTF8_ERR3 3
+#define PCRE_UTF8_ERR4 4
+#define PCRE_UTF8_ERR5 5
+#define PCRE_UTF8_ERR6 6
+#define PCRE_UTF8_ERR7 7
+#define PCRE_UTF8_ERR8 8
+#define PCRE_UTF8_ERR9 9
+#define PCRE_UTF8_ERR10 10
+#define PCRE_UTF8_ERR11 11
+#define PCRE_UTF8_ERR12 12
+#define PCRE_UTF8_ERR13 13
+#define PCRE_UTF8_ERR14 14
+#define PCRE_UTF8_ERR15 15
+#define PCRE_UTF8_ERR16 16
+#define PCRE_UTF8_ERR17 17
+#define PCRE_UTF8_ERR18 18
+#define PCRE_UTF8_ERR19 19
+#define PCRE_UTF8_ERR20 20
+#define PCRE_UTF8_ERR21 21
+#define PCRE_UTF8_ERR22 22 /* Unused (was non-character) */
+
+/* Specific error codes for UTF-16 validity checks */
+
+#define PCRE_UTF16_ERR0 0
+#define PCRE_UTF16_ERR1 1
+#define PCRE_UTF16_ERR2 2
+#define PCRE_UTF16_ERR3 3
+#define PCRE_UTF16_ERR4 4 /* Unused (was non-character) */
+
+/* Specific error codes for UTF-32 validity checks */
+
+#define PCRE_UTF32_ERR0 0
+#define PCRE_UTF32_ERR1 1
+#define PCRE_UTF32_ERR2 2 /* Unused (was non-character) */
+#define PCRE_UTF32_ERR3 3
+
+/* Request types for pcre_fullinfo() */
+
+#define PCRE_INFO_OPTIONS 0
+#define PCRE_INFO_SIZE 1
+#define PCRE_INFO_CAPTURECOUNT 2
+#define PCRE_INFO_BACKREFMAX 3
+#define PCRE_INFO_FIRSTBYTE 4
+#define PCRE_INFO_FIRSTCHAR 4 /* For backwards compatibility */
+#define PCRE_INFO_FIRSTTABLE 5
+#define PCRE_INFO_LASTLITERAL 6
+#define PCRE_INFO_NAMEENTRYSIZE 7
+#define PCRE_INFO_NAMECOUNT 8
+#define PCRE_INFO_NAMETABLE 9
+#define PCRE_INFO_STUDYSIZE 10
+#define PCRE_INFO_DEFAULT_TABLES 11
+#define PCRE_INFO_OKPARTIAL 12
+#define PCRE_INFO_JCHANGED 13
+#define PCRE_INFO_HASCRORLF 14
+#define PCRE_INFO_MINLENGTH 15
+#define PCRE_INFO_JIT 16
+#define PCRE_INFO_JITSIZE 17
+#define PCRE_INFO_MAXLOOKBEHIND 18
+#define PCRE_INFO_FIRSTCHARACTER 19
+#define PCRE_INFO_FIRSTCHARACTERFLAGS 20
+#define PCRE_INFO_REQUIREDCHAR 21
+#define PCRE_INFO_REQUIREDCHARFLAGS 22
+#define PCRE_INFO_MATCHLIMIT 23
+#define PCRE_INFO_RECURSIONLIMIT 24
+#define PCRE_INFO_MATCH_EMPTY 25
+
+/* Request types for pcre_config(). Do not re-arrange, in order to remain
+compatible. */
+
+#define PCRE_CONFIG_UTF8 0
+#define PCRE_CONFIG_NEWLINE 1
+#define PCRE_CONFIG_LINK_SIZE 2
+#define PCRE_CONFIG_POSIX_MALLOC_THRESHOLD 3
+#define PCRE_CONFIG_MATCH_LIMIT 4
+#define PCRE_CONFIG_STACKRECURSE 5
+#define PCRE_CONFIG_UNICODE_PROPERTIES 6
+#define PCRE_CONFIG_MATCH_LIMIT_RECURSION 7
+#define PCRE_CONFIG_BSR 8
+#define PCRE_CONFIG_JIT 9
+#define PCRE_CONFIG_UTF16 10
+#define PCRE_CONFIG_JITTARGET 11
+#define PCRE_CONFIG_UTF32 12
+#define PCRE_CONFIG_PARENS_LIMIT 13
+
+/* Request types for pcre_study(). Do not re-arrange, in order to remain
+compatible. */
+
+#define PCRE_STUDY_JIT_COMPILE 0x0001
+#define PCRE_STUDY_JIT_PARTIAL_SOFT_COMPILE 0x0002
+#define PCRE_STUDY_JIT_PARTIAL_HARD_COMPILE 0x0004
+#define PCRE_STUDY_EXTRA_NEEDED 0x0008
+
+/* Bit flags for the pcre[16|32]_extra structure. Do not re-arrange or redefine
+these bits, just add new ones on the end, in order to remain compatible. */
+
+#define PCRE_EXTRA_STUDY_DATA 0x0001
+#define PCRE_EXTRA_MATCH_LIMIT 0x0002
+#define PCRE_EXTRA_CALLOUT_DATA 0x0004
+#define PCRE_EXTRA_TABLES 0x0008
+#define PCRE_EXTRA_MATCH_LIMIT_RECURSION 0x0010
+#define PCRE_EXTRA_MARK 0x0020
+#define PCRE_EXTRA_EXECUTABLE_JIT 0x0040
+
+/* Types */
+
+struct real_pcre; /* declaration; the definition is private */
+typedef struct real_pcre pcre;
+
+struct real_pcre16; /* declaration; the definition is private */
+typedef struct real_pcre16 pcre16;
+
+struct real_pcre32; /* declaration; the definition is private */
+typedef struct real_pcre32 pcre32;
+
+struct real_pcre_jit_stack; /* declaration; the definition is private */
+typedef struct real_pcre_jit_stack pcre_jit_stack;
+
+struct real_pcre16_jit_stack; /* declaration; the definition is private */
+typedef struct real_pcre16_jit_stack pcre16_jit_stack;
+
+struct real_pcre32_jit_stack; /* declaration; the definition is private */
+typedef struct real_pcre32_jit_stack pcre32_jit_stack;
+
+/* If PCRE is compiled with 16 bit character support, PCRE_UCHAR16 must contain
+a 16 bit wide signed data type. Otherwise it can be a dummy data type since
+pcre16 functions are not implemented. There is a check for this in pcre_internal.h. */
+#ifndef PCRE_UCHAR16
+#define PCRE_UCHAR16 unsigned short
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PCRE_SPTR16
+#define PCRE_SPTR16 const PCRE_UCHAR16 *
+#endif
+
+/* If PCRE is compiled with 32 bit character support, PCRE_UCHAR32 must contain
+a 32 bit wide signed data type. Otherwise it can be a dummy data type since
+pcre32 functions are not implemented. There is a check for this in pcre_internal.h. */
+#ifndef PCRE_UCHAR32
+#define PCRE_UCHAR32 unsigned int
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PCRE_SPTR32
+#define PCRE_SPTR32 const PCRE_UCHAR32 *
+#endif
+
+/* When PCRE is compiled as a C++ library, the subject pointer type can be
+replaced with a custom type. For conventional use, the public interface is a
+const char *. */
+
+#ifndef PCRE_SPTR
+#define PCRE_SPTR const char *
+#endif
+
+/* The structure for passing additional data to pcre_exec(). This is defined in
+such as way as to be extensible. Always add new fields at the end, in order to
+remain compatible. */
+
+typedef struct pcre_extra {
+ unsigned long int flags; /* Bits for which fields are set */
+ void *study_data; /* Opaque data from pcre_study() */
+ unsigned long int match_limit; /* Maximum number of calls to match() */
+ void *callout_data; /* Data passed back in callouts */
+ const unsigned char *tables; /* Pointer to character tables */
+ unsigned long int match_limit_recursion; /* Max recursive calls to match() */
+ unsigned char **mark; /* For passing back a mark pointer */
+ void *executable_jit; /* Contains a pointer to a compiled jit code */
+} pcre_extra;
+
+/* Same structure as above, but with 16 bit char pointers. */
+
+typedef struct pcre16_extra {
+ unsigned long int flags; /* Bits for which fields are set */
+ void *study_data; /* Opaque data from pcre_study() */
+ unsigned long int match_limit; /* Maximum number of calls to match() */
+ void *callout_data; /* Data passed back in callouts */
+ const unsigned char *tables; /* Pointer to character tables */
+ unsigned long int match_limit_recursion; /* Max recursive calls to match() */
+ PCRE_UCHAR16 **mark; /* For passing back a mark pointer */
+ void *executable_jit; /* Contains a pointer to a compiled jit code */
+} pcre16_extra;
+
+/* Same structure as above, but with 32 bit char pointers. */
+
+typedef struct pcre32_extra {
+ unsigned long int flags; /* Bits for which fields are set */
+ void *study_data; /* Opaque data from pcre_study() */
+ unsigned long int match_limit; /* Maximum number of calls to match() */
+ void *callout_data; /* Data passed back in callouts */
+ const unsigned char *tables; /* Pointer to character tables */
+ unsigned long int match_limit_recursion; /* Max recursive calls to match() */
+ PCRE_UCHAR32 **mark; /* For passing back a mark pointer */
+ void *executable_jit; /* Contains a pointer to a compiled jit code */
+} pcre32_extra;
+
+/* The structure for passing out data via the pcre_callout_function. We use a
+structure so that new fields can be added on the end in future versions,
+without changing the API of the function, thereby allowing old clients to work
+without modification. */
+
+typedef struct pcre_callout_block {
+ int version; /* Identifies version of block */
+ /* ------------------------ Version 0 ------------------------------- */
+ int callout_number; /* Number compiled into pattern */
+ int *offset_vector; /* The offset vector */
+ PCRE_SPTR subject; /* The subject being matched */
+ int subject_length; /* The length of the subject */
+ int start_match; /* Offset to start of this match attempt */
+ int current_position; /* Where we currently are in the subject */
+ int capture_top; /* Max current capture */
+ int capture_last; /* Most recently closed capture */
+ void *callout_data; /* Data passed in with the call */
+ /* ------------------- Added for Version 1 -------------------------- */
+ int pattern_position; /* Offset to next item in the pattern */
+ int next_item_length; /* Length of next item in the pattern */
+ /* ------------------- Added for Version 2 -------------------------- */
+ const unsigned char *mark; /* Pointer to current mark or NULL */
+ /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+} pcre_callout_block;
+
+/* Same structure as above, but with 16 bit char pointers. */
+
+typedef struct pcre16_callout_block {
+ int version; /* Identifies version of block */
+ /* ------------------------ Version 0 ------------------------------- */
+ int callout_number; /* Number compiled into pattern */
+ int *offset_vector; /* The offset vector */
+ PCRE_SPTR16 subject; /* The subject being matched */
+ int subject_length; /* The length of the subject */
+ int start_match; /* Offset to start of this match attempt */
+ int current_position; /* Where we currently are in the subject */
+ int capture_top; /* Max current capture */
+ int capture_last; /* Most recently closed capture */
+ void *callout_data; /* Data passed in with the call */
+ /* ------------------- Added for Version 1 -------------------------- */
+ int pattern_position; /* Offset to next item in the pattern */
+ int next_item_length; /* Length of next item in the pattern */
+ /* ------------------- Added for Version 2 -------------------------- */
+ const PCRE_UCHAR16 *mark; /* Pointer to current mark or NULL */
+ /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+} pcre16_callout_block;
+
+/* Same structure as above, but with 32 bit char pointers. */
+
+typedef struct pcre32_callout_block {
+ int version; /* Identifies version of block */
+ /* ------------------------ Version 0 ------------------------------- */
+ int callout_number; /* Number compiled into pattern */
+ int *offset_vector; /* The offset vector */
+ PCRE_SPTR32 subject; /* The subject being matched */
+ int subject_length; /* The length of the subject */
+ int start_match; /* Offset to start of this match attempt */
+ int current_position; /* Where we currently are in the subject */
+ int capture_top; /* Max current capture */
+ int capture_last; /* Most recently closed capture */
+ void *callout_data; /* Data passed in with the call */
+ /* ------------------- Added for Version 1 -------------------------- */
+ int pattern_position; /* Offset to next item in the pattern */
+ int next_item_length; /* Length of next item in the pattern */
+ /* ------------------- Added for Version 2 -------------------------- */
+ const PCRE_UCHAR32 *mark; /* Pointer to current mark or NULL */
+ /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+} pcre32_callout_block;
+
+/* Indirection for store get and free functions. These can be set to
+alternative malloc/free functions if required. Special ones are used in the
+non-recursive case for "frames". There is also an optional callout function
+that is triggered by the (?) regex item. For Virtual Pascal, these definitions
+have to take another form. */
+
+#ifndef VPCOMPAT
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void *(*pcre_malloc)(size_t);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void (*pcre_free)(void *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void *(*pcre_stack_malloc)(size_t);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void (*pcre_stack_free)(void *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int (*pcre_callout)(pcre_callout_block *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int (*pcre_stack_guard)(void);
+
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void *(*pcre16_malloc)(size_t);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void (*pcre16_free)(void *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void *(*pcre16_stack_malloc)(size_t);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void (*pcre16_stack_free)(void *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int (*pcre16_callout)(pcre16_callout_block *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int (*pcre16_stack_guard)(void);
+
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void *(*pcre32_malloc)(size_t);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void (*pcre32_free)(void *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void *(*pcre32_stack_malloc)(size_t);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void (*pcre32_stack_free)(void *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int (*pcre32_callout)(pcre32_callout_block *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int (*pcre32_stack_guard)(void);
+#else /* VPCOMPAT */
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void *pcre_malloc(size_t);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre_free(void *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void *pcre_stack_malloc(size_t);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre_stack_free(void *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre_callout(pcre_callout_block *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre_stack_guard(void);
+
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void *pcre16_malloc(size_t);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre16_free(void *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void *pcre16_stack_malloc(size_t);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre16_stack_free(void *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre16_callout(pcre16_callout_block *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre16_stack_guard(void);
+
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void *pcre32_malloc(size_t);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre32_free(void *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void *pcre32_stack_malloc(size_t);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre32_stack_free(void *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre32_callout(pcre32_callout_block *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre32_stack_guard(void);
+#endif /* VPCOMPAT */
+
+/* User defined callback which provides a stack just before the match starts. */
+
+typedef pcre_jit_stack *(*pcre_jit_callback)(void *);
+typedef pcre16_jit_stack *(*pcre16_jit_callback)(void *);
+typedef pcre32_jit_stack *(*pcre32_jit_callback)(void *);
+
+/* Exported PCRE functions */
+
+PCRE_EXP_DECL pcre *pcre_compile(const char *, int, const char **, int *,
+ const unsigned char *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL pcre16 *pcre16_compile(PCRE_SPTR16, int, const char **, int *,
+ const unsigned char *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL pcre32 *pcre32_compile(PCRE_SPTR32, int, const char **, int *,
+ const unsigned char *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL pcre *pcre_compile2(const char *, int, int *, const char **,
+ int *, const unsigned char *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL pcre16 *pcre16_compile2(PCRE_SPTR16, int, int *, const char **,
+ int *, const unsigned char *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL pcre32 *pcre32_compile2(PCRE_SPTR32, int, int *, const char **,
+ int *, const unsigned char *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre_config(int, void *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre16_config(int, void *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre32_config(int, void *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre_copy_named_substring(const pcre *, const char *,
+ int *, int, const char *, char *, int);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre16_copy_named_substring(const pcre16 *, PCRE_SPTR16,
+ int *, int, PCRE_SPTR16, PCRE_UCHAR16 *, int);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre32_copy_named_substring(const pcre32 *, PCRE_SPTR32,
+ int *, int, PCRE_SPTR32, PCRE_UCHAR32 *, int);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre_copy_substring(const char *, int *, int, int,
+ char *, int);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre16_copy_substring(PCRE_SPTR16, int *, int, int,
+ PCRE_UCHAR16 *, int);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre32_copy_substring(PCRE_SPTR32, int *, int, int,
+ PCRE_UCHAR32 *, int);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre_dfa_exec(const pcre *, const pcre_extra *,
+ const char *, int, int, int, int *, int , int *, int);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre16_dfa_exec(const pcre16 *, const pcre16_extra *,
+ PCRE_SPTR16, int, int, int, int *, int , int *, int);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre32_dfa_exec(const pcre32 *, const pcre32_extra *,
+ PCRE_SPTR32, int, int, int, int *, int , int *, int);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre_exec(const pcre *, const pcre_extra *, PCRE_SPTR,
+ int, int, int, int *, int);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre16_exec(const pcre16 *, const pcre16_extra *,
+ PCRE_SPTR16, int, int, int, int *, int);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre32_exec(const pcre32 *, const pcre32_extra *,
+ PCRE_SPTR32, int, int, int, int *, int);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre_jit_exec(const pcre *, const pcre_extra *,
+ PCRE_SPTR, int, int, int, int *, int,
+ pcre_jit_stack *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre16_jit_exec(const pcre16 *, const pcre16_extra *,
+ PCRE_SPTR16, int, int, int, int *, int,
+ pcre16_jit_stack *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre32_jit_exec(const pcre32 *, const pcre32_extra *,
+ PCRE_SPTR32, int, int, int, int *, int,
+ pcre32_jit_stack *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre_free_substring(const char *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre16_free_substring(PCRE_SPTR16);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre32_free_substring(PCRE_SPTR32);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre_free_substring_list(const char **);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre16_free_substring_list(PCRE_SPTR16 *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre32_free_substring_list(PCRE_SPTR32 *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre_fullinfo(const pcre *, const pcre_extra *, int,
+ void *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre16_fullinfo(const pcre16 *, const pcre16_extra *, int,
+ void *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre32_fullinfo(const pcre32 *, const pcre32_extra *, int,
+ void *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre_get_named_substring(const pcre *, const char *,
+ int *, int, const char *, const char **);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre16_get_named_substring(const pcre16 *, PCRE_SPTR16,
+ int *, int, PCRE_SPTR16, PCRE_SPTR16 *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre32_get_named_substring(const pcre32 *, PCRE_SPTR32,
+ int *, int, PCRE_SPTR32, PCRE_SPTR32 *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre_get_stringnumber(const pcre *, const char *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre16_get_stringnumber(const pcre16 *, PCRE_SPTR16);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre32_get_stringnumber(const pcre32 *, PCRE_SPTR32);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre_get_stringtable_entries(const pcre *, const char *,
+ char **, char **);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre16_get_stringtable_entries(const pcre16 *, PCRE_SPTR16,
+ PCRE_UCHAR16 **, PCRE_UCHAR16 **);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre32_get_stringtable_entries(const pcre32 *, PCRE_SPTR32,
+ PCRE_UCHAR32 **, PCRE_UCHAR32 **);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre_get_substring(const char *, int *, int, int,
+ const char **);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre16_get_substring(PCRE_SPTR16, int *, int, int,
+ PCRE_SPTR16 *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre32_get_substring(PCRE_SPTR32, int *, int, int,
+ PCRE_SPTR32 *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre_get_substring_list(const char *, int *, int,
+ const char ***);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre16_get_substring_list(PCRE_SPTR16, int *, int,
+ PCRE_SPTR16 **);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre32_get_substring_list(PCRE_SPTR32, int *, int,
+ PCRE_SPTR32 **);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL const unsigned char *pcre_maketables(void);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL const unsigned char *pcre16_maketables(void);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL const unsigned char *pcre32_maketables(void);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre_refcount(pcre *, int);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre16_refcount(pcre16 *, int);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre32_refcount(pcre32 *, int);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL pcre_extra *pcre_study(const pcre *, int, const char **);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL pcre16_extra *pcre16_study(const pcre16 *, int, const char **);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL pcre32_extra *pcre32_study(const pcre32 *, int, const char **);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre_free_study(pcre_extra *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre16_free_study(pcre16_extra *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre32_free_study(pcre32_extra *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL const char *pcre_version(void);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL const char *pcre16_version(void);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL const char *pcre32_version(void);
+
+/* Utility functions for byte order swaps. */
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre_pattern_to_host_byte_order(pcre *, pcre_extra *,
+ const unsigned char *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre16_pattern_to_host_byte_order(pcre16 *, pcre16_extra *,
+ const unsigned char *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre32_pattern_to_host_byte_order(pcre32 *, pcre32_extra *,
+ const unsigned char *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre16_utf16_to_host_byte_order(PCRE_UCHAR16 *,
+ PCRE_SPTR16, int, int *, int);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre32_utf32_to_host_byte_order(PCRE_UCHAR32 *,
+ PCRE_SPTR32, int, int *, int);
+
+/* JIT compiler related functions. */
+
+PCRE_EXP_DECL pcre_jit_stack *pcre_jit_stack_alloc(int, int);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL pcre16_jit_stack *pcre16_jit_stack_alloc(int, int);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL pcre32_jit_stack *pcre32_jit_stack_alloc(int, int);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre_jit_stack_free(pcre_jit_stack *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre16_jit_stack_free(pcre16_jit_stack *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre32_jit_stack_free(pcre32_jit_stack *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre_assign_jit_stack(pcre_extra *,
+ pcre_jit_callback, void *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre16_assign_jit_stack(pcre16_extra *,
+ pcre16_jit_callback, void *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre32_assign_jit_stack(pcre32_extra *,
+ pcre32_jit_callback, void *);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre_jit_free_unused_memory(void);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre16_jit_free_unused_memory(void);
+PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre32_jit_free_unused_memory(void);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+} /* extern "C" */
+#endif
+
+#endif /* End of pcre.h */
diff --git a/include/pcre/pcre_chartables.c b/include/pcre/pcre_chartables.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1e20ec29d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/pcre/pcre_chartables.c
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+/*************************************************
+* Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This file contains character tables that are used when no external tables
+are passed to PCRE by the application that calls it. The tables are used only
+for characters whose code values are less than 256.
+
+This is a default version of the tables that assumes ASCII encoding. A program
+called dftables (which is distributed with PCRE) can be used to build
+alternative versions of this file. This is necessary if you are running in an
+EBCDIC environment, or if you want to default to a different encoding, for
+example ISO-8859-1. When dftables is run, it creates these tables in the
+current locale. If PCRE is configured with --enable-rebuild-chartables, this
+happens automatically.
+
+The following #includes are present because without them gcc 4.x may remove the
+array definition from the final binary if PCRE is built into a static library
+and dead code stripping is activated. This leads to link errors. Pulling in the
+header ensures that the array gets flagged as "someone outside this compilation
+unit might reference this" and so it will always be supplied to the linker. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "pcre_internal.h"
+
+const pcre_uint8 PRIV(default_tables)[] = {
+
+/* This table is a lower casing table. */
+
+ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,
+ 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15,
+ 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23,
+ 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31,
+ 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39,
+ 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47,
+ 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55,
+ 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63,
+ 64, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,
+ 104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,
+ 112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,
+ 120,121,122, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95,
+ 96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,
+ 104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,
+ 112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,
+ 120,121,122,123,124,125,126,127,
+ 128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,
+ 136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143,
+ 144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,
+ 152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,
+ 160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,
+ 168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,
+ 176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,
+ 184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,
+ 192,193,194,195,196,197,198,199,
+ 200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,
+ 208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215,
+ 216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,
+ 224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,
+ 232,233,234,235,236,237,238,239,
+ 240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,
+ 248,249,250,251,252,253,254,255,
+
+/* This table is a case flipping table. */
+
+ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,
+ 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15,
+ 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23,
+ 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31,
+ 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39,
+ 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47,
+ 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55,
+ 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63,
+ 64, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,
+ 104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,
+ 112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,
+ 120,121,122, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95,
+ 96, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71,
+ 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79,
+ 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87,
+ 88, 89, 90,123,124,125,126,127,
+ 128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,
+ 136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143,
+ 144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,
+ 152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,
+ 160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,
+ 168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,
+ 176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,
+ 184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,
+ 192,193,194,195,196,197,198,199,
+ 200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,
+ 208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215,
+ 216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,
+ 224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,
+ 232,233,234,235,236,237,238,239,
+ 240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,
+ 248,249,250,251,252,253,254,255,
+
+/* This table contains bit maps for various character classes. Each map is 32
+bytes long and the bits run from the least significant end of each byte. The
+classes that have their own maps are: space, xdigit, digit, upper, lower, word,
+graph, print, punct, and cntrl. Other classes are built from combinations. */
+
+ 0x00,0x3e,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xff,0x03,
+ 0x7e,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x7e,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xff,0x03,
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+ 0xfe,0xff,0xff,0x07,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xfe,0xff,0xff,0x07,
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xff,0x03,
+ 0xfe,0xff,0xff,0x87,0xfe,0xff,0xff,0x07,
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xfe,0xff,0xff,0xff,
+ 0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0x7f,
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,
+ 0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0x7f,
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xfe,0xff,0x00,0xfc,
+ 0x01,0x00,0x00,0xf8,0x01,0x00,0x00,0x78,
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+
+ 0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
+
+/* This table identifies various classes of character by individual bits:
+ 0x01 white space character
+ 0x02 letter
+ 0x04 decimal digit
+ 0x08 hexadecimal digit
+ 0x10 alphanumeric or '_'
+ 0x80 regular expression metacharacter or binary zero
+*/
+
+ 0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 */
+ 0x00,0x01,0x01,0x01,0x01,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */
+ 0x01,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - ' */
+ 0x80,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00, /* ( - / */
+ 0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c, /* 0 - 7 */
+ 0x1c,0x1c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80, /* 8 - ? */
+ 0x00,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /* @ - G */
+ 0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* H - O */
+ 0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* P - W */
+ 0x12,0x12,0x12,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x80,0x10, /* X - _ */
+ 0x00,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /* ` - g */
+ 0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* h - o */
+ 0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* p - w */
+ 0x12,0x12,0x12,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* x -127 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 128-135 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 136-143 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144-151 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 152-159 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160-167 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 168-175 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 176-183 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 192-199 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 200-207 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 208-215 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 216-223 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 224-231 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 232-239 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 240-247 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 248-255 */
+
+/* End of pcre_chartables.c */
diff --git a/include/pcre/pcre_compile.c b/include/pcre/pcre_compile.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4d3b3139d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/pcre/pcre_compile.c
@@ -0,0 +1,9732 @@
+/*************************************************
+* Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
+and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
+
+ Written by Philip Hazel
+ Copyright (c) 1997-2014 University of Cambridge
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+ * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+ * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
+ contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+ this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+
+
+/* This module contains the external function pcre_compile(), along with
+supporting internal functions that are not used by other modules. */
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#define NLBLOCK cd /* Block containing newline information */
+#define PSSTART start_pattern /* Field containing pattern start */
+#define PSEND end_pattern /* Field containing pattern end */
+
+#include "pcre_internal.h"
+
+
+/* When PCRE_DEBUG is defined, we need the pcre(16|32)_printint() function, which
+is also used by pcretest. PCRE_DEBUG is not defined when building a production
+library. We do not need to select pcre16_printint.c specially, because the
+COMPILE_PCREx macro will already be appropriately set. */
+
+#ifdef PCRE_DEBUG
+/* pcre_printint.c should not include any headers */
+#define PCRE_INCLUDED
+#include "pcre_printint.c"
+#undef PCRE_INCLUDED
+#endif
+
+
+/* Macro for setting individual bits in class bitmaps. */
+
+#define SETBIT(a,b) a[(b)/8] |= (1 << ((b)&7))
+
+/* Maximum length value to check against when making sure that the integer that
+holds the compiled pattern length does not overflow. We make it a bit less than
+INT_MAX to allow for adding in group terminating bytes, so that we don't have
+to check them every time. */
+
+#define OFLOW_MAX (INT_MAX - 20)
+
+/* Definitions to allow mutual recursion */
+
+static int
+ add_list_to_class(pcre_uint8 *, pcre_uchar **, int, compile_data *,
+ const pcre_uint32 *, unsigned int);
+
+static BOOL
+ compile_regex(int, pcre_uchar **, const pcre_uchar **, int *, BOOL, BOOL, int, int,
+ pcre_uint32 *, pcre_int32 *, pcre_uint32 *, pcre_int32 *, branch_chain *,
+ compile_data *, int *);
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Code parameters and static tables *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This value specifies the size of stack workspace that is used during the
+first pre-compile phase that determines how much memory is required. The regex
+is partly compiled into this space, but the compiled parts are discarded as
+soon as they can be, so that hopefully there will never be an overrun. The code
+does, however, check for an overrun. The largest amount I've seen used is 218,
+so this number is very generous.
+
+The same workspace is used during the second, actual compile phase for
+remembering forward references to groups so that they can be filled in at the
+end. Each entry in this list occupies LINK_SIZE bytes, so even when LINK_SIZE
+is 4 there is plenty of room for most patterns. However, the memory can get
+filled up by repetitions of forward references, for example patterns like
+/(?1){0,1999}(b)/, and one user did hit the limit. The code has been changed so
+that the workspace is expanded using malloc() in this situation. The value
+below is therefore a minimum, and we put a maximum on it for safety. The
+minimum is now also defined in terms of LINK_SIZE so that the use of malloc()
+kicks in at the same number of forward references in all cases. */
+
+#define COMPILE_WORK_SIZE (2048*LINK_SIZE)
+#define COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX (100*COMPILE_WORK_SIZE)
+
+/* This value determines the size of the initial vector that is used for
+remembering named groups during the pre-compile. It is allocated on the stack,
+but if it is too small, it is expanded using malloc(), in a similar way to the
+workspace. The value is the number of slots in the list. */
+
+#define NAMED_GROUP_LIST_SIZE 20
+
+/* The overrun tests check for a slightly smaller size so that they detect the
+overrun before it actually does run off the end of the data block. */
+
+#define WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN (100)
+
+/* Private flags added to firstchar and reqchar. */
+
+#define REQ_CASELESS (1 << 0) /* Indicates caselessness */
+#define REQ_VARY (1 << 1) /* Reqchar followed non-literal item */
+/* Negative values for the firstchar and reqchar flags */
+#define REQ_UNSET (-2)
+#define REQ_NONE (-1)
+
+/* Repeated character flags. */
+
+#define UTF_LENGTH 0x10000000l /* The char contains its length. */
+
+/* Table for handling escaped characters in the range '0'-'z'. Positive returns
+are simple data values; negative values are for special things like \d and so
+on. Zero means further processing is needed (for things like \x), or the escape
+is invalid. */
+
+#ifndef EBCDIC
+
+/* This is the "normal" table for ASCII systems or for EBCDIC systems running
+in UTF-8 mode. */
+
+static const short int escapes[] = {
+ 0, 0,
+ 0, 0,
+ 0, 0,
+ 0, 0,
+ 0, 0,
+ CHAR_COLON, CHAR_SEMICOLON,
+ CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN, CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN,
+ CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN, CHAR_QUESTION_MARK,
+ CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT, -ESC_A,
+ -ESC_B, -ESC_C,
+ -ESC_D, -ESC_E,
+ 0, -ESC_G,
+ -ESC_H, 0,
+ 0, -ESC_K,
+ 0, 0,
+ -ESC_N, 0,
+ -ESC_P, -ESC_Q,
+ -ESC_R, -ESC_S,
+ 0, 0,
+ -ESC_V, -ESC_W,
+ -ESC_X, 0,
+ -ESC_Z, CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET,
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET,
+ CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT, CHAR_UNDERSCORE,
+ CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT, ESC_a,
+ -ESC_b, 0,
+ -ESC_d, ESC_e,
+ ESC_f, 0,
+ -ESC_h, 0,
+ 0, -ESC_k,
+ 0, 0,
+ ESC_n, 0,
+ -ESC_p, 0,
+ ESC_r, -ESC_s,
+ ESC_tee, 0,
+ -ESC_v, -ESC_w,
+ 0, 0,
+ -ESC_z
+};
+
+#else
+
+/* This is the "abnormal" table for EBCDIC systems without UTF-8 support. */
+
+static const short int escapes[] = {
+/* 48 */ 0, 0, 0, '.', '<', '(', '+', '|',
+/* 50 */ '&', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+/* 58 */ 0, 0, '!', '$', '*', ')', ';', '~',
+/* 60 */ '-', '/', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+/* 68 */ 0, 0, '|', ',', '%', '_', '>', '?',
+/* 70 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+/* 78 */ 0, '`', ':', '#', '@', '\'', '=', '"',
+/* 80 */ 0, ESC_a, -ESC_b, 0, -ESC_d, ESC_e, ESC_f, 0,
+/* 88 */-ESC_h, 0, 0, '{', 0, 0, 0, 0,
+/* 90 */ 0, 0, -ESC_k, 0, 0, ESC_n, 0, -ESC_p,
+/* 98 */ 0, ESC_r, 0, '}', 0, 0, 0, 0,
+/* A0 */ 0, '~', -ESC_s, ESC_tee, 0,-ESC_v, -ESC_w, 0,
+/* A8 */ 0,-ESC_z, 0, 0, 0, '[', 0, 0,
+/* B0 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+/* B8 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ']', '=', '-',
+/* C0 */ '{',-ESC_A, -ESC_B, -ESC_C, -ESC_D,-ESC_E, 0, -ESC_G,
+/* C8 */-ESC_H, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+/* D0 */ '}', 0, -ESC_K, 0, 0,-ESC_N, 0, -ESC_P,
+/* D8 */-ESC_Q,-ESC_R, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+/* E0 */ '\\', 0, -ESC_S, 0, 0,-ESC_V, -ESC_W, -ESC_X,
+/* E8 */ 0,-ESC_Z, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+/* F0 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+/* F8 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
+};
+
+/* We also need a table of characters that may follow \c in an EBCDIC
+environment for characters 0-31. */
+
+static unsigned char ebcdic_escape_c[] = "@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\\]^_";
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* Table of special "verbs" like (*PRUNE). This is a short table, so it is
+searched linearly. Put all the names into a single string, in order to reduce
+the number of relocations when a shared library is dynamically linked. The
+string is built from string macros so that it works in UTF-8 mode on EBCDIC
+platforms. */
+
+typedef struct verbitem {
+ int len; /* Length of verb name */
+ int op; /* Op when no arg, or -1 if arg mandatory */
+ int op_arg; /* Op when arg present, or -1 if not allowed */
+} verbitem;
+
+static const char verbnames[] =
+ "\0" /* Empty name is a shorthand for MARK */
+ STRING_MARK0
+ STRING_ACCEPT0
+ STRING_COMMIT0
+ STRING_F0
+ STRING_FAIL0
+ STRING_PRUNE0
+ STRING_SKIP0
+ STRING_THEN;
+
+static const verbitem verbs[] = {
+ { 0, -1, OP_MARK },
+ { 4, -1, OP_MARK },
+ { 6, OP_ACCEPT, -1 },
+ { 6, OP_COMMIT, -1 },
+ { 1, OP_FAIL, -1 },
+ { 4, OP_FAIL, -1 },
+ { 5, OP_PRUNE, OP_PRUNE_ARG },
+ { 4, OP_SKIP, OP_SKIP_ARG },
+ { 4, OP_THEN, OP_THEN_ARG }
+};
+
+static const int verbcount = sizeof(verbs)/sizeof(verbitem);
+
+
+/* Substitutes for [[:<:]] and [[:>:]], which mean start and end of word in
+another regex library. */
+
+static const pcre_uchar sub_start_of_word[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_b, CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS, CHAR_QUESTION_MARK,
+ CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN, CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_w, CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS, '\0' };
+
+static const pcre_uchar sub_end_of_word[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_b, CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS, CHAR_QUESTION_MARK,
+ CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN, CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN, CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_w,
+ CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS, '\0' };
+
+
+/* Tables of names of POSIX character classes and their lengths. The names are
+now all in a single string, to reduce the number of relocations when a shared
+library is dynamically loaded. The list of lengths is terminated by a zero
+length entry. The first three must be alpha, lower, upper, as this is assumed
+for handling case independence. The indices for graph, print, and punct are
+needed, so identify them. */
+
+static const char posix_names[] =
+ STRING_alpha0 STRING_lower0 STRING_upper0 STRING_alnum0
+ STRING_ascii0 STRING_blank0 STRING_cntrl0 STRING_digit0
+ STRING_graph0 STRING_print0 STRING_punct0 STRING_space0
+ STRING_word0 STRING_xdigit;
+
+static const pcre_uint8 posix_name_lengths[] = {
+ 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 4, 6, 0 };
+
+#define PC_GRAPH 8
+#define PC_PRINT 9
+#define PC_PUNCT 10
+
+
+/* Table of class bit maps for each POSIX class. Each class is formed from a
+base map, with an optional addition or removal of another map. Then, for some
+classes, there is some additional tweaking: for [:blank:] the vertical space
+characters are removed, and for [:alpha:] and [:alnum:] the underscore
+character is removed. The triples in the table consist of the base map offset,
+second map offset or -1 if no second map, and a non-negative value for map
+addition or a negative value for map subtraction (if there are two maps). The
+absolute value of the third field has these meanings: 0 => no tweaking, 1 =>
+remove vertical space characters, 2 => remove underscore. */
+
+static const int posix_class_maps[] = {
+ cbit_word, cbit_digit, -2, /* alpha */
+ cbit_lower, -1, 0, /* lower */
+ cbit_upper, -1, 0, /* upper */
+ cbit_word, -1, 2, /* alnum - word without underscore */
+ cbit_print, cbit_cntrl, 0, /* ascii */
+ cbit_space, -1, 1, /* blank - a GNU extension */
+ cbit_cntrl, -1, 0, /* cntrl */
+ cbit_digit, -1, 0, /* digit */
+ cbit_graph, -1, 0, /* graph */
+ cbit_print, -1, 0, /* print */
+ cbit_punct, -1, 0, /* punct */
+ cbit_space, -1, 0, /* space */
+ cbit_word, -1, 0, /* word - a Perl extension */
+ cbit_xdigit,-1, 0 /* xdigit */
+};
+
+/* Table of substitutes for \d etc when PCRE_UCP is set. They are replaced by
+Unicode property escapes. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+static const pcre_uchar string_PNd[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
+ CHAR_N, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
+static const pcre_uchar string_pNd[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
+ CHAR_N, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
+static const pcre_uchar string_PXsp[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
+ CHAR_X, CHAR_s, CHAR_p, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
+static const pcre_uchar string_pXsp[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
+ CHAR_X, CHAR_s, CHAR_p, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
+static const pcre_uchar string_PXwd[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
+ CHAR_X, CHAR_w, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
+static const pcre_uchar string_pXwd[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
+ CHAR_X, CHAR_w, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
+
+static const pcre_uchar *substitutes[] = {
+ string_PNd, /* \D */
+ string_pNd, /* \d */
+ string_PXsp, /* \S */ /* Xsp is Perl space, but from 8.34, Perl */
+ string_pXsp, /* \s */ /* space and POSIX space are the same. */
+ string_PXwd, /* \W */
+ string_pXwd /* \w */
+};
+
+/* The POSIX class substitutes must be in the order of the POSIX class names,
+defined above, and there are both positive and negative cases. NULL means no
+general substitute of a Unicode property escape (\p or \P). However, for some
+POSIX classes (e.g. graph, print, punct) a special property code is compiled
+directly. */
+
+static const pcre_uchar string_pL[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
+ CHAR_L, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
+static const pcre_uchar string_pLl[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
+ CHAR_L, CHAR_l, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
+static const pcre_uchar string_pLu[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
+ CHAR_L, CHAR_u, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
+static const pcre_uchar string_pXan[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
+ CHAR_X, CHAR_a, CHAR_n, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
+static const pcre_uchar string_h[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_h, '\0' };
+static const pcre_uchar string_pXps[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
+ CHAR_X, CHAR_p, CHAR_s, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
+static const pcre_uchar string_PL[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
+ CHAR_L, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
+static const pcre_uchar string_PLl[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
+ CHAR_L, CHAR_l, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
+static const pcre_uchar string_PLu[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
+ CHAR_L, CHAR_u, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
+static const pcre_uchar string_PXan[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
+ CHAR_X, CHAR_a, CHAR_n, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
+static const pcre_uchar string_H[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_H, '\0' };
+static const pcre_uchar string_PXps[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
+ CHAR_X, CHAR_p, CHAR_s, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
+
+static const pcre_uchar *posix_substitutes[] = {
+ string_pL, /* alpha */
+ string_pLl, /* lower */
+ string_pLu, /* upper */
+ string_pXan, /* alnum */
+ NULL, /* ascii */
+ string_h, /* blank */
+ NULL, /* cntrl */
+ string_pNd, /* digit */
+ NULL, /* graph */
+ NULL, /* print */
+ NULL, /* punct */
+ string_pXps, /* space */ /* Xps is POSIX space, but from 8.34 */
+ string_pXwd, /* word */ /* Perl and POSIX space are the same */
+ NULL, /* xdigit */
+ /* Negated cases */
+ string_PL, /* ^alpha */
+ string_PLl, /* ^lower */
+ string_PLu, /* ^upper */
+ string_PXan, /* ^alnum */
+ NULL, /* ^ascii */
+ string_H, /* ^blank */
+ NULL, /* ^cntrl */
+ string_PNd, /* ^digit */
+ NULL, /* ^graph */
+ NULL, /* ^print */
+ NULL, /* ^punct */
+ string_PXps, /* ^space */ /* Xps is POSIX space, but from 8.34 */
+ string_PXwd, /* ^word */ /* Perl and POSIX space are the same */
+ NULL /* ^xdigit */
+};
+#define POSIX_SUBSIZE (sizeof(posix_substitutes) / sizeof(pcre_uchar *))
+#endif
+
+#define STRING(a) # a
+#define XSTRING(s) STRING(s)
+
+/* The texts of compile-time error messages. These are "char *" because they
+are passed to the outside world. Do not ever re-use any error number, because
+they are documented. Always add a new error instead. Messages marked DEAD below
+are no longer used. This used to be a table of strings, but in order to reduce
+the number of relocations needed when a shared library is loaded dynamically,
+it is now one long string. We cannot use a table of offsets, because the
+lengths of inserts such as XSTRING(MAX_NAME_SIZE) are not known. Instead, we
+simply count through to the one we want - this isn't a performance issue
+because these strings are used only when there is a compilation error.
+
+Each substring ends with \0 to insert a null character. This includes the final
+substring, so that the whole string ends with \0\0, which can be detected when
+counting through. */
+
+static const char error_texts[] =
+ "no error\0"
+ "\\ at end of pattern\0"
+ "\\c at end of pattern\0"
+ "unrecognized character follows \\\0"
+ "numbers out of order in {} quantifier\0"
+ /* 5 */
+ "number too big in {} quantifier\0"
+ "missing terminating ] for character class\0"
+ "invalid escape sequence in character class\0"
+ "range out of order in character class\0"
+ "nothing to repeat\0"
+ /* 10 */
+ "internal error: invalid forward reference offset\0"
+ "internal error: unexpected repeat\0"
+ "unrecognized character after (? or (?-\0"
+ "POSIX named classes are supported only within a class\0"
+ "missing )\0"
+ /* 15 */
+ "reference to non-existent subpattern\0"
+ "erroffset passed as NULL\0"
+ "unknown option bit(s) set\0"
+ "missing ) after comment\0"
+ "parentheses nested too deeply\0" /** DEAD **/
+ /* 20 */
+ "regular expression is too large\0"
+ "failed to get memory\0"
+ "unmatched parentheses\0"
+ "internal error: code overflow\0"
+ "unrecognized character after (?<\0"
+ /* 25 */
+ "lookbehind assertion is not fixed length\0"
+ "malformed number or name after (?(\0"
+ "conditional group contains more than two branches\0"
+ "assertion expected after (?(\0"
+ "(?R or (?[+-]digits must be followed by )\0"
+ /* 30 */
+ "unknown POSIX class name\0"
+ "POSIX collating elements are not supported\0"
+ "this version of PCRE is compiled without UTF support\0"
+ "spare error\0" /** DEAD **/
+ "character value in \\x{} or \\o{} is too large\0"
+ /* 35 */
+ "invalid condition (?(0)\0"
+ "\\C not allowed in lookbehind assertion\0"
+ "PCRE does not support \\L, \\l, \\N{name}, \\U, or \\u\0"
+ "number after (?C is > 255\0"
+ "closing ) for (?C expected\0"
+ /* 40 */
+ "recursive call could loop indefinitely\0"
+ "unrecognized character after (?P\0"
+ "syntax error in subpattern name (missing terminator)\0"
+ "two named subpatterns have the same name\0"
+ "invalid UTF-8 string\0"
+ /* 45 */
+ "support for \\P, \\p, and \\X has not been compiled\0"
+ "malformed \\P or \\p sequence\0"
+ "unknown property name after \\P or \\p\0"
+ "subpattern name is too long (maximum " XSTRING(MAX_NAME_SIZE) " characters)\0"
+ "too many named subpatterns (maximum " XSTRING(MAX_NAME_COUNT) ")\0"
+ /* 50 */
+ "repeated subpattern is too long\0" /** DEAD **/
+ "octal value is greater than \\377 in 8-bit non-UTF-8 mode\0"
+ "internal error: overran compiling workspace\0"
+ "internal error: previously-checked referenced subpattern not found\0"
+ "DEFINE group contains more than one branch\0"
+ /* 55 */
+ "repeating a DEFINE group is not allowed\0" /** DEAD **/
+ "inconsistent NEWLINE options\0"
+ "\\g is not followed by a braced, angle-bracketed, or quoted name/number or by a plain number\0"
+ "a numbered reference must not be zero\0"
+ "an argument is not allowed for (*ACCEPT), (*FAIL), or (*COMMIT)\0"
+ /* 60 */
+ "(*VERB) not recognized or malformed\0"
+ "number is too big\0"
+ "subpattern name expected\0"
+ "digit expected after (?+\0"
+ "] is an invalid data character in JavaScript compatibility mode\0"
+ /* 65 */
+ "different names for subpatterns of the same number are not allowed\0"
+ "(*MARK) must have an argument\0"
+ "this version of PCRE is not compiled with Unicode property support\0"
+#ifndef EBCDIC
+ "\\c must be followed by an ASCII character\0"
+#else
+ "\\c must be followed by a letter or one of [\\]^_?\0"
+#endif
+ "\\k is not followed by a braced, angle-bracketed, or quoted name\0"
+ /* 70 */
+ "internal error: unknown opcode in find_fixedlength()\0"
+ "\\N is not supported in a class\0"
+ "too many forward references\0"
+ "disallowed Unicode code point (>= 0xd800 && <= 0xdfff)\0"
+ "invalid UTF-16 string\0"
+ /* 75 */
+ "name is too long in (*MARK), (*PRUNE), (*SKIP), or (*THEN)\0"
+ "character value in \\u.... sequence is too large\0"
+ "invalid UTF-32 string\0"
+ "setting UTF is disabled by the application\0"
+ "non-hex character in \\x{} (closing brace missing?)\0"
+ /* 80 */
+ "non-octal character in \\o{} (closing brace missing?)\0"
+ "missing opening brace after \\o\0"
+ "parentheses are too deeply nested\0"
+ "invalid range in character class\0"
+ "group name must start with a non-digit\0"
+ /* 85 */
+ "parentheses are too deeply nested (stack check)\0"
+ "digits missing in \\x{} or \\o{}\0"
+ ;
+
+/* Table to identify digits and hex digits. This is used when compiling
+patterns. Note that the tables in chartables are dependent on the locale, and
+may mark arbitrary characters as digits - but the PCRE compiling code expects
+to handle only 0-9, a-z, and A-Z as digits when compiling. That is why we have
+a private table here. It costs 256 bytes, but it is a lot faster than doing
+character value tests (at least in some simple cases I timed), and in some
+applications one wants PCRE to compile efficiently as well as match
+efficiently.
+
+For convenience, we use the same bit definitions as in chartables:
+
+ 0x04 decimal digit
+ 0x08 hexadecimal digit
+
+Then we can use ctype_digit and ctype_xdigit in the code. */
+
+/* Using a simple comparison for decimal numbers rather than a memory read
+is much faster, and the resulting code is simpler (the compiler turns it
+into a subtraction and unsigned comparison). */
+
+#define IS_DIGIT(x) ((x) >= CHAR_0 && (x) <= CHAR_9)
+
+#ifndef EBCDIC
+
+/* This is the "normal" case, for ASCII systems, and EBCDIC systems running in
+UTF-8 mode. */
+
+static const pcre_uint8 digitab[] =
+ {
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - ' */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ( - / */
+ 0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /* 0 - 7 */
+ 0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 8 - ? */
+ 0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* @ - G */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* H - O */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* P - W */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* X - _ */
+ 0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* ` - g */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* h - o */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* p - w */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* x -127 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 128-135 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 136-143 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144-151 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 152-159 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160-167 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 168-175 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 176-183 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 192-199 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 200-207 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 208-215 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 216-223 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 224-231 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 232-239 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 240-247 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 248-255 */
+
+#else
+
+/* This is the "abnormal" case, for EBCDIC systems not running in UTF-8 mode. */
+
+static const pcre_uint8 digitab[] =
+ {
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 0 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 10 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 32- 39 20 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 40- 47 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 48- 55 30 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 56- 63 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - 71 40 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 72- | */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* & - 87 50 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 88- 95 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - -103 60 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 104- ? */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 70 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- " */
+ 0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* 128- g 80 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* h -143 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144- p 90 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* q -159 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160- x A0 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* y -175 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ^ -183 B0 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */
+ 0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* { - G C0 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* H -207 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* } - P D0 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Q -223 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* \ - X E0 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Y -239 */
+ 0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /* 0 - 7 F0 */
+ 0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 8 -255 */
+
+static const pcre_uint8 ebcdic_chartab[] = { /* chartable partial dup */
+ 0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 32- 39 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 40- 47 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 48- 55 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 56- 63 */
+ 0x01,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - 71 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80, /* 72- | */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* & - 87 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x00, /* 88- 95 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - -103 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x10,0x00,0x80, /* 104- ? */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- " */
+ 0x00,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /* 128- g */
+ 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* h -143 */
+ 0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 144- p */
+ 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* q -159 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 160- x */
+ 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* y -175 */
+ 0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ^ -183 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */
+ 0x80,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /* { - G */
+ 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* H -207 */
+ 0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* } - P */
+ 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Q -223 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* \ - X */
+ 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Y -239 */
+ 0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c, /* 0 - 7 */
+ 0x1c,0x1c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 8 -255 */
+#endif
+
+
+/* This table is used to check whether auto-possessification is possible
+between adjacent character-type opcodes. The left-hand (repeated) opcode is
+used to select the row, and the right-hand opcode is use to select the column.
+A value of 1 means that auto-possessification is OK. For example, the second
+value in the first row means that \D+\d can be turned into \D++\d.
+
+The Unicode property types (\P and \p) have to be present to fill out the table
+because of what their opcode values are, but the table values should always be
+zero because property types are handled separately in the code. The last four
+columns apply to items that cannot be repeated, so there is no need to have
+rows for them. Note that OP_DIGIT etc. are generated only when PCRE_UCP is
+*not* set. When it is set, \d etc. are converted into OP_(NOT_)PROP codes. */
+
+#define APTROWS (LAST_AUTOTAB_LEFT_OP - FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP + 1)
+#define APTCOLS (LAST_AUTOTAB_RIGHT_OP - FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP + 1)
+
+static const pcre_uint8 autoposstab[APTROWS][APTCOLS] = {
+/* \D \d \S \s \W \w . .+ \C \P \p \R \H \h \V \v \X \Z \z $ $M */
+ { 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \D */
+ { 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* \d */
+ { 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* \S */
+ { 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \s */
+ { 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \W */
+ { 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* \w */
+ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* . */
+ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* .+ */
+ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \C */
+ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* \P */
+ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* \p */
+ { 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \R */
+ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \H */
+ { 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \h */
+ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \V */
+ { 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \v */
+ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 } /* \X */
+};
+
+
+/* This table is used to check whether auto-possessification is possible
+between adjacent Unicode property opcodes (OP_PROP and OP_NOTPROP). The
+left-hand (repeated) opcode is used to select the row, and the right-hand
+opcode is used to select the column. The values are as follows:
+
+ 0 Always return FALSE (never auto-possessify)
+ 1 Character groups are distinct (possessify if both are OP_PROP)
+ 2 Check character categories in the same group (general or particular)
+ 3 TRUE if the two opcodes are not the same (PROP vs NOTPROP)
+
+ 4 Check left general category vs right particular category
+ 5 Check right general category vs left particular category
+
+ 6 Left alphanum vs right general category
+ 7 Left space vs right general category
+ 8 Left word vs right general category
+
+ 9 Right alphanum vs left general category
+ 10 Right space vs left general category
+ 11 Right word vs left general category
+
+ 12 Left alphanum vs right particular category
+ 13 Left space vs right particular category
+ 14 Left word vs right particular category
+
+ 15 Right alphanum vs left particular category
+ 16 Right space vs left particular category
+ 17 Right word vs left particular category
+*/
+
+static const pcre_uint8 propposstab[PT_TABSIZE][PT_TABSIZE] = {
+/* ANY LAMP GC PC SC ALNUM SPACE PXSPACE WORD CLIST UCNC */
+ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* PT_ANY */
+ { 0, 3, 0, 0, 0, 3, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0 }, /* PT_LAMP */
+ { 0, 0, 2, 4, 0, 9, 10, 10, 11, 0, 0 }, /* PT_GC */
+ { 0, 0, 5, 2, 0, 15, 16, 16, 17, 0, 0 }, /* PT_PC */
+ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* PT_SC */
+ { 0, 3, 6, 12, 0, 3, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0 }, /* PT_ALNUM */
+ { 0, 1, 7, 13, 0, 1, 3, 3, 1, 0, 0 }, /* PT_SPACE */
+ { 0, 1, 7, 13, 0, 1, 3, 3, 1, 0, 0 }, /* PT_PXSPACE */
+ { 0, 0, 8, 14, 0, 0, 1, 1, 3, 0, 0 }, /* PT_WORD */
+ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* PT_CLIST */
+ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 3 } /* PT_UCNC */
+};
+
+/* This table is used to check whether auto-possessification is possible
+between adjacent Unicode property opcodes (OP_PROP and OP_NOTPROP) when one
+specifies a general category and the other specifies a particular category. The
+row is selected by the general category and the column by the particular
+category. The value is 1 if the particular category is not part of the general
+category. */
+
+static const pcre_uint8 catposstab[7][30] = {
+/* Cc Cf Cn Co Cs Ll Lm Lo Lt Lu Mc Me Mn Nd Nl No Pc Pd Pe Pf Pi Po Ps Sc Sk Sm So Zl Zp Zs */
+ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* C */
+ { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* L */
+ { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* M */
+ { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* N */
+ { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* P */
+ { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1 }, /* S */
+ { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0 } /* Z */
+};
+
+/* This table is used when checking ALNUM, (PX)SPACE, SPACE, and WORD against
+a general or particular category. The properties in each row are those
+that apply to the character set in question. Duplication means that a little
+unnecessary work is done when checking, but this keeps things much simpler
+because they can all use the same code. For more details see the comment where
+this table is used.
+
+Note: SPACE and PXSPACE used to be different because Perl excluded VT from
+"space", but from Perl 5.18 it's included, so both categories are treated the
+same here. */
+
+static const pcre_uint8 posspropstab[3][4] = {
+ { ucp_L, ucp_N, ucp_N, ucp_Nl }, /* ALNUM, 3rd and 4th values redundant */
+ { ucp_Z, ucp_Z, ucp_C, ucp_Cc }, /* SPACE and PXSPACE, 2nd value redundant */
+ { ucp_L, ucp_N, ucp_P, ucp_Po } /* WORD */
+};
+
+/* This table is used when converting repeating opcodes into possessified
+versions as a result of an explicit possessive quantifier such as ++. A zero
+value means there is no possessified version - in those cases the item in
+question must be wrapped in ONCE brackets. The table is truncated at OP_CALLOUT
+because all relevant opcodes are less than that. */
+
+static const pcre_uint8 opcode_possessify[] = {
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0 - 15 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 16 - 31 */
+
+ 0, /* NOTI */
+ OP_POSSTAR, 0, /* STAR, MINSTAR */
+ OP_POSPLUS, 0, /* PLUS, MINPLUS */
+ OP_POSQUERY, 0, /* QUERY, MINQUERY */
+ OP_POSUPTO, 0, /* UPTO, MINUPTO */
+ 0, /* EXACT */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* POS{STAR,PLUS,QUERY,UPTO} */
+
+ OP_POSSTARI, 0, /* STARI, MINSTARI */
+ OP_POSPLUSI, 0, /* PLUSI, MINPLUSI */
+ OP_POSQUERYI, 0, /* QUERYI, MINQUERYI */
+ OP_POSUPTOI, 0, /* UPTOI, MINUPTOI */
+ 0, /* EXACTI */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* POS{STARI,PLUSI,QUERYI,UPTOI} */
+
+ OP_NOTPOSSTAR, 0, /* NOTSTAR, NOTMINSTAR */
+ OP_NOTPOSPLUS, 0, /* NOTPLUS, NOTMINPLUS */
+ OP_NOTPOSQUERY, 0, /* NOTQUERY, NOTMINQUERY */
+ OP_NOTPOSUPTO, 0, /* NOTUPTO, NOTMINUPTO */
+ 0, /* NOTEXACT */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* NOTPOS{STAR,PLUS,QUERY,UPTO} */
+
+ OP_NOTPOSSTARI, 0, /* NOTSTARI, NOTMINSTARI */
+ OP_NOTPOSPLUSI, 0, /* NOTPLUSI, NOTMINPLUSI */
+ OP_NOTPOSQUERYI, 0, /* NOTQUERYI, NOTMINQUERYI */
+ OP_NOTPOSUPTOI, 0, /* NOTUPTOI, NOTMINUPTOI */
+ 0, /* NOTEXACTI */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* NOTPOS{STARI,PLUSI,QUERYI,UPTOI} */
+
+ OP_TYPEPOSSTAR, 0, /* TYPESTAR, TYPEMINSTAR */
+ OP_TYPEPOSPLUS, 0, /* TYPEPLUS, TYPEMINPLUS */
+ OP_TYPEPOSQUERY, 0, /* TYPEQUERY, TYPEMINQUERY */
+ OP_TYPEPOSUPTO, 0, /* TYPEUPTO, TYPEMINUPTO */
+ 0, /* TYPEEXACT */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* TYPEPOS{STAR,PLUS,QUERY,UPTO} */
+
+ OP_CRPOSSTAR, 0, /* CRSTAR, CRMINSTAR */
+ OP_CRPOSPLUS, 0, /* CRPLUS, CRMINPLUS */
+ OP_CRPOSQUERY, 0, /* CRQUERY, CRMINQUERY */
+ OP_CRPOSRANGE, 0, /* CRRANGE, CRMINRANGE */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* CRPOS{STAR,PLUS,QUERY,RANGE} */
+
+ 0, 0, 0, /* CLASS, NCLASS, XCLASS */
+ 0, 0, /* REF, REFI */
+ 0, 0, /* DNREF, DNREFI */
+ 0, 0 /* RECURSE, CALLOUT */
+};
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Find an error text *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* The error texts are now all in one long string, to save on relocations. As
+some of the text is of unknown length, we can't use a table of offsets.
+Instead, just count through the strings. This is not a performance issue
+because it happens only when there has been a compilation error.
+
+Argument: the error number
+Returns: pointer to the error string
+*/
+
+static const char *
+find_error_text(int n)
+{
+const char *s = error_texts;
+for (; n > 0; n--)
+ {
+ while (*s++ != CHAR_NULL) {};
+ if (*s == CHAR_NULL) return "Error text not found (please report)";
+ }
+return s;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Expand the workspace *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is called during the second compiling phase, if the number of
+forward references fills the existing workspace, which is originally a block on
+the stack. A larger block is obtained from malloc() unless the ultimate limit
+has been reached or the increase will be rather small.
+
+Argument: pointer to the compile data block
+Returns: 0 if all went well, else an error number
+*/
+
+static int
+expand_workspace(compile_data *cd)
+{
+pcre_uchar *newspace;
+int newsize = cd->workspace_size * 2;
+
+if (newsize > COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX) newsize = COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX;
+if (cd->workspace_size >= COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX ||
+ newsize - cd->workspace_size < WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN)
+ return ERR72;
+
+newspace = (PUBL(malloc))(IN_UCHARS(newsize));
+if (newspace == NULL) return ERR21;
+memcpy(newspace, cd->start_workspace, cd->workspace_size * sizeof(pcre_uchar));
+cd->hwm = (pcre_uchar *)newspace + (cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace);
+if (cd->workspace_size > COMPILE_WORK_SIZE)
+ (PUBL(free))((void *)cd->start_workspace);
+cd->start_workspace = newspace;
+cd->workspace_size = newsize;
+return 0;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Check for counted repeat *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is called when a '{' is encountered in a place where it might
+start a quantifier. It looks ahead to see if it really is a quantifier or not.
+It is only a quantifier if it is one of the forms {ddd} {ddd,} or {ddd,ddd}
+where the ddds are digits.
+
+Arguments:
+ p pointer to the first char after '{'
+
+Returns: TRUE or FALSE
+*/
+
+static BOOL
+is_counted_repeat(const pcre_uchar *p)
+{
+if (!IS_DIGIT(*p)) return FALSE;
+p++;
+while (IS_DIGIT(*p)) p++;
+if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) return TRUE;
+
+if (*p++ != CHAR_COMMA) return FALSE;
+if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) return TRUE;
+
+if (!IS_DIGIT(*p)) return FALSE;
+p++;
+while (IS_DIGIT(*p)) p++;
+
+return (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET);
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Handle escapes *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is called when a \ has been encountered. It either returns a
+positive value for a simple escape such as \n, or 0 for a data character which
+will be placed in chptr. A backreference to group n is returned as negative n.
+When UTF-8 is enabled, a positive value greater than 255 may be returned in
+chptr. On entry, ptr is pointing at the \. On exit, it is on the final
+character of the escape sequence.
+
+Arguments:
+ ptrptr points to the pattern position pointer
+ chptr points to a returned data character
+ errorcodeptr points to the errorcode variable
+ bracount number of previous extracting brackets
+ options the options bits
+ isclass TRUE if inside a character class
+
+Returns: zero => a data character
+ positive => a special escape sequence
+ negative => a back reference
+ on error, errorcodeptr is set
+*/
+
+static int
+check_escape(const pcre_uchar **ptrptr, pcre_uint32 *chptr, int *errorcodeptr,
+ int bracount, int options, BOOL isclass)
+{
+/* PCRE_UTF16 has the same value as PCRE_UTF8. */
+BOOL utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
+const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr + 1;
+pcre_uint32 c;
+int escape = 0;
+int i;
+
+GETCHARINCTEST(c, ptr); /* Get character value, increment pointer */
+ptr--; /* Set pointer back to the last byte */
+
+/* If backslash is at the end of the pattern, it's an error. */
+
+if (c == CHAR_NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR1;
+
+/* Non-alphanumerics are literals. For digits or letters, do an initial lookup
+in a table. A non-zero result is something that can be returned immediately.
+Otherwise further processing may be required. */
+
+#ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
+/* Not alphanumeric */
+else if (c < CHAR_0 || c > CHAR_z) {}
+else if ((i = escapes[c - CHAR_0]) != 0)
+ { if (i > 0) c = (pcre_uint32)i; else escape = -i; }
+
+#else /* EBCDIC coding */
+/* Not alphanumeric */
+else if (c < CHAR_a || (!MAX_255(c) || (ebcdic_chartab[c] & 0x0E) == 0)) {}
+else if ((i = escapes[c - 0x48]) != 0) { if (i > 0) c = (pcre_uint32)i; else escape = -i; }
+#endif
+
+/* Escapes that need further processing, or are illegal. */
+
+else
+ {
+ const pcre_uchar *oldptr;
+ BOOL braced, negated, overflow;
+ int s;
+
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ /* A number of Perl escapes are not handled by PCRE. We give an explicit
+ error. */
+
+ case CHAR_l:
+ case CHAR_L:
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR37;
+ break;
+
+ case CHAR_u:
+ if ((options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0)
+ {
+ /* In JavaScript, \u must be followed by four hexadecimal numbers.
+ Otherwise it is a lowercase u letter. */
+ if (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && (digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0
+ && MAX_255(ptr[2]) && (digitab[ptr[2]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0
+ && MAX_255(ptr[3]) && (digitab[ptr[3]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0
+ && MAX_255(ptr[4]) && (digitab[ptr[4]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0)
+ {
+ c = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < 4; ++i)
+ {
+ register pcre_uint32 cc = *(++ptr);
+#ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
+ if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */
+ c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
+#else /* EBCDIC coding */
+ if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */
+ c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
+#endif
+ }
+
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffU))
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+ if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffffU))
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ if (utf && c > 0x10ffffU)
+#endif
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR76;
+ }
+ else if (utf && c >= 0xd800 && c <= 0xdfff) *errorcodeptr = ERR73;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR37;
+ break;
+
+ case CHAR_U:
+ /* In JavaScript, \U is an uppercase U letter. */
+ if ((options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) == 0) *errorcodeptr = ERR37;
+ break;
+
+ /* In a character class, \g is just a literal "g". Outside a character
+ class, \g must be followed by one of a number of specific things:
+
+ (1) A number, either plain or braced. If positive, it is an absolute
+ backreference. If negative, it is a relative backreference. This is a Perl
+ 5.10 feature.
+
+ (2) Perl 5.10 also supports \g{name} as a reference to a named group. This
+ is part of Perl's movement towards a unified syntax for back references. As
+ this is synonymous with \k{name}, we fudge it up by pretending it really
+ was \k.
+
+ (3) For Oniguruma compatibility we also support \g followed by a name or a
+ number either in angle brackets or in single quotes. However, these are
+ (possibly recursive) subroutine calls, _not_ backreferences. Just return
+ the ESC_g code (cf \k). */
+
+ case CHAR_g:
+ if (isclass) break;
+ if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN || ptr[1] == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)
+ {
+ escape = ESC_g;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Handle the Perl-compatible cases */
+
+ if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET)
+ {
+ const pcre_uchar *p;
+ for (p = ptr+2; *p != CHAR_NULL && *p != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET; p++)
+ if (*p != CHAR_MINUS && !IS_DIGIT(*p)) break;
+ if (*p != CHAR_NULL && *p != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
+ {
+ escape = ESC_k;
+ break;
+ }
+ braced = TRUE;
+ ptr++;
+ }
+ else braced = FALSE;
+
+ if (ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS)
+ {
+ negated = TRUE;
+ ptr++;
+ }
+ else negated = FALSE;
+
+ /* The integer range is limited by the machine's int representation. */
+ s = 0;
+ overflow = FALSE;
+ while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1]))
+ {
+ if (s > INT_MAX / 10 - 1) /* Integer overflow */
+ {
+ overflow = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ s = s * 10 + (int)(*(++ptr) - CHAR_0);
+ }
+ if (overflow) /* Integer overflow */
+ {
+ while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1]))
+ ptr++;
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR61;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (braced && *(++ptr) != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR57;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (s == 0)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR58;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (negated)
+ {
+ if (s > bracount)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
+ break;
+ }
+ s = bracount - (s - 1);
+ }
+
+ escape = -s;
+ break;
+
+ /* The handling of escape sequences consisting of a string of digits
+ starting with one that is not zero is not straightforward. Perl has changed
+ over the years. Nowadays \g{} for backreferences and \o{} for octal are
+ recommended to avoid the ambiguities in the old syntax.
+
+ Outside a character class, the digits are read as a decimal number. If the
+ number is less than 8 (used to be 10), or if there are that many previous
+ extracting left brackets, then it is a back reference. Otherwise, up to
+ three octal digits are read to form an escaped byte. Thus \123 is likely to
+ be octal 123 (cf \0123, which is octal 012 followed by the literal 3). If
+ the octal value is greater than 377, the least significant 8 bits are
+ taken. \8 and \9 are treated as the literal characters 8 and 9.
+
+ Inside a character class, \ followed by a digit is always either a literal
+ 8 or 9 or an octal number. */
+
+ case CHAR_1: case CHAR_2: case CHAR_3: case CHAR_4: case CHAR_5:
+ case CHAR_6: case CHAR_7: case CHAR_8: case CHAR_9:
+
+ if (!isclass)
+ {
+ oldptr = ptr;
+ /* The integer range is limited by the machine's int representation. */
+ s = (int)(c -CHAR_0);
+ overflow = FALSE;
+ while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1]))
+ {
+ if (s > INT_MAX / 10 - 1) /* Integer overflow */
+ {
+ overflow = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ s = s * 10 + (int)(*(++ptr) - CHAR_0);
+ }
+ if (overflow) /* Integer overflow */
+ {
+ while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1]))
+ ptr++;
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR61;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (s < 8 || s <= bracount) /* Check for back reference */
+ {
+ escape = -s;
+ break;
+ }
+ ptr = oldptr; /* Put the pointer back and fall through */
+ }
+
+ /* Handle a digit following \ when the number is not a back reference. If
+ the first digit is 8 or 9, Perl used to generate a binary zero byte and
+ then treat the digit as a following literal. At least by Perl 5.18 this
+ changed so as not to insert the binary zero. */
+
+ if ((c = *ptr) >= CHAR_8) break;
+
+ /* Fall through with a digit less than 8 */
+
+ /* \0 always starts an octal number, but we may drop through to here with a
+ larger first octal digit. The original code used just to take the least
+ significant 8 bits of octal numbers (I think this is what early Perls used
+ to do). Nowadays we allow for larger numbers in UTF-8 mode and 16-bit mode,
+ but no more than 3 octal digits. */
+
+ case CHAR_0:
+ c -= CHAR_0;
+ while(i++ < 2 && ptr[1] >= CHAR_0 && ptr[1] <= CHAR_7)
+ c = c * 8 + *(++ptr) - CHAR_0;
+#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8
+ if (!utf && c > 0xff) *errorcodeptr = ERR51;
+#endif
+ break;
+
+ /* \o is a relatively new Perl feature, supporting a more general way of
+ specifying character codes in octal. The only supported form is \o{ddd}. */
+
+ case CHAR_o:
+ if (ptr[1] != CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET) *errorcodeptr = ERR81; else
+ if (ptr[2] == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) *errorcodeptr = ERR86; else
+ {
+ ptr += 2;
+ c = 0;
+ overflow = FALSE;
+ while (*ptr >= CHAR_0 && *ptr <= CHAR_7)
+ {
+ register pcre_uint32 cc = *ptr++;
+ if (c == 0 && cc == CHAR_0) continue; /* Leading zeroes */
+#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32
+ if (c >= 0x20000000l) { overflow = TRUE; break; }
+#endif
+ c = (c << 3) + cc - CHAR_0 ;
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffU)) { overflow = TRUE; break; }
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+ if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffffU)) { overflow = TRUE; break; }
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ if (utf && c > 0x10ffffU) { overflow = TRUE; break; }
+#endif
+ }
+ if (overflow)
+ {
+ while (*ptr >= CHAR_0 && *ptr <= CHAR_7) ptr++;
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR34;
+ }
+ else if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
+ {
+ if (utf && c >= 0xd800 && c <= 0xdfff) *errorcodeptr = ERR73;
+ }
+ else *errorcodeptr = ERR80;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /* \x is complicated. In JavaScript, \x must be followed by two hexadecimal
+ numbers. Otherwise it is a lowercase x letter. */
+
+ case CHAR_x:
+ if ((options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0)
+ {
+ if (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && (digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0
+ && MAX_255(ptr[2]) && (digitab[ptr[2]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0)
+ {
+ c = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
+ {
+ register pcre_uint32 cc = *(++ptr);
+#ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
+ if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */
+ c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
+#else /* EBCDIC coding */
+ if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */
+ c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+ } /* End JavaScript handling */
+
+ /* Handle \x in Perl's style. \x{ddd} is a character number which can be
+ greater than 0xff in utf or non-8bit mode, but only if the ddd are hex
+ digits. If not, { used to be treated as a data character. However, Perl
+ seems to read hex digits up to the first non-such, and ignore the rest, so
+ that, for example \x{zz} matches a binary zero. This seems crazy, so PCRE
+ now gives an error. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET)
+ {
+ ptr += 2;
+ if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR86;
+ break;
+ }
+ c = 0;
+ overflow = FALSE;
+ while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (digitab[*ptr] & ctype_xdigit) != 0)
+ {
+ register pcre_uint32 cc = *ptr++;
+ if (c == 0 && cc == CHAR_0) continue; /* Leading zeroes */
+
+#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32
+ if (c >= 0x10000000l) { overflow = TRUE; break; }
+#endif
+
+#ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
+ if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */
+ c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
+#else /* EBCDIC coding */
+ if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */
+ c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
+#endif
+
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffU)) { overflow = TRUE; break; }
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+ if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffffU)) { overflow = TRUE; break; }
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ if (utf && c > 0x10ffffU) { overflow = TRUE; break; }
+#endif
+ }
+
+ if (overflow)
+ {
+ while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (digitab[*ptr] & ctype_xdigit) != 0) ptr++;
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR34;
+ }
+
+ else if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
+ {
+ if (utf && c >= 0xd800 && c <= 0xdfff) *errorcodeptr = ERR73;
+ }
+
+ /* If the sequence of hex digits does not end with '}', give an error.
+ We used just to recognize this construct and fall through to the normal
+ \x handling, but nowadays Perl gives an error, which seems much more
+ sensible, so we do too. */
+
+ else *errorcodeptr = ERR79;
+ } /* End of \x{} processing */
+
+ /* Read a single-byte hex-defined char (up to two hex digits after \x) */
+
+ else
+ {
+ c = 0;
+ while (i++ < 2 && MAX_255(ptr[1]) && (digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0)
+ {
+ pcre_uint32 cc; /* Some compilers don't like */
+ cc = *(++ptr); /* ++ in initializers */
+#ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
+ if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */
+ c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
+#else /* EBCDIC coding */
+ if (cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */
+ c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
+#endif
+ }
+ } /* End of \xdd handling */
+ } /* End of Perl-style \x handling */
+ break;
+
+ /* For \c, a following letter is upper-cased; then the 0x40 bit is flipped.
+ An error is given if the byte following \c is not an ASCII character. This
+ coding is ASCII-specific, but then the whole concept of \cx is
+ ASCII-specific. (However, an EBCDIC equivalent has now been added.) */
+
+ case CHAR_c:
+ c = *(++ptr);
+ if (c == CHAR_NULL)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR2;
+ break;
+ }
+#ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
+ if (c > 127) /* Excludes all non-ASCII in either mode */
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR68;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (c >= CHAR_a && c <= CHAR_z) c -= 32;
+ c ^= 0x40;
+#else /* EBCDIC coding */
+ if (c >= CHAR_a && c <= CHAR_z) c += 64;
+ if (c == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK)
+ c = ('\\' == 188 && '`' == 74)? 0x5f : 0xff;
+ else
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
+ {
+ if (c == ebcdic_escape_c[i]) break;
+ }
+ if (i < 32) c = i; else *errorcodeptr = ERR68;
+ }
+#endif
+ break;
+
+ /* PCRE_EXTRA enables extensions to Perl in the matter of escapes. Any
+ other alphanumeric following \ is an error if PCRE_EXTRA was set;
+ otherwise, for Perl compatibility, it is a literal. This code looks a bit
+ odd, but there used to be some cases other than the default, and there may
+ be again in future, so I haven't "optimized" it. */
+
+ default:
+ if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0) switch(c)
+ {
+ default:
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR3;
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+/* Perl supports \N{name} for character names, as well as plain \N for "not
+newline". PCRE does not support \N{name}. However, it does support
+quantification such as \N{2,3}. */
+
+if (escape == ESC_N && ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET &&
+ !is_counted_repeat(ptr+2))
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR37;
+
+/* If PCRE_UCP is set, we change the values for \d etc. */
+
+if ((options & PCRE_UCP) != 0 && escape >= ESC_D && escape <= ESC_w)
+ escape += (ESC_DU - ESC_D);
+
+/* Set the pointer to the final character before returning. */
+
+*ptrptr = ptr;
+*chptr = c;
+return escape;
+}
+
+
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+/*************************************************
+* Handle \P and \p *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is called after \P or \p has been encountered, provided that
+PCRE is compiled with support for Unicode properties. On entry, ptrptr is
+pointing at the P or p. On exit, it is pointing at the final character of the
+escape sequence.
+
+Argument:
+ ptrptr points to the pattern position pointer
+ negptr points to a boolean that is set TRUE for negation else FALSE
+ ptypeptr points to an unsigned int that is set to the type value
+ pdataptr points to an unsigned int that is set to the detailed property value
+ errorcodeptr points to the error code variable
+
+Returns: TRUE if the type value was found, or FALSE for an invalid type
+*/
+
+static BOOL
+get_ucp(const pcre_uchar **ptrptr, BOOL *negptr, unsigned int *ptypeptr,
+ unsigned int *pdataptr, int *errorcodeptr)
+{
+pcre_uchar c;
+int i, bot, top;
+const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr;
+pcre_uchar name[32];
+
+c = *(++ptr);
+if (c == CHAR_NULL) goto ERROR_RETURN;
+
+*negptr = FALSE;
+
+/* \P or \p can be followed by a name in {}, optionally preceded by ^ for
+negation. */
+
+if (c == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET)
+ {
+ if (ptr[1] == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT)
+ {
+ *negptr = TRUE;
+ ptr++;
+ }
+ for (i = 0; i < (int)(sizeof(name) / sizeof(pcre_uchar)) - 1; i++)
+ {
+ c = *(++ptr);
+ if (c == CHAR_NULL) goto ERROR_RETURN;
+ if (c == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) break;
+ name[i] = c;
+ }
+ if (c != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) goto ERROR_RETURN;
+ name[i] = 0;
+ }
+
+/* Otherwise there is just one following character */
+
+else
+ {
+ name[0] = c;
+ name[1] = 0;
+ }
+
+*ptrptr = ptr;
+
+/* Search for a recognized property name using binary chop */
+
+bot = 0;
+top = PRIV(utt_size);
+
+while (bot < top)
+ {
+ int r;
+ i = (bot + top) >> 1;
+ r = STRCMP_UC_C8(name, PRIV(utt_names) + PRIV(utt)[i].name_offset);
+ if (r == 0)
+ {
+ *ptypeptr = PRIV(utt)[i].type;
+ *pdataptr = PRIV(utt)[i].value;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ if (r > 0) bot = i + 1; else top = i;
+ }
+
+*errorcodeptr = ERR47;
+*ptrptr = ptr;
+return FALSE;
+
+ERROR_RETURN:
+*errorcodeptr = ERR46;
+*ptrptr = ptr;
+return FALSE;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Read repeat counts *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* Read an item of the form {n,m} and return the values. This is called only
+after is_counted_repeat() has confirmed that a repeat-count quantifier exists,
+so the syntax is guaranteed to be correct, but we need to check the values.
+
+Arguments:
+ p pointer to first char after '{'
+ minp pointer to int for min
+ maxp pointer to int for max
+ returned as -1 if no max
+ errorcodeptr points to error code variable
+
+Returns: pointer to '}' on success;
+ current ptr on error, with errorcodeptr set non-zero
+*/
+
+static const pcre_uchar *
+read_repeat_counts(const pcre_uchar *p, int *minp, int *maxp, int *errorcodeptr)
+{
+int min = 0;
+int max = -1;
+
+while (IS_DIGIT(*p))
+ {
+ min = min * 10 + (int)(*p++ - CHAR_0);
+ if (min > 65535)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR5;
+ return p;
+ }
+ }
+
+if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) max = min; else
+ {
+ if (*(++p) != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
+ {
+ max = 0;
+ while(IS_DIGIT(*p))
+ {
+ max = max * 10 + (int)(*p++ - CHAR_0);
+ if (max > 65535)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR5;
+ return p;
+ }
+ }
+ if (max < min)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR4;
+ return p;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+*minp = min;
+*maxp = max;
+return p;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Find first significant op code *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This is called by several functions that scan a compiled expression looking
+for a fixed first character, or an anchoring op code etc. It skips over things
+that do not influence this. For some calls, it makes sense to skip negative
+forward and all backward assertions, and also the \b assertion; for others it
+does not.
+
+Arguments:
+ code pointer to the start of the group
+ skipassert TRUE if certain assertions are to be skipped
+
+Returns: pointer to the first significant opcode
+*/
+
+static const pcre_uchar*
+first_significant_code(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL skipassert)
+{
+for (;;)
+ {
+ switch ((int)*code)
+ {
+ case OP_ASSERT_NOT:
+ case OP_ASSERTBACK:
+ case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT:
+ if (!skipassert) return code;
+ do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
+ code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code];
+ break;
+
+ case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY:
+ case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY:
+ if (!skipassert) return code;
+ /* Fall through */
+
+ case OP_CALLOUT:
+ case OP_CREF:
+ case OP_DNCREF:
+ case OP_RREF:
+ case OP_DNRREF:
+ case OP_DEF:
+ code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code];
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ return code;
+ }
+ }
+/* Control never reaches here */
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Find the fixed length of a branch *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* Scan a branch and compute the fixed length of subject that will match it,
+if the length is fixed. This is needed for dealing with backward assertions.
+In UTF8 mode, the result is in characters rather than bytes. The branch is
+temporarily terminated with OP_END when this function is called.
+
+This function is called when a backward assertion is encountered, so that if it
+fails, the error message can point to the correct place in the pattern.
+However, we cannot do this when the assertion contains subroutine calls,
+because they can be forward references. We solve this by remembering this case
+and doing the check at the end; a flag specifies which mode we are running in.
+
+Arguments:
+ code points to the start of the pattern (the bracket)
+ utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode
+ atend TRUE if called when the pattern is complete
+ cd the "compile data" structure
+ recurses chain of recurse_check to catch mutual recursion
+
+Returns: the fixed length,
+ or -1 if there is no fixed length,
+ or -2 if \C was encountered (in UTF-8 mode only)
+ or -3 if an OP_RECURSE item was encountered and atend is FALSE
+ or -4 if an unknown opcode was encountered (internal error)
+*/
+
+static int
+find_fixedlength(pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf, BOOL atend, compile_data *cd,
+ recurse_check *recurses)
+{
+int length = -1;
+recurse_check this_recurse;
+register int branchlength = 0;
+register pcre_uchar *cc = code + 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+
+/* Scan along the opcodes for this branch. If we get to the end of the
+branch, check the length against that of the other branches. */
+
+for (;;)
+ {
+ int d;
+ pcre_uchar *ce, *cs;
+ register pcre_uchar op = *cc;
+
+ switch (op)
+ {
+ /* We only need to continue for OP_CBRA (normal capturing bracket) and
+ OP_BRA (normal non-capturing bracket) because the other variants of these
+ opcodes are all concerned with unlimited repeated groups, which of course
+ are not of fixed length. */
+
+ case OP_CBRA:
+ case OP_BRA:
+ case OP_ONCE:
+ case OP_ONCE_NC:
+ case OP_COND:
+ d = find_fixedlength(cc + ((op == OP_CBRA)? IMM2_SIZE : 0), utf, atend, cd,
+ recurses);
+ if (d < 0) return d;
+ branchlength += d;
+ do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT);
+ cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ break;
+
+ /* Reached end of a branch; if it's a ket it is the end of a nested call.
+ If it's ALT it is an alternation in a nested call. An ACCEPT is effectively
+ an ALT. If it is END it's the end of the outer call. All can be handled by
+ the same code. Note that we must not include the OP_KETRxxx opcodes here,
+ because they all imply an unlimited repeat. */
+
+ case OP_ALT:
+ case OP_KET:
+ case OP_END:
+ case OP_ACCEPT:
+ case OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT:
+ if (length < 0) length = branchlength;
+ else if (length != branchlength) return -1;
+ if (*cc != OP_ALT) return length;
+ cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ branchlength = 0;
+ break;
+
+ /* A true recursion implies not fixed length, but a subroutine call may
+ be OK. If the subroutine is a forward reference, we can't deal with
+ it until the end of the pattern, so return -3. */
+
+ case OP_RECURSE:
+ if (!atend) return -3;
+ cs = ce = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_code + GET(cc, 1); /* Start subpattern */
+ do ce += GET(ce, 1); while (*ce == OP_ALT); /* End subpattern */
+ if (cc > cs && cc < ce) return -1; /* Recursion */
+ else /* Check for mutual recursion */
+ {
+ recurse_check *r = recurses;
+ for (r = recurses; r != NULL; r = r->prev) if (r->group == cs) break;
+ if (r != NULL) return -1; /* Mutual recursion */
+ }
+ this_recurse.prev = recurses;
+ this_recurse.group = cs;
+ d = find_fixedlength(cs + IMM2_SIZE, utf, atend, cd, &this_recurse);
+ if (d < 0) return d;
+ branchlength += d;
+ cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ break;
+
+ /* Skip over assertive subpatterns */
+
+ case OP_ASSERT:
+ case OP_ASSERT_NOT:
+ case OP_ASSERTBACK:
+ case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT:
+ do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT);
+ cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ break;
+
+ /* Skip over things that don't match chars */
+
+ case OP_MARK:
+ case OP_PRUNE_ARG:
+ case OP_SKIP_ARG:
+ case OP_THEN_ARG:
+ cc += cc[1] + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*cc];
+ break;
+
+ case OP_CALLOUT:
+ case OP_CIRC:
+ case OP_CIRCM:
+ case OP_CLOSE:
+ case OP_COMMIT:
+ case OP_CREF:
+ case OP_DEF:
+ case OP_DNCREF:
+ case OP_DNRREF:
+ case OP_DOLL:
+ case OP_DOLLM:
+ case OP_EOD:
+ case OP_EODN:
+ case OP_FAIL:
+ case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY:
+ case OP_PRUNE:
+ case OP_REVERSE:
+ case OP_RREF:
+ case OP_SET_SOM:
+ case OP_SKIP:
+ case OP_SOD:
+ case OP_SOM:
+ case OP_THEN:
+ case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY:
+ cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*cc];
+ break;
+
+ /* Handle literal characters */
+
+ case OP_CHAR:
+ case OP_CHARI:
+ case OP_NOT:
+ case OP_NOTI:
+ branchlength++;
+ cc += 2;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(cc[-1])) cc += GET_EXTRALEN(cc[-1]);
+#endif
+ break;
+
+ /* Handle exact repetitions. The count is already in characters, but we
+ need to skip over a multibyte character in UTF8 mode. */
+
+ case OP_EXACT:
+ case OP_EXACTI:
+ case OP_NOTEXACT:
+ case OP_NOTEXACTI:
+ branchlength += (int)GET2(cc,1);
+ cc += 2 + IMM2_SIZE;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(cc[-1])) cc += GET_EXTRALEN(cc[-1]);
+#endif
+ break;
+
+ case OP_TYPEEXACT:
+ branchlength += GET2(cc,1);
+ if (cc[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || cc[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP)
+ cc += 2;
+ cc += 1 + IMM2_SIZE + 1;
+ break;
+
+ /* Handle single-char matchers */
+
+ case OP_PROP:
+ case OP_NOTPROP:
+ cc += 2;
+ /* Fall through */
+
+ case OP_HSPACE:
+ case OP_VSPACE:
+ case OP_NOT_HSPACE:
+ case OP_NOT_VSPACE:
+ case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
+ case OP_DIGIT:
+ case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
+ case OP_WHITESPACE:
+ case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
+ case OP_WORDCHAR:
+ case OP_ANY:
+ case OP_ALLANY:
+ branchlength++;
+ cc++;
+ break;
+
+ /* The single-byte matcher isn't allowed. This only happens in UTF-8 mode;
+ otherwise \C is coded as OP_ALLANY. */
+
+ case OP_ANYBYTE:
+ return -2;
+
+ /* Check a class for variable quantification */
+
+ case OP_CLASS:
+ case OP_NCLASS:
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ case OP_XCLASS:
+ /* The original code caused an unsigned overflow in 64 bit systems,
+ so now we use a conditional statement. */
+ if (op == OP_XCLASS)
+ cc += GET(cc, 1);
+ else
+ cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CLASS];
+#else
+ cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CLASS];
+#endif
+
+ switch (*cc)
+ {
+ case OP_CRSTAR:
+ case OP_CRMINSTAR:
+ case OP_CRPLUS:
+ case OP_CRMINPLUS:
+ case OP_CRQUERY:
+ case OP_CRMINQUERY:
+ case OP_CRPOSSTAR:
+ case OP_CRPOSPLUS:
+ case OP_CRPOSQUERY:
+ return -1;
+
+ case OP_CRRANGE:
+ case OP_CRMINRANGE:
+ case OP_CRPOSRANGE:
+ if (GET2(cc,1) != GET2(cc,1+IMM2_SIZE)) return -1;
+ branchlength += (int)GET2(cc,1);
+ cc += 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ branchlength++;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /* Anything else is variable length */
+
+ case OP_ANYNL:
+ case OP_BRAMINZERO:
+ case OP_BRAPOS:
+ case OP_BRAPOSZERO:
+ case OP_BRAZERO:
+ case OP_CBRAPOS:
+ case OP_EXTUNI:
+ case OP_KETRMAX:
+ case OP_KETRMIN:
+ case OP_KETRPOS:
+ case OP_MINPLUS:
+ case OP_MINPLUSI:
+ case OP_MINQUERY:
+ case OP_MINQUERYI:
+ case OP_MINSTAR:
+ case OP_MINSTARI:
+ case OP_MINUPTO:
+ case OP_MINUPTOI:
+ case OP_NOTMINPLUS:
+ case OP_NOTMINPLUSI:
+ case OP_NOTMINQUERY:
+ case OP_NOTMINQUERYI:
+ case OP_NOTMINSTAR:
+ case OP_NOTMINSTARI:
+ case OP_NOTMINUPTO:
+ case OP_NOTMINUPTOI:
+ case OP_NOTPLUS:
+ case OP_NOTPLUSI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSPLUS:
+ case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSQUERY:
+ case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSSTAR:
+ case OP_NOTPOSSTARI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSUPTO:
+ case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI:
+ case OP_NOTQUERY:
+ case OP_NOTQUERYI:
+ case OP_NOTSTAR:
+ case OP_NOTSTARI:
+ case OP_NOTUPTO:
+ case OP_NOTUPTOI:
+ case OP_PLUS:
+ case OP_PLUSI:
+ case OP_POSPLUS:
+ case OP_POSPLUSI:
+ case OP_POSQUERY:
+ case OP_POSQUERYI:
+ case OP_POSSTAR:
+ case OP_POSSTARI:
+ case OP_POSUPTO:
+ case OP_POSUPTOI:
+ case OP_QUERY:
+ case OP_QUERYI:
+ case OP_REF:
+ case OP_REFI:
+ case OP_DNREF:
+ case OP_DNREFI:
+ case OP_SBRA:
+ case OP_SBRAPOS:
+ case OP_SCBRA:
+ case OP_SCBRAPOS:
+ case OP_SCOND:
+ case OP_SKIPZERO:
+ case OP_STAR:
+ case OP_STARI:
+ case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
+ case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
+ case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
+ case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
+ case OP_TYPEPLUS:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
+ case OP_TYPEQUERY:
+ case OP_TYPESTAR:
+ case OP_TYPEUPTO:
+ case OP_UPTO:
+ case OP_UPTOI:
+ return -1;
+
+ /* Catch unrecognized opcodes so that when new ones are added they
+ are not forgotten, as has happened in the past. */
+
+ default:
+ return -4;
+ }
+ }
+/* Control never gets here */
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Scan compiled regex for specific bracket *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds a
+capturing bracket with the given number, or, if the number is negative, an
+instance of OP_REVERSE for a lookbehind. The function is global in the C sense
+so that it can be called from pcre_study() when finding the minimum matching
+length.
+
+Arguments:
+ code points to start of expression
+ utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode
+ number the required bracket number or negative to find a lookbehind
+
+Returns: pointer to the opcode for the bracket, or NULL if not found
+*/
+
+const pcre_uchar *
+PRIV(find_bracket)(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf, int number)
+{
+for (;;)
+ {
+ register pcre_uchar c = *code;
+
+ if (c == OP_END) return NULL;
+
+ /* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit
+ map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in
+ the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */
+
+ if (c == OP_XCLASS) code += GET(code, 1);
+
+ /* Handle recursion */
+
+ else if (c == OP_REVERSE)
+ {
+ if (number < 0) return (pcre_uchar *)code;
+ code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c];
+ }
+
+ /* Handle capturing bracket */
+
+ else if (c == OP_CBRA || c == OP_SCBRA ||
+ c == OP_CBRAPOS || c == OP_SCBRAPOS)
+ {
+ int n = (int)GET2(code, 1+LINK_SIZE);
+ if (n == number) return (pcre_uchar *)code;
+ code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c];
+ }
+
+ /* Otherwise, we can get the item's length from the table, except that for
+ repeated character types, we have to test for \p and \P, which have an extra
+ two bytes of parameters, and for MARK/PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument, we
+ must add in its length. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ case OP_TYPESTAR:
+ case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
+ case OP_TYPEPLUS:
+ case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
+ case OP_TYPEQUERY:
+ case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
+ if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_TYPEUPTO:
+ case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
+ case OP_TYPEEXACT:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
+ if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP)
+ code += 2;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_MARK:
+ case OP_PRUNE_ARG:
+ case OP_SKIP_ARG:
+ case OP_THEN_ARG:
+ code += code[1];
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Add in the fixed length from the table */
+
+ code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c];
+
+ /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed by
+ a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have to
+ arrange to skip the extra bytes. */
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ if (utf) switch(c)
+ {
+ case OP_CHAR:
+ case OP_CHARI:
+ case OP_NOT:
+ case OP_NOTI:
+ case OP_EXACT:
+ case OP_EXACTI:
+ case OP_NOTEXACT:
+ case OP_NOTEXACTI:
+ case OP_UPTO:
+ case OP_UPTOI:
+ case OP_NOTUPTO:
+ case OP_NOTUPTOI:
+ case OP_MINUPTO:
+ case OP_MINUPTOI:
+ case OP_NOTMINUPTO:
+ case OP_NOTMINUPTOI:
+ case OP_POSUPTO:
+ case OP_POSUPTOI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSUPTO:
+ case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI:
+ case OP_STAR:
+ case OP_STARI:
+ case OP_NOTSTAR:
+ case OP_NOTSTARI:
+ case OP_MINSTAR:
+ case OP_MINSTARI:
+ case OP_NOTMINSTAR:
+ case OP_NOTMINSTARI:
+ case OP_POSSTAR:
+ case OP_POSSTARI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSSTAR:
+ case OP_NOTPOSSTARI:
+ case OP_PLUS:
+ case OP_PLUSI:
+ case OP_NOTPLUS:
+ case OP_NOTPLUSI:
+ case OP_MINPLUS:
+ case OP_MINPLUSI:
+ case OP_NOTMINPLUS:
+ case OP_NOTMINPLUSI:
+ case OP_POSPLUS:
+ case OP_POSPLUSI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSPLUS:
+ case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI:
+ case OP_QUERY:
+ case OP_QUERYI:
+ case OP_NOTQUERY:
+ case OP_NOTQUERYI:
+ case OP_MINQUERY:
+ case OP_MINQUERYI:
+ case OP_NOTMINQUERY:
+ case OP_NOTMINQUERYI:
+ case OP_POSQUERY:
+ case OP_POSQUERYI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSQUERY:
+ case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI:
+ if (HAS_EXTRALEN(code[-1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[-1]);
+ break;
+ }
+#else
+ (void)(utf); /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Scan compiled regex for recursion reference *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds an
+instance of OP_RECURSE.
+
+Arguments:
+ code points to start of expression
+ utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode
+
+Returns: pointer to the opcode for OP_RECURSE, or NULL if not found
+*/
+
+static const pcre_uchar *
+find_recurse(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf)
+{
+for (;;)
+ {
+ register pcre_uchar c = *code;
+ if (c == OP_END) return NULL;
+ if (c == OP_RECURSE) return code;
+
+ /* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit
+ map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in
+ the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */
+
+ if (c == OP_XCLASS) code += GET(code, 1);
+
+ /* Otherwise, we can get the item's length from the table, except that for
+ repeated character types, we have to test for \p and \P, which have an extra
+ two bytes of parameters, and for MARK/PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument, we
+ must add in its length. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ case OP_TYPESTAR:
+ case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
+ case OP_TYPEPLUS:
+ case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
+ case OP_TYPEQUERY:
+ case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
+ if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
+ case OP_TYPEUPTO:
+ case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
+ case OP_TYPEEXACT:
+ if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP)
+ code += 2;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_MARK:
+ case OP_PRUNE_ARG:
+ case OP_SKIP_ARG:
+ case OP_THEN_ARG:
+ code += code[1];
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Add in the fixed length from the table */
+
+ code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c];
+
+ /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed
+ by a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have
+ to arrange to skip the extra bytes. */
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ if (utf) switch(c)
+ {
+ case OP_CHAR:
+ case OP_CHARI:
+ case OP_NOT:
+ case OP_NOTI:
+ case OP_EXACT:
+ case OP_EXACTI:
+ case OP_NOTEXACT:
+ case OP_NOTEXACTI:
+ case OP_UPTO:
+ case OP_UPTOI:
+ case OP_NOTUPTO:
+ case OP_NOTUPTOI:
+ case OP_MINUPTO:
+ case OP_MINUPTOI:
+ case OP_NOTMINUPTO:
+ case OP_NOTMINUPTOI:
+ case OP_POSUPTO:
+ case OP_POSUPTOI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSUPTO:
+ case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI:
+ case OP_STAR:
+ case OP_STARI:
+ case OP_NOTSTAR:
+ case OP_NOTSTARI:
+ case OP_MINSTAR:
+ case OP_MINSTARI:
+ case OP_NOTMINSTAR:
+ case OP_NOTMINSTARI:
+ case OP_POSSTAR:
+ case OP_POSSTARI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSSTAR:
+ case OP_NOTPOSSTARI:
+ case OP_PLUS:
+ case OP_PLUSI:
+ case OP_NOTPLUS:
+ case OP_NOTPLUSI:
+ case OP_MINPLUS:
+ case OP_MINPLUSI:
+ case OP_NOTMINPLUS:
+ case OP_NOTMINPLUSI:
+ case OP_POSPLUS:
+ case OP_POSPLUSI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSPLUS:
+ case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI:
+ case OP_QUERY:
+ case OP_QUERYI:
+ case OP_NOTQUERY:
+ case OP_NOTQUERYI:
+ case OP_MINQUERY:
+ case OP_MINQUERYI:
+ case OP_NOTMINQUERY:
+ case OP_NOTMINQUERYI:
+ case OP_POSQUERY:
+ case OP_POSQUERYI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSQUERY:
+ case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI:
+ if (HAS_EXTRALEN(code[-1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[-1]);
+ break;
+ }
+#else
+ (void)(utf); /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Scan compiled branch for non-emptiness *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function scans through a branch of a compiled pattern to see whether it
+can match the empty string or not. It is called from could_be_empty()
+below and from compile_branch() when checking for an unlimited repeat of a
+group that can match nothing. Note that first_significant_code() skips over
+backward and negative forward assertions when its final argument is TRUE. If we
+hit an unclosed bracket, we return "empty" - this means we've struck an inner
+bracket whose current branch will already have been scanned.
+
+Arguments:
+ code points to start of search
+ endcode points to where to stop
+ utf TRUE if in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode
+ cd contains pointers to tables etc.
+ recurses chain of recurse_check to catch mutual recursion
+
+Returns: TRUE if what is matched could be empty
+*/
+
+static BOOL
+could_be_empty_branch(const pcre_uchar *code, const pcre_uchar *endcode,
+ BOOL utf, compile_data *cd, recurse_check *recurses)
+{
+register pcre_uchar c;
+recurse_check this_recurse;
+
+for (code = first_significant_code(code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code], TRUE);
+ code < endcode;
+ code = first_significant_code(code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[c], TRUE))
+ {
+ const pcre_uchar *ccode;
+
+ c = *code;
+
+ /* Skip over forward assertions; the other assertions are skipped by
+ first_significant_code() with a TRUE final argument. */
+
+ if (c == OP_ASSERT)
+ {
+ do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
+ c = *code;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* For a recursion/subroutine call, if its end has been reached, which
+ implies a backward reference subroutine call, we can scan it. If it's a
+ forward reference subroutine call, we can't. To detect forward reference
+ we have to scan up the list that is kept in the workspace. This function is
+ called only when doing the real compile, not during the pre-compile that
+ measures the size of the compiled pattern. */
+
+ if (c == OP_RECURSE)
+ {
+ const pcre_uchar *scode = cd->start_code + GET(code, 1);
+ const pcre_uchar *endgroup = scode;
+ BOOL empty_branch;
+
+ /* Test for forward reference or uncompleted reference. This is disabled
+ when called to scan a completed pattern by setting cd->start_workspace to
+ NULL. */
+
+ if (cd->start_workspace != NULL)
+ {
+ const pcre_uchar *tcode;
+ for (tcode = cd->start_workspace; tcode < cd->hwm; tcode += LINK_SIZE)
+ if ((int)GET(tcode, 0) == (int)(code + 1 - cd->start_code)) return TRUE;
+ if (GET(scode, 1) == 0) return TRUE; /* Unclosed */
+ }
+
+ /* If the reference is to a completed group, we need to detect whether this
+ is a recursive call, as otherwise there will be an infinite loop. If it is
+ a recursion, just skip over it. Simple recursions are easily detected. For
+ mutual recursions we keep a chain on the stack. */
+
+ do endgroup += GET(endgroup, 1); while (*endgroup == OP_ALT);
+ if (code >= scode && code <= endgroup) continue; /* Simple recursion */
+ else
+ {
+ recurse_check *r = recurses;
+ for (r = recurses; r != NULL; r = r->prev)
+ if (r->group == scode) break;
+ if (r != NULL) continue; /* Mutual recursion */
+ }
+
+ /* Completed reference; scan the referenced group, remembering it on the
+ stack chain to detect mutual recursions. */
+
+ empty_branch = FALSE;
+ this_recurse.prev = recurses;
+ this_recurse.group = scode;
+
+ do
+ {
+ if (could_be_empty_branch(scode, endcode, utf, cd, &this_recurse))
+ {
+ empty_branch = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ scode += GET(scode, 1);
+ }
+ while (*scode == OP_ALT);
+
+ if (!empty_branch) return FALSE; /* All branches are non-empty */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Groups with zero repeats can of course be empty; skip them. */
+
+ if (c == OP_BRAZERO || c == OP_BRAMINZERO || c == OP_SKIPZERO ||
+ c == OP_BRAPOSZERO)
+ {
+ code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c];
+ do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
+ c = *code;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* A nested group that is already marked as "could be empty" can just be
+ skipped. */
+
+ if (c == OP_SBRA || c == OP_SBRAPOS ||
+ c == OP_SCBRA || c == OP_SCBRAPOS)
+ {
+ do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
+ c = *code;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* For other groups, scan the branches. */
+
+ if (c == OP_BRA || c == OP_BRAPOS ||
+ c == OP_CBRA || c == OP_CBRAPOS ||
+ c == OP_ONCE || c == OP_ONCE_NC ||
+ c == OP_COND || c == OP_SCOND)
+ {
+ BOOL empty_branch;
+ if (GET(code, 1) == 0) return TRUE; /* Hit unclosed bracket */
+
+ /* If a conditional group has only one branch, there is a second, implied,
+ empty branch, so just skip over the conditional, because it could be empty.
+ Otherwise, scan the individual branches of the group. */
+
+ if (c == OP_COND && code[GET(code, 1)] != OP_ALT)
+ code += GET(code, 1);
+ else
+ {
+ empty_branch = FALSE;
+ do
+ {
+ if (!empty_branch && could_be_empty_branch(code, endcode, utf, cd,
+ recurses)) empty_branch = TRUE;
+ code += GET(code, 1);
+ }
+ while (*code == OP_ALT);
+ if (!empty_branch) return FALSE; /* All branches are non-empty */
+ }
+
+ c = *code;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Handle the other opcodes */
+
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ /* Check for quantifiers after a class. XCLASS is used for classes that
+ cannot be represented just by a bit map. This includes negated single
+ high-valued characters. The length in PRIV(OP_lengths)[] is zero; the
+ actual length is stored in the compiled code, so we must update "code"
+ here. */
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ case OP_XCLASS:
+ ccode = code += GET(code, 1);
+ goto CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT;
+#endif
+
+ case OP_CLASS:
+ case OP_NCLASS:
+ ccode = code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CLASS];
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT:
+#endif
+
+ switch (*ccode)
+ {
+ case OP_CRSTAR: /* These could be empty; continue */
+ case OP_CRMINSTAR:
+ case OP_CRQUERY:
+ case OP_CRMINQUERY:
+ case OP_CRPOSSTAR:
+ case OP_CRPOSQUERY:
+ break;
+
+ default: /* Non-repeat => class must match */
+ case OP_CRPLUS: /* These repeats aren't empty */
+ case OP_CRMINPLUS:
+ case OP_CRPOSPLUS:
+ return FALSE;
+
+ case OP_CRRANGE:
+ case OP_CRMINRANGE:
+ case OP_CRPOSRANGE:
+ if (GET2(ccode, 1) > 0) return FALSE; /* Minimum > 0 */
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /* Opcodes that must match a character */
+
+ case OP_ANY:
+ case OP_ALLANY:
+ case OP_ANYBYTE:
+
+ case OP_PROP:
+ case OP_NOTPROP:
+ case OP_ANYNL:
+
+ case OP_NOT_HSPACE:
+ case OP_HSPACE:
+ case OP_NOT_VSPACE:
+ case OP_VSPACE:
+ case OP_EXTUNI:
+
+ case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
+ case OP_DIGIT:
+ case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
+ case OP_WHITESPACE:
+ case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
+ case OP_WORDCHAR:
+
+ case OP_CHAR:
+ case OP_CHARI:
+ case OP_NOT:
+ case OP_NOTI:
+
+ case OP_PLUS:
+ case OP_PLUSI:
+ case OP_MINPLUS:
+ case OP_MINPLUSI:
+
+ case OP_NOTPLUS:
+ case OP_NOTPLUSI:
+ case OP_NOTMINPLUS:
+ case OP_NOTMINPLUSI:
+
+ case OP_POSPLUS:
+ case OP_POSPLUSI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSPLUS:
+ case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI:
+
+ case OP_EXACT:
+ case OP_EXACTI:
+ case OP_NOTEXACT:
+ case OP_NOTEXACTI:
+
+ case OP_TYPEPLUS:
+ case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
+ case OP_TYPEEXACT:
+
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* These are going to continue, as they may be empty, but we have to
+ fudge the length for the \p and \P cases. */
+
+ case OP_TYPESTAR:
+ case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
+ case OP_TYPEQUERY:
+ case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
+ if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
+ break;
+
+ /* Same for these */
+
+ case OP_TYPEUPTO:
+ case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
+ if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP)
+ code += 2;
+ break;
+
+ /* End of branch */
+
+ case OP_KET:
+ case OP_KETRMAX:
+ case OP_KETRMIN:
+ case OP_KETRPOS:
+ case OP_ALT:
+ return TRUE;
+
+ /* In UTF-8 mode, STAR, MINSTAR, POSSTAR, QUERY, MINQUERY, POSQUERY, UPTO,
+ MINUPTO, and POSUPTO and their caseless and negative versions may be
+ followed by a multibyte character. */
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ case OP_STAR:
+ case OP_STARI:
+ case OP_NOTSTAR:
+ case OP_NOTSTARI:
+
+ case OP_MINSTAR:
+ case OP_MINSTARI:
+ case OP_NOTMINSTAR:
+ case OP_NOTMINSTARI:
+
+ case OP_POSSTAR:
+ case OP_POSSTARI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSSTAR:
+ case OP_NOTPOSSTARI:
+
+ case OP_QUERY:
+ case OP_QUERYI:
+ case OP_NOTQUERY:
+ case OP_NOTQUERYI:
+
+ case OP_MINQUERY:
+ case OP_MINQUERYI:
+ case OP_NOTMINQUERY:
+ case OP_NOTMINQUERYI:
+
+ case OP_POSQUERY:
+ case OP_POSQUERYI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSQUERY:
+ case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI:
+
+ if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(code[1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[1]);
+ break;
+
+ case OP_UPTO:
+ case OP_UPTOI:
+ case OP_NOTUPTO:
+ case OP_NOTUPTOI:
+
+ case OP_MINUPTO:
+ case OP_MINUPTOI:
+ case OP_NOTMINUPTO:
+ case OP_NOTMINUPTOI:
+
+ case OP_POSUPTO:
+ case OP_POSUPTOI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSUPTO:
+ case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI:
+
+ if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(code[1 + IMM2_SIZE])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[1 + IMM2_SIZE]);
+ break;
+#endif
+
+ /* MARK, and PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument must skip over the argument
+ string. */
+
+ case OP_MARK:
+ case OP_PRUNE_ARG:
+ case OP_SKIP_ARG:
+ case OP_THEN_ARG:
+ code += code[1];
+ break;
+
+ /* None of the remaining opcodes are required to match a character. */
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Scan compiled regex for non-emptiness *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is called to check for left recursive calls. We want to check
+the current branch of the current pattern to see if it could match the empty
+string. If it could, we must look outwards for branches at other levels,
+stopping when we pass beyond the bracket which is the subject of the recursion.
+This function is called only during the real compile, not during the
+pre-compile.
+
+Arguments:
+ code points to start of the recursion
+ endcode points to where to stop (current RECURSE item)
+ bcptr points to the chain of current (unclosed) branch starts
+ utf TRUE if in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode
+ cd pointers to tables etc
+
+Returns: TRUE if what is matched could be empty
+*/
+
+static BOOL
+could_be_empty(const pcre_uchar *code, const pcre_uchar *endcode,
+ branch_chain *bcptr, BOOL utf, compile_data *cd)
+{
+while (bcptr != NULL && bcptr->current_branch >= code)
+ {
+ if (!could_be_empty_branch(bcptr->current_branch, endcode, utf, cd, NULL))
+ return FALSE;
+ bcptr = bcptr->outer;
+ }
+return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Base opcode of repeated opcodes *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* Returns the base opcode for repeated single character type opcodes. If the
+opcode is not a repeated character type, it returns with the original value.
+
+Arguments: c opcode
+Returns: base opcode for the type
+*/
+
+static pcre_uchar
+get_repeat_base(pcre_uchar c)
+{
+return (c > OP_TYPEPOSUPTO)? c :
+ (c >= OP_TYPESTAR)? OP_TYPESTAR :
+ (c >= OP_NOTSTARI)? OP_NOTSTARI :
+ (c >= OP_NOTSTAR)? OP_NOTSTAR :
+ (c >= OP_STARI)? OP_STARI :
+ OP_STAR;
+}
+
+
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+/*************************************************
+* Check a character and a property *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is called by check_auto_possessive() when a property item
+is adjacent to a fixed character.
+
+Arguments:
+ c the character
+ ptype the property type
+ pdata the data for the type
+ negated TRUE if it's a negated property (\P or \p{^)
+
+Returns: TRUE if auto-possessifying is OK
+*/
+
+static BOOL
+check_char_prop(pcre_uint32 c, unsigned int ptype, unsigned int pdata,
+ BOOL negated)
+{
+const pcre_uint32 *p;
+const ucd_record *prop = GET_UCD(c);
+
+switch(ptype)
+ {
+ case PT_LAMP:
+ return (prop->chartype == ucp_Lu ||
+ prop->chartype == ucp_Ll ||
+ prop->chartype == ucp_Lt) == negated;
+
+ case PT_GC:
+ return (pdata == PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype]) == negated;
+
+ case PT_PC:
+ return (pdata == prop->chartype) == negated;
+
+ case PT_SC:
+ return (pdata == prop->script) == negated;
+
+ /* These are specials */
+
+ case PT_ALNUM:
+ return (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L ||
+ PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N) == negated;
+
+ /* Perl space used to exclude VT, but from Perl 5.18 it is included, which
+ means that Perl space and POSIX space are now identical. PCRE was changed
+ at release 8.34. */
+
+ case PT_SPACE: /* Perl space */
+ case PT_PXSPACE: /* POSIX space */
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ HSPACE_CASES:
+ VSPACE_CASES:
+ return negated;
+
+ default:
+ return (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_Z) == negated;
+ }
+ break; /* Control never reaches here */
+
+ case PT_WORD:
+ return (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L ||
+ PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N ||
+ c == CHAR_UNDERSCORE) == negated;
+
+ case PT_CLIST:
+ p = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + prop->caseset;
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (c < *p) return !negated;
+ if (c == *p++) return negated;
+ }
+ break; /* Control never reaches here */
+ }
+
+return FALSE;
+}
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Fill the character property list *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* Checks whether the code points to an opcode that can take part in auto-
+possessification, and if so, fills a list with its properties.
+
+Arguments:
+ code points to start of expression
+ utf TRUE if in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode
+ fcc points to case-flipping table
+ list points to output list
+ list[0] will be filled with the opcode
+ list[1] will be non-zero if this opcode
+ can match an empty character string
+ list[2..7] depends on the opcode
+
+Returns: points to the start of the next opcode if *code is accepted
+ NULL if *code is not accepted
+*/
+
+static const pcre_uchar *
+get_chr_property_list(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf,
+ const pcre_uint8 *fcc, pcre_uint32 *list)
+{
+pcre_uchar c = *code;
+pcre_uchar base;
+const pcre_uchar *end;
+pcre_uint32 chr;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+pcre_uint32 *clist_dest;
+const pcre_uint32 *clist_src;
+#else
+utf = utf; /* Suppress "unused parameter" compiler warning */
+#endif
+
+list[0] = c;
+list[1] = FALSE;
+code++;
+
+if (c >= OP_STAR && c <= OP_TYPEPOSUPTO)
+ {
+ base = get_repeat_base(c);
+ c -= (base - OP_STAR);
+
+ if (c == OP_UPTO || c == OP_MINUPTO || c == OP_EXACT || c == OP_POSUPTO)
+ code += IMM2_SIZE;
+
+ list[1] = (c != OP_PLUS && c != OP_MINPLUS && c != OP_EXACT && c != OP_POSPLUS);
+
+ switch(base)
+ {
+ case OP_STAR:
+ list[0] = OP_CHAR;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_STARI:
+ list[0] = OP_CHARI;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOTSTAR:
+ list[0] = OP_NOT;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOTSTARI:
+ list[0] = OP_NOTI;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_TYPESTAR:
+ list[0] = *code;
+ code++;
+ break;
+ }
+ c = list[0];
+ }
+
+switch(c)
+ {
+ case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
+ case OP_DIGIT:
+ case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
+ case OP_WHITESPACE:
+ case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
+ case OP_WORDCHAR:
+ case OP_ANY:
+ case OP_ALLANY:
+ case OP_ANYNL:
+ case OP_NOT_HSPACE:
+ case OP_HSPACE:
+ case OP_NOT_VSPACE:
+ case OP_VSPACE:
+ case OP_EXTUNI:
+ case OP_EODN:
+ case OP_EOD:
+ case OP_DOLL:
+ case OP_DOLLM:
+ return code;
+
+ case OP_CHAR:
+ case OP_NOT:
+ GETCHARINCTEST(chr, code);
+ list[2] = chr;
+ list[3] = NOTACHAR;
+ return code;
+
+ case OP_CHARI:
+ case OP_NOTI:
+ list[0] = (c == OP_CHARI) ? OP_CHAR : OP_NOT;
+ GETCHARINCTEST(chr, code);
+ list[2] = chr;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ if (chr < 128 || (chr < 256 && !utf))
+ list[3] = fcc[chr];
+ else
+ list[3] = UCD_OTHERCASE(chr);
+#elif defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ list[3] = (chr < 256) ? fcc[chr] : chr;
+#else
+ list[3] = fcc[chr];
+#endif
+
+ /* The othercase might be the same value. */
+
+ if (chr == list[3])
+ list[3] = NOTACHAR;
+ else
+ list[4] = NOTACHAR;
+ return code;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ case OP_PROP:
+ case OP_NOTPROP:
+ if (code[0] != PT_CLIST)
+ {
+ list[2] = code[0];
+ list[3] = code[1];
+ return code + 2;
+ }
+
+ /* Convert only if we have enough space. */
+
+ clist_src = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + code[1];
+ clist_dest = list + 2;
+ code += 2;
+
+ do {
+ if (clist_dest >= list + 8)
+ {
+ /* Early return if there is not enough space. This should never
+ happen, since all clists are shorter than 5 character now. */
+ list[2] = code[0];
+ list[3] = code[1];
+ return code;
+ }
+ *clist_dest++ = *clist_src;
+ }
+ while(*clist_src++ != NOTACHAR);
+
+ /* All characters are stored. The terminating NOTACHAR
+ is copied form the clist itself. */
+
+ list[0] = (c == OP_PROP) ? OP_CHAR : OP_NOT;
+ return code;
+#endif
+
+ case OP_NCLASS:
+ case OP_CLASS:
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ case OP_XCLASS:
+ if (c == OP_XCLASS)
+ end = code + GET(code, 0) - 1;
+ else
+#endif
+ end = code + 32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar);
+
+ switch(*end)
+ {
+ case OP_CRSTAR:
+ case OP_CRMINSTAR:
+ case OP_CRQUERY:
+ case OP_CRMINQUERY:
+ case OP_CRPOSSTAR:
+ case OP_CRPOSQUERY:
+ list[1] = TRUE;
+ end++;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_CRPLUS:
+ case OP_CRMINPLUS:
+ case OP_CRPOSPLUS:
+ end++;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_CRRANGE:
+ case OP_CRMINRANGE:
+ case OP_CRPOSRANGE:
+ list[1] = (GET2(end, 1) == 0);
+ end += 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE;
+ break;
+ }
+ list[2] = (pcre_uint32)(end - code);
+ return end;
+ }
+return NULL; /* Opcode not accepted */
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Scan further character sets for match *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* Checks whether the base and the current opcode have a common character, in
+which case the base cannot be possessified.
+
+Arguments:
+ code points to the byte code
+ utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode
+ cd static compile data
+ base_list the data list of the base opcode
+
+Returns: TRUE if the auto-possessification is possible
+*/
+
+static BOOL
+compare_opcodes(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf, const compile_data *cd,
+ const pcre_uint32 *base_list, const pcre_uchar *base_end, int *rec_limit)
+{
+pcre_uchar c;
+pcre_uint32 list[8];
+const pcre_uint32 *chr_ptr;
+const pcre_uint32 *ochr_ptr;
+const pcre_uint32 *list_ptr;
+const pcre_uchar *next_code;
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+const pcre_uchar *xclass_flags;
+#endif
+const pcre_uint8 *class_bitset;
+const pcre_uint8 *set1, *set2, *set_end;
+pcre_uint32 chr;
+BOOL accepted, invert_bits;
+BOOL entered_a_group = FALSE;
+
+if (*rec_limit == 0) return FALSE;
+--(*rec_limit);
+
+/* Note: the base_list[1] contains whether the current opcode has greedy
+(represented by a non-zero value) quantifier. This is a different from
+other character type lists, which stores here that the character iterator
+matches to an empty string (also represented by a non-zero value). */
+
+for(;;)
+ {
+ /* All operations move the code pointer forward.
+ Therefore infinite recursions are not possible. */
+
+ c = *code;
+
+ /* Skip over callouts */
+
+ if (c == OP_CALLOUT)
+ {
+ code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c];
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (c == OP_ALT)
+ {
+ do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
+ c = *code;
+ }
+
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ case OP_END:
+ case OP_KETRPOS:
+ /* TRUE only in greedy case. The non-greedy case could be replaced by
+ an OP_EXACT, but it is probably not worth it. (And note that OP_EXACT
+ uses more memory, which we cannot get at this stage.) */
+
+ return base_list[1] != 0;
+
+ case OP_KET:
+ /* If the bracket is capturing, and referenced by an OP_RECURSE, or
+ it is an atomic sub-pattern (assert, once, etc.) the non-greedy case
+ cannot be converted to a possessive form. */
+
+ if (base_list[1] == 0) return FALSE;
+
+ switch(*(code - GET(code, 1)))
+ {
+ case OP_ASSERT:
+ case OP_ASSERT_NOT:
+ case OP_ASSERTBACK:
+ case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT:
+ case OP_ONCE:
+ case OP_ONCE_NC:
+ /* Atomic sub-patterns and assertions can always auto-possessify their
+ last iterator. However, if the group was entered as a result of checking
+ a previous iterator, this is not possible. */
+
+ return !entered_a_group;
+ }
+
+ code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c];
+ continue;
+
+ case OP_ONCE:
+ case OP_ONCE_NC:
+ case OP_BRA:
+ case OP_CBRA:
+ next_code = code + GET(code, 1);
+ code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c];
+
+ while (*next_code == OP_ALT)
+ {
+ if (!compare_opcodes(code, utf, cd, base_list, base_end, rec_limit))
+ return FALSE;
+ code = next_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ next_code += GET(next_code, 1);
+ }
+
+ entered_a_group = TRUE;
+ continue;
+
+ case OP_BRAZERO:
+ case OP_BRAMINZERO:
+
+ next_code = code + 1;
+ if (*next_code != OP_BRA && *next_code != OP_CBRA
+ && *next_code != OP_ONCE && *next_code != OP_ONCE_NC) return FALSE;
+
+ do next_code += GET(next_code, 1); while (*next_code == OP_ALT);
+
+ /* The bracket content will be checked by the
+ OP_BRA/OP_CBRA case above. */
+ next_code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ if (!compare_opcodes(next_code, utf, cd, base_list, base_end, rec_limit))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c];
+ continue;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Check for a supported opcode, and load its properties. */
+
+ code = get_chr_property_list(code, utf, cd->fcc, list);
+ if (code == NULL) return FALSE; /* Unsupported */
+
+ /* If either opcode is a small character list, set pointers for comparing
+ characters from that list with another list, or with a property. */
+
+ if (base_list[0] == OP_CHAR)
+ {
+ chr_ptr = base_list + 2;
+ list_ptr = list;
+ }
+ else if (list[0] == OP_CHAR)
+ {
+ chr_ptr = list + 2;
+ list_ptr = base_list;
+ }
+
+ /* Character bitsets can also be compared to certain opcodes. */
+
+ else if (base_list[0] == OP_CLASS || list[0] == OP_CLASS
+#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8
+ /* In 8 bit, non-UTF mode, OP_CLASS and OP_NCLASS are the same. */
+ || (!utf && (base_list[0] == OP_NCLASS || list[0] == OP_NCLASS))
+#endif
+ )
+ {
+#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8
+ if (base_list[0] == OP_CLASS || (!utf && base_list[0] == OP_NCLASS))
+#else
+ if (base_list[0] == OP_CLASS)
+#endif
+ {
+ set1 = (pcre_uint8 *)(base_end - base_list[2]);
+ list_ptr = list;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ set1 = (pcre_uint8 *)(code - list[2]);
+ list_ptr = base_list;
+ }
+
+ invert_bits = FALSE;
+ switch(list_ptr[0])
+ {
+ case OP_CLASS:
+ case OP_NCLASS:
+ set2 = (pcre_uint8 *)
+ ((list_ptr == list ? code : base_end) - list_ptr[2]);
+ break;
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ case OP_XCLASS:
+ xclass_flags = (list_ptr == list ? code : base_end) - list_ptr[2] + LINK_SIZE;
+ if ((*xclass_flags & XCL_HASPROP) != 0) return FALSE;
+ if ((*xclass_flags & XCL_MAP) == 0)
+ {
+ /* No bits are set for characters < 256. */
+ if (list[1] == 0) return TRUE;
+ /* Might be an empty repeat. */
+ continue;
+ }
+ set2 = (pcre_uint8 *)(xclass_flags + 1);
+ break;
+#endif
+
+ case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
+ invert_bits = TRUE;
+ /* Fall through */
+ case OP_DIGIT:
+ set2 = (pcre_uint8 *)(cd->cbits + cbit_digit);
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
+ invert_bits = TRUE;
+ /* Fall through */
+ case OP_WHITESPACE:
+ set2 = (pcre_uint8 *)(cd->cbits + cbit_space);
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
+ invert_bits = TRUE;
+ /* Fall through */
+ case OP_WORDCHAR:
+ set2 = (pcre_uint8 *)(cd->cbits + cbit_word);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Because the sets are unaligned, we need
+ to perform byte comparison here. */
+ set_end = set1 + 32;
+ if (invert_bits)
+ {
+ do
+ {
+ if ((*set1++ & ~(*set2++)) != 0) return FALSE;
+ }
+ while (set1 < set_end);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ do
+ {
+ if ((*set1++ & *set2++) != 0) return FALSE;
+ }
+ while (set1 < set_end);
+ }
+
+ if (list[1] == 0) return TRUE;
+ /* Might be an empty repeat. */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Some property combinations also acceptable. Unicode property opcodes are
+ processed specially; the rest can be handled with a lookup table. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ pcre_uint32 leftop, rightop;
+
+ leftop = base_list[0];
+ rightop = list[0];
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ accepted = FALSE; /* Always set in non-unicode case. */
+ if (leftop == OP_PROP || leftop == OP_NOTPROP)
+ {
+ if (rightop == OP_EOD)
+ accepted = TRUE;
+ else if (rightop == OP_PROP || rightop == OP_NOTPROP)
+ {
+ int n;
+ const pcre_uint8 *p;
+ BOOL same = leftop == rightop;
+ BOOL lisprop = leftop == OP_PROP;
+ BOOL risprop = rightop == OP_PROP;
+ BOOL bothprop = lisprop && risprop;
+
+ /* There's a table that specifies how each combination is to be
+ processed:
+ 0 Always return FALSE (never auto-possessify)
+ 1 Character groups are distinct (possessify if both are OP_PROP)
+ 2 Check character categories in the same group (general or particular)
+ 3 Return TRUE if the two opcodes are not the same
+ ... see comments below
+ */
+
+ n = propposstab[base_list[2]][list[2]];
+ switch(n)
+ {
+ case 0: break;
+ case 1: accepted = bothprop; break;
+ case 2: accepted = (base_list[3] == list[3]) != same; break;
+ case 3: accepted = !same; break;
+
+ case 4: /* Left general category, right particular category */
+ accepted = risprop && catposstab[base_list[3]][list[3]] == same;
+ break;
+
+ case 5: /* Right general category, left particular category */
+ accepted = lisprop && catposstab[list[3]][base_list[3]] == same;
+ break;
+
+ /* This code is logically tricky. Think hard before fiddling with it.
+ The posspropstab table has four entries per row. Each row relates to
+ one of PCRE's special properties such as ALNUM or SPACE or WORD.
+ Only WORD actually needs all four entries, but using repeats for the
+ others means they can all use the same code below.
+
+ The first two entries in each row are Unicode general categories, and
+ apply always, because all the characters they include are part of the
+ PCRE character set. The third and fourth entries are a general and a
+ particular category, respectively, that include one or more relevant
+ characters. One or the other is used, depending on whether the check
+ is for a general or a particular category. However, in both cases the
+ category contains more characters than the specials that are defined
+ for the property being tested against. Therefore, it cannot be used
+ in a NOTPROP case.
+
+ Example: the row for WORD contains ucp_L, ucp_N, ucp_P, ucp_Po.
+ Underscore is covered by ucp_P or ucp_Po. */
+
+ case 6: /* Left alphanum vs right general category */
+ case 7: /* Left space vs right general category */
+ case 8: /* Left word vs right general category */
+ p = posspropstab[n-6];
+ accepted = risprop && lisprop ==
+ (list[3] != p[0] &&
+ list[3] != p[1] &&
+ (list[3] != p[2] || !lisprop));
+ break;
+
+ case 9: /* Right alphanum vs left general category */
+ case 10: /* Right space vs left general category */
+ case 11: /* Right word vs left general category */
+ p = posspropstab[n-9];
+ accepted = lisprop && risprop ==
+ (base_list[3] != p[0] &&
+ base_list[3] != p[1] &&
+ (base_list[3] != p[2] || !risprop));
+ break;
+
+ case 12: /* Left alphanum vs right particular category */
+ case 13: /* Left space vs right particular category */
+ case 14: /* Left word vs right particular category */
+ p = posspropstab[n-12];
+ accepted = risprop && lisprop ==
+ (catposstab[p[0]][list[3]] &&
+ catposstab[p[1]][list[3]] &&
+ (list[3] != p[3] || !lisprop));
+ break;
+
+ case 15: /* Right alphanum vs left particular category */
+ case 16: /* Right space vs left particular category */
+ case 17: /* Right word vs left particular category */
+ p = posspropstab[n-15];
+ accepted = lisprop && risprop ==
+ (catposstab[p[0]][base_list[3]] &&
+ catposstab[p[1]][base_list[3]] &&
+ (base_list[3] != p[3] || !risprop));
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ else
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+
+ accepted = leftop >= FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP && leftop <= LAST_AUTOTAB_LEFT_OP &&
+ rightop >= FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP && rightop <= LAST_AUTOTAB_RIGHT_OP &&
+ autoposstab[leftop - FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP][rightop - FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP];
+
+ if (!accepted) return FALSE;
+
+ if (list[1] == 0) return TRUE;
+ /* Might be an empty repeat. */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Control reaches here only if one of the items is a small character list.
+ All characters are checked against the other side. */
+
+ do
+ {
+ chr = *chr_ptr;
+
+ switch(list_ptr[0])
+ {
+ case OP_CHAR:
+ ochr_ptr = list_ptr + 2;
+ do
+ {
+ if (chr == *ochr_ptr) return FALSE;
+ ochr_ptr++;
+ }
+ while(*ochr_ptr != NOTACHAR);
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT:
+ ochr_ptr = list_ptr + 2;
+ do
+ {
+ if (chr == *ochr_ptr)
+ break;
+ ochr_ptr++;
+ }
+ while(*ochr_ptr != NOTACHAR);
+ if (*ochr_ptr == NOTACHAR) return FALSE; /* Not found */
+ break;
+
+ /* Note that OP_DIGIT etc. are generated only when PCRE_UCP is *not*
+ set. When it is set, \d etc. are converted into OP_(NOT_)PROP codes. */
+
+ case OP_DIGIT:
+ if (chr < 256 && (cd->ctypes[chr] & ctype_digit) != 0) return FALSE;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
+ if (chr > 255 || (cd->ctypes[chr] & ctype_digit) == 0) return FALSE;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_WHITESPACE:
+ if (chr < 256 && (cd->ctypes[chr] & ctype_space) != 0) return FALSE;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
+ if (chr > 255 || (cd->ctypes[chr] & ctype_space) == 0) return FALSE;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_WORDCHAR:
+ if (chr < 255 && (cd->ctypes[chr] & ctype_word) != 0) return FALSE;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
+ if (chr > 255 || (cd->ctypes[chr] & ctype_word) == 0) return FALSE;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_HSPACE:
+ switch(chr)
+ {
+ HSPACE_CASES: return FALSE;
+ default: break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_HSPACE:
+ switch(chr)
+ {
+ HSPACE_CASES: break;
+ default: return FALSE;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_ANYNL:
+ case OP_VSPACE:
+ switch(chr)
+ {
+ VSPACE_CASES: return FALSE;
+ default: break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_VSPACE:
+ switch(chr)
+ {
+ VSPACE_CASES: break;
+ default: return FALSE;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_DOLL:
+ case OP_EODN:
+ switch (chr)
+ {
+ case CHAR_CR:
+ case CHAR_LF:
+ case CHAR_VT:
+ case CHAR_FF:
+ case CHAR_NEL:
+#ifndef EBCDIC
+ case 0x2028:
+ case 0x2029:
+#endif /* Not EBCDIC */
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_EOD: /* Can always possessify before \z */
+ break;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ case OP_PROP:
+ case OP_NOTPROP:
+ if (!check_char_prop(chr, list_ptr[2], list_ptr[3],
+ list_ptr[0] == OP_NOTPROP))
+ return FALSE;
+ break;
+#endif
+
+ case OP_NCLASS:
+ if (chr > 255) return FALSE;
+ /* Fall through */
+
+ case OP_CLASS:
+ if (chr > 255) break;
+ class_bitset = (pcre_uint8 *)
+ ((list_ptr == list ? code : base_end) - list_ptr[2]);
+ if ((class_bitset[chr >> 3] & (1 << (chr & 7))) != 0) return FALSE;
+ break;
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ case OP_XCLASS:
+ if (PRIV(xclass)(chr, (list_ptr == list ? code : base_end) -
+ list_ptr[2] + LINK_SIZE, utf)) return FALSE;
+ break;
+#endif
+
+ default:
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ chr_ptr++;
+ }
+ while(*chr_ptr != NOTACHAR);
+
+ /* At least one character must be matched from this opcode. */
+
+ if (list[1] == 0) return TRUE;
+ }
+
+/* Control never reaches here. There used to be a fail-save return FALSE; here,
+but some compilers complain about an unreachable statement. */
+
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Scan compiled regex for auto-possession *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* Replaces single character iterations with their possessive alternatives
+if appropriate. This function modifies the compiled opcode!
+
+Arguments:
+ code points to start of the byte code
+ utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode
+ cd static compile data
+
+Returns: nothing
+*/
+
+static void
+auto_possessify(pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf, const compile_data *cd)
+{
+register pcre_uchar c;
+const pcre_uchar *end;
+pcre_uchar *repeat_opcode;
+pcre_uint32 list[8];
+int rec_limit;
+
+for (;;)
+ {
+ c = *code;
+
+ /* When a pattern with bad UTF-8 encoding is compiled with NO_UTF_CHECK,
+ it may compile without complaining, but may get into a loop here if the code
+ pointer points to a bad value. This is, of course a documentated possibility,
+ when NO_UTF_CHECK is set, so it isn't a bug, but we can detect this case and
+ just give up on this optimization. */
+
+ if (c >= OP_TABLE_LENGTH) return;
+
+ if (c >= OP_STAR && c <= OP_TYPEPOSUPTO)
+ {
+ c -= get_repeat_base(c) - OP_STAR;
+ end = (c <= OP_MINUPTO) ?
+ get_chr_property_list(code, utf, cd->fcc, list) : NULL;
+ list[1] = c == OP_STAR || c == OP_PLUS || c == OP_QUERY || c == OP_UPTO;
+
+ rec_limit = 1000;
+ if (end != NULL && compare_opcodes(end, utf, cd, list, end, &rec_limit))
+ {
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ case OP_STAR:
+ *code += OP_POSSTAR - OP_STAR;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_MINSTAR:
+ *code += OP_POSSTAR - OP_MINSTAR;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_PLUS:
+ *code += OP_POSPLUS - OP_PLUS;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_MINPLUS:
+ *code += OP_POSPLUS - OP_MINPLUS;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_QUERY:
+ *code += OP_POSQUERY - OP_QUERY;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_MINQUERY:
+ *code += OP_POSQUERY - OP_MINQUERY;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_UPTO:
+ *code += OP_POSUPTO - OP_UPTO;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_MINUPTO:
+ *code += OP_POSUPTO - OP_MINUPTO;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ c = *code;
+ }
+ else if (c == OP_CLASS || c == OP_NCLASS || c == OP_XCLASS)
+ {
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ if (c == OP_XCLASS)
+ repeat_opcode = code + GET(code, 1);
+ else
+#endif
+ repeat_opcode = code + 1 + (32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar));
+
+ c = *repeat_opcode;
+ if (c >= OP_CRSTAR && c <= OP_CRMINRANGE)
+ {
+ /* end must not be NULL. */
+ end = get_chr_property_list(code, utf, cd->fcc, list);
+
+ list[1] = (c & 1) == 0;
+
+ rec_limit = 1000;
+ if (compare_opcodes(end, utf, cd, list, end, &rec_limit))
+ {
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case OP_CRSTAR:
+ case OP_CRMINSTAR:
+ *repeat_opcode = OP_CRPOSSTAR;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_CRPLUS:
+ case OP_CRMINPLUS:
+ *repeat_opcode = OP_CRPOSPLUS;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_CRQUERY:
+ case OP_CRMINQUERY:
+ *repeat_opcode = OP_CRPOSQUERY;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_CRRANGE:
+ case OP_CRMINRANGE:
+ *repeat_opcode = OP_CRPOSRANGE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ c = *code;
+ }
+
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ case OP_END:
+ return;
+
+ case OP_TYPESTAR:
+ case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
+ case OP_TYPEPLUS:
+ case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
+ case OP_TYPEQUERY:
+ case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
+ if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_TYPEUPTO:
+ case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
+ case OP_TYPEEXACT:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
+ if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP)
+ code += 2;
+ break;
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ case OP_XCLASS:
+ code += GET(code, 1);
+ break;
+#endif
+
+ case OP_MARK:
+ case OP_PRUNE_ARG:
+ case OP_SKIP_ARG:
+ case OP_THEN_ARG:
+ code += code[1];
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Add in the fixed length from the table */
+
+ code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c];
+
+ /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed by
+ a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have to
+ arrange to skip the extra bytes. */
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ if (utf) switch(c)
+ {
+ case OP_CHAR:
+ case OP_CHARI:
+ case OP_NOT:
+ case OP_NOTI:
+ case OP_STAR:
+ case OP_MINSTAR:
+ case OP_PLUS:
+ case OP_MINPLUS:
+ case OP_QUERY:
+ case OP_MINQUERY:
+ case OP_UPTO:
+ case OP_MINUPTO:
+ case OP_EXACT:
+ case OP_POSSTAR:
+ case OP_POSPLUS:
+ case OP_POSQUERY:
+ case OP_POSUPTO:
+ case OP_STARI:
+ case OP_MINSTARI:
+ case OP_PLUSI:
+ case OP_MINPLUSI:
+ case OP_QUERYI:
+ case OP_MINQUERYI:
+ case OP_UPTOI:
+ case OP_MINUPTOI:
+ case OP_EXACTI:
+ case OP_POSSTARI:
+ case OP_POSPLUSI:
+ case OP_POSQUERYI:
+ case OP_POSUPTOI:
+ case OP_NOTSTAR:
+ case OP_NOTMINSTAR:
+ case OP_NOTPLUS:
+ case OP_NOTMINPLUS:
+ case OP_NOTQUERY:
+ case OP_NOTMINQUERY:
+ case OP_NOTUPTO:
+ case OP_NOTMINUPTO:
+ case OP_NOTEXACT:
+ case OP_NOTPOSSTAR:
+ case OP_NOTPOSPLUS:
+ case OP_NOTPOSQUERY:
+ case OP_NOTPOSUPTO:
+ case OP_NOTSTARI:
+ case OP_NOTMINSTARI:
+ case OP_NOTPLUSI:
+ case OP_NOTMINPLUSI:
+ case OP_NOTQUERYI:
+ case OP_NOTMINQUERYI:
+ case OP_NOTUPTOI:
+ case OP_NOTMINUPTOI:
+ case OP_NOTEXACTI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSSTARI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI:
+ if (HAS_EXTRALEN(code[-1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[-1]);
+ break;
+ }
+#else
+ (void)(utf); /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */
+#endif
+ }
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Check for POSIX class syntax *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is called when the sequence "[:" or "[." or "[=" is
+encountered in a character class. It checks whether this is followed by a
+sequence of characters terminated by a matching ":]" or ".]" or "=]". If we
+reach an unescaped ']' without the special preceding character, return FALSE.
+
+Originally, this function only recognized a sequence of letters between the
+terminators, but it seems that Perl recognizes any sequence of characters,
+though of course unknown POSIX names are subsequently rejected. Perl gives an
+"Unknown POSIX class" error for [:f\oo:] for example, where previously PCRE
+didn't consider this to be a POSIX class. Likewise for [:1234:].
+
+The problem in trying to be exactly like Perl is in the handling of escapes. We
+have to be sure that [abc[:x\]pqr] is *not* treated as containing a POSIX
+class, but [abc[:x\]pqr:]] is (so that an error can be generated). The code
+below handles the special cases \\ and \], but does not try to do any other
+escape processing. This makes it different from Perl for cases such as
+[:l\ower:] where Perl recognizes it as the POSIX class "lower" but PCRE does
+not recognize "l\ower". This is a lesser evil than not diagnosing bad classes
+when Perl does, I think.
+
+A user pointed out that PCRE was rejecting [:a[:digit:]] whereas Perl was not.
+It seems that the appearance of a nested POSIX class supersedes an apparent
+external class. For example, [:a[:digit:]b:] matches "a", "b", ":", or
+a digit.
+
+In Perl, unescaped square brackets may also appear as part of class names. For
+example, [:a[:abc]b:] gives unknown POSIX class "[:abc]b:]". However, for
+[:a[:abc]b][b:] it gives unknown POSIX class "[:abc]b][b:]", which does not
+seem right at all. PCRE does not allow closing square brackets in POSIX class
+names.
+
+Arguments:
+ ptr pointer to the initial [
+ endptr where to return the end pointer
+
+Returns: TRUE or FALSE
+*/
+
+static BOOL
+check_posix_syntax(const pcre_uchar *ptr, const pcre_uchar **endptr)
+{
+pcre_uchar terminator; /* Don't combine these lines; the Solaris cc */
+terminator = *(++ptr); /* compiler warns about "non-constant" initializer. */
+for (++ptr; *ptr != CHAR_NULL; ptr++)
+ {
+ if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH &&
+ (ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET ||
+ ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH))
+ ptr++;
+ else if ((*ptr == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET && ptr[1] == terminator) ||
+ *ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) return FALSE;
+ else if (*ptr == terminator && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET)
+ {
+ *endptr = ptr;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Check POSIX class name *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is called to check the name given in a POSIX-style class entry
+such as [:alnum:].
+
+Arguments:
+ ptr points to the first letter
+ len the length of the name
+
+Returns: a value representing the name, or -1 if unknown
+*/
+
+static int
+check_posix_name(const pcre_uchar *ptr, int len)
+{
+const char *pn = posix_names;
+register int yield = 0;
+while (posix_name_lengths[yield] != 0)
+ {
+ if (len == posix_name_lengths[yield] &&
+ STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr, pn, (unsigned int)len) == 0) return yield;
+ pn += posix_name_lengths[yield] + 1;
+ yield++;
+ }
+return -1;
+}
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Adjust OP_RECURSE items in repeated group *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* OP_RECURSE items contain an offset from the start of the regex to the group
+that is referenced. This means that groups can be replicated for fixed
+repetition simply by copying (because the recursion is allowed to refer to
+earlier groups that are outside the current group). However, when a group is
+optional (i.e. the minimum quantifier is zero), OP_BRAZERO or OP_SKIPZERO is
+inserted before it, after it has been compiled. This means that any OP_RECURSE
+items within it that refer to the group itself or any contained groups have to
+have their offsets adjusted. That one of the jobs of this function. Before it
+is called, the partially compiled regex must be temporarily terminated with
+OP_END.
+
+This function has been extended to cope with forward references for recursions
+and subroutine calls. It must check the list of such references for the
+group we are dealing with. If it finds that one of the recursions in the
+current group is on this list, it does not adjust the value in the reference
+(which is a group number). After the group has been scanned, all the offsets in
+the forward reference list for the group are adjusted.
+
+Arguments:
+ group points to the start of the group
+ adjust the amount by which the group is to be moved
+ utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode
+ cd contains pointers to tables etc.
+ save_hwm_offset the hwm forward reference offset at the start of the group
+
+Returns: nothing
+*/
+
+static void
+adjust_recurse(pcre_uchar *group, int adjust, BOOL utf, compile_data *cd,
+ size_t save_hwm_offset)
+{
+int offset;
+pcre_uchar *hc;
+pcre_uchar *ptr = group;
+
+while ((ptr = (pcre_uchar *)find_recurse(ptr, utf)) != NULL)
+ {
+ for (hc = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + save_hwm_offset; hc < cd->hwm;
+ hc += LINK_SIZE)
+ {
+ offset = (int)GET(hc, 0);
+ if (cd->start_code + offset == ptr + 1) break;
+ }
+
+ /* If we have not found this recursion on the forward reference list, adjust
+ the recursion's offset if it's after the start of this group. */
+
+ if (hc >= cd->hwm)
+ {
+ offset = (int)GET(ptr, 1);
+ if (cd->start_code + offset >= group) PUT(ptr, 1, offset + adjust);
+ }
+
+ ptr += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ }
+
+/* Now adjust all forward reference offsets for the group. */
+
+for (hc = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + save_hwm_offset; hc < cd->hwm;
+ hc += LINK_SIZE)
+ {
+ offset = (int)GET(hc, 0);
+ PUT(hc, 0, offset + adjust);
+ }
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Insert an automatic callout point *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is called when the PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT option is set, to insert
+callout points before each pattern item.
+
+Arguments:
+ code current code pointer
+ ptr current pattern pointer
+ cd pointers to tables etc
+
+Returns: new code pointer
+*/
+
+static pcre_uchar *
+auto_callout(pcre_uchar *code, const pcre_uchar *ptr, compile_data *cd)
+{
+*code++ = OP_CALLOUT;
+*code++ = 255;
+PUT(code, 0, (int)(ptr - cd->start_pattern)); /* Pattern offset */
+PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0); /* Default length */
+return code + 2 * LINK_SIZE;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Complete a callout item *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* A callout item contains the length of the next item in the pattern, which
+we can't fill in till after we have reached the relevant point. This is used
+for both automatic and manual callouts.
+
+Arguments:
+ previous_callout points to previous callout item
+ ptr current pattern pointer
+ cd pointers to tables etc
+
+Returns: nothing
+*/
+
+static void
+complete_callout(pcre_uchar *previous_callout, const pcre_uchar *ptr, compile_data *cd)
+{
+int length = (int)(ptr - cd->start_pattern - GET(previous_callout, 2));
+PUT(previous_callout, 2 + LINK_SIZE, length);
+}
+
+
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+/*************************************************
+* Get othercase range *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is passed the start and end of a class range, in UTF-8 mode
+with UCP support. It searches up the characters, looking for ranges of
+characters in the "other" case. Each call returns the next one, updating the
+start address. A character with multiple other cases is returned on its own
+with a special return value.
+
+Arguments:
+ cptr points to starting character value; updated
+ d end value
+ ocptr where to put start of othercase range
+ odptr where to put end of othercase range
+
+Yield: -1 when no more
+ 0 when a range is returned
+ >0 the CASESET offset for char with multiple other cases
+ in this case, ocptr contains the original
+*/
+
+static int
+get_othercase_range(pcre_uint32 *cptr, pcre_uint32 d, pcre_uint32 *ocptr,
+ pcre_uint32 *odptr)
+{
+pcre_uint32 c, othercase, next;
+unsigned int co;
+
+/* Find the first character that has an other case. If it has multiple other
+cases, return its case offset value. */
+
+for (c = *cptr; c <= d; c++)
+ {
+ if ((co = UCD_CASESET(c)) != 0)
+ {
+ *ocptr = c++; /* Character that has the set */
+ *cptr = c; /* Rest of input range */
+ return (int)co;
+ }
+ if ((othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(c)) != c) break;
+ }
+
+if (c > d) return -1; /* Reached end of range */
+
+/* Found a character that has a single other case. Search for the end of the
+range, which is either the end of the input range, or a character that has zero
+or more than one other cases. */
+
+*ocptr = othercase;
+next = othercase + 1;
+
+for (++c; c <= d; c++)
+ {
+ if ((co = UCD_CASESET(c)) != 0 || UCD_OTHERCASE(c) != next) break;
+ next++;
+ }
+
+*odptr = next - 1; /* End of othercase range */
+*cptr = c; /* Rest of input range */
+return 0;
+}
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Add a character or range to a class *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function packages up the logic of adding a character or range of
+characters to a class. The character values in the arguments will be within the
+valid values for the current mode (8-bit, 16-bit, UTF, etc). This function is
+mutually recursive with the function immediately below.
+
+Arguments:
+ classbits the bit map for characters < 256
+ uchardptr points to the pointer for extra data
+ options the options word
+ cd contains pointers to tables etc.
+ start start of range character
+ end end of range character
+
+Returns: the number of < 256 characters added
+ the pointer to extra data is updated
+*/
+
+static int
+add_to_class(pcre_uint8 *classbits, pcre_uchar **uchardptr, int options,
+ compile_data *cd, pcre_uint32 start, pcre_uint32 end)
+{
+pcre_uint32 c;
+pcre_uint32 classbits_end = (end <= 0xff ? end : 0xff);
+int n8 = 0;
+
+/* If caseless matching is required, scan the range and process alternate
+cases. In Unicode, there are 8-bit characters that have alternate cases that
+are greater than 255 and vice-versa. Sometimes we can just extend the original
+range. */
+
+if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
+ {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0)
+ {
+ int rc;
+ pcre_uint32 oc, od;
+
+ options &= ~PCRE_CASELESS; /* Remove for recursive calls */
+ c = start;
+
+ while ((rc = get_othercase_range(&c, end, &oc, &od)) >= 0)
+ {
+ /* Handle a single character that has more than one other case. */
+
+ if (rc > 0) n8 += add_list_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd,
+ PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + rc, oc);
+
+ /* Do nothing if the other case range is within the original range. */
+
+ else if (oc >= start && od <= end) continue;
+
+ /* Extend the original range if there is overlap, noting that if oc < c, we
+ can't have od > end because a subrange is always shorter than the basic
+ range. Otherwise, use a recursive call to add the additional range. */
+
+ else if (oc < start && od >= start - 1) start = oc; /* Extend downwards */
+ else if (od > end && oc <= end + 1)
+ {
+ end = od; /* Extend upwards */
+ if (end > classbits_end) classbits_end = (end <= 0xff ? end : 0xff);
+ }
+ else n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, oc, od);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+
+ /* Not UTF-mode, or no UCP */
+
+ for (c = start; c <= classbits_end; c++)
+ {
+ SETBIT(classbits, cd->fcc[c]);
+ n8++;
+ }
+ }
+
+/* Now handle the original range. Adjust the final value according to the bit
+length - this means that the same lists of (e.g.) horizontal spaces can be used
+in all cases. */
+
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) == 0)
+#endif
+ if (end > 0xff) end = 0xff;
+
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if ((options & PCRE_UTF16) == 0)
+#endif
+ if (end > 0xffff) end = 0xffff;
+
+#endif /* COMPILE_PCRE[8|16] */
+
+/* Use the bitmap for characters < 256. Otherwise use extra data.*/
+
+for (c = start; c <= classbits_end; c++)
+ {
+ /* Regardless of start, c will always be <= 255. */
+ SETBIT(classbits, c);
+ n8++;
+ }
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+if (start <= 0xff) start = 0xff + 1;
+
+if (end >= start)
+ {
+ pcre_uchar *uchardata = *uchardptr;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0) /* All UTFs use the same flag bit */
+ {
+ if (start < end)
+ {
+ *uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE;
+ uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(start, uchardata);
+ uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(end, uchardata);
+ }
+ else if (start == end)
+ {
+ *uchardata++ = XCL_SINGLE;
+ uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(start, uchardata);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */
+
+ /* Without UTF support, character values are constrained by the bit length,
+ and can only be > 256 for 16-bit and 32-bit libraries. */
+
+#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8
+ {}
+#else
+ if (start < end)
+ {
+ *uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE;
+ *uchardata++ = start;
+ *uchardata++ = end;
+ }
+ else if (start == end)
+ {
+ *uchardata++ = XCL_SINGLE;
+ *uchardata++ = start;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ *uchardptr = uchardata; /* Updata extra data pointer */
+ }
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF || !COMPILE_PCRE8 */
+
+return n8; /* Number of 8-bit characters */
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Add a list of characters to a class *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is used for adding a list of case-equivalent characters to a
+class, and also for adding a list of horizontal or vertical whitespace. If the
+list is in order (which it should be), ranges of characters are detected and
+handled appropriately. This function is mutually recursive with the function
+above.
+
+Arguments:
+ classbits the bit map for characters < 256
+ uchardptr points to the pointer for extra data
+ options the options word
+ cd contains pointers to tables etc.
+ p points to row of 32-bit values, terminated by NOTACHAR
+ except character to omit; this is used when adding lists of
+ case-equivalent characters to avoid including the one we
+ already know about
+
+Returns: the number of < 256 characters added
+ the pointer to extra data is updated
+*/
+
+static int
+add_list_to_class(pcre_uint8 *classbits, pcre_uchar **uchardptr, int options,
+ compile_data *cd, const pcre_uint32 *p, unsigned int except)
+{
+int n8 = 0;
+while (p[0] < NOTACHAR)
+ {
+ int n = 0;
+ if (p[0] != except)
+ {
+ while(p[n+1] == p[0] + n + 1) n++;
+ n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, p[0], p[n]);
+ }
+ p += n + 1;
+ }
+return n8;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Add characters not in a list to a class *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is used for adding the complement of a list of horizontal or
+vertical whitespace to a class. The list must be in order.
+
+Arguments:
+ classbits the bit map for characters < 256
+ uchardptr points to the pointer for extra data
+ options the options word
+ cd contains pointers to tables etc.
+ p points to row of 32-bit values, terminated by NOTACHAR
+
+Returns: the number of < 256 characters added
+ the pointer to extra data is updated
+*/
+
+static int
+add_not_list_to_class(pcre_uint8 *classbits, pcre_uchar **uchardptr,
+ int options, compile_data *cd, const pcre_uint32 *p)
+{
+BOOL utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
+int n8 = 0;
+if (p[0] > 0)
+ n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, 0, p[0] - 1);
+while (p[0] < NOTACHAR)
+ {
+ while (p[1] == p[0] + 1) p++;
+ n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, p[0] + 1,
+ (p[1] == NOTACHAR) ? (utf ? 0x10ffffu : 0xffffffffu) : p[1] - 1);
+ p++;
+ }
+return n8;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Compile one branch *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* Scan the pattern, compiling it into the a vector. If the options are
+changed during the branch, the pointer is used to change the external options
+bits. This function is used during the pre-compile phase when we are trying
+to find out the amount of memory needed, as well as during the real compile
+phase. The value of lengthptr distinguishes the two phases.
+
+Arguments:
+ optionsptr pointer to the option bits
+ codeptr points to the pointer to the current code point
+ ptrptr points to the current pattern pointer
+ errorcodeptr points to error code variable
+ firstcharptr place to put the first required character
+ firstcharflagsptr place to put the first character flags, or a negative number
+ reqcharptr place to put the last required character
+ reqcharflagsptr place to put the last required character flags, or a negative number
+ bcptr points to current branch chain
+ cond_depth conditional nesting depth
+ cd contains pointers to tables etc.
+ lengthptr NULL during the real compile phase
+ points to length accumulator during pre-compile phase
+
+Returns: TRUE on success
+ FALSE, with *errorcodeptr set non-zero on error
+*/
+
+static BOOL
+compile_branch(int *optionsptr, pcre_uchar **codeptr,
+ const pcre_uchar **ptrptr, int *errorcodeptr,
+ pcre_uint32 *firstcharptr, pcre_int32 *firstcharflagsptr,
+ pcre_uint32 *reqcharptr, pcre_int32 *reqcharflagsptr,
+ branch_chain *bcptr, int cond_depth,
+ compile_data *cd, int *lengthptr)
+{
+int repeat_type, op_type;
+int repeat_min = 0, repeat_max = 0; /* To please picky compilers */
+int bravalue = 0;
+int greedy_default, greedy_non_default;
+pcre_uint32 firstchar, reqchar;
+pcre_int32 firstcharflags, reqcharflags;
+pcre_uint32 zeroreqchar, zerofirstchar;
+pcre_int32 zeroreqcharflags, zerofirstcharflags;
+pcre_int32 req_caseopt, reqvary, tempreqvary;
+int options = *optionsptr; /* May change dynamically */
+int after_manual_callout = 0;
+int length_prevgroup = 0;
+register pcre_uint32 c;
+int escape;
+register pcre_uchar *code = *codeptr;
+pcre_uchar *last_code = code;
+pcre_uchar *orig_code = code;
+pcre_uchar *tempcode;
+BOOL inescq = FALSE;
+BOOL groupsetfirstchar = FALSE;
+const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr;
+const pcre_uchar *tempptr;
+const pcre_uchar *nestptr = NULL;
+pcre_uchar *previous = NULL;
+pcre_uchar *previous_callout = NULL;
+size_t item_hwm_offset = 0;
+pcre_uint8 classbits[32];
+
+/* We can fish out the UTF-8 setting once and for all into a BOOL, but we
+must not do this for other options (e.g. PCRE_EXTENDED) because they may change
+dynamically as we process the pattern. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+/* PCRE_UTF[16|32] have the same value as PCRE_UTF8. */
+BOOL utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
+#ifndef COMPILE_PCRE32
+pcre_uchar utf_chars[6];
+#endif
+#else
+BOOL utf = FALSE;
+#endif
+
+/* Helper variables for OP_XCLASS opcode (for characters > 255). We define
+class_uchardata always so that it can be passed to add_to_class() always,
+though it will not be used in non-UTF 8-bit cases. This avoids having to supply
+alternative calls for the different cases. */
+
+pcre_uchar *class_uchardata;
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+BOOL xclass;
+pcre_uchar *class_uchardata_base;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PCRE_DEBUG
+if (lengthptr != NULL) DPRINTF((">> start branch\n"));
+#endif
+
+/* Set up the default and non-default settings for greediness */
+
+greedy_default = ((options & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0);
+greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1;
+
+/* Initialize no first byte, no required byte. REQ_UNSET means "no char
+matching encountered yet". It gets changed to REQ_NONE if we hit something that
+matches a non-fixed char first char; reqchar just remains unset if we never
+find one.
+
+When we hit a repeat whose minimum is zero, we may have to adjust these values
+to take the zero repeat into account. This is implemented by setting them to
+zerofirstbyte and zeroreqchar when such a repeat is encountered. The individual
+item types that can be repeated set these backoff variables appropriately. */
+
+firstchar = reqchar = zerofirstchar = zeroreqchar = 0;
+firstcharflags = reqcharflags = zerofirstcharflags = zeroreqcharflags = REQ_UNSET;
+
+/* The variable req_caseopt contains either the REQ_CASELESS value
+or zero, according to the current setting of the caseless flag. The
+REQ_CASELESS leaves the lower 28 bit empty. It is added into the
+firstchar or reqchar variables to record the case status of the
+value. This is used only for ASCII characters. */
+
+req_caseopt = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS:0;
+
+/* Switch on next character until the end of the branch */
+
+for (;; ptr++)
+ {
+ BOOL negate_class;
+ BOOL should_flip_negation;
+ BOOL possessive_quantifier;
+ BOOL is_quantifier;
+ BOOL is_recurse;
+ BOOL reset_bracount;
+ int class_has_8bitchar;
+ int class_one_char;
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ BOOL xclass_has_prop;
+#endif
+ int newoptions;
+ int recno;
+ int refsign;
+ int skipbytes;
+ pcre_uint32 subreqchar, subfirstchar;
+ pcre_int32 subreqcharflags, subfirstcharflags;
+ int terminator;
+ unsigned int mclength;
+ unsigned int tempbracount;
+ pcre_uint32 ec;
+ pcre_uchar mcbuffer[8];
+
+ /* Get next character in the pattern */
+
+ c = *ptr;
+
+ /* If we are at the end of a nested substitution, revert to the outer level
+ string. Nesting only happens one level deep. */
+
+ if (c == CHAR_NULL && nestptr != NULL)
+ {
+ ptr = nestptr;
+ nestptr = NULL;
+ c = *ptr;
+ }
+
+ /* If we are in the pre-compile phase, accumulate the length used for the
+ previous cycle of this loop. */
+
+ if (lengthptr != NULL)
+ {
+#ifdef PCRE_DEBUG
+ if (code > cd->hwm) cd->hwm = code; /* High water info */
+#endif
+ if (code > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size -
+ WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN) /* Check for overrun */
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR52;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ /* There is at least one situation where code goes backwards: this is the
+ case of a zero quantifier after a class (e.g. [ab]{0}). At compile time,
+ the class is simply eliminated. However, it is created first, so we have to
+ allow memory for it. Therefore, don't ever reduce the length at this point.
+ */
+
+ if (code < last_code) code = last_code;
+
+ /* Paranoid check for integer overflow */
+
+ if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < code - last_code)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ *lengthptr += (int)(code - last_code);
+ DPRINTF(("length=%d added %d c=%c (0x%x)\n", *lengthptr,
+ (int)(code - last_code), c, c));
+
+ /* If "previous" is set and it is not at the start of the work space, move
+ it back to there, in order to avoid filling up the work space. Otherwise,
+ if "previous" is NULL, reset the current code pointer to the start. */
+
+ if (previous != NULL)
+ {
+ if (previous > orig_code)
+ {
+ memmove(orig_code, previous, IN_UCHARS(code - previous));
+ code -= previous - orig_code;
+ previous = orig_code;
+ }
+ }
+ else code = orig_code;
+
+ /* Remember where this code item starts so we can pick up the length
+ next time round. */
+
+ last_code = code;
+ }
+
+ /* In the real compile phase, just check the workspace used by the forward
+ reference list. */
+
+ else if (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR52;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ /* If in \Q...\E, check for the end; if not, we have a literal */
+
+ if (inescq && c != CHAR_NULL)
+ {
+ if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E)
+ {
+ inescq = FALSE;
+ ptr++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (previous_callout != NULL)
+ {
+ if (lengthptr == NULL) /* Don't attempt in pre-compile phase */
+ complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd);
+ previous_callout = NULL;
+ }
+ if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0)
+ {
+ previous_callout = code;
+ code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd);
+ }
+ goto NORMAL_CHAR;
+ }
+ /* Control does not reach here. */
+ }
+
+ /* In extended mode, skip white space and comments. We need a loop in order
+ to check for more white space and more comments after a comment. */
+
+ if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)
+ {
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ while (MAX_255(c) && (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0) c = *(++ptr);
+ if (c != CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN) break;
+ ptr++;
+ while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL)
+ {
+ if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) /* For non-fixed-length newline cases, */
+ { /* IS_NEWLINE sets cd->nllen. */
+ ptr += cd->nllen;
+ break;
+ }
+ ptr++;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf) FORWARDCHAR(ptr);
+#endif
+ }
+ c = *ptr; /* Either NULL or the char after a newline */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* See if the next thing is a quantifier. */
+
+ is_quantifier =
+ c == CHAR_ASTERISK || c == CHAR_PLUS || c == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK ||
+ (c == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET && is_counted_repeat(ptr+1));
+
+ /* Fill in length of a previous callout, except when the next thing is a
+ quantifier or when processing a property substitution string in UCP mode. */
+
+ if (!is_quantifier && previous_callout != NULL && nestptr == NULL &&
+ after_manual_callout-- <= 0)
+ {
+ if (lengthptr == NULL) /* Don't attempt in pre-compile phase */
+ complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd);
+ previous_callout = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Create auto callout, except for quantifiers, or while processing property
+ strings that are substituted for \w etc in UCP mode. */
+
+ if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0 && !is_quantifier && nestptr == NULL)
+ {
+ previous_callout = code;
+ code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd);
+ }
+
+ /* Process the next pattern item. */
+
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ /* ===================================================================*/
+ case CHAR_NULL: /* The branch terminates at string end */
+ case CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE: /* or | or ) */
+ case CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS:
+ *firstcharptr = firstchar;
+ *firstcharflagsptr = firstcharflags;
+ *reqcharptr = reqchar;
+ *reqcharflagsptr = reqcharflags;
+ *codeptr = code;
+ *ptrptr = ptr;
+ if (lengthptr != NULL)
+ {
+ if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < code - last_code)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ *lengthptr += (int)(code - last_code); /* To include callout length */
+ DPRINTF((">> end branch\n"));
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+
+
+ /* ===================================================================*/
+ /* Handle single-character metacharacters. In multiline mode, ^ disables
+ the setting of any following char as a first character. */
+
+ case CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT:
+ previous = NULL;
+ if ((options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0)
+ {
+ if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET)
+ zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+ *code++ = OP_CIRCM;
+ }
+ else *code++ = OP_CIRC;
+ break;
+
+ case CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN:
+ previous = NULL;
+ *code++ = ((options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0)? OP_DOLLM : OP_DOLL;
+ break;
+
+ /* There can never be a first char if '.' is first, whatever happens about
+ repeats. The value of reqchar doesn't change either. */
+
+ case CHAR_DOT:
+ if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+ zerofirstchar = firstchar;
+ zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags;
+ zeroreqchar = reqchar;
+ zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags;
+ previous = code;
+ item_hwm_offset = cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace;
+ *code++ = ((options & PCRE_DOTALL) != 0)? OP_ALLANY: OP_ANY;
+ break;
+
+
+ /* ===================================================================*/
+ /* Character classes. If the included characters are all < 256, we build a
+ 32-byte bitmap of the permitted characters, except in the special case
+ where there is only one such character. For negated classes, we build the
+ map as usual, then invert it at the end. However, we use a different opcode
+ so that data characters > 255 can be handled correctly.
+
+ If the class contains characters outside the 0-255 range, a different
+ opcode is compiled. It may optionally have a bit map for characters < 256,
+ but those above are are explicitly listed afterwards. A flag byte tells
+ whether the bitmap is present, and whether this is a negated class or not.
+
+ In JavaScript compatibility mode, an isolated ']' causes an error. In
+ default (Perl) mode, it is treated as a data character. */
+
+ case CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET:
+ if ((cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR64;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ goto NORMAL_CHAR;
+
+ /* In another (POSIX) regex library, the ugly syntax [[:<:]] and [[:>:]] is
+ used for "start of word" and "end of word". As these are otherwise illegal
+ sequences, we don't break anything by recognizing them. They are replaced
+ by \b(?=\w) and \b(?<=\w) respectively. Sequences like [a[:<:]] are
+ erroneous and are handled by the normal code below. */
+
+ case CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET:
+ if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+1, STRING_WEIRD_STARTWORD, 6) == 0)
+ {
+ nestptr = ptr + 7;
+ ptr = sub_start_of_word - 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+1, STRING_WEIRD_ENDWORD, 6) == 0)
+ {
+ nestptr = ptr + 7;
+ ptr = sub_end_of_word - 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Handle a real character class. */
+
+ previous = code;
+ item_hwm_offset = cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace;
+
+ /* PCRE supports POSIX class stuff inside a class. Perl gives an error if
+ they are encountered at the top level, so we'll do that too. */
+
+ if ((ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT ||
+ ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) &&
+ check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr))
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON)? ERR13 : ERR31;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ /* If the first character is '^', set the negation flag and skip it. Also,
+ if the first few characters (either before or after ^) are \Q\E or \E we
+ skip them too. This makes for compatibility with Perl. */
+
+ negate_class = FALSE;
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ c = *(++ptr);
+ if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
+ {
+ if (ptr[1] == CHAR_E)
+ ptr++;
+ else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr + 1, STR_Q STR_BACKSLASH STR_E, 3) == 0)
+ ptr += 3;
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (!negate_class && c == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT)
+ negate_class = TRUE;
+ else break;
+ }
+
+ /* Empty classes are allowed in JavaScript compatibility mode. Otherwise,
+ an initial ']' is taken as a data character -- the code below handles
+ that. In JS mode, [] must always fail, so generate OP_FAIL, whereas
+ [^] must match any character, so generate OP_ALLANY. */
+
+ if (c == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET &&
+ (cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0)
+ {
+ *code++ = negate_class? OP_ALLANY : OP_FAIL;
+ if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+ zerofirstchar = firstchar;
+ zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* If a class contains a negative special such as \S, we need to flip the
+ negation flag at the end, so that support for characters > 255 works
+ correctly (they are all included in the class). */
+
+ should_flip_negation = FALSE;
+
+ /* Extended class (xclass) will be used when characters > 255
+ might match. */
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ xclass = FALSE;
+ class_uchardata = code + LINK_SIZE + 2; /* For XCLASS items */
+ class_uchardata_base = class_uchardata; /* Save the start */
+#endif
+
+ /* For optimization purposes, we track some properties of the class:
+ class_has_8bitchar will be non-zero if the class contains at least one <
+ 256 character; class_one_char will be 1 if the class contains just one
+ character; xclass_has_prop will be TRUE if unicode property checks
+ are present in the class. */
+
+ class_has_8bitchar = 0;
+ class_one_char = 0;
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ xclass_has_prop = FALSE;
+#endif
+
+ /* Initialize the 32-char bit map to all zeros. We build the map in a
+ temporary bit of memory, in case the class contains fewer than two
+ 8-bit characters because in that case the compiled code doesn't use the bit
+ map. */
+
+ memset(classbits, 0, 32 * sizeof(pcre_uint8));
+
+ /* Process characters until ] is reached. By writing this as a "do" it
+ means that an initial ] is taken as a data character. At the start of the
+ loop, c contains the first byte of the character. */
+
+ if (c != CHAR_NULL) do
+ {
+ const pcre_uchar *oldptr;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(c))
+ { /* Braces are required because the */
+ GETCHARLEN(c, ptr, ptr); /* macro generates multiple statements */
+ }
+#endif
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ /* In the pre-compile phase, accumulate the length of any extra
+ data and reset the pointer. This is so that very large classes that
+ contain a zillion > 255 characters no longer overwrite the work space
+ (which is on the stack). We have to remember that there was XCLASS data,
+ however. */
+
+ if (class_uchardata > class_uchardata_base) xclass = TRUE;
+
+ if (lengthptr != NULL && class_uchardata > class_uchardata_base)
+ {
+ *lengthptr += (int)(class_uchardata - class_uchardata_base);
+ class_uchardata = class_uchardata_base;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Inside \Q...\E everything is literal except \E */
+
+ if (inescq)
+ {
+ if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) /* If we are at \E */
+ {
+ inescq = FALSE; /* Reset literal state */
+ ptr++; /* Skip the 'E' */
+ continue; /* Carry on with next */
+ }
+ goto CHECK_RANGE; /* Could be range if \E follows */
+ }
+
+ /* Handle POSIX class names. Perl allows a negation extension of the
+ form [:^name:]. A square bracket that doesn't match the syntax is
+ treated as a literal. We also recognize the POSIX constructions
+ [.ch.] and [=ch=] ("collating elements") and fault them, as Perl
+ 5.6 and 5.8 do. */
+
+ if (c == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET &&
+ (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT ||
+ ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) && check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr))
+ {
+ BOOL local_negate = FALSE;
+ int posix_class, taboffset, tabopt;
+ register const pcre_uint8 *cbits = cd->cbits;
+ pcre_uint8 pbits[32];
+
+ if (ptr[1] != CHAR_COLON)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR31;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ ptr += 2;
+ if (*ptr == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT)
+ {
+ local_negate = TRUE;
+ should_flip_negation = TRUE; /* Note negative special */
+ ptr++;
+ }
+
+ posix_class = check_posix_name(ptr, (int)(tempptr - ptr));
+ if (posix_class < 0)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR30;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ /* If matching is caseless, upper and lower are converted to
+ alpha. This relies on the fact that the class table starts with
+ alpha, lower, upper as the first 3 entries. */
+
+ if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && posix_class <= 2)
+ posix_class = 0;
+
+ /* When PCRE_UCP is set, some of the POSIX classes are converted to
+ different escape sequences that use Unicode properties \p or \P. Others
+ that are not available via \p or \P generate XCL_PROP/XCL_NOTPROP
+ directly. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ if ((options & PCRE_UCP) != 0)
+ {
+ unsigned int ptype = 0;
+ int pc = posix_class + ((local_negate)? POSIX_SUBSIZE/2 : 0);
+
+ /* The posix_substitutes table specifies which POSIX classes can be
+ converted to \p or \P items. */
+
+ if (posix_substitutes[pc] != NULL)
+ {
+ nestptr = tempptr + 1;
+ ptr = posix_substitutes[pc] - 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* There are three other classes that generate special property calls
+ that are recognized only in an XCLASS. */
+
+ else switch(posix_class)
+ {
+ case PC_GRAPH:
+ ptype = PT_PXGRAPH;
+ /* Fall through */
+ case PC_PRINT:
+ if (ptype == 0) ptype = PT_PXPRINT;
+ /* Fall through */
+ case PC_PUNCT:
+ if (ptype == 0) ptype = PT_PXPUNCT;
+ *class_uchardata++ = local_negate? XCL_NOTPROP : XCL_PROP;
+ *class_uchardata++ = ptype;
+ *class_uchardata++ = 0;
+ xclass_has_prop = TRUE;
+ ptr = tempptr + 1;
+ continue;
+
+ /* For the other POSIX classes (ascii, xdigit) we are going to fall
+ through to the non-UCP case and build a bit map for characters with
+ code points less than 256. If we are in a negated POSIX class
+ within a non-negated overall class, characters with code points
+ greater than 255 must all match. In the special case where we have
+ not yet generated any xclass data, and this is the final item in
+ the overall class, we need do nothing: later on, the opcode
+ OP_NCLASS will be used to indicate that characters greater than 255
+ are acceptable. If we have already seen an xclass item or one may
+ follow (we have to assume that it might if this is not the end of
+ the class), explicitly match all wide codepoints. */
+
+ default:
+ if (!negate_class && local_negate &&
+ (xclass || tempptr[2] != CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET))
+ {
+ *class_uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE;
+ class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(0x100, class_uchardata);
+ class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(0x10ffff, class_uchardata);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ /* In the non-UCP case, or when UCP makes no difference, we build the
+ bit map for the POSIX class in a chunk of local store because we may be
+ adding and subtracting from it, and we don't want to subtract bits that
+ may be in the main map already. At the end we or the result into the
+ bit map that is being built. */
+
+ posix_class *= 3;
+
+ /* Copy in the first table (always present) */
+
+ memcpy(pbits, cbits + posix_class_maps[posix_class],
+ 32 * sizeof(pcre_uint8));
+
+ /* If there is a second table, add or remove it as required. */
+
+ taboffset = posix_class_maps[posix_class + 1];
+ tabopt = posix_class_maps[posix_class + 2];
+
+ if (taboffset >= 0)
+ {
+ if (tabopt >= 0)
+ for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) pbits[c] |= cbits[c + taboffset];
+ else
+ for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) pbits[c] &= ~cbits[c + taboffset];
+ }
+
+ /* Now see if we need to remove any special characters. An option
+ value of 1 removes vertical space and 2 removes underscore. */
+
+ if (tabopt < 0) tabopt = -tabopt;
+ if (tabopt == 1) pbits[1] &= ~0x3c;
+ else if (tabopt == 2) pbits[11] &= 0x7f;
+
+ /* Add the POSIX table or its complement into the main table that is
+ being built and we are done. */
+
+ if (local_negate)
+ for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~pbits[c];
+ else
+ for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= pbits[c];
+
+ ptr = tempptr + 1;
+ /* Every class contains at least one < 256 character. */
+ class_has_8bitchar = 1;
+ /* Every class contains at least two characters. */
+ class_one_char = 2;
+ continue; /* End of POSIX syntax handling */
+ }
+
+ /* Backslash may introduce a single character, or it may introduce one
+ of the specials, which just set a flag. The sequence \b is a special
+ case. Inside a class (and only there) it is treated as backspace. We
+ assume that other escapes have more than one character in them, so
+ speculatively set both class_has_8bitchar and class_one_char bigger
+ than one. Unrecognized escapes fall through and are either treated
+ as literal characters (by default), or are faulted if
+ PCRE_EXTRA is set. */
+
+ if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
+ {
+ escape = check_escape(&ptr, &ec, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options,
+ TRUE);
+ if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
+ if (escape == 0) c = ec;
+ else if (escape == ESC_b) c = CHAR_BS; /* \b is backspace in a class */
+ else if (escape == ESC_N) /* \N is not supported in a class */
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR71;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ else if (escape == ESC_Q) /* Handle start of quoted string */
+ {
+ if (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E)
+ {
+ ptr += 2; /* avoid empty string */
+ }
+ else inescq = TRUE;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (escape == ESC_E) continue; /* Ignore orphan \E */
+
+ else
+ {
+ register const pcre_uint8 *cbits = cd->cbits;
+ /* Every class contains at least two < 256 characters. */
+ class_has_8bitchar++;
+ /* Every class contains at least two characters. */
+ class_one_char += 2;
+
+ switch (escape)
+ {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ case ESC_du: /* These are the values given for \d etc */
+ case ESC_DU: /* when PCRE_UCP is set. We replace the */
+ case ESC_wu: /* escape sequence with an appropriate \p */
+ case ESC_WU: /* or \P to test Unicode properties instead */
+ case ESC_su: /* of the default ASCII testing. */
+ case ESC_SU:
+ nestptr = ptr;
+ ptr = substitutes[escape - ESC_DU] - 1; /* Just before substitute */
+ class_has_8bitchar--; /* Undo! */
+ continue;
+#endif
+ case ESC_d:
+ for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_digit];
+ continue;
+
+ case ESC_D:
+ should_flip_negation = TRUE;
+ for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_digit];
+ continue;
+
+ case ESC_w:
+ for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_word];
+ continue;
+
+ case ESC_W:
+ should_flip_negation = TRUE;
+ for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_word];
+ continue;
+
+ /* Perl 5.004 onwards omitted VT from \s, but restored it at Perl
+ 5.18. Before PCRE 8.34, we had to preserve the VT bit if it was
+ previously set by something earlier in the character class.
+ Luckily, the value of CHAR_VT is 0x0b in both ASCII and EBCDIC, so
+ we could just adjust the appropriate bit. From PCRE 8.34 we no
+ longer treat \s and \S specially. */
+
+ case ESC_s:
+ for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_space];
+ continue;
+
+ case ESC_S:
+ should_flip_negation = TRUE;
+ for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_space];
+ continue;
+
+ /* The rest apply in both UCP and non-UCP cases. */
+
+ case ESC_h:
+ (void)add_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd,
+ PRIV(hspace_list), NOTACHAR);
+ continue;
+
+ case ESC_H:
+ (void)add_not_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options,
+ cd, PRIV(hspace_list));
+ continue;
+
+ case ESC_v:
+ (void)add_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd,
+ PRIV(vspace_list), NOTACHAR);
+ continue;
+
+ case ESC_V:
+ (void)add_not_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options,
+ cd, PRIV(vspace_list));
+ continue;
+
+ case ESC_p:
+ case ESC_P:
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ {
+ BOOL negated;
+ unsigned int ptype = 0, pdata = 0;
+ if (!get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &ptype, &pdata, errorcodeptr))
+ goto FAILED;
+ *class_uchardata++ = ((escape == ESC_p) != negated)?
+ XCL_PROP : XCL_NOTPROP;
+ *class_uchardata++ = ptype;
+ *class_uchardata++ = pdata;
+ xclass_has_prop = TRUE;
+ class_has_8bitchar--; /* Undo! */
+ continue;
+ }
+#else
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR45;
+ goto FAILED;
+#endif
+ /* Unrecognized escapes are faulted if PCRE is running in its
+ strict mode. By default, for compatibility with Perl, they are
+ treated as literals. */
+
+ default:
+ if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR7;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ class_has_8bitchar--; /* Undo the speculative increase. */
+ class_one_char -= 2; /* Undo the speculative increase. */
+ c = *ptr; /* Get the final character and fall through */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Fall through if the escape just defined a single character (c >= 0).
+ This may be greater than 256. */
+
+ escape = 0;
+
+ } /* End of backslash handling */
+
+ /* A character may be followed by '-' to form a range. However, Perl does
+ not permit ']' to be the end of the range. A '-' character at the end is
+ treated as a literal. Perl ignores orphaned \E sequences entirely. The
+ code for handling \Q and \E is messy. */
+
+ CHECK_RANGE:
+ while (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E)
+ {
+ inescq = FALSE;
+ ptr += 2;
+ }
+ oldptr = ptr;
+
+ /* Remember if \r or \n were explicitly used */
+
+ if (c == CHAR_CR || c == CHAR_NL) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF;
+
+ /* Check for range */
+
+ if (!inescq && ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS)
+ {
+ pcre_uint32 d;
+ ptr += 2;
+ while (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) ptr += 2;
+
+ /* If we hit \Q (not followed by \E) at this point, go into escaped
+ mode. */
+
+ while (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_Q)
+ {
+ ptr += 2;
+ if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E)
+ { ptr += 2; continue; }
+ inescq = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Minus (hyphen) at the end of a class is treated as a literal, so put
+ back the pointer and jump to handle the character that preceded it. */
+
+ if (*ptr == CHAR_NULL || (!inescq && *ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET))
+ {
+ ptr = oldptr;
+ goto CLASS_SINGLE_CHARACTER;
+ }
+
+ /* Otherwise, we have a potential range; pick up the next character */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf)
+ { /* Braces are required because the */
+ GETCHARLEN(d, ptr, ptr); /* macro generates multiple statements */
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ d = *ptr; /* Not UTF-8 mode */
+
+ /* The second part of a range can be a single-character escape
+ sequence, but not any of the other escapes. Perl treats a hyphen as a
+ literal in such circumstances. However, in Perl's warning mode, a
+ warning is given, so PCRE now faults it as it is almost certainly a
+ mistake on the user's part. */
+
+ if (!inescq)
+ {
+ if (d == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
+ {
+ int descape;
+ descape = check_escape(&ptr, &d, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, TRUE);
+ if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
+
+ /* 0 means a character was put into d; \b is backspace; any other
+ special causes an error. */
+
+ if (descape != 0)
+ {
+ if (descape == ESC_b) d = CHAR_BS; else
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR83;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* A hyphen followed by a POSIX class is treated in the same way. */
+
+ else if (d == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET &&
+ (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT ||
+ ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) &&
+ check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr))
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR83;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check that the two values are in the correct order. Optimize
+ one-character ranges. */
+
+ if (d < c)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR8;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ if (d == c) goto CLASS_SINGLE_CHARACTER; /* A few lines below */
+
+ /* We have found a character range, so single character optimizations
+ cannot be done anymore. Any value greater than 1 indicates that there
+ is more than one character. */
+
+ class_one_char = 2;
+
+ /* Remember an explicit \r or \n, and add the range to the class. */
+
+ if (d == CHAR_CR || d == CHAR_NL) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF;
+
+ class_has_8bitchar +=
+ add_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd, c, d);
+
+ continue; /* Go get the next char in the class */
+ }
+
+ /* Handle a single character - we can get here for a normal non-escape
+ char, or after \ that introduces a single character or for an apparent
+ range that isn't. Only the value 1 matters for class_one_char, so don't
+ increase it if it is already 2 or more ... just in case there's a class
+ with a zillion characters in it. */
+
+ CLASS_SINGLE_CHARACTER:
+ if (class_one_char < 2) class_one_char++;
+
+ /* If xclass_has_prop is false and class_one_char is 1, we have the first
+ single character in the class, and there have been no prior ranges, or
+ XCLASS items generated by escapes. If this is the final character in the
+ class, we can optimize by turning the item into a 1-character OP_CHAR[I]
+ if it's positive, or OP_NOT[I] if it's negative. In the positive case, it
+ can cause firstchar to be set. Otherwise, there can be no first char if
+ this item is first, whatever repeat count may follow. In the case of
+ reqchar, save the previous value for reinstating. */
+
+ if (!inescq &&
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ !xclass_has_prop &&
+#endif
+ class_one_char == 1 && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET)
+ {
+ ptr++;
+ zeroreqchar = reqchar;
+ zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags;
+
+ if (negate_class)
+ {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ int d;
+#endif
+ if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+ zerofirstchar = firstchar;
+ zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags;
+
+ /* For caseless UTF-8 mode when UCP support is available, check
+ whether this character has more than one other case. If so, generate
+ a special OP_NOTPROP item instead of OP_NOTI. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ if (utf && (options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 &&
+ (d = UCD_CASESET(c)) != 0)
+ {
+ *code++ = OP_NOTPROP;
+ *code++ = PT_CLIST;
+ *code++ = d;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ /* Char has only one other case, or UCP not available */
+
+ {
+ *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_NOTI: OP_NOT;
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ if (utf && c > MAX_VALUE_FOR_SINGLE_CHAR)
+ code += PRIV(ord2utf)(c, code);
+ else
+#endif
+ *code++ = c;
+ }
+
+ /* We are finished with this character class */
+
+ goto END_CLASS;
+ }
+
+ /* For a single, positive character, get the value into mcbuffer, and
+ then we can handle this with the normal one-character code. */
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ if (utf && c > MAX_VALUE_FOR_SINGLE_CHAR)
+ mclength = PRIV(ord2utf)(c, mcbuffer);
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ mcbuffer[0] = c;
+ mclength = 1;
+ }
+ goto ONE_CHAR;
+ } /* End of 1-char optimization */
+
+ /* There is more than one character in the class, or an XCLASS item
+ has been generated. Add this character to the class. */
+
+ class_has_8bitchar +=
+ add_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd, c, c);
+ }
+
+ /* Loop until ']' reached. This "while" is the end of the "do" far above.
+ If we are at the end of an internal nested string, revert to the outer
+ string. */
+
+ while (((c = *(++ptr)) != CHAR_NULL ||
+ (nestptr != NULL &&
+ (ptr = nestptr, nestptr = NULL, c = *(++ptr)) != CHAR_NULL)) &&
+ (c != CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET || inescq));
+
+ /* Check for missing terminating ']' */
+
+ if (c == CHAR_NULL)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR6;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ /* We will need an XCLASS if data has been placed in class_uchardata. In
+ the second phase this is a sufficient test. However, in the pre-compile
+ phase, class_uchardata gets emptied to prevent workspace overflow, so it
+ only if the very last character in the class needs XCLASS will it contain
+ anything at this point. For this reason, xclass gets set TRUE above when
+ uchar_classdata is emptied, and that's why this code is the way it is here
+ instead of just doing a test on class_uchardata below. */
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ if (class_uchardata > class_uchardata_base) xclass = TRUE;
+#endif
+
+ /* If this is the first thing in the branch, there can be no first char
+ setting, whatever the repeat count. Any reqchar setting must remain
+ unchanged after any kind of repeat. */
+
+ if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+ zerofirstchar = firstchar;
+ zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags;
+ zeroreqchar = reqchar;
+ zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags;
+
+ /* If there are characters with values > 255, we have to compile an
+ extended class, with its own opcode, unless there was a negated special
+ such as \S in the class, and PCRE_UCP is not set, because in that case all
+ characters > 255 are in the class, so any that were explicitly given as
+ well can be ignored. If (when there are explicit characters > 255 that must
+ be listed) there are no characters < 256, we can omit the bitmap in the
+ actual compiled code. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (xclass && (xclass_has_prop || !should_flip_negation ||
+ (options & PCRE_UCP) != 0))
+#elif !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ if (xclass && (xclass_has_prop || !should_flip_negation))
+#endif
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ {
+ *class_uchardata++ = XCL_END; /* Marks the end of extra data */
+ *code++ = OP_XCLASS;
+ code += LINK_SIZE;
+ *code = negate_class? XCL_NOT:0;
+ if (xclass_has_prop) *code |= XCL_HASPROP;
+
+ /* If the map is required, move up the extra data to make room for it;
+ otherwise just move the code pointer to the end of the extra data. */
+
+ if (class_has_8bitchar > 0)
+ {
+ *code++ |= XCL_MAP;
+ memmove(code + (32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar)), code,
+ IN_UCHARS(class_uchardata - code));
+ if (negate_class && !xclass_has_prop)
+ for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] = ~classbits[c];
+ memcpy(code, classbits, 32);
+ code = class_uchardata + (32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar));
+ }
+ else code = class_uchardata;
+
+ /* Now fill in the complete length of the item */
+
+ PUT(previous, 1, (int)(code - previous));
+ break; /* End of class handling */
+ }
+
+ /* Even though any XCLASS list is now discarded, we must allow for
+ its memory. */
+
+ if (lengthptr != NULL)
+ *lengthptr += (int)(class_uchardata - class_uchardata_base);
+#endif
+
+ /* If there are no characters > 255, or they are all to be included or
+ excluded, set the opcode to OP_CLASS or OP_NCLASS, depending on whether the
+ whole class was negated and whether there were negative specials such as \S
+ (non-UCP) in the class. Then copy the 32-byte map into the code vector,
+ negating it if necessary. */
+
+ *code++ = (negate_class == should_flip_negation) ? OP_CLASS : OP_NCLASS;
+ if (lengthptr == NULL) /* Save time in the pre-compile phase */
+ {
+ if (negate_class)
+ for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] = ~classbits[c];
+ memcpy(code, classbits, 32);
+ }
+ code += 32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar);
+
+ END_CLASS:
+ break;
+
+
+ /* ===================================================================*/
+ /* Various kinds of repeat; '{' is not necessarily a quantifier, but this
+ has been tested above. */
+
+ case CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET:
+ if (!is_quantifier) goto NORMAL_CHAR;
+ ptr = read_repeat_counts(ptr+1, &repeat_min, &repeat_max, errorcodeptr);
+ if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
+ goto REPEAT;
+
+ case CHAR_ASTERISK:
+ repeat_min = 0;
+ repeat_max = -1;
+ goto REPEAT;
+
+ case CHAR_PLUS:
+ repeat_min = 1;
+ repeat_max = -1;
+ goto REPEAT;
+
+ case CHAR_QUESTION_MARK:
+ repeat_min = 0;
+ repeat_max = 1;
+
+ REPEAT:
+ if (previous == NULL)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR9;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ if (repeat_min == 0)
+ {
+ firstchar = zerofirstchar; /* Adjust for zero repeat */
+ firstcharflags = zerofirstcharflags;
+ reqchar = zeroreqchar; /* Ditto */
+ reqcharflags = zeroreqcharflags;
+ }
+
+ /* Remember whether this is a variable length repeat */
+
+ reqvary = (repeat_min == repeat_max)? 0 : REQ_VARY;
+
+ op_type = 0; /* Default single-char op codes */
+ possessive_quantifier = FALSE; /* Default not possessive quantifier */
+
+ /* Save start of previous item, in case we have to move it up in order to
+ insert something before it. */
+
+ tempcode = previous;
+
+ /* Before checking for a possessive quantifier, we must skip over
+ whitespace and comments in extended mode because Perl allows white space at
+ this point. */
+
+ if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)
+ {
+ const pcre_uchar *p = ptr + 1;
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ while (MAX_255(*p) && (cd->ctypes[*p] & ctype_space) != 0) p++;
+ if (*p != CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN) break;
+ p++;
+ while (*p != CHAR_NULL)
+ {
+ if (IS_NEWLINE(p)) /* For non-fixed-length newline cases, */
+ { /* IS_NEWLINE sets cd->nllen. */
+ p += cd->nllen;
+ break;
+ }
+ p++;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf) FORWARDCHAR(p);
+#endif
+ } /* Loop for comment characters */
+ } /* Loop for multiple comments */
+ ptr = p - 1; /* Character before the next significant one. */
+ }
+
+ /* If the next character is '+', we have a possessive quantifier. This
+ implies greediness, whatever the setting of the PCRE_UNGREEDY option.
+ If the next character is '?' this is a minimizing repeat, by default,
+ but if PCRE_UNGREEDY is set, it works the other way round. We change the
+ repeat type to the non-default. */
+
+ if (ptr[1] == CHAR_PLUS)
+ {
+ repeat_type = 0; /* Force greedy */
+ possessive_quantifier = TRUE;
+ ptr++;
+ }
+ else if (ptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK)
+ {
+ repeat_type = greedy_non_default;
+ ptr++;
+ }
+ else repeat_type = greedy_default;
+
+ /* If previous was a recursion call, wrap it in atomic brackets so that
+ previous becomes the atomic group. All recursions were so wrapped in the
+ past, but it no longer happens for non-repeated recursions. In fact, the
+ repeated ones could be re-implemented independently so as not to need this,
+ but for the moment we rely on the code for repeating groups. */
+
+ if (*previous == OP_RECURSE)
+ {
+ memmove(previous + 1 + LINK_SIZE, previous, IN_UCHARS(1 + LINK_SIZE));
+ *previous = OP_ONCE;
+ PUT(previous, 1, 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE);
+ previous[2 + 2*LINK_SIZE] = OP_KET;
+ PUT(previous, 3 + 2*LINK_SIZE, 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE);
+ code += 2 + 2 * LINK_SIZE;
+ length_prevgroup = 3 + 3*LINK_SIZE;
+
+ /* When actually compiling, we need to check whether this was a forward
+ reference, and if so, adjust the offset. */
+
+ if (lengthptr == NULL && cd->hwm >= cd->start_workspace + LINK_SIZE)
+ {
+ int offset = GET(cd->hwm, -LINK_SIZE);
+ if (offset == previous + 1 - cd->start_code)
+ PUT(cd->hwm, -LINK_SIZE, offset + 1 + LINK_SIZE);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Now handle repetition for the different types of item. */
+
+ /* If previous was a character or negated character match, abolish the item
+ and generate a repeat item instead. If a char item has a minimum of more
+ than one, ensure that it is set in reqchar - it might not be if a sequence
+ such as x{3} is the first thing in a branch because the x will have gone
+ into firstchar instead. */
+
+ if (*previous == OP_CHAR || *previous == OP_CHARI
+ || *previous == OP_NOT || *previous == OP_NOTI)
+ {
+ switch (*previous)
+ {
+ default: /* Make compiler happy. */
+ case OP_CHAR: op_type = OP_STAR - OP_STAR; break;
+ case OP_CHARI: op_type = OP_STARI - OP_STAR; break;
+ case OP_NOT: op_type = OP_NOTSTAR - OP_STAR; break;
+ case OP_NOTI: op_type = OP_NOTSTARI - OP_STAR; break;
+ }
+
+ /* Deal with UTF characters that take up more than one character. It's
+ easier to write this out separately than try to macrify it. Use c to
+ hold the length of the character in bytes, plus UTF_LENGTH to flag that
+ it's a length rather than a small character. */
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ if (utf && NOT_FIRSTCHAR(code[-1]))
+ {
+ pcre_uchar *lastchar = code - 1;
+ BACKCHAR(lastchar);
+ c = (int)(code - lastchar); /* Length of UTF-8 character */
+ memcpy(utf_chars, lastchar, IN_UCHARS(c)); /* Save the char */
+ c |= UTF_LENGTH; /* Flag c as a length */
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */
+
+ /* Handle the case of a single charater - either with no UTF support, or
+ with UTF disabled, or for a single character UTF character. */
+ {
+ c = code[-1];
+ if (*previous <= OP_CHARI && repeat_min > 1)
+ {
+ reqchar = c;
+ reqcharflags = req_caseopt | cd->req_varyopt;
+ }
+ }
+
+ goto OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT; /* Code shared with single character types */
+ }
+
+ /* If previous was a character type match (\d or similar), abolish it and
+ create a suitable repeat item. The code is shared with single-character
+ repeats by setting op_type to add a suitable offset into repeat_type. Note
+ the the Unicode property types will be present only when SUPPORT_UCP is
+ defined, but we don't wrap the little bits of code here because it just
+ makes it horribly messy. */
+
+ else if (*previous < OP_EODN)
+ {
+ pcre_uchar *oldcode;
+ int prop_type, prop_value;
+ op_type = OP_TYPESTAR - OP_STAR; /* Use type opcodes */
+ c = *previous;
+
+ OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT:
+ if (*previous == OP_PROP || *previous == OP_NOTPROP)
+ {
+ prop_type = previous[1];
+ prop_value = previous[2];
+ }
+ else prop_type = prop_value = -1;
+
+ oldcode = code;
+ code = previous; /* Usually overwrite previous item */
+
+ /* If the maximum is zero then the minimum must also be zero; Perl allows
+ this case, so we do too - by simply omitting the item altogether. */
+
+ if (repeat_max == 0) goto END_REPEAT;
+
+ /* Combine the op_type with the repeat_type */
+
+ repeat_type += op_type;
+
+ /* A minimum of zero is handled either as the special case * or ?, or as
+ an UPTO, with the maximum given. */
+
+ if (repeat_min == 0)
+ {
+ if (repeat_max == -1) *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type;
+ else if (repeat_max == 1) *code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type;
+ else
+ {
+ *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
+ PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* A repeat minimum of 1 is optimized into some special cases. If the
+ maximum is unlimited, we use OP_PLUS. Otherwise, the original item is
+ left in place and, if the maximum is greater than 1, we use OP_UPTO with
+ one less than the maximum. */
+
+ else if (repeat_min == 1)
+ {
+ if (repeat_max == -1)
+ *code++ = OP_PLUS + repeat_type;
+ else
+ {
+ code = oldcode; /* leave previous item in place */
+ if (repeat_max == 1) goto END_REPEAT;
+ *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
+ PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max - 1);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* The case {n,n} is just an EXACT, while the general case {n,m} is
+ handled as an EXACT followed by an UPTO. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ *code++ = OP_EXACT + op_type; /* NB EXACT doesn't have repeat_type */
+ PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min);
+
+ /* If the maximum is unlimited, insert an OP_STAR. Before doing so,
+ we have to insert the character for the previous code. For a repeated
+ Unicode property match, there are two extra bytes that define the
+ required property. In UTF-8 mode, long characters have their length in
+ c, with the UTF_LENGTH bit as a flag. */
+
+ if (repeat_max < 0)
+ {
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ if (utf && (c & UTF_LENGTH) != 0)
+ {
+ memcpy(code, utf_chars, IN_UCHARS(c & 7));
+ code += c & 7;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ *code++ = c;
+ if (prop_type >= 0)
+ {
+ *code++ = prop_type;
+ *code++ = prop_value;
+ }
+ }
+ *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type;
+ }
+
+ /* Else insert an UPTO if the max is greater than the min, again
+ preceded by the character, for the previously inserted code. If the
+ UPTO is just for 1 instance, we can use QUERY instead. */
+
+ else if (repeat_max != repeat_min)
+ {
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ if (utf && (c & UTF_LENGTH) != 0)
+ {
+ memcpy(code, utf_chars, IN_UCHARS(c & 7));
+ code += c & 7;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ *code++ = c;
+ if (prop_type >= 0)
+ {
+ *code++ = prop_type;
+ *code++ = prop_value;
+ }
+ repeat_max -= repeat_min;
+
+ if (repeat_max == 1)
+ {
+ *code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
+ PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* The character or character type itself comes last in all cases. */
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ if (utf && (c & UTF_LENGTH) != 0)
+ {
+ memcpy(code, utf_chars, IN_UCHARS(c & 7));
+ code += c & 7;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ *code++ = c;
+
+ /* For a repeated Unicode property match, there are two extra bytes that
+ define the required property. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ if (prop_type >= 0)
+ {
+ *code++ = prop_type;
+ *code++ = prop_value;
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+
+ /* If previous was a character class or a back reference, we put the repeat
+ stuff after it, but just skip the item if the repeat was {0,0}. */
+
+ else if (*previous == OP_CLASS || *previous == OP_NCLASS ||
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ *previous == OP_XCLASS ||
+#endif
+ *previous == OP_REF || *previous == OP_REFI ||
+ *previous == OP_DNREF || *previous == OP_DNREFI)
+ {
+ if (repeat_max == 0)
+ {
+ code = previous;
+ goto END_REPEAT;
+ }
+
+ if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == -1)
+ *code++ = OP_CRSTAR + repeat_type;
+ else if (repeat_min == 1 && repeat_max == -1)
+ *code++ = OP_CRPLUS + repeat_type;
+ else if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == 1)
+ *code++ = OP_CRQUERY + repeat_type;
+ else
+ {
+ *code++ = OP_CRRANGE + repeat_type;
+ PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min);
+ if (repeat_max == -1) repeat_max = 0; /* 2-byte encoding for max */
+ PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If previous was a bracket group, we may have to replicate it in certain
+ cases. Note that at this point we can encounter only the "basic" bracket
+ opcodes such as BRA and CBRA, as this is the place where they get converted
+ into the more special varieties such as BRAPOS and SBRA. A test for >=
+ OP_ASSERT and <= OP_COND includes ASSERT, ASSERT_NOT, ASSERTBACK,
+ ASSERTBACK_NOT, ONCE, ONCE_NC, BRA, BRAPOS, CBRA, CBRAPOS, and COND.
+ Originally, PCRE did not allow repetition of assertions, but now it does,
+ for Perl compatibility. */
+
+ else if (*previous >= OP_ASSERT && *previous <= OP_COND)
+ {
+ register int i;
+ int len = (int)(code - previous);
+ size_t base_hwm_offset = item_hwm_offset;
+ pcre_uchar *bralink = NULL;
+ pcre_uchar *brazeroptr = NULL;
+
+ /* Repeating a DEFINE group is pointless, but Perl allows the syntax, so
+ we just ignore the repeat. */
+
+ if (*previous == OP_COND && previous[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_DEF)
+ goto END_REPEAT;
+
+ /* There is no sense in actually repeating assertions. The only potential
+ use of repetition is in cases when the assertion is optional. Therefore,
+ if the minimum is greater than zero, just ignore the repeat. If the
+ maximum is not zero or one, set it to 1. */
+
+ if (*previous < OP_ONCE) /* Assertion */
+ {
+ if (repeat_min > 0) goto END_REPEAT;
+ if (repeat_max < 0 || repeat_max > 1) repeat_max = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* The case of a zero minimum is special because of the need to stick
+ OP_BRAZERO in front of it, and because the group appears once in the
+ data, whereas in other cases it appears the minimum number of times. For
+ this reason, it is simplest to treat this case separately, as otherwise
+ the code gets far too messy. There are several special subcases when the
+ minimum is zero. */
+
+ if (repeat_min == 0)
+ {
+ /* If the maximum is also zero, we used to just omit the group from the
+ output altogether, like this:
+
+ ** if (repeat_max == 0)
+ ** {
+ ** code = previous;
+ ** goto END_REPEAT;
+ ** }
+
+ However, that fails when a group or a subgroup within it is referenced
+ as a subroutine from elsewhere in the pattern, so now we stick in
+ OP_SKIPZERO in front of it so that it is skipped on execution. As we
+ don't have a list of which groups are referenced, we cannot do this
+ selectively.
+
+ If the maximum is 1 or unlimited, we just have to stick in the BRAZERO
+ and do no more at this point. However, we do need to adjust any
+ OP_RECURSE calls inside the group that refer to the group itself or any
+ internal or forward referenced group, because the offset is from the
+ start of the whole regex. Temporarily terminate the pattern while doing
+ this. */
+
+ if (repeat_max <= 1) /* Covers 0, 1, and unlimited */
+ {
+ *code = OP_END;
+ adjust_recurse(previous, 1, utf, cd, item_hwm_offset);
+ memmove(previous + 1, previous, IN_UCHARS(len));
+ code++;
+ if (repeat_max == 0)
+ {
+ *previous++ = OP_SKIPZERO;
+ goto END_REPEAT;
+ }
+ brazeroptr = previous; /* Save for possessive optimizing */
+ *previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
+ }
+
+ /* If the maximum is greater than 1 and limited, we have to replicate
+ in a nested fashion, sticking OP_BRAZERO before each set of brackets.
+ The first one has to be handled carefully because it's the original
+ copy, which has to be moved up. The remainder can be handled by code
+ that is common with the non-zero minimum case below. We have to
+ adjust the value or repeat_max, since one less copy is required. Once
+ again, we may have to adjust any OP_RECURSE calls inside the group. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ int offset;
+ *code = OP_END;
+ adjust_recurse(previous, 2 + LINK_SIZE, utf, cd, item_hwm_offset);
+ memmove(previous + 2 + LINK_SIZE, previous, IN_UCHARS(len));
+ code += 2 + LINK_SIZE;
+ *previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
+ *previous++ = OP_BRA;
+
+ /* We chain together the bracket offset fields that have to be
+ filled in later when the ends of the brackets are reached. */
+
+ offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : (int)(previous - bralink);
+ bralink = previous;
+ PUTINC(previous, 0, offset);
+ }
+
+ repeat_max--;
+ }
+
+ /* If the minimum is greater than zero, replicate the group as many
+ times as necessary, and adjust the maximum to the number of subsequent
+ copies that we need. If we set a first char from the group, and didn't
+ set a required char, copy the latter from the former. If there are any
+ forward reference subroutine calls in the group, there will be entries on
+ the workspace list; replicate these with an appropriate increment. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ if (repeat_min > 1)
+ {
+ /* In the pre-compile phase, we don't actually do the replication. We
+ just adjust the length as if we had. Do some paranoid checks for
+ potential integer overflow. The INT64_OR_DOUBLE type is a 64-bit
+ integer type when available, otherwise double. */
+
+ if (lengthptr != NULL)
+ {
+ int delta = (repeat_min - 1)*length_prevgroup;
+ if ((INT64_OR_DOUBLE)(repeat_min - 1)*
+ (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)length_prevgroup >
+ (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)INT_MAX ||
+ OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < delta)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ *lengthptr += delta;
+ }
+
+ /* This is compiling for real. If there is a set first byte for
+ the group, and we have not yet set a "required byte", set it. Make
+ sure there is enough workspace for copying forward references before
+ doing the copy. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ if (groupsetfirstchar && reqcharflags < 0)
+ {
+ reqchar = firstchar;
+ reqcharflags = firstcharflags;
+ }
+
+ for (i = 1; i < repeat_min; i++)
+ {
+ pcre_uchar *hc;
+ size_t this_hwm_offset = cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace;
+ memcpy(code, previous, IN_UCHARS(len));
+
+ while (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size -
+ WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN -
+ (this_hwm_offset - base_hwm_offset))
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = expand_workspace(cd);
+ if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ for (hc = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + base_hwm_offset;
+ hc < (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + this_hwm_offset;
+ hc += LINK_SIZE)
+ {
+ PUT(cd->hwm, 0, GET(hc, 0) + len);
+ cd->hwm += LINK_SIZE;
+ }
+ base_hwm_offset = this_hwm_offset;
+ code += len;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (repeat_max > 0) repeat_max -= repeat_min;
+ }
+
+ /* This code is common to both the zero and non-zero minimum cases. If
+ the maximum is limited, it replicates the group in a nested fashion,
+ remembering the bracket starts on a stack. In the case of a zero minimum,
+ the first one was set up above. In all cases the repeat_max now specifies
+ the number of additional copies needed. Again, we must remember to
+ replicate entries on the forward reference list. */
+
+ if (repeat_max >= 0)
+ {
+ /* In the pre-compile phase, we don't actually do the replication. We
+ just adjust the length as if we had. For each repetition we must add 1
+ to the length for BRAZERO and for all but the last repetition we must
+ add 2 + 2*LINKSIZE to allow for the nesting that occurs. Do some
+ paranoid checks to avoid integer overflow. The INT64_OR_DOUBLE type is
+ a 64-bit integer type when available, otherwise double. */
+
+ if (lengthptr != NULL && repeat_max > 0)
+ {
+ int delta = repeat_max * (length_prevgroup + 1 + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) -
+ 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE; /* Last one doesn't nest */
+ if ((INT64_OR_DOUBLE)repeat_max *
+ (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)(length_prevgroup + 1 + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE)
+ > (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)INT_MAX ||
+ OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < delta)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ *lengthptr += delta;
+ }
+
+ /* This is compiling for real */
+
+ else for (i = repeat_max - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ {
+ pcre_uchar *hc;
+ size_t this_hwm_offset = cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace;
+
+ *code++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
+
+ /* All but the final copy start a new nesting, maintaining the
+ chain of brackets outstanding. */
+
+ if (i != 0)
+ {
+ int offset;
+ *code++ = OP_BRA;
+ offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : (int)(code - bralink);
+ bralink = code;
+ PUTINC(code, 0, offset);
+ }
+
+ memcpy(code, previous, IN_UCHARS(len));
+
+ /* Ensure there is enough workspace for forward references before
+ copying them. */
+
+ while (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size -
+ WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN -
+ (this_hwm_offset - base_hwm_offset))
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = expand_workspace(cd);
+ if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ for (hc = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + base_hwm_offset;
+ hc < (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + this_hwm_offset;
+ hc += LINK_SIZE)
+ {
+ PUT(cd->hwm, 0, GET(hc, 0) + len + ((i != 0)? 2+LINK_SIZE : 1));
+ cd->hwm += LINK_SIZE;
+ }
+ base_hwm_offset = this_hwm_offset;
+ code += len;
+ }
+
+ /* Now chain through the pending brackets, and fill in their length
+ fields (which are holding the chain links pro tem). */
+
+ while (bralink != NULL)
+ {
+ int oldlinkoffset;
+ int offset = (int)(code - bralink + 1);
+ pcre_uchar *bra = code - offset;
+ oldlinkoffset = GET(bra, 1);
+ bralink = (oldlinkoffset == 0)? NULL : bralink - oldlinkoffset;
+ *code++ = OP_KET;
+ PUTINC(code, 0, offset);
+ PUT(bra, 1, offset);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If the maximum is unlimited, set a repeater in the final copy. For
+ ONCE brackets, that's all we need to do. However, possessively repeated
+ ONCE brackets can be converted into non-capturing brackets, as the
+ behaviour of (?:xx)++ is the same as (?>xx)++ and this saves having to
+ deal with possessive ONCEs specially.
+
+ Otherwise, when we are doing the actual compile phase, check to see
+ whether this group is one that could match an empty string. If so,
+ convert the initial operator to the S form (e.g. OP_BRA -> OP_SBRA) so
+ that runtime checking can be done. [This check is also applied to ONCE
+ groups at runtime, but in a different way.]
+
+ Then, if the quantifier was possessive and the bracket is not a
+ conditional, we convert the BRA code to the POS form, and the KET code to
+ KETRPOS. (It turns out to be convenient at runtime to detect this kind of
+ subpattern at both the start and at the end.) The use of special opcodes
+ makes it possible to reduce greatly the stack usage in pcre_exec(). If
+ the group is preceded by OP_BRAZERO, convert this to OP_BRAPOSZERO.
+
+ Then, if the minimum number of matches is 1 or 0, cancel the possessive
+ flag so that the default action below, of wrapping everything inside
+ atomic brackets, does not happen. When the minimum is greater than 1,
+ there will be earlier copies of the group, and so we still have to wrap
+ the whole thing. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ pcre_uchar *ketcode = code - 1 - LINK_SIZE;
+ pcre_uchar *bracode = ketcode - GET(ketcode, 1);
+
+ /* Convert possessive ONCE brackets to non-capturing */
+
+ if ((*bracode == OP_ONCE || *bracode == OP_ONCE_NC) &&
+ possessive_quantifier) *bracode = OP_BRA;
+
+ /* For non-possessive ONCE brackets, all we need to do is to
+ set the KET. */
+
+ if (*bracode == OP_ONCE || *bracode == OP_ONCE_NC)
+ *ketcode = OP_KETRMAX + repeat_type;
+
+ /* Handle non-ONCE brackets and possessive ONCEs (which have been
+ converted to non-capturing above). */
+
+ else
+ {
+ /* In the compile phase, check for empty string matching. */
+
+ if (lengthptr == NULL)
+ {
+ pcre_uchar *scode = bracode;
+ do
+ {
+ if (could_be_empty_branch(scode, ketcode, utf, cd, NULL))
+ {
+ *bracode += OP_SBRA - OP_BRA;
+ break;
+ }
+ scode += GET(scode, 1);
+ }
+ while (*scode == OP_ALT);
+ }
+
+ /* A conditional group with only one branch has an implicit empty
+ alternative branch. */
+
+ if (*bracode == OP_COND && bracode[GET(bracode,1)] != OP_ALT)
+ *bracode = OP_SCOND;
+
+ /* Handle possessive quantifiers. */
+
+ if (possessive_quantifier)
+ {
+ /* For COND brackets, we wrap the whole thing in a possessively
+ repeated non-capturing bracket, because we have not invented POS
+ versions of the COND opcodes. Because we are moving code along, we
+ must ensure that any pending recursive references are updated. */
+
+ if (*bracode == OP_COND || *bracode == OP_SCOND)
+ {
+ int nlen = (int)(code - bracode);
+ *code = OP_END;
+ adjust_recurse(bracode, 1 + LINK_SIZE, utf, cd, item_hwm_offset);
+ memmove(bracode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, bracode, IN_UCHARS(nlen));
+ code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ nlen += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ *bracode = (*bracode == OP_COND)? OP_BRAPOS : OP_SBRAPOS;
+ *code++ = OP_KETRPOS;
+ PUTINC(code, 0, nlen);
+ PUT(bracode, 1, nlen);
+ }
+
+ /* For non-COND brackets, we modify the BRA code and use KETRPOS. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ *bracode += 1; /* Switch to xxxPOS opcodes */
+ *ketcode = OP_KETRPOS;
+ }
+
+ /* If the minimum is zero, mark it as possessive, then unset the
+ possessive flag when the minimum is 0 or 1. */
+
+ if (brazeroptr != NULL) *brazeroptr = OP_BRAPOSZERO;
+ if (repeat_min < 2) possessive_quantifier = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Non-possessive quantifier */
+
+ else *ketcode = OP_KETRMAX + repeat_type;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If previous is OP_FAIL, it was generated by an empty class [] in
+ JavaScript mode. The other ways in which OP_FAIL can be generated, that is
+ by (*FAIL) or (?!) set previous to NULL, which gives a "nothing to repeat"
+ error above. We can just ignore the repeat in JS case. */
+
+ else if (*previous == OP_FAIL) goto END_REPEAT;
+
+ /* Else there's some kind of shambles */
+
+ else
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR11;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ /* If the character following a repeat is '+', possessive_quantifier is
+ TRUE. For some opcodes, there are special alternative opcodes for this
+ case. For anything else, we wrap the entire repeated item inside OP_ONCE
+ brackets. Logically, the '+' notation is just syntactic sugar, taken from
+ Sun's Java package, but the special opcodes can optimize it.
+
+ Some (but not all) possessively repeated subpatterns have already been
+ completely handled in the code just above. For them, possessive_quantifier
+ is always FALSE at this stage. Note that the repeated item starts at
+ tempcode, not at previous, which might be the first part of a string whose
+ (former) last char we repeated. */
+
+ if (possessive_quantifier)
+ {
+ int len;
+
+ /* Possessifying an EXACT quantifier has no effect, so we can ignore it.
+ However, QUERY, STAR, or UPTO may follow (for quantifiers such as {5,6},
+ {5,}, or {5,10}). We skip over an EXACT item; if the length of what
+ remains is greater than zero, there's a further opcode that can be
+ handled. If not, do nothing, leaving the EXACT alone. */
+
+ switch(*tempcode)
+ {
+ case OP_TYPEEXACT:
+ tempcode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*tempcode] +
+ ((tempcode[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP
+ || tempcode[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP)? 2 : 0);
+ break;
+
+ /* CHAR opcodes are used for exacts whose count is 1. */
+
+ case OP_CHAR:
+ case OP_CHARI:
+ case OP_NOT:
+ case OP_NOTI:
+ case OP_EXACT:
+ case OP_EXACTI:
+ case OP_NOTEXACT:
+ case OP_NOTEXACTI:
+ tempcode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*tempcode];
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(tempcode[-1]))
+ tempcode += GET_EXTRALEN(tempcode[-1]);
+#endif
+ break;
+
+ /* For the class opcodes, the repeat operator appears at the end;
+ adjust tempcode to point to it. */
+
+ case OP_CLASS:
+ case OP_NCLASS:
+ tempcode += 1 + 32/sizeof(pcre_uchar);
+ break;
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ case OP_XCLASS:
+ tempcode += GET(tempcode, 1);
+ break;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ /* If tempcode is equal to code (which points to the end of the repeated
+ item), it means we have skipped an EXACT item but there is no following
+ QUERY, STAR, or UPTO; the value of len will be 0, and we do nothing. In
+ all other cases, tempcode will be pointing to the repeat opcode, and will
+ be less than code, so the value of len will be greater than 0. */
+
+ len = (int)(code - tempcode);
+ if (len > 0)
+ {
+ unsigned int repcode = *tempcode;
+
+ /* There is a table for possessifying opcodes, all of which are less
+ than OP_CALLOUT. A zero entry means there is no possessified version.
+ */
+
+ if (repcode < OP_CALLOUT && opcode_possessify[repcode] > 0)
+ *tempcode = opcode_possessify[repcode];
+
+ /* For opcode without a special possessified version, wrap the item in
+ ONCE brackets. Because we are moving code along, we must ensure that any
+ pending recursive references are updated. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ *code = OP_END;
+ adjust_recurse(tempcode, 1 + LINK_SIZE, utf, cd, item_hwm_offset);
+ memmove(tempcode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, tempcode, IN_UCHARS(len));
+ code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ len += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ tempcode[0] = OP_ONCE;
+ *code++ = OP_KET;
+ PUTINC(code, 0, len);
+ PUT(tempcode, 1, len);
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+ if (len > 0) switch (*tempcode)
+ {
+ case OP_STAR: *tempcode = OP_POSSTAR; break;
+ case OP_PLUS: *tempcode = OP_POSPLUS; break;
+ case OP_QUERY: *tempcode = OP_POSQUERY; break;
+ case OP_UPTO: *tempcode = OP_POSUPTO; break;
+
+ case OP_STARI: *tempcode = OP_POSSTARI; break;
+ case OP_PLUSI: *tempcode = OP_POSPLUSI; break;
+ case OP_QUERYI: *tempcode = OP_POSQUERYI; break;
+ case OP_UPTOI: *tempcode = OP_POSUPTOI; break;
+
+ case OP_NOTSTAR: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSSTAR; break;
+ case OP_NOTPLUS: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSPLUS; break;
+ case OP_NOTQUERY: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSQUERY; break;
+ case OP_NOTUPTO: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSUPTO; break;
+
+ case OP_NOTSTARI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSSTARI; break;
+ case OP_NOTPLUSI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSPLUSI; break;
+ case OP_NOTQUERYI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSQUERYI; break;
+ case OP_NOTUPTOI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSUPTOI; break;
+
+ case OP_TYPESTAR: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSSTAR; break;
+ case OP_TYPEPLUS: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSPLUS; break;
+ case OP_TYPEQUERY: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSQUERY; break;
+ case OP_TYPEUPTO: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSUPTO; break;
+
+ case OP_CRSTAR: *tempcode = OP_CRPOSSTAR; break;
+ case OP_CRPLUS: *tempcode = OP_CRPOSPLUS; break;
+ case OP_CRQUERY: *tempcode = OP_CRPOSQUERY; break;
+ case OP_CRRANGE: *tempcode = OP_CRPOSRANGE; break;
+
+ /* Because we are moving code along, we must ensure that any
+ pending recursive references are updated. */
+
+ default:
+ *code = OP_END;
+ adjust_recurse(tempcode, 1 + LINK_SIZE, utf, cd, item_hwm_offset);
+ memmove(tempcode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, tempcode, IN_UCHARS(len));
+ code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ len += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ tempcode[0] = OP_ONCE;
+ *code++ = OP_KET;
+ PUTINC(code, 0, len);
+ PUT(tempcode, 1, len);
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+
+ /* In all case we no longer have a previous item. We also set the
+ "follows varying string" flag for subsequently encountered reqchars if
+ it isn't already set and we have just passed a varying length item. */
+
+ END_REPEAT:
+ previous = NULL;
+ cd->req_varyopt |= reqvary;
+ break;
+
+
+ /* ===================================================================*/
+ /* Start of nested parenthesized sub-expression, or comment or lookahead or
+ lookbehind or option setting or condition or all the other extended
+ parenthesis forms. */
+
+ case CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS:
+ ptr++;
+
+ /* First deal with comments. Putting this code right at the start ensures
+ that comments have no bad side effects. */
+
+ if (ptr[0] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK && ptr[1] == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN)
+ {
+ ptr += 2;
+ while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++;
+ if (*ptr == CHAR_NULL)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR18;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Now deal with various "verbs" that can be introduced by '*'. */
+
+ if (ptr[0] == CHAR_ASTERISK && (ptr[1] == ':'
+ || (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && ((cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_letter) != 0))))
+ {
+ int i, namelen;
+ int arglen = 0;
+ const char *vn = verbnames;
+ const pcre_uchar *name = ptr + 1;
+ const pcre_uchar *arg = NULL;
+ previous = NULL;
+ ptr++;
+ while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_letter) != 0) ptr++;
+ namelen = (int)(ptr - name);
+
+ /* It appears that Perl allows any characters whatsoever, other than
+ a closing parenthesis, to appear in arguments, so we no longer insist on
+ letters, digits, and underscores. */
+
+ if (*ptr == CHAR_COLON)
+ {
+ arg = ++ptr;
+ while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++;
+ arglen = (int)(ptr - arg);
+ if ((unsigned int)arglen > MAX_MARK)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR75;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR60;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ /* Scan the table of verb names */
+
+ for (i = 0; i < verbcount; i++)
+ {
+ if (namelen == verbs[i].len &&
+ STRNCMP_UC_C8(name, vn, namelen) == 0)
+ {
+ int setverb;
+
+ /* Check for open captures before ACCEPT and convert it to
+ ASSERT_ACCEPT if in an assertion. */
+
+ if (verbs[i].op == OP_ACCEPT)
+ {
+ open_capitem *oc;
+ if (arglen != 0)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR59;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ cd->had_accept = TRUE;
+ for (oc = cd->open_caps; oc != NULL; oc = oc->next)
+ {
+ *code++ = OP_CLOSE;
+ PUT2INC(code, 0, oc->number);
+ }
+ setverb = *code++ =
+ (cd->assert_depth > 0)? OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT : OP_ACCEPT;
+
+ /* Do not set firstchar after *ACCEPT */
+ if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+ }
+
+ /* Handle other cases with/without an argument */
+
+ else if (arglen == 0)
+ {
+ if (verbs[i].op < 0) /* Argument is mandatory */
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR66;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ setverb = *code++ = verbs[i].op;
+ }
+
+ else
+ {
+ if (verbs[i].op_arg < 0) /* Argument is forbidden */
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR59;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ setverb = *code++ = verbs[i].op_arg;
+ if (lengthptr != NULL) /* In pass 1 just add in the length */
+ { /* to avoid potential workspace */
+ *lengthptr += arglen; /* overflow. */
+ *code++ = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *code++ = arglen;
+ memcpy(code, arg, IN_UCHARS(arglen));
+ code += arglen;
+ }
+ *code++ = 0;
+ }
+
+ switch (setverb)
+ {
+ case OP_THEN:
+ case OP_THEN_ARG:
+ cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASTHEN;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_PRUNE:
+ case OP_PRUNE_ARG:
+ case OP_SKIP:
+ case OP_SKIP_ARG:
+ cd->had_pruneorskip = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break; /* Found verb, exit loop */
+ }
+
+ vn += verbs[i].len + 1;
+ }
+
+ if (i < verbcount) continue; /* Successfully handled a verb */
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR60; /* Verb not recognized */
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ /* Initialize for "real" parentheses */
+
+ newoptions = options;
+ skipbytes = 0;
+ bravalue = OP_CBRA;
+ item_hwm_offset = cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace;
+ reset_bracount = FALSE;
+
+ /* Deal with the extended parentheses; all are introduced by '?', and the
+ appearance of any of them means that this is not a capturing group. */
+
+ if (*ptr == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK)
+ {
+ int i, set, unset, namelen;
+ int *optset;
+ const pcre_uchar *name;
+ pcre_uchar *slot;
+
+ switch (*(++ptr))
+ {
+ /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
+ case CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE: /* Reset capture count for each branch */
+ reset_bracount = TRUE;
+ cd->dupgroups = TRUE; /* Record (?| encountered */
+ /* Fall through */
+
+ /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
+ case CHAR_COLON: /* Non-capturing bracket */
+ bravalue = OP_BRA;
+ ptr++;
+ break;
+
+
+ /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
+ case CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS:
+ bravalue = OP_COND; /* Conditional group */
+ tempptr = ptr;
+
+ /* A condition can be an assertion, a number (referring to a numbered
+ group's having been set), a name (referring to a named group), or 'R',
+ referring to recursion. R and R&name are also permitted for
+ recursion tests.
+
+ There are ways of testing a named group: (?(name)) is used by Python;
+ Perl 5.10 onwards uses (?() or (?('name')).
+
+ There is one unfortunate ambiguity, caused by history. 'R' can be the
+ recursive thing or the name 'R' (and similarly for 'R' followed by
+ digits). We look for a name first; if not found, we try the other case.
+
+ For compatibility with auto-callouts, we allow a callout to be
+ specified before a condition that is an assertion. First, check for the
+ syntax of a callout; if found, adjust the temporary pointer that is
+ used to check for an assertion condition. That's all that is needed! */
+
+ if (ptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK && ptr[2] == CHAR_C)
+ {
+ for (i = 3;; i++) if (!IS_DIGIT(ptr[i])) break;
+ if (ptr[i] == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
+ tempptr += i + 1;
+ }
+
+ /* For conditions that are assertions, check the syntax, and then exit
+ the switch. This will take control down to where bracketed groups,
+ including assertions, are processed. */
+
+ if (tempptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK &&
+ (tempptr[2] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN ||
+ tempptr[2] == CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK ||
+ (tempptr[2] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN &&
+ (tempptr[3] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN ||
+ tempptr[3] == CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK))))
+ {
+ cd->iscondassert = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Other conditions use OP_CREF/OP_DNCREF/OP_RREF/OP_DNRREF, and all
+ need to skip at least 1+IMM2_SIZE bytes at the start of the group. */
+
+ code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_CREF;
+ skipbytes = 1+IMM2_SIZE;
+ refsign = -1; /* => not a number */
+ namelen = -1; /* => not a name; must set to avoid warning */
+ name = NULL; /* Always set to avoid warning */
+ recno = 0; /* Always set to avoid warning */
+
+ /* Check for a test for recursion in a named group. */
+
+ ptr++;
+ if (*ptr == CHAR_R && ptr[1] == CHAR_AMPERSAND)
+ {
+ terminator = -1;
+ ptr += 2;
+ code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_RREF; /* Change the type of test */
+ }
+
+ /* Check for a test for a named group's having been set, using the Perl
+ syntax (?() or (?('name'), and also allow for the original PCRE
+ syntax of (?(name) or for (?(+n), (?(-n), and just (?(n). */
+
+ else if (*ptr == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)
+ {
+ terminator = CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN;
+ ptr++;
+ }
+ else if (*ptr == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)
+ {
+ terminator = CHAR_APOSTROPHE;
+ ptr++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ terminator = CHAR_NULL;
+ if (*ptr == CHAR_MINUS || *ptr == CHAR_PLUS) refsign = *ptr++;
+ else if (IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) refsign = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Handle a number */
+
+ if (refsign >= 0)
+ {
+ while (IS_DIGIT(*ptr))
+ {
+ if (recno > INT_MAX / 10 - 1) /* Integer overflow */
+ {
+ while (IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) ptr++;
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR61;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ recno = recno * 10 + (int)(*ptr - CHAR_0);
+ ptr++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Otherwise we expect to read a name; anything else is an error. When
+ a name is one of a number of duplicates, a different opcode is used and
+ it needs more memory. Unfortunately we cannot tell whether a name is a
+ duplicate in the first pass, so we have to allow for more memory. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ if (IS_DIGIT(*ptr))
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR84;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ if (!MAX_255(*ptr) || (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) == 0)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR28; /* Assertion expected */
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ name = ptr++;
+ while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0)
+ {
+ ptr++;
+ }
+ namelen = (int)(ptr - name);
+ if (lengthptr != NULL) skipbytes += IMM2_SIZE;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the terminator */
+
+ if ((terminator > 0 && *ptr++ != (pcre_uchar)terminator) ||
+ *ptr++ != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
+ {
+ ptr--; /* Error offset */
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR26; /* Malformed number or name */
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ /* Do no further checking in the pre-compile phase. */
+
+ if (lengthptr != NULL) break;
+
+ /* In the real compile we do the work of looking for the actual
+ reference. If refsign is not negative, it means we have a number in
+ recno. */
+
+ if (refsign >= 0)
+ {
+ if (recno <= 0)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR35;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ if (refsign != 0) recno = (refsign == CHAR_MINUS)?
+ cd->bracount - recno + 1 : recno + cd->bracount;
+ if (recno <= 0 || recno > cd->final_bracount)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
+ if (recno > cd->top_backref) cd->top_backref = recno;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Otherwise look for the name. */
+
+ slot = cd->name_table;
+ for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
+ {
+ if (STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, slot+IMM2_SIZE, namelen) == 0) break;
+ slot += cd->name_entry_size;
+ }
+
+ /* Found the named subpattern. If the name is duplicated, add one to
+ the opcode to change CREF/RREF into DNCREF/DNRREF and insert
+ appropriate data values. Otherwise, just insert the unique subpattern
+ number. */
+
+ if (i < cd->names_found)
+ {
+ int offset = i++;
+ int count = 1;
+ recno = GET2(slot, 0); /* Number from first found */
+ if (recno > cd->top_backref) cd->top_backref = recno;
+ for (; i < cd->names_found; i++)
+ {
+ slot += cd->name_entry_size;
+ if (STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, slot+IMM2_SIZE, namelen) != 0 ||
+ (slot+IMM2_SIZE)[namelen] != 0) break;
+ count++;
+ }
+
+ if (count > 1)
+ {
+ PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, offset);
+ PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE+IMM2_SIZE, count);
+ skipbytes += IMM2_SIZE;
+ code[1+LINK_SIZE]++;
+ }
+ else /* Not a duplicated name */
+ {
+ PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If terminator == CHAR_NULL it means that the name followed directly
+ after the opening parenthesis [e.g. (?(abc)...] and in this case there
+ are some further alternatives to try. For the cases where terminator !=
+ CHAR_NULL [things like (?(... or (?('name')... or (?(R&name)... ]
+ we have now checked all the possibilities, so give an error. */
+
+ else if (terminator != CHAR_NULL)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ /* Check for (?(R) for recursion. Allow digits after R to specify a
+ specific group number. */
+
+ else if (*name == CHAR_R)
+ {
+ recno = 0;
+ for (i = 1; i < namelen; i++)
+ {
+ if (!IS_DIGIT(name[i]))
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ if (recno > INT_MAX / 10 - 1) /* Integer overflow */
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR61;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ recno = recno * 10 + name[i] - CHAR_0;
+ }
+ if (recno == 0) recno = RREF_ANY;
+ code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_RREF; /* Change test type */
+ PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
+ }
+
+ /* Similarly, check for the (?(DEFINE) "condition", which is always
+ false. */
+
+ else if (namelen == 6 && STRNCMP_UC_C8(name, STRING_DEFINE, 6) == 0)
+ {
+ code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_DEF;
+ skipbytes = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Reference to an unidentified subpattern. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ break;
+
+
+ /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
+ case CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN: /* Positive lookahead */
+ bravalue = OP_ASSERT;
+ cd->assert_depth += 1;
+ ptr++;
+ break;
+
+ /* Optimize (?!) to (*FAIL) unless it is quantified - which is a weird
+ thing to do, but Perl allows all assertions to be quantified, and when
+ they contain capturing parentheses there may be a potential use for
+ this feature. Not that that applies to a quantified (?!) but we allow
+ it for uniformity. */
+
+ /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
+ case CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK: /* Negative lookahead */
+ ptr++;
+ if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS && ptr[1] != CHAR_ASTERISK &&
+ ptr[1] != CHAR_PLUS && ptr[1] != CHAR_QUESTION_MARK &&
+ (ptr[1] != CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET || !is_counted_repeat(ptr+2)))
+ {
+ *code++ = OP_FAIL;
+ previous = NULL;
+ continue;
+ }
+ bravalue = OP_ASSERT_NOT;
+ cd->assert_depth += 1;
+ break;
+
+
+ /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
+ case CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN: /* Lookbehind or named define */
+ switch (ptr[1])
+ {
+ case CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN: /* Positive lookbehind */
+ bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK;
+ cd->assert_depth += 1;
+ ptr += 2;
+ break;
+
+ case CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK: /* Negative lookbehind */
+ bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT;
+ cd->assert_depth += 1;
+ ptr += 2;
+ break;
+
+ default: /* Could be name define, else bad */
+ if (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && (cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_word) != 0)
+ goto DEFINE_NAME;
+ ptr++; /* Correct offset for error */
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR24;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ break;
+
+
+ /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
+ case CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN: /* One-time brackets */
+ bravalue = OP_ONCE;
+ ptr++;
+ break;
+
+
+ /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
+ case CHAR_C: /* Callout - may be followed by digits; */
+ previous_callout = code; /* Save for later completion */
+ after_manual_callout = 1; /* Skip one item before completing */
+ *code++ = OP_CALLOUT;
+ {
+ int n = 0;
+ ptr++;
+ while(IS_DIGIT(*ptr))
+ n = n * 10 + *ptr++ - CHAR_0;
+ if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR39;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ if (n > 255)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR38;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ *code++ = n;
+ PUT(code, 0, (int)(ptr - cd->start_pattern + 1)); /* Pattern offset */
+ PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0); /* Default length */
+ code += 2 * LINK_SIZE;
+ }
+ previous = NULL;
+ continue;
+
+
+ /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
+ case CHAR_P: /* Python-style named subpattern handling */
+ if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN ||
+ *ptr == CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN) /* Reference or recursion */
+ {
+ is_recurse = *ptr == CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN;
+ terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS;
+ goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE;
+ }
+ else if (*ptr != CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN) /* Test for Python-style defn */
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR41;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ /* Fall through to handle (?P< as (?< is handled */
+
+
+ /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
+ DEFINE_NAME: /* Come here from (?< handling */
+ case CHAR_APOSTROPHE:
+ terminator = (*ptr == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)?
+ CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : CHAR_APOSTROPHE;
+ name = ++ptr;
+ if (IS_DIGIT(*ptr))
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR84; /* Group name must start with non-digit */
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) ptr++;
+ namelen = (int)(ptr - name);
+
+ /* In the pre-compile phase, do a syntax check, remember the longest
+ name, and then remember the group in a vector, expanding it if
+ necessary. Duplicates for the same number are skipped; other duplicates
+ are checked for validity. In the actual compile, there is nothing to
+ do. */
+
+ if (lengthptr != NULL)
+ {
+ named_group *ng;
+ pcre_uint32 number = cd->bracount + 1;
+
+ if (*ptr != (pcre_uchar)terminator)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR42;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ if (cd->names_found >= MAX_NAME_COUNT)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR49;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ if (namelen + IMM2_SIZE + 1 > cd->name_entry_size)
+ {
+ cd->name_entry_size = namelen + IMM2_SIZE + 1;
+ if (namelen > MAX_NAME_SIZE)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR48;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Scan the list to check for duplicates. For duplicate names, if the
+ number is the same, break the loop, which causes the name to be
+ discarded; otherwise, if DUPNAMES is not set, give an error.
+ If it is set, allow the name with a different number, but continue
+ scanning in case this is a duplicate with the same number. For
+ non-duplicate names, give an error if the number is duplicated. */
+
+ ng = cd->named_groups;
+ for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++, ng++)
+ {
+ if (namelen == ng->length &&
+ STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, ng->name, namelen) == 0)
+ {
+ if (ng->number == number) break;
+ if ((options & PCRE_DUPNAMES) == 0)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR43;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ cd->dupnames = TRUE; /* Duplicate names exist */
+ }
+ else if (ng->number == number)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR65;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (i >= cd->names_found) /* Not a duplicate with same number */
+ {
+ /* Increase the list size if necessary */
+
+ if (cd->names_found >= cd->named_group_list_size)
+ {
+ int newsize = cd->named_group_list_size * 2;
+ named_group *newspace = (PUBL(malloc))
+ (newsize * sizeof(named_group));
+
+ if (newspace == NULL)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR21;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ memcpy(newspace, cd->named_groups,
+ cd->named_group_list_size * sizeof(named_group));
+ if (cd->named_group_list_size > NAMED_GROUP_LIST_SIZE)
+ (PUBL(free))((void *)cd->named_groups);
+ cd->named_groups = newspace;
+ cd->named_group_list_size = newsize;
+ }
+
+ cd->named_groups[cd->names_found].name = name;
+ cd->named_groups[cd->names_found].length = namelen;
+ cd->named_groups[cd->names_found].number = number;
+ cd->names_found++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ ptr++; /* Move past > or ' in both passes. */
+ goto NUMBERED_GROUP;
+
+
+ /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
+ case CHAR_AMPERSAND: /* Perl recursion/subroutine syntax */
+ terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS;
+ is_recurse = TRUE;
+ /* Fall through */
+
+ /* We come here from the Python syntax above that handles both
+ references (?P=name) and recursion (?P>name), as well as falling
+ through from the Perl recursion syntax (?&name). We also come here from
+ the Perl \k or \k'name' back reference syntax and the \k{name}
+ .NET syntax, and the Oniguruma \g<...> and \g'...' subroutine syntax. */
+
+ NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE:
+ name = ++ptr;
+ if (IS_DIGIT(*ptr))
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR84; /* Group name must start with non-digit */
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) ptr++;
+ namelen = (int)(ptr - name);
+
+ /* In the pre-compile phase, do a syntax check. We used to just set
+ a dummy reference number, because it was not used in the first pass.
+ However, with the change of recursive back references to be atomic,
+ we have to look for the number so that this state can be identified, as
+ otherwise the incorrect length is computed. If it's not a backwards
+ reference, the dummy number will do. */
+
+ if (lengthptr != NULL)
+ {
+ named_group *ng;
+ recno = 0;
+
+ if (namelen == 0)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR62;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ if (*ptr != (pcre_uchar)terminator)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR42;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ if (namelen > MAX_NAME_SIZE)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR48;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ /* Count named back references. */
+
+ if (!is_recurse) cd->namedrefcount++;
+
+ /* We have to allow for a named reference to a duplicated name (this
+ cannot be determined until the second pass). This needs an extra
+ 16-bit data item. */
+
+ *lengthptr += IMM2_SIZE;
+
+ /* If this is a forward reference and we are within a (?|...) group,
+ the reference may end up as the number of a group which we are
+ currently inside, that is, it could be a recursive reference. In the
+ real compile this will be picked up and the reference wrapped with
+ OP_ONCE to make it atomic, so we must space in case this occurs. */
+
+ /* In fact, this can happen for a non-forward reference because
+ another group with the same number might be created later. This
+ issue is fixed "properly" in PCRE2. As PCRE1 is now in maintenance
+ only mode, we finesse the bug by allowing more memory always. */
+
+ *lengthptr += 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE;
+
+ /* It is even worse than that. The current reference may be to an
+ existing named group with a different number (so apparently not
+ recursive) but which later on is also attached to a group with the
+ current number. This can only happen if $(| has been previous
+ encountered. In that case, we allow yet more memory, just in case.
+ (Again, this is fixed "properly" in PCRE2. */
+
+ if (cd->dupgroups) *lengthptr += 4 + 4*LINK_SIZE;
+
+ /* Otherwise, check for recursion here. The name table does not exist
+ in the first pass; instead we must scan the list of names encountered
+ so far in order to get the number. If the name is not found, leave
+ the value of recno as 0 for a forward reference. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ ng = cd->named_groups;
+ for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++, ng++)
+ {
+ if (namelen == ng->length &&
+ STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, ng->name, namelen) == 0)
+ {
+ open_capitem *oc;
+ recno = ng->number;
+ if (is_recurse) break;
+ for (oc = cd->open_caps; oc != NULL; oc = oc->next)
+ {
+ if (oc->number == recno)
+ {
+ oc->flag = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* In the real compile, search the name table. We check the name
+ first, and then check that we have reached the end of the name in the
+ table. That way, if the name is longer than any in the table, the
+ comparison will fail without reading beyond the table entry. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ slot = cd->name_table;
+ for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
+ {
+ if (STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, slot+IMM2_SIZE, namelen) == 0 &&
+ slot[IMM2_SIZE+namelen] == 0)
+ break;
+ slot += cd->name_entry_size;
+ }
+
+ if (i < cd->names_found)
+ {
+ recno = GET2(slot, 0);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* In both phases, for recursions, we can now go to the code than
+ handles numerical recursion. */
+
+ if (is_recurse) goto HANDLE_RECURSION;
+
+ /* In the second pass we must see if the name is duplicated. If so, we
+ generate a different opcode. */
+
+ if (lengthptr == NULL && cd->dupnames)
+ {
+ int count = 1;
+ unsigned int index = i;
+ pcre_uchar *cslot = slot + cd->name_entry_size;
+
+ for (i++; i < cd->names_found; i++)
+ {
+ if (STRCMP_UC_UC(slot + IMM2_SIZE, cslot + IMM2_SIZE) != 0) break;
+ count++;
+ cslot += cd->name_entry_size;
+ }
+
+ if (count > 1)
+ {
+ if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+ previous = code;
+ item_hwm_offset = cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace;
+ *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_DNREFI : OP_DNREF;
+ PUT2INC(code, 0, index);
+ PUT2INC(code, 0, count);
+
+ /* Process each potentially referenced group. */
+
+ for (; slot < cslot; slot += cd->name_entry_size)
+ {
+ open_capitem *oc;
+ recno = GET2(slot, 0);
+ cd->backref_map |= (recno < 32)? (1 << recno) : 1;
+ if (recno > cd->top_backref) cd->top_backref = recno;
+
+ /* Check to see if this back reference is recursive, that it, it
+ is inside the group that it references. A flag is set so that the
+ group can be made atomic. */
+
+ for (oc = cd->open_caps; oc != NULL; oc = oc->next)
+ {
+ if (oc->number == recno)
+ {
+ oc->flag = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ continue; /* End of back ref handling */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* First pass, or a non-duplicated name. */
+
+ goto HANDLE_REFERENCE;
+
+
+ /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
+ case CHAR_R: /* Recursion, same as (?0) */
+ recno = 0;
+ if (*(++ptr) != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR29;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ goto HANDLE_RECURSION;
+
+
+ /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
+ case CHAR_MINUS: case CHAR_PLUS: /* Recursion or subroutine */
+ case CHAR_0: case CHAR_1: case CHAR_2: case CHAR_3: case CHAR_4:
+ case CHAR_5: case CHAR_6: case CHAR_7: case CHAR_8: case CHAR_9:
+ {
+ const pcre_uchar *called;
+ terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS;
+
+ /* Come here from the \g<...> and \g'...' code (Oniguruma
+ compatibility). However, the syntax has been checked to ensure that
+ the ... are a (signed) number, so that neither ERR63 nor ERR29 will
+ be called on this path, nor with the jump to OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY
+ ever be taken. */
+
+ HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION:
+
+ if ((refsign = *ptr) == CHAR_PLUS)
+ {
+ ptr++;
+ if (!IS_DIGIT(*ptr))
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR63;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (refsign == CHAR_MINUS)
+ {
+ if (!IS_DIGIT(ptr[1]))
+ goto OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY;
+ ptr++;
+ }
+
+ recno = 0;
+ while(IS_DIGIT(*ptr))
+ {
+ if (recno > INT_MAX / 10 - 1) /* Integer overflow */
+ {
+ while (IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) ptr++;
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR61;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ recno = recno * 10 + *ptr++ - CHAR_0;
+ }
+
+ if (*ptr != (pcre_uchar)terminator)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR29;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ if (refsign == CHAR_MINUS)
+ {
+ if (recno == 0)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR58;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ recno = cd->bracount - recno + 1;
+ if (recno <= 0)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (refsign == CHAR_PLUS)
+ {
+ if (recno == 0)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR58;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ recno += cd->bracount;
+ }
+
+ /* Come here from code above that handles a named recursion */
+
+ HANDLE_RECURSION:
+
+ previous = code;
+ item_hwm_offset = cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace;
+ called = cd->start_code;
+
+ /* When we are actually compiling, find the bracket that is being
+ referenced. Temporarily end the regex in case it doesn't exist before
+ this point. If we end up with a forward reference, first check that
+ the bracket does occur later so we can give the error (and position)
+ now. Then remember this forward reference in the workspace so it can
+ be filled in at the end. */
+
+ if (lengthptr == NULL)
+ {
+ *code = OP_END;
+ if (recno != 0)
+ called = PRIV(find_bracket)(cd->start_code, utf, recno);
+
+ /* Forward reference */
+
+ if (called == NULL)
+ {
+ if (recno > cd->final_bracount)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ /* Fudge the value of "called" so that when it is inserted as an
+ offset below, what it actually inserted is the reference number
+ of the group. Then remember the forward reference. */
+
+ called = cd->start_code + recno;
+ if (cd->hwm >= cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size -
+ WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = expand_workspace(cd);
+ if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
+ }
+ PUTINC(cd->hwm, 0, (int)(code + 1 - cd->start_code));
+ }
+
+ /* If not a forward reference, and the subpattern is still open,
+ this is a recursive call. We check to see if this is a left
+ recursion that could loop for ever, and diagnose that case. We
+ must not, however, do this check if we are in a conditional
+ subpattern because the condition might be testing for recursion in
+ a pattern such as /(?(R)a+|(?R)b)/, which is perfectly valid.
+ Forever loops are also detected at runtime, so those that occur in
+ conditional subpatterns will be picked up then. */
+
+ else if (GET(called, 1) == 0 && cond_depth <= 0 &&
+ could_be_empty(called, code, bcptr, utf, cd))
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR40;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Insert the recursion/subroutine item. It does not have a set first
+ character (relevant if it is repeated, because it will then be
+ wrapped with ONCE brackets). */
+
+ *code = OP_RECURSE;
+ PUT(code, 1, (int)(called - cd->start_code));
+ code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ groupsetfirstchar = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Can't determine a first byte now */
+
+ if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+ continue;
+
+
+ /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
+ default: /* Other characters: check option setting */
+ OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY:
+ set = unset = 0;
+ optset = &set;
+
+ while (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS && *ptr != CHAR_COLON)
+ {
+ switch (*ptr++)
+ {
+ case CHAR_MINUS: optset = &unset; break;
+
+ case CHAR_J: /* Record that it changed in the external options */
+ *optset |= PCRE_DUPNAMES;
+ cd->external_flags |= PCRE_JCHANGED;
+ break;
+
+ case CHAR_i: *optset |= PCRE_CASELESS; break;
+ case CHAR_m: *optset |= PCRE_MULTILINE; break;
+ case CHAR_s: *optset |= PCRE_DOTALL; break;
+ case CHAR_x: *optset |= PCRE_EXTENDED; break;
+ case CHAR_U: *optset |= PCRE_UNGREEDY; break;
+ case CHAR_X: *optset |= PCRE_EXTRA; break;
+
+ default: *errorcodeptr = ERR12;
+ ptr--; /* Correct the offset */
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Set up the changed option bits, but don't change anything yet. */
+
+ newoptions = (options | set) & (~unset);
+
+ /* If the options ended with ')' this is not the start of a nested
+ group with option changes, so the options change at this level. If this
+ item is right at the start of the pattern, the options can be
+ abstracted and made external in the pre-compile phase, and ignored in
+ the compile phase. This can be helpful when matching -- for instance in
+ caseless checking of required bytes.
+
+ If the code pointer is not (cd->start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE), we are
+ definitely *not* at the start of the pattern because something has been
+ compiled. In the pre-compile phase, however, the code pointer can have
+ that value after the start, because it gets reset as code is discarded
+ during the pre-compile. However, this can happen only at top level - if
+ we are within parentheses, the starting BRA will still be present. At
+ any parenthesis level, the length value can be used to test if anything
+ has been compiled at that level. Thus, a test for both these conditions
+ is necessary to ensure we correctly detect the start of the pattern in
+ both phases.
+
+ If we are not at the pattern start, reset the greedy defaults and the
+ case value for firstchar and reqchar. */
+
+ if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
+ {
+ if (code == cd->start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE &&
+ (lengthptr == NULL || *lengthptr == 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE))
+ {
+ cd->external_options = newoptions;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ greedy_default = ((newoptions & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0);
+ greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1;
+ req_caseopt = ((newoptions & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS:0;
+ }
+
+ /* Change options at this level, and pass them back for use
+ in subsequent branches. */
+
+ *optionsptr = options = newoptions;
+ previous = NULL; /* This item can't be repeated */
+ continue; /* It is complete */
+ }
+
+ /* If the options ended with ':' we are heading into a nested group
+ with possible change of options. Such groups are non-capturing and are
+ not assertions of any kind. All we need to do is skip over the ':';
+ the newoptions value is handled below. */
+
+ bravalue = OP_BRA;
+ ptr++;
+ } /* End of switch for character following (? */
+ } /* End of (? handling */
+
+ /* Opening parenthesis not followed by '*' or '?'. If PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE
+ is set, all unadorned brackets become non-capturing and behave like (?:...)
+ brackets. */
+
+ else if ((options & PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE) != 0)
+ {
+ bravalue = OP_BRA;
+ }
+
+ /* Else we have a capturing group. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ NUMBERED_GROUP:
+ cd->bracount += 1;
+ PUT2(code, 1+LINK_SIZE, cd->bracount);
+ skipbytes = IMM2_SIZE;
+ }
+
+ /* Process nested bracketed regex. First check for parentheses nested too
+ deeply. */
+
+ if ((cd->parens_depth += 1) > PARENS_NEST_LIMIT)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR82;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ /* All assertions used not to be repeatable, but this was changed for Perl
+ compatibility. All kinds can now be repeated except for assertions that are
+ conditions (Perl also forbids these to be repeated). We copy code into a
+ non-register variable (tempcode) in order to be able to pass its address
+ because some compilers complain otherwise. At the start of a conditional
+ group whose condition is an assertion, cd->iscondassert is set. We unset it
+ here so as to allow assertions later in the group to be quantified. */
+
+ if (bravalue >= OP_ASSERT && bravalue <= OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT &&
+ cd->iscondassert)
+ {
+ previous = NULL;
+ cd->iscondassert = FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ previous = code;
+ item_hwm_offset = cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace;
+ }
+
+ *code = bravalue;
+ tempcode = code;
+ tempreqvary = cd->req_varyopt; /* Save value before bracket */
+ tempbracount = cd->bracount; /* Save value before bracket */
+ length_prevgroup = 0; /* Initialize for pre-compile phase */
+
+ if (!compile_regex(
+ newoptions, /* The complete new option state */
+ &tempcode, /* Where to put code (updated) */
+ &ptr, /* Input pointer (updated) */
+ errorcodeptr, /* Where to put an error message */
+ (bravalue == OP_ASSERTBACK ||
+ bravalue == OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT), /* TRUE if back assert */
+ reset_bracount, /* True if (?| group */
+ skipbytes, /* Skip over bracket number */
+ cond_depth +
+ ((bravalue == OP_COND)?1:0), /* Depth of condition subpatterns */
+ &subfirstchar, /* For possible first char */
+ &subfirstcharflags,
+ &subreqchar, /* For possible last char */
+ &subreqcharflags,
+ bcptr, /* Current branch chain */
+ cd, /* Tables block */
+ (lengthptr == NULL)? NULL : /* Actual compile phase */
+ &length_prevgroup /* Pre-compile phase */
+ ))
+ goto FAILED;
+
+ cd->parens_depth -= 1;
+
+ /* If this was an atomic group and there are no capturing groups within it,
+ generate OP_ONCE_NC instead of OP_ONCE. */
+
+ if (bravalue == OP_ONCE && cd->bracount <= tempbracount)
+ *code = OP_ONCE_NC;
+
+ if (bravalue >= OP_ASSERT && bravalue <= OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT)
+ cd->assert_depth -= 1;
+
+ /* At the end of compiling, code is still pointing to the start of the
+ group, while tempcode has been updated to point past the end of the group.
+ The pattern pointer (ptr) is on the bracket.
+
+ If this is a conditional bracket, check that there are no more than
+ two branches in the group, or just one if it's a DEFINE group. We do this
+ in the real compile phase, not in the pre-pass, where the whole group may
+ not be available. */
+
+ if (bravalue == OP_COND && lengthptr == NULL)
+ {
+ pcre_uchar *tc = code;
+ int condcount = 0;
+
+ do {
+ condcount++;
+ tc += GET(tc,1);
+ }
+ while (*tc != OP_KET);
+
+ /* A DEFINE group is never obeyed inline (the "condition" is always
+ false). It must have only one branch. */
+
+ if (code[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_DEF)
+ {
+ if (condcount > 1)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR54;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ bravalue = OP_DEF; /* Just a flag to suppress char handling below */
+ }
+
+ /* A "normal" conditional group. If there is just one branch, we must not
+ make use of its firstchar or reqchar, because this is equivalent to an
+ empty second branch. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ if (condcount > 2)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR27;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ if (condcount == 1) subfirstcharflags = subreqcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Error if hit end of pattern */
+
+ if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR14;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ /* In the pre-compile phase, update the length by the length of the group,
+ less the brackets at either end. Then reduce the compiled code to just a
+ set of non-capturing brackets so that it doesn't use much memory if it is
+ duplicated by a quantifier.*/
+
+ if (lengthptr != NULL)
+ {
+ if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < length_prevgroup - 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ *lengthptr += length_prevgroup - 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE;
+ code++; /* This already contains bravalue */
+ PUTINC(code, 0, 1 + LINK_SIZE);
+ *code++ = OP_KET;
+ PUTINC(code, 0, 1 + LINK_SIZE);
+ break; /* No need to waste time with special character handling */
+ }
+
+ /* Otherwise update the main code pointer to the end of the group. */
+
+ code = tempcode;
+
+ /* For a DEFINE group, required and first character settings are not
+ relevant. */
+
+ if (bravalue == OP_DEF) break;
+
+ /* Handle updating of the required and first characters for other types of
+ group. Update for normal brackets of all kinds, and conditions with two
+ branches (see code above). If the bracket is followed by a quantifier with
+ zero repeat, we have to back off. Hence the definition of zeroreqchar and
+ zerofirstchar outside the main loop so that they can be accessed for the
+ back off. */
+
+ zeroreqchar = reqchar;
+ zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags;
+ zerofirstchar = firstchar;
+ zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags;
+ groupsetfirstchar = FALSE;
+
+ if (bravalue >= OP_ONCE)
+ {
+ /* If we have not yet set a firstchar in this branch, take it from the
+ subpattern, remembering that it was set here so that a repeat of more
+ than one can replicate it as reqchar if necessary. If the subpattern has
+ no firstchar, set "none" for the whole branch. In both cases, a zero
+ repeat forces firstchar to "none". */
+
+ if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET)
+ {
+ if (subfirstcharflags >= 0)
+ {
+ firstchar = subfirstchar;
+ firstcharflags = subfirstcharflags;
+ groupsetfirstchar = TRUE;
+ }
+ else firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+ zerofirstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+ }
+
+ /* If firstchar was previously set, convert the subpattern's firstchar
+ into reqchar if there wasn't one, using the vary flag that was in
+ existence beforehand. */
+
+ else if (subfirstcharflags >= 0 && subreqcharflags < 0)
+ {
+ subreqchar = subfirstchar;
+ subreqcharflags = subfirstcharflags | tempreqvary;
+ }
+
+ /* If the subpattern set a required byte (or set a first byte that isn't
+ really the first byte - see above), set it. */
+
+ if (subreqcharflags >= 0)
+ {
+ reqchar = subreqchar;
+ reqcharflags = subreqcharflags;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* For a forward assertion, we take the reqchar, if set. This can be
+ helpful if the pattern that follows the assertion doesn't set a different
+ char. For example, it's useful for /(?=abcde).+/. We can't set firstchar
+ for an assertion, however because it leads to incorrect effect for patterns
+ such as /(?=a)a.+/ when the "real" "a" would then become a reqchar instead
+ of a firstchar. This is overcome by a scan at the end if there's no
+ firstchar, looking for an asserted first char. */
+
+ else if (bravalue == OP_ASSERT && subreqcharflags >= 0)
+ {
+ reqchar = subreqchar;
+ reqcharflags = subreqcharflags;
+ }
+ break; /* End of processing '(' */
+
+
+ /* ===================================================================*/
+ /* Handle metasequences introduced by \. For ones like \d, the ESC_ values
+ are arranged to be the negation of the corresponding OP_values in the
+ default case when PCRE_UCP is not set. For the back references, the values
+ are negative the reference number. Only back references and those types
+ that consume a character may be repeated. We can test for values between
+ ESC_b and ESC_Z for the latter; this may have to change if any new ones are
+ ever created. */
+
+ case CHAR_BACKSLASH:
+ tempptr = ptr;
+ escape = check_escape(&ptr, &ec, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, FALSE);
+ if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
+
+ if (escape == 0) /* The escape coded a single character */
+ c = ec;
+ else
+ {
+ if (escape == ESC_Q) /* Handle start of quoted string */
+ {
+ if (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E)
+ ptr += 2; /* avoid empty string */
+ else inescq = TRUE;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (escape == ESC_E) continue; /* Perl ignores an orphan \E */
+
+ /* For metasequences that actually match a character, we disable the
+ setting of a first character if it hasn't already been set. */
+
+ if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET && escape > ESC_b && escape < ESC_Z)
+ firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+
+ /* Set values to reset to if this is followed by a zero repeat. */
+
+ zerofirstchar = firstchar;
+ zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags;
+ zeroreqchar = reqchar;
+ zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags;
+
+ /* \g or \g'name' is a subroutine call by name and \g or \g'n'
+ is a subroutine call by number (Oniguruma syntax). In fact, the value
+ ESC_g is returned only for these cases. So we don't need to check for <
+ or ' if the value is ESC_g. For the Perl syntax \g{n} the value is
+ -n, and for the Perl syntax \g{name} the result is ESC_k (as
+ that is a synonym for a named back reference). */
+
+ if (escape == ESC_g)
+ {
+ const pcre_uchar *p;
+ pcre_uint32 cf;
+
+ item_hwm_offset = cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace; /* Normally this is set when '(' is read */
+ terminator = (*(++ptr) == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)?
+ CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : CHAR_APOSTROPHE;
+
+ /* These two statements stop the compiler for warning about possibly
+ unset variables caused by the jump to HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION. In
+ fact, because we do the check for a number below, the paths that
+ would actually be in error are never taken. */
+
+ skipbytes = 0;
+ reset_bracount = FALSE;
+
+ /* If it's not a signed or unsigned number, treat it as a name. */
+
+ cf = ptr[1];
+ if (cf != CHAR_PLUS && cf != CHAR_MINUS && !IS_DIGIT(cf))
+ {
+ is_recurse = TRUE;
+ goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Signed or unsigned number (cf = ptr[1]) is known to be plus or minus
+ or a digit. */
+
+ p = ptr + 2;
+ while (IS_DIGIT(*p)) p++;
+ if (*p != (pcre_uchar)terminator)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR57;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ ptr++;
+ goto HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION;
+ }
+
+ /* \k or \k'name' is a back reference by name (Perl syntax).
+ We also support \k{name} (.NET syntax). */
+
+ if (escape == ESC_k)
+ {
+ if ((ptr[1] != CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN &&
+ ptr[1] != CHAR_APOSTROPHE && ptr[1] != CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET))
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR69;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ is_recurse = FALSE;
+ terminator = (*(++ptr) == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)?
+ CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : (*ptr == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)?
+ CHAR_APOSTROPHE : CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET;
+ goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Back references are handled specially; must disable firstchar if
+ not set to cope with cases like (?=(\w+))\1: which would otherwise set
+ ':' later. */
+
+ if (escape < 0)
+ {
+ open_capitem *oc;
+ recno = -escape;
+
+ /* Come here from named backref handling when the reference is to a
+ single group (i.e. not to a duplicated name. */
+
+ HANDLE_REFERENCE:
+ if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+ previous = code;
+ item_hwm_offset = cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace;
+ *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_REFI : OP_REF;
+ PUT2INC(code, 0, recno);
+ cd->backref_map |= (recno < 32)? (1 << recno) : 1;
+ if (recno > cd->top_backref) cd->top_backref = recno;
+
+ /* Check to see if this back reference is recursive, that it, it
+ is inside the group that it references. A flag is set so that the
+ group can be made atomic. */
+
+ for (oc = cd->open_caps; oc != NULL; oc = oc->next)
+ {
+ if (oc->number == recno)
+ {
+ oc->flag = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* So are Unicode property matches, if supported. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ else if (escape == ESC_P || escape == ESC_p)
+ {
+ BOOL negated;
+ unsigned int ptype = 0, pdata = 0;
+ if (!get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &ptype, &pdata, errorcodeptr))
+ goto FAILED;
+ previous = code;
+ item_hwm_offset = cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace;
+ *code++ = ((escape == ESC_p) != negated)? OP_PROP : OP_NOTPROP;
+ *code++ = ptype;
+ *code++ = pdata;
+ }
+#else
+
+ /* If Unicode properties are not supported, \X, \P, and \p are not
+ allowed. */
+
+ else if (escape == ESC_X || escape == ESC_P || escape == ESC_p)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR45;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* For the rest (including \X when Unicode properties are supported), we
+ can obtain the OP value by negating the escape value in the default
+ situation when PCRE_UCP is not set. When it *is* set, we substitute
+ Unicode property tests. Note that \b and \B do a one-character
+ lookbehind, and \A also behaves as if it does. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ if ((escape == ESC_b || escape == ESC_B || escape == ESC_A) &&
+ cd->max_lookbehind == 0)
+ cd->max_lookbehind = 1;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ if (escape >= ESC_DU && escape <= ESC_wu)
+ {
+ nestptr = ptr + 1; /* Where to resume */
+ ptr = substitutes[escape - ESC_DU] - 1; /* Just before substitute */
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ /* In non-UTF-8 mode, we turn \C into OP_ALLANY instead of OP_ANYBYTE
+ so that it works in DFA mode and in lookbehinds. */
+
+ {
+ previous = (escape > ESC_b && escape < ESC_Z)? code : NULL;
+ item_hwm_offset = cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace;
+ *code++ = (!utf && escape == ESC_C)? OP_ALLANY : escape;
+ }
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* We have a data character whose value is in c. In UTF-8 mode it may have
+ a value > 127. We set its representation in the length/buffer, and then
+ handle it as a data character. */
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ if (utf && c > MAX_VALUE_FOR_SINGLE_CHAR)
+ mclength = PRIV(ord2utf)(c, mcbuffer);
+ else
+#endif
+
+ {
+ mcbuffer[0] = c;
+ mclength = 1;
+ }
+ goto ONE_CHAR;
+
+
+ /* ===================================================================*/
+ /* Handle a literal character. It is guaranteed not to be whitespace or #
+ when the extended flag is set. If we are in a UTF mode, it may be a
+ multi-unit literal character. */
+
+ default:
+ NORMAL_CHAR:
+ mclength = 1;
+ mcbuffer[0] = c;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(c))
+ ACROSSCHAR(TRUE, ptr[1], mcbuffer[mclength++] = *(++ptr));
+#endif
+
+ /* At this point we have the character's bytes in mcbuffer, and the length
+ in mclength. When not in UTF-8 mode, the length is always 1. */
+
+ ONE_CHAR:
+ previous = code;
+ item_hwm_offset = cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace;
+
+ /* For caseless UTF-8 mode when UCP support is available, check whether
+ this character has more than one other case. If so, generate a special
+ OP_PROP item instead of OP_CHARI. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ if (utf && (options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
+ {
+ GETCHAR(c, mcbuffer);
+ if ((c = UCD_CASESET(c)) != 0)
+ {
+ *code++ = OP_PROP;
+ *code++ = PT_CLIST;
+ *code++ = c;
+ if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET)
+ firstcharflags = zerofirstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Caseful matches, or not one of the multicase characters. */
+
+ *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_CHARI : OP_CHAR;
+ for (c = 0; c < mclength; c++) *code++ = mcbuffer[c];
+
+ /* Remember if \r or \n were seen */
+
+ if (mcbuffer[0] == CHAR_CR || mcbuffer[0] == CHAR_NL)
+ cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF;
+
+ /* Set the first and required bytes appropriately. If no previous first
+ byte, set it from this character, but revert to none on a zero repeat.
+ Otherwise, leave the firstchar value alone, and don't change it on a zero
+ repeat. */
+
+ if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET)
+ {
+ zerofirstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+ zeroreqchar = reqchar;
+ zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags;
+
+ /* If the character is more than one byte long, we can set firstchar
+ only if it is not to be matched caselessly. */
+
+ if (mclength == 1 || req_caseopt == 0)
+ {
+ firstchar = mcbuffer[0] | req_caseopt;
+ firstchar = mcbuffer[0];
+ firstcharflags = req_caseopt;
+
+ if (mclength != 1)
+ {
+ reqchar = code[-1];
+ reqcharflags = cd->req_varyopt;
+ }
+ }
+ else firstcharflags = reqcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+ }
+
+ /* firstchar was previously set; we can set reqchar only if the length is
+ 1 or the matching is caseful. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ zerofirstchar = firstchar;
+ zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags;
+ zeroreqchar = reqchar;
+ zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags;
+ if (mclength == 1 || req_caseopt == 0)
+ {
+ reqchar = code[-1];
+ reqcharflags = req_caseopt | cd->req_varyopt;
+ }
+ }
+
+ break; /* End of literal character handling */
+ }
+ } /* end of big loop */
+
+
+/* Control never reaches here by falling through, only by a goto for all the
+error states. Pass back the position in the pattern so that it can be displayed
+to the user for diagnosing the error. */
+
+FAILED:
+*ptrptr = ptr;
+return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Compile sequence of alternatives *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* On entry, ptr is pointing past the bracket character, but on return it
+points to the closing bracket, or vertical bar, or end of string. The code
+variable is pointing at the byte into which the BRA operator has been stored.
+This function is used during the pre-compile phase when we are trying to find
+out the amount of memory needed, as well as during the real compile phase. The
+value of lengthptr distinguishes the two phases.
+
+Arguments:
+ options option bits, including any changes for this subpattern
+ codeptr -> the address of the current code pointer
+ ptrptr -> the address of the current pattern pointer
+ errorcodeptr -> pointer to error code variable
+ lookbehind TRUE if this is a lookbehind assertion
+ reset_bracount TRUE to reset the count for each branch
+ skipbytes skip this many bytes at start (for brackets and OP_COND)
+ cond_depth depth of nesting for conditional subpatterns
+ firstcharptr place to put the first required character
+ firstcharflagsptr place to put the first character flags, or a negative number
+ reqcharptr place to put the last required character
+ reqcharflagsptr place to put the last required character flags, or a negative number
+ bcptr pointer to the chain of currently open branches
+ cd points to the data block with tables pointers etc.
+ lengthptr NULL during the real compile phase
+ points to length accumulator during pre-compile phase
+
+Returns: TRUE on success
+*/
+
+static BOOL
+compile_regex(int options, pcre_uchar **codeptr, const pcre_uchar **ptrptr,
+ int *errorcodeptr, BOOL lookbehind, BOOL reset_bracount, int skipbytes,
+ int cond_depth,
+ pcre_uint32 *firstcharptr, pcre_int32 *firstcharflagsptr,
+ pcre_uint32 *reqcharptr, pcre_int32 *reqcharflagsptr,
+ branch_chain *bcptr, compile_data *cd, int *lengthptr)
+{
+const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr;
+pcre_uchar *code = *codeptr;
+pcre_uchar *last_branch = code;
+pcre_uchar *start_bracket = code;
+pcre_uchar *reverse_count = NULL;
+open_capitem capitem;
+int capnumber = 0;
+pcre_uint32 firstchar, reqchar;
+pcre_int32 firstcharflags, reqcharflags;
+pcre_uint32 branchfirstchar, branchreqchar;
+pcre_int32 branchfirstcharflags, branchreqcharflags;
+int length;
+unsigned int orig_bracount;
+unsigned int max_bracount;
+branch_chain bc;
+size_t save_hwm_offset;
+
+/* If set, call the external function that checks for stack availability. */
+
+if (PUBL(stack_guard) != NULL && PUBL(stack_guard)())
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr= ERR85;
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+/* Miscellaneous initialization */
+
+bc.outer = bcptr;
+bc.current_branch = code;
+
+firstchar = reqchar = 0;
+firstcharflags = reqcharflags = REQ_UNSET;
+
+save_hwm_offset = cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace;
+
+/* Accumulate the length for use in the pre-compile phase. Start with the
+length of the BRA and KET and any extra bytes that are required at the
+beginning. We accumulate in a local variable to save frequent testing of
+lenthptr for NULL. We cannot do this by looking at the value of code at the
+start and end of each alternative, because compiled items are discarded during
+the pre-compile phase so that the work space is not exceeded. */
+
+length = 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE + skipbytes;
+
+/* WARNING: If the above line is changed for any reason, you must also change
+the code that abstracts option settings at the start of the pattern and makes
+them global. It tests the value of length for (2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) in the
+pre-compile phase to find out whether anything has yet been compiled or not. */
+
+/* If this is a capturing subpattern, add to the chain of open capturing items
+so that we can detect them if (*ACCEPT) is encountered. This is also used to
+detect groups that contain recursive back references to themselves. Note that
+only OP_CBRA need be tested here; changing this opcode to one of its variants,
+e.g. OP_SCBRAPOS, happens later, after the group has been compiled. */
+
+if (*code == OP_CBRA)
+ {
+ capnumber = GET2(code, 1 + LINK_SIZE);
+ capitem.number = capnumber;
+ capitem.next = cd->open_caps;
+ capitem.flag = FALSE;
+ cd->open_caps = &capitem;
+ }
+
+/* Offset is set zero to mark that this bracket is still open */
+
+PUT(code, 1, 0);
+code += 1 + LINK_SIZE + skipbytes;
+
+/* Loop for each alternative branch */
+
+orig_bracount = max_bracount = cd->bracount;
+for (;;)
+ {
+ /* For a (?| group, reset the capturing bracket count so that each branch
+ uses the same numbers. */
+
+ if (reset_bracount) cd->bracount = orig_bracount;
+
+ /* Set up dummy OP_REVERSE if lookbehind assertion */
+
+ if (lookbehind)
+ {
+ *code++ = OP_REVERSE;
+ reverse_count = code;
+ PUTINC(code, 0, 0);
+ length += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ }
+
+ /* Now compile the branch; in the pre-compile phase its length gets added
+ into the length. */
+
+ if (!compile_branch(&options, &code, &ptr, errorcodeptr, &branchfirstchar,
+ &branchfirstcharflags, &branchreqchar, &branchreqcharflags, &bc,
+ cond_depth, cd, (lengthptr == NULL)? NULL : &length))
+ {
+ *ptrptr = ptr;
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Keep the highest bracket count in case (?| was used and some branch
+ has fewer than the rest. */
+
+ if (cd->bracount > max_bracount) max_bracount = cd->bracount;
+
+ /* In the real compile phase, there is some post-processing to be done. */
+
+ if (lengthptr == NULL)
+ {
+ /* If this is the first branch, the firstchar and reqchar values for the
+ branch become the values for the regex. */
+
+ if (*last_branch != OP_ALT)
+ {
+ firstchar = branchfirstchar;
+ firstcharflags = branchfirstcharflags;
+ reqchar = branchreqchar;
+ reqcharflags = branchreqcharflags;
+ }
+
+ /* If this is not the first branch, the first char and reqchar have to
+ match the values from all the previous branches, except that if the
+ previous value for reqchar didn't have REQ_VARY set, it can still match,
+ and we set REQ_VARY for the regex. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ /* If we previously had a firstchar, but it doesn't match the new branch,
+ we have to abandon the firstchar for the regex, but if there was
+ previously no reqchar, it takes on the value of the old firstchar. */
+
+ if (firstcharflags >= 0 &&
+ (firstcharflags != branchfirstcharflags || firstchar != branchfirstchar))
+ {
+ if (reqcharflags < 0)
+ {
+ reqchar = firstchar;
+ reqcharflags = firstcharflags;
+ }
+ firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+ }
+
+ /* If we (now or from before) have no firstchar, a firstchar from the
+ branch becomes a reqchar if there isn't a branch reqchar. */
+
+ if (firstcharflags < 0 && branchfirstcharflags >= 0 && branchreqcharflags < 0)
+ {
+ branchreqchar = branchfirstchar;
+ branchreqcharflags = branchfirstcharflags;
+ }
+
+ /* Now ensure that the reqchars match */
+
+ if (((reqcharflags & ~REQ_VARY) != (branchreqcharflags & ~REQ_VARY)) ||
+ reqchar != branchreqchar)
+ reqcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+ else
+ {
+ reqchar = branchreqchar;
+ reqcharflags |= branchreqcharflags; /* To "or" REQ_VARY */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If lookbehind, check that this branch matches a fixed-length string, and
+ put the length into the OP_REVERSE item. Temporarily mark the end of the
+ branch with OP_END. If the branch contains OP_RECURSE, the result is -3
+ because there may be forward references that we can't check here. Set a
+ flag to cause another lookbehind check at the end. Why not do it all at the
+ end? Because common, erroneous checks are picked up here and the offset of
+ the problem can be shown. */
+
+ if (lookbehind)
+ {
+ int fixed_length;
+ *code = OP_END;
+ fixed_length = find_fixedlength(last_branch, (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0,
+ FALSE, cd, NULL);
+ DPRINTF(("fixed length = %d\n", fixed_length));
+ if (fixed_length == -3)
+ {
+ cd->check_lookbehind = TRUE;
+ }
+ else if (fixed_length < 0)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = (fixed_length == -2)? ERR36 :
+ (fixed_length == -4)? ERR70: ERR25;
+ *ptrptr = ptr;
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (fixed_length > cd->max_lookbehind)
+ cd->max_lookbehind = fixed_length;
+ PUT(reverse_count, 0, fixed_length);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Reached end of expression, either ')' or end of pattern. In the real
+ compile phase, go back through the alternative branches and reverse the chain
+ of offsets, with the field in the BRA item now becoming an offset to the
+ first alternative. If there are no alternatives, it points to the end of the
+ group. The length in the terminating ket is always the length of the whole
+ bracketed item. Return leaving the pointer at the terminating char. */
+
+ if (*ptr != CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE)
+ {
+ if (lengthptr == NULL)
+ {
+ int branch_length = (int)(code - last_branch);
+ do
+ {
+ int prev_length = GET(last_branch, 1);
+ PUT(last_branch, 1, branch_length);
+ branch_length = prev_length;
+ last_branch -= branch_length;
+ }
+ while (branch_length > 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Fill in the ket */
+
+ *code = OP_KET;
+ PUT(code, 1, (int)(code - start_bracket));
+ code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+
+ /* If it was a capturing subpattern, check to see if it contained any
+ recursive back references. If so, we must wrap it in atomic brackets.
+ Because we are moving code along, we must ensure that any pending recursive
+ references are updated. In any event, remove the block from the chain. */
+
+ if (capnumber > 0)
+ {
+ if (cd->open_caps->flag)
+ {
+ *code = OP_END;
+ adjust_recurse(start_bracket, 1 + LINK_SIZE,
+ (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0, cd, save_hwm_offset);
+ memmove(start_bracket + 1 + LINK_SIZE, start_bracket,
+ IN_UCHARS(code - start_bracket));
+ *start_bracket = OP_ONCE;
+ code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ PUT(start_bracket, 1, (int)(code - start_bracket));
+ *code = OP_KET;
+ PUT(code, 1, (int)(code - start_bracket));
+ code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ length += 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE;
+ }
+ cd->open_caps = cd->open_caps->next;
+ }
+
+ /* Retain the highest bracket number, in case resetting was used. */
+
+ cd->bracount = max_bracount;
+
+ /* Set values to pass back */
+
+ *codeptr = code;
+ *ptrptr = ptr;
+ *firstcharptr = firstchar;
+ *firstcharflagsptr = firstcharflags;
+ *reqcharptr = reqchar;
+ *reqcharflagsptr = reqcharflags;
+ if (lengthptr != NULL)
+ {
+ if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < length)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ *lengthptr += length;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ /* Another branch follows. In the pre-compile phase, we can move the code
+ pointer back to where it was for the start of the first branch. (That is,
+ pretend that each branch is the only one.)
+
+ In the real compile phase, insert an ALT node. Its length field points back
+ to the previous branch while the bracket remains open. At the end the chain
+ is reversed. It's done like this so that the start of the bracket has a
+ zero offset until it is closed, making it possible to detect recursion. */
+
+ if (lengthptr != NULL)
+ {
+ code = *codeptr + 1 + LINK_SIZE + skipbytes;
+ length += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *code = OP_ALT;
+ PUT(code, 1, (int)(code - last_branch));
+ bc.current_branch = last_branch = code;
+ code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ }
+
+ ptr++;
+ }
+/* Control never reaches here */
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Check for anchored expression *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* Try to find out if this is an anchored regular expression. Consider each
+alternative branch. If they all start with OP_SOD or OP_CIRC, or with a bracket
+all of whose alternatives start with OP_SOD or OP_CIRC (recurse ad lib), then
+it's anchored. However, if this is a multiline pattern, then only OP_SOD will
+be found, because ^ generates OP_CIRCM in that mode.
+
+We can also consider a regex to be anchored if OP_SOM starts all its branches.
+This is the code for \G, which means "match at start of match position, taking
+into account the match offset".
+
+A branch is also implicitly anchored if it starts with .* and DOTALL is set,
+because that will try the rest of the pattern at all possible matching points,
+so there is no point trying again.... er ....
+
+.... except when the .* appears inside capturing parentheses, and there is a
+subsequent back reference to those parentheses. We haven't enough information
+to catch that case precisely.
+
+At first, the best we could do was to detect when .* was in capturing brackets
+and the highest back reference was greater than or equal to that level.
+However, by keeping a bitmap of the first 31 back references, we can catch some
+of the more common cases more precisely.
+
+... A second exception is when the .* appears inside an atomic group, because
+this prevents the number of characters it matches from being adjusted.
+
+Arguments:
+ code points to start of expression (the bracket)
+ bracket_map a bitmap of which brackets we are inside while testing; this
+ handles up to substring 31; after that we just have to take
+ the less precise approach
+ cd points to the compile data block
+ atomcount atomic group level
+
+Returns: TRUE or FALSE
+*/
+
+static BOOL
+is_anchored(register const pcre_uchar *code, unsigned int bracket_map,
+ compile_data *cd, int atomcount)
+{
+do {
+ const pcre_uchar *scode = first_significant_code(
+ code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code], FALSE);
+ register int op = *scode;
+
+ /* Non-capturing brackets */
+
+ if (op == OP_BRA || op == OP_BRAPOS ||
+ op == OP_SBRA || op == OP_SBRAPOS)
+ {
+ if (!is_anchored(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Capturing brackets */
+
+ else if (op == OP_CBRA || op == OP_CBRAPOS ||
+ op == OP_SCBRA || op == OP_SCBRAPOS)
+ {
+ int n = GET2(scode, 1+LINK_SIZE);
+ int new_map = bracket_map | ((n < 32)? (1 << n) : 1);
+ if (!is_anchored(scode, new_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Positive forward assertions and conditions */
+
+ else if (op == OP_ASSERT || op == OP_COND)
+ {
+ if (!is_anchored(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Atomic groups */
+
+ else if (op == OP_ONCE || op == OP_ONCE_NC)
+ {
+ if (!is_anchored(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount + 1))
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* .* is not anchored unless DOTALL is set (which generates OP_ALLANY) and
+ it isn't in brackets that are or may be referenced or inside an atomic
+ group. */
+
+ else if ((op == OP_TYPESTAR || op == OP_TYPEMINSTAR ||
+ op == OP_TYPEPOSSTAR))
+ {
+ if (scode[1] != OP_ALLANY || (bracket_map & cd->backref_map) != 0 ||
+ atomcount > 0 || cd->had_pruneorskip)
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Check for explicit anchoring */
+
+ else if (op != OP_SOD && op != OP_SOM && op != OP_CIRC) return FALSE;
+
+ code += GET(code, 1);
+ }
+while (*code == OP_ALT); /* Loop for each alternative */
+return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Check for starting with ^ or .* *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This is called to find out if every branch starts with ^ or .* so that
+"first char" processing can be done to speed things up in multiline
+matching and for non-DOTALL patterns that start with .* (which must start at
+the beginning or after \n). As in the case of is_anchored() (see above), we
+have to take account of back references to capturing brackets that contain .*
+because in that case we can't make the assumption. Also, the appearance of .*
+inside atomic brackets or in a pattern that contains *PRUNE or *SKIP does not
+count, because once again the assumption no longer holds.
+
+Arguments:
+ code points to start of expression (the bracket)
+ bracket_map a bitmap of which brackets we are inside while testing; this
+ handles up to substring 31; after that we just have to take
+ the less precise approach
+ cd points to the compile data
+ atomcount atomic group level
+
+Returns: TRUE or FALSE
+*/
+
+static BOOL
+is_startline(const pcre_uchar *code, unsigned int bracket_map,
+ compile_data *cd, int atomcount)
+{
+do {
+ const pcre_uchar *scode = first_significant_code(
+ code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code], FALSE);
+ register int op = *scode;
+
+ /* If we are at the start of a conditional assertion group, *both* the
+ conditional assertion *and* what follows the condition must satisfy the test
+ for start of line. Other kinds of condition fail. Note that there may be an
+ auto-callout at the start of a condition. */
+
+ if (op == OP_COND)
+ {
+ scode += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ if (*scode == OP_CALLOUT) scode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CALLOUT];
+ switch (*scode)
+ {
+ case OP_CREF:
+ case OP_DNCREF:
+ case OP_RREF:
+ case OP_DNRREF:
+ case OP_DEF:
+ case OP_FAIL:
+ return FALSE;
+
+ default: /* Assertion */
+ if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE;
+ do scode += GET(scode, 1); while (*scode == OP_ALT);
+ scode += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ break;
+ }
+ scode = first_significant_code(scode, FALSE);
+ op = *scode;
+ }
+
+ /* Non-capturing brackets */
+
+ if (op == OP_BRA || op == OP_BRAPOS ||
+ op == OP_SBRA || op == OP_SBRAPOS)
+ {
+ if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Capturing brackets */
+
+ else if (op == OP_CBRA || op == OP_CBRAPOS ||
+ op == OP_SCBRA || op == OP_SCBRAPOS)
+ {
+ int n = GET2(scode, 1+LINK_SIZE);
+ int new_map = bracket_map | ((n < 32)? (1 << n) : 1);
+ if (!is_startline(scode, new_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Positive forward assertions */
+
+ else if (op == OP_ASSERT)
+ {
+ if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Atomic brackets */
+
+ else if (op == OP_ONCE || op == OP_ONCE_NC)
+ {
+ if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount + 1)) return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* .* means "start at start or after \n" if it isn't in atomic brackets or
+ brackets that may be referenced, as long as the pattern does not contain
+ *PRUNE or *SKIP, because these break the feature. Consider, for example,
+ /.*?a(*PRUNE)b/ with the subject "aab", which matches "ab", i.e. not at the
+ start of a line. */
+
+ else if (op == OP_TYPESTAR || op == OP_TYPEMINSTAR || op == OP_TYPEPOSSTAR)
+ {
+ if (scode[1] != OP_ANY || (bracket_map & cd->backref_map) != 0 ||
+ atomcount > 0 || cd->had_pruneorskip)
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Check for explicit circumflex; anything else gives a FALSE result. Note
+ in particular that this includes atomic brackets OP_ONCE and OP_ONCE_NC
+ because the number of characters matched by .* cannot be adjusted inside
+ them. */
+
+ else if (op != OP_CIRC && op != OP_CIRCM) return FALSE;
+
+ /* Move on to the next alternative */
+
+ code += GET(code, 1);
+ }
+while (*code == OP_ALT); /* Loop for each alternative */
+return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Check for asserted fixed first char *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* During compilation, the "first char" settings from forward assertions are
+discarded, because they can cause conflicts with actual literals that follow.
+However, if we end up without a first char setting for an unanchored pattern,
+it is worth scanning the regex to see if there is an initial asserted first
+char. If all branches start with the same asserted char, or with a
+non-conditional bracket all of whose alternatives start with the same asserted
+char (recurse ad lib), then we return that char, with the flags set to zero or
+REQ_CASELESS; otherwise return zero with REQ_NONE in the flags.
+
+Arguments:
+ code points to start of expression (the bracket)
+ flags points to the first char flags, or to REQ_NONE
+ inassert TRUE if in an assertion
+
+Returns: the fixed first char, or 0 with REQ_NONE in flags
+*/
+
+static pcre_uint32
+find_firstassertedchar(const pcre_uchar *code, pcre_int32 *flags,
+ BOOL inassert)
+{
+register pcre_uint32 c = 0;
+int cflags = REQ_NONE;
+
+*flags = REQ_NONE;
+do {
+ pcre_uint32 d;
+ int dflags;
+ int xl = (*code == OP_CBRA || *code == OP_SCBRA ||
+ *code == OP_CBRAPOS || *code == OP_SCBRAPOS)? IMM2_SIZE:0;
+ const pcre_uchar *scode = first_significant_code(code + 1+LINK_SIZE + xl,
+ TRUE);
+ register pcre_uchar op = *scode;
+
+ switch(op)
+ {
+ default:
+ return 0;
+
+ case OP_BRA:
+ case OP_BRAPOS:
+ case OP_CBRA:
+ case OP_SCBRA:
+ case OP_CBRAPOS:
+ case OP_SCBRAPOS:
+ case OP_ASSERT:
+ case OP_ONCE:
+ case OP_ONCE_NC:
+ d = find_firstassertedchar(scode, &dflags, op == OP_ASSERT);
+ if (dflags < 0)
+ return 0;
+ if (cflags < 0) { c = d; cflags = dflags; } else if (c != d || cflags != dflags) return 0;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_EXACT:
+ scode += IMM2_SIZE;
+ /* Fall through */
+
+ case OP_CHAR:
+ case OP_PLUS:
+ case OP_MINPLUS:
+ case OP_POSPLUS:
+ if (!inassert) return 0;
+ if (cflags < 0) { c = scode[1]; cflags = 0; }
+ else if (c != scode[1]) return 0;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_EXACTI:
+ scode += IMM2_SIZE;
+ /* Fall through */
+
+ case OP_CHARI:
+ case OP_PLUSI:
+ case OP_MINPLUSI:
+ case OP_POSPLUSI:
+ if (!inassert) return 0;
+ if (cflags < 0) { c = scode[1]; cflags = REQ_CASELESS; }
+ else if (c != scode[1]) return 0;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ code += GET(code, 1);
+ }
+while (*code == OP_ALT);
+
+*flags = cflags;
+return c;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Add an entry to the name/number table *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is called between compiling passes to add an entry to the
+name/number table, maintaining alphabetical order. Checking for permitted
+and forbidden duplicates has already been done.
+
+Arguments:
+ cd the compile data block
+ name the name to add
+ length the length of the name
+ groupno the group number
+
+Returns: nothing
+*/
+
+static void
+add_name(compile_data *cd, const pcre_uchar *name, int length,
+ unsigned int groupno)
+{
+int i;
+pcre_uchar *slot = cd->name_table;
+
+for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
+ {
+ int crc = memcmp(name, slot+IMM2_SIZE, IN_UCHARS(length));
+ if (crc == 0 && slot[IMM2_SIZE+length] != 0)
+ crc = -1; /* Current name is a substring */
+
+ /* Make space in the table and break the loop for an earlier name. For a
+ duplicate or later name, carry on. We do this for duplicates so that in the
+ simple case (when ?(| is not used) they are in order of their numbers. In all
+ cases they are in the order in which they appear in the pattern. */
+
+ if (crc < 0)
+ {
+ memmove(slot + cd->name_entry_size, slot,
+ IN_UCHARS((cd->names_found - i) * cd->name_entry_size));
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Continue the loop for a later or duplicate name */
+
+ slot += cd->name_entry_size;
+ }
+
+PUT2(slot, 0, groupno);
+memcpy(slot + IMM2_SIZE, name, IN_UCHARS(length));
+slot[IMM2_SIZE + length] = 0;
+cd->names_found++;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Compile a Regular Expression *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function takes a string and returns a pointer to a block of store
+holding a compiled version of the expression. The original API for this
+function had no error code return variable; it is retained for backwards
+compatibility. The new function is given a new name.
+
+Arguments:
+ pattern the regular expression
+ options various option bits
+ errorcodeptr pointer to error code variable (pcre_compile2() only)
+ can be NULL if you don't want a code value
+ errorptr pointer to pointer to error text
+ erroroffset ptr offset in pattern where error was detected
+ tables pointer to character tables or NULL
+
+Returns: pointer to compiled data block, or NULL on error,
+ with errorptr and erroroffset set
+*/
+
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
+pcre_compile(const char *pattern, int options, const char **errorptr,
+ int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre16 * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
+pcre16_compile(PCRE_SPTR16 pattern, int options, const char **errorptr,
+ int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre32 * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
+pcre32_compile(PCRE_SPTR32 pattern, int options, const char **errorptr,
+ int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
+#endif
+{
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+return pcre_compile2(pattern, options, NULL, errorptr, erroroffset, tables);
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+return pcre16_compile2(pattern, options, NULL, errorptr, erroroffset, tables);
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+return pcre32_compile2(pattern, options, NULL, errorptr, erroroffset, tables);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
+pcre_compile2(const char *pattern, int options, int *errorcodeptr,
+ const char **errorptr, int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre16 * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
+pcre16_compile2(PCRE_SPTR16 pattern, int options, int *errorcodeptr,
+ const char **errorptr, int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre32 * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
+pcre32_compile2(PCRE_SPTR32 pattern, int options, int *errorcodeptr,
+ const char **errorptr, int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
+#endif
+{
+REAL_PCRE *re;
+int length = 1; /* For final END opcode */
+pcre_int32 firstcharflags, reqcharflags;
+pcre_uint32 firstchar, reqchar;
+pcre_uint32 limit_match = PCRE_UINT32_MAX;
+pcre_uint32 limit_recursion = PCRE_UINT32_MAX;
+int newline;
+int errorcode = 0;
+int skipatstart = 0;
+BOOL utf;
+BOOL never_utf = FALSE;
+size_t size;
+pcre_uchar *code;
+const pcre_uchar *codestart;
+const pcre_uchar *ptr;
+compile_data compile_block;
+compile_data *cd = &compile_block;
+
+/* This space is used for "compiling" into during the first phase, when we are
+computing the amount of memory that is needed. Compiled items are thrown away
+as soon as possible, so that a fairly large buffer should be sufficient for
+this purpose. The same space is used in the second phase for remembering where
+to fill in forward references to subpatterns. That may overflow, in which case
+new memory is obtained from malloc(). */
+
+pcre_uchar cworkspace[COMPILE_WORK_SIZE];
+
+/* This vector is used for remembering name groups during the pre-compile. In a
+similar way to cworkspace, it can be expanded using malloc() if necessary. */
+
+named_group named_groups[NAMED_GROUP_LIST_SIZE];
+
+/* Set this early so that early errors get offset 0. */
+
+ptr = (const pcre_uchar *)pattern;
+
+/* We can't pass back an error message if errorptr is NULL; I guess the best we
+can do is just return NULL, but we can set a code value if there is a code
+pointer. */
+
+if (errorptr == NULL)
+ {
+ if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = 99;
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+*errorptr = NULL;
+if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR0;
+
+/* However, we can give a message for this error */
+
+if (erroroffset == NULL)
+ {
+ errorcode = ERR16;
+ goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2;
+ }
+
+*erroroffset = 0;
+
+/* Set up pointers to the individual character tables */
+
+if (tables == NULL) tables = PRIV(default_tables);
+cd->lcc = tables + lcc_offset;
+cd->fcc = tables + fcc_offset;
+cd->cbits = tables + cbits_offset;
+cd->ctypes = tables + ctypes_offset;
+
+/* Check that all undefined public option bits are zero */
+
+if ((options & ~PUBLIC_COMPILE_OPTIONS) != 0)
+ {
+ errorcode = ERR17;
+ goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
+ }
+
+/* If PCRE_NEVER_UTF is set, remember it. */
+
+if ((options & PCRE_NEVER_UTF) != 0) never_utf = TRUE;
+
+/* Check for global one-time settings at the start of the pattern, and remember
+the offset for later. */
+
+cd->external_flags = 0; /* Initialize here for LIMIT_MATCH/RECURSION */
+
+while (ptr[skipatstart] == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS &&
+ ptr[skipatstart+1] == CHAR_ASTERISK)
+ {
+ int newnl = 0;
+ int newbsr = 0;
+
+/* For completeness and backward compatibility, (*UTFn) is supported in the
+relevant libraries, but (*UTF) is generic and always supported. Note that
+PCRE_UTF8 == PCRE_UTF16 == PCRE_UTF32. */
+
+#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8
+ if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UTF8_RIGHTPAR, 5) == 0)
+ { skipatstart += 7; options |= PCRE_UTF8; continue; }
+#endif
+#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE16
+ if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UTF16_RIGHTPAR, 6) == 0)
+ { skipatstart += 8; options |= PCRE_UTF16; continue; }
+#endif
+#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32
+ if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UTF32_RIGHTPAR, 6) == 0)
+ { skipatstart += 8; options |= PCRE_UTF32; continue; }
+#endif
+
+ else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UTF_RIGHTPAR, 4) == 0)
+ { skipatstart += 6; options |= PCRE_UTF8; continue; }
+ else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UCP_RIGHTPAR, 4) == 0)
+ { skipatstart += 6; options |= PCRE_UCP; continue; }
+ else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_NO_AUTO_POSSESS_RIGHTPAR, 16) == 0)
+ { skipatstart += 18; options |= PCRE_NO_AUTO_POSSESS; continue; }
+ else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_NO_START_OPT_RIGHTPAR, 13) == 0)
+ { skipatstart += 15; options |= PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE; continue; }
+
+ else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_LIMIT_MATCH_EQ, 12) == 0)
+ {
+ pcre_uint32 c = 0;
+ int p = skipatstart + 14;
+ while (isdigit(ptr[p]))
+ {
+ if (c > PCRE_UINT32_MAX / 10 - 1) break; /* Integer overflow */
+ c = c*10 + ptr[p++] - CHAR_0;
+ }
+ if (ptr[p++] != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) break;
+ if (c < limit_match)
+ {
+ limit_match = c;
+ cd->external_flags |= PCRE_MLSET;
+ }
+ skipatstart = p;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_LIMIT_RECURSION_EQ, 16) == 0)
+ {
+ pcre_uint32 c = 0;
+ int p = skipatstart + 18;
+ while (isdigit(ptr[p]))
+ {
+ if (c > PCRE_UINT32_MAX / 10 - 1) break; /* Integer overflow check */
+ c = c*10 + ptr[p++] - CHAR_0;
+ }
+ if (ptr[p++] != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) break;
+ if (c < limit_recursion)
+ {
+ limit_recursion = c;
+ cd->external_flags |= PCRE_RLSET;
+ }
+ skipatstart = p;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_CR_RIGHTPAR, 3) == 0)
+ { skipatstart += 5; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_CR; }
+ else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_LF_RIGHTPAR, 3) == 0)
+ { skipatstart += 5; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_LF; }
+ else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_CRLF_RIGHTPAR, 5) == 0)
+ { skipatstart += 7; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_CR + PCRE_NEWLINE_LF; }
+ else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_ANY_RIGHTPAR, 4) == 0)
+ { skipatstart += 6; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY; }
+ else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_ANYCRLF_RIGHTPAR, 8) == 0)
+ { skipatstart += 10; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF; }
+
+ else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_BSR_ANYCRLF_RIGHTPAR, 12) == 0)
+ { skipatstart += 14; newbsr = PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF; }
+ else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_BSR_UNICODE_RIGHTPAR, 12) == 0)
+ { skipatstart += 14; newbsr = PCRE_BSR_UNICODE; }
+
+ if (newnl != 0)
+ options = (options & ~PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS) | newnl;
+ else if (newbsr != 0)
+ options = (options & ~(PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE)) | newbsr;
+ else break;
+ }
+
+/* PCRE_UTF(16|32) have the same value as PCRE_UTF8. */
+utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
+if (utf && never_utf)
+ {
+ errorcode = ERR78;
+ goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2;
+ }
+
+/* Can't support UTF unless PCRE has been compiled to include the code. The
+return of an error code from PRIV(valid_utf)() is a new feature, introduced in
+release 8.13. It is passed back from pcre_[dfa_]exec(), but at the moment is
+not used here. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+if (utf && (options & PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK) == 0 &&
+ (errorcode = PRIV(valid_utf)((PCRE_PUCHAR)pattern, -1, erroroffset)) != 0)
+ {
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ errorcode = ERR44;
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+ errorcode = ERR74;
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ errorcode = ERR77;
+#endif
+ goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2;
+ }
+#else
+if (utf)
+ {
+ errorcode = ERR32;
+ goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
+ }
+#endif
+
+/* Can't support UCP unless PCRE has been compiled to include the code. */
+
+#ifndef SUPPORT_UCP
+if ((options & PCRE_UCP) != 0)
+ {
+ errorcode = ERR67;
+ goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
+ }
+#endif
+
+/* Check validity of \R options. */
+
+if ((options & (PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE)) ==
+ (PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE))
+ {
+ errorcode = ERR56;
+ goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
+ }
+
+/* Handle different types of newline. The three bits give seven cases. The
+current code allows for fixed one- or two-byte sequences, plus "any" and
+"anycrlf". */
+
+switch (options & PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS)
+ {
+ case 0: newline = NEWLINE; break; /* Build-time default */
+ case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR: newline = CHAR_CR; break;
+ case PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = CHAR_NL; break;
+ case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR+
+ PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = (CHAR_CR << 8) | CHAR_NL; break;
+ case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY: newline = -1; break;
+ case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF: newline = -2; break;
+ default: errorcode = ERR56; goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
+ }
+
+if (newline == -2)
+ {
+ cd->nltype = NLTYPE_ANYCRLF;
+ }
+else if (newline < 0)
+ {
+ cd->nltype = NLTYPE_ANY;
+ }
+else
+ {
+ cd->nltype = NLTYPE_FIXED;
+ if (newline > 255)
+ {
+ cd->nllen = 2;
+ cd->nl[0] = (newline >> 8) & 255;
+ cd->nl[1] = newline & 255;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ cd->nllen = 1;
+ cd->nl[0] = newline;
+ }
+ }
+
+/* Maximum back reference and backref bitmap. The bitmap records up to 31 back
+references to help in deciding whether (.*) can be treated as anchored or not.
+*/
+
+cd->top_backref = 0;
+cd->backref_map = 0;
+
+/* Reflect pattern for debugging output */
+
+DPRINTF(("------------------------------------------------------------------\n"));
+#ifdef PCRE_DEBUG
+print_puchar(stdout, (PCRE_PUCHAR)pattern);
+#endif
+DPRINTF(("\n"));
+
+/* Pretend to compile the pattern while actually just accumulating the length
+of memory required. This behaviour is triggered by passing a non-NULL final
+argument to compile_regex(). We pass a block of workspace (cworkspace) for it
+to compile parts of the pattern into; the compiled code is discarded when it is
+no longer needed, so hopefully this workspace will never overflow, though there
+is a test for its doing so. */
+
+cd->bracount = cd->final_bracount = 0;
+cd->names_found = 0;
+cd->name_entry_size = 0;
+cd->name_table = NULL;
+cd->dupnames = FALSE;
+cd->dupgroups = FALSE;
+cd->namedrefcount = 0;
+cd->start_code = cworkspace;
+cd->hwm = cworkspace;
+cd->iscondassert = FALSE;
+cd->start_workspace = cworkspace;
+cd->workspace_size = COMPILE_WORK_SIZE;
+cd->named_groups = named_groups;
+cd->named_group_list_size = NAMED_GROUP_LIST_SIZE;
+cd->start_pattern = (const pcre_uchar *)pattern;
+cd->end_pattern = (const pcre_uchar *)(pattern + STRLEN_UC((const pcre_uchar *)pattern));
+cd->req_varyopt = 0;
+cd->parens_depth = 0;
+cd->assert_depth = 0;
+cd->max_lookbehind = 0;
+cd->external_options = options;
+cd->open_caps = NULL;
+
+/* Now do the pre-compile. On error, errorcode will be set non-zero, so we
+don't need to look at the result of the function here. The initial options have
+been put into the cd block so that they can be changed if an option setting is
+found within the regex right at the beginning. Bringing initial option settings
+outside can help speed up starting point checks. */
+
+ptr += skipatstart;
+code = cworkspace;
+*code = OP_BRA;
+
+(void)compile_regex(cd->external_options, &code, &ptr, &errorcode, FALSE,
+ FALSE, 0, 0, &firstchar, &firstcharflags, &reqchar, &reqcharflags, NULL,
+ cd, &length);
+if (errorcode != 0) goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
+
+DPRINTF(("end pre-compile: length=%d workspace=%d\n", length,
+ (int)(cd->hwm - cworkspace)));
+
+if (length > MAX_PATTERN_SIZE)
+ {
+ errorcode = ERR20;
+ goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
+ }
+
+/* Compute the size of the data block for storing the compiled pattern. Integer
+overflow should no longer be possible because nowadays we limit the maximum
+value of cd->names_found and cd->name_entry_size. */
+
+size = sizeof(REAL_PCRE) +
+ (length + cd->names_found * cd->name_entry_size) * sizeof(pcre_uchar);
+
+/* Get the memory. */
+
+re = (REAL_PCRE *)(PUBL(malloc))(size);
+if (re == NULL)
+ {
+ errorcode = ERR21;
+ goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
+ }
+
+/* Put in the magic number, and save the sizes, initial options, internal
+flags, and character table pointer. NULL is used for the default character
+tables. The nullpad field is at the end; it's there to help in the case when a
+regex compiled on a system with 4-byte pointers is run on another with 8-byte
+pointers. */
+
+re->magic_number = MAGIC_NUMBER;
+re->size = (int)size;
+re->options = cd->external_options;
+re->flags = cd->external_flags;
+re->limit_match = limit_match;
+re->limit_recursion = limit_recursion;
+re->first_char = 0;
+re->req_char = 0;
+re->name_table_offset = sizeof(REAL_PCRE) / sizeof(pcre_uchar);
+re->name_entry_size = cd->name_entry_size;
+re->name_count = cd->names_found;
+re->ref_count = 0;
+re->tables = (tables == PRIV(default_tables))? NULL : tables;
+re->nullpad = NULL;
+#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32
+re->dummy = 0;
+#else
+re->dummy1 = re->dummy2 = re->dummy3 = 0;
+#endif
+
+/* The starting points of the name/number translation table and of the code are
+passed around in the compile data block. The start/end pattern and initial
+options are already set from the pre-compile phase, as is the name_entry_size
+field. Reset the bracket count and the names_found field. Also reset the hwm
+field; this time it's used for remembering forward references to subpatterns.
+*/
+
+cd->final_bracount = cd->bracount; /* Save for checking forward references */
+cd->parens_depth = 0;
+cd->assert_depth = 0;
+cd->bracount = 0;
+cd->max_lookbehind = 0;
+cd->name_table = (pcre_uchar *)re + re->name_table_offset;
+codestart = cd->name_table + re->name_entry_size * re->name_count;
+cd->start_code = codestart;
+cd->hwm = (pcre_uchar *)(cd->start_workspace);
+cd->iscondassert = FALSE;
+cd->req_varyopt = 0;
+cd->had_accept = FALSE;
+cd->had_pruneorskip = FALSE;
+cd->check_lookbehind = FALSE;
+cd->open_caps = NULL;
+
+/* If any named groups were found, create the name/number table from the list
+created in the first pass. */
+
+if (cd->names_found > 0)
+ {
+ int i = cd->names_found;
+ named_group *ng = cd->named_groups;
+ cd->names_found = 0;
+ for (; i > 0; i--, ng++)
+ add_name(cd, ng->name, ng->length, ng->number);
+ if (cd->named_group_list_size > NAMED_GROUP_LIST_SIZE)
+ (PUBL(free))((void *)cd->named_groups);
+ }
+
+/* Set up a starting, non-extracting bracket, then compile the expression. On
+error, errorcode will be set non-zero, so we don't need to look at the result
+of the function here. */
+
+ptr = (const pcre_uchar *)pattern + skipatstart;
+code = (pcre_uchar *)codestart;
+*code = OP_BRA;
+(void)compile_regex(re->options, &code, &ptr, &errorcode, FALSE, FALSE, 0, 0,
+ &firstchar, &firstcharflags, &reqchar, &reqcharflags, NULL, cd, NULL);
+re->top_bracket = cd->bracount;
+re->top_backref = cd->top_backref;
+re->max_lookbehind = cd->max_lookbehind;
+re->flags = cd->external_flags | PCRE_MODE;
+
+if (cd->had_accept)
+ {
+ reqchar = 0; /* Must disable after (*ACCEPT) */
+ reqcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+ }
+
+/* If not reached end of pattern on success, there's an excess bracket. */
+
+if (errorcode == 0 && *ptr != CHAR_NULL) errorcode = ERR22;
+
+/* Fill in the terminating state and check for disastrous overflow, but
+if debugging, leave the test till after things are printed out. */
+
+*code++ = OP_END;
+
+#ifndef PCRE_DEBUG
+if (code - codestart > length) errorcode = ERR23;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_VALGRIND
+/* If the estimated length exceeds the really used length, mark the extra
+allocated memory as unaddressable, so that any out-of-bound reads can be
+detected. */
+VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_NOACCESS(code, (length - (code - codestart)) * sizeof(pcre_uchar));
+#endif
+
+/* Fill in any forward references that are required. There may be repeated
+references; optimize for them, as searching a large regex takes time. */
+
+if (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace)
+ {
+ int prev_recno = -1;
+ const pcre_uchar *groupptr = NULL;
+ while (errorcode == 0 && cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace)
+ {
+ int offset, recno;
+ cd->hwm -= LINK_SIZE;
+ offset = GET(cd->hwm, 0);
+
+ /* Check that the hwm handling hasn't gone wrong. This whole area is
+ rewritten in PCRE2 because there are some obscure cases. */
+
+ if (offset == 0 || codestart[offset-1] != OP_RECURSE)
+ {
+ errorcode = ERR10;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ recno = GET(codestart, offset);
+ if (recno != prev_recno)
+ {
+ groupptr = PRIV(find_bracket)(codestart, utf, recno);
+ prev_recno = recno;
+ }
+ if (groupptr == NULL) errorcode = ERR53;
+ else PUT(((pcre_uchar *)codestart), offset, (int)(groupptr - codestart));
+ }
+ }
+
+/* If the workspace had to be expanded, free the new memory. Set the pointer to
+NULL to indicate that forward references have been filled in. */
+
+if (cd->workspace_size > COMPILE_WORK_SIZE)
+ (PUBL(free))((void *)cd->start_workspace);
+cd->start_workspace = NULL;
+
+/* Give an error if there's back reference to a non-existent capturing
+subpattern. */
+
+if (errorcode == 0 && re->top_backref > re->top_bracket) errorcode = ERR15;
+
+/* Unless disabled, check whether any single character iterators can be
+auto-possessified. The function overwrites the appropriate opcode values, so
+the type of the pointer must be cast. NOTE: the intermediate variable "temp" is
+used in this code because at least one compiler gives a warning about loss of
+"const" attribute if the cast (pcre_uchar *)codestart is used directly in the
+function call. */
+
+if (errorcode == 0 && (options & PCRE_NO_AUTO_POSSESS) == 0)
+ {
+ pcre_uchar *temp = (pcre_uchar *)codestart;
+ auto_possessify(temp, utf, cd);
+ }
+
+/* If there were any lookbehind assertions that contained OP_RECURSE
+(recursions or subroutine calls), a flag is set for them to be checked here,
+because they may contain forward references. Actual recursions cannot be fixed
+length, but subroutine calls can. It is done like this so that those without
+OP_RECURSE that are not fixed length get a diagnosic with a useful offset. The
+exceptional ones forgo this. We scan the pattern to check that they are fixed
+length, and set their lengths. */
+
+if (errorcode == 0 && cd->check_lookbehind)
+ {
+ pcre_uchar *cc = (pcre_uchar *)codestart;
+
+ /* Loop, searching for OP_REVERSE items, and process those that do not have
+ their length set. (Actually, it will also re-process any that have a length
+ of zero, but that is a pathological case, and it does no harm.) When we find
+ one, we temporarily terminate the branch it is in while we scan it. */
+
+ for (cc = (pcre_uchar *)PRIV(find_bracket)(codestart, utf, -1);
+ cc != NULL;
+ cc = (pcre_uchar *)PRIV(find_bracket)(cc, utf, -1))
+ {
+ if (GET(cc, 1) == 0)
+ {
+ int fixed_length;
+ pcre_uchar *be = cc - 1 - LINK_SIZE + GET(cc, -LINK_SIZE);
+ int end_op = *be;
+ *be = OP_END;
+ fixed_length = find_fixedlength(cc, (re->options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0, TRUE,
+ cd, NULL);
+ *be = end_op;
+ DPRINTF(("fixed length = %d\n", fixed_length));
+ if (fixed_length < 0)
+ {
+ errorcode = (fixed_length == -2)? ERR36 :
+ (fixed_length == -4)? ERR70 : ERR25;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (fixed_length > cd->max_lookbehind) cd->max_lookbehind = fixed_length;
+ PUT(cc, 1, fixed_length);
+ }
+ cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ }
+ }
+
+/* Failed to compile, or error while post-processing */
+
+if (errorcode != 0)
+ {
+ (PUBL(free))(re);
+ PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN:
+ *erroroffset = (int)(ptr - (const pcre_uchar *)pattern);
+ PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2:
+ *errorptr = find_error_text(errorcode);
+ if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = errorcode;
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+/* If the anchored option was not passed, set the flag if we can determine that
+the pattern is anchored by virtue of ^ characters or \A or anything else, such
+as starting with non-atomic .* when DOTALL is set and there are no occurrences
+of *PRUNE or *SKIP.
+
+Otherwise, if we know what the first byte has to be, save it, because that
+speeds up unanchored matches no end. If not, see if we can set the
+PCRE_STARTLINE flag. This is helpful for multiline matches when all branches
+start with ^. and also when all branches start with non-atomic .* for
+non-DOTALL matches when *PRUNE and SKIP are not present. */
+
+if ((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0)
+ {
+ if (is_anchored(codestart, 0, cd, 0)) re->options |= PCRE_ANCHORED;
+ else
+ {
+ if (firstcharflags < 0)
+ firstchar = find_firstassertedchar(codestart, &firstcharflags, FALSE);
+ if (firstcharflags >= 0) /* Remove caseless flag for non-caseable chars */
+ {
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ re->first_char = firstchar & 0xff;
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+ re->first_char = firstchar & 0xffff;
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ re->first_char = firstchar;
+#endif
+ if ((firstcharflags & REQ_CASELESS) != 0)
+ {
+#if defined SUPPORT_UCP && !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8)
+ /* We ignore non-ASCII first chars in 8 bit mode. */
+ if (utf)
+ {
+ if (re->first_char < 128)
+ {
+ if (cd->fcc[re->first_char] != re->first_char)
+ re->flags |= PCRE_FCH_CASELESS;
+ }
+ else if (UCD_OTHERCASE(re->first_char) != re->first_char)
+ re->flags |= PCRE_FCH_CASELESS;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ if (MAX_255(re->first_char)
+ && cd->fcc[re->first_char] != re->first_char)
+ re->flags |= PCRE_FCH_CASELESS;
+ }
+
+ re->flags |= PCRE_FIRSTSET;
+ }
+
+ else if (is_startline(codestart, 0, cd, 0)) re->flags |= PCRE_STARTLINE;
+ }
+ }
+
+/* For an anchored pattern, we use the "required byte" only if it follows a
+variable length item in the regex. Remove the caseless flag for non-caseable
+bytes. */
+
+if (reqcharflags >= 0 &&
+ ((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0 || (reqcharflags & REQ_VARY) != 0))
+ {
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ re->req_char = reqchar & 0xff;
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+ re->req_char = reqchar & 0xffff;
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ re->req_char = reqchar;
+#endif
+ if ((reqcharflags & REQ_CASELESS) != 0)
+ {
+#if defined SUPPORT_UCP && !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8)
+ /* We ignore non-ASCII first chars in 8 bit mode. */
+ if (utf)
+ {
+ if (re->req_char < 128)
+ {
+ if (cd->fcc[re->req_char] != re->req_char)
+ re->flags |= PCRE_RCH_CASELESS;
+ }
+ else if (UCD_OTHERCASE(re->req_char) != re->req_char)
+ re->flags |= PCRE_RCH_CASELESS;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ if (MAX_255(re->req_char) && cd->fcc[re->req_char] != re->req_char)
+ re->flags |= PCRE_RCH_CASELESS;
+ }
+
+ re->flags |= PCRE_REQCHSET;
+ }
+
+/* Print out the compiled data if debugging is enabled. This is never the
+case when building a production library. */
+
+#ifdef PCRE_DEBUG
+printf("Length = %d top_bracket = %d top_backref = %d\n",
+ length, re->top_bracket, re->top_backref);
+
+printf("Options=%08x\n", re->options);
+
+if ((re->flags & PCRE_FIRSTSET) != 0)
+ {
+ pcre_uchar ch = re->first_char;
+ const char *caseless =
+ ((re->flags & PCRE_FCH_CASELESS) == 0)? "" : " (caseless)";
+ if (PRINTABLE(ch)) printf("First char = %c%s\n", ch, caseless);
+ else printf("First char = \\x%02x%s\n", ch, caseless);
+ }
+
+if ((re->flags & PCRE_REQCHSET) != 0)
+ {
+ pcre_uchar ch = re->req_char;
+ const char *caseless =
+ ((re->flags & PCRE_RCH_CASELESS) == 0)? "" : " (caseless)";
+ if (PRINTABLE(ch)) printf("Req char = %c%s\n", ch, caseless);
+ else printf("Req char = \\x%02x%s\n", ch, caseless);
+ }
+
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+pcre_printint((pcre *)re, stdout, TRUE);
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+pcre16_printint((pcre *)re, stdout, TRUE);
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+pcre32_printint((pcre *)re, stdout, TRUE);
+#endif
+
+/* This check is done here in the debugging case so that the code that
+was compiled can be seen. */
+
+if (code - codestart > length)
+ {
+ (PUBL(free))(re);
+ *errorptr = find_error_text(ERR23);
+ *erroroffset = ptr - (pcre_uchar *)pattern;
+ if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR23;
+ return NULL;
+ }
+#endif /* PCRE_DEBUG */
+
+/* Check for a pattern than can match an empty string, so that this information
+can be provided to applications. */
+
+do
+ {
+ if (could_be_empty_branch(codestart, code, utf, cd, NULL))
+ {
+ re->flags |= PCRE_MATCH_EMPTY;
+ break;
+ }
+ codestart += GET(codestart, 1);
+ }
+while (*codestart == OP_ALT);
+
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+return (pcre *)re;
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+return (pcre16 *)re;
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+return (pcre32 *)re;
+#endif
+}
+
+/* End of pcre_compile.c */
diff --git a/include/pcre/pcre_dfa_exec.c b/include/pcre/pcre_dfa_exec.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..170ce6a00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/pcre/pcre_dfa_exec.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3674 @@
+/*************************************************
+* Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
+and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language (but see
+below for why this module is different).
+
+ Written by Philip Hazel
+ Copyright (c) 1997-2014 University of Cambridge
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+ * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+ * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
+ contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+ this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+
+/* This module contains the external function pcre_dfa_exec(), which is an
+alternative matching function that uses a sort of DFA algorithm (not a true
+FSM). This is NOT Perl-compatible, but it has advantages in certain
+applications. */
+
+
+/* NOTE ABOUT PERFORMANCE: A user of this function sent some code that improved
+the performance of his patterns greatly. I could not use it as it stood, as it
+was not thread safe, and made assumptions about pattern sizes. Also, it caused
+test 7 to loop, and test 9 to crash with a segfault.
+
+The issue is the check for duplicate states, which is done by a simple linear
+search up the state list. (Grep for "duplicate" below to find the code.) For
+many patterns, there will never be many states active at one time, so a simple
+linear search is fine. In patterns that have many active states, it might be a
+bottleneck. The suggested code used an indexing scheme to remember which states
+had previously been used for each character, and avoided the linear search when
+it knew there was no chance of a duplicate. This was implemented when adding
+states to the state lists.
+
+I wrote some thread-safe, not-limited code to try something similar at the time
+of checking for duplicates (instead of when adding states), using index vectors
+on the stack. It did give a 13% improvement with one specially constructed
+pattern for certain subject strings, but on other strings and on many of the
+simpler patterns in the test suite it did worse. The major problem, I think,
+was the extra time to initialize the index. This had to be done for each call
+of internal_dfa_exec(). (The supplied patch used a static vector, initialized
+only once - I suspect this was the cause of the problems with the tests.)
+
+Overall, I concluded that the gains in some cases did not outweigh the losses
+in others, so I abandoned this code. */
+
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#define NLBLOCK md /* Block containing newline information */
+#define PSSTART start_subject /* Field containing processed string start */
+#define PSEND end_subject /* Field containing processed string end */
+
+#include "pcre_internal.h"
+
+
+/* For use to indent debugging output */
+
+#define SP " "
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Code parameters and static tables *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* These are offsets that are used to turn the OP_TYPESTAR and friends opcodes
+into others, under special conditions. A gap of 20 between the blocks should be
+enough. The resulting opcodes don't have to be less than 256 because they are
+never stored, so we push them well clear of the normal opcodes. */
+
+#define OP_PROP_EXTRA 300
+#define OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA 320
+#define OP_ANYNL_EXTRA 340
+#define OP_HSPACE_EXTRA 360
+#define OP_VSPACE_EXTRA 380
+
+
+/* This table identifies those opcodes that are followed immediately by a
+character that is to be tested in some way. This makes it possible to
+centralize the loading of these characters. In the case of Type * etc, the
+"character" is the opcode for \D, \d, \S, \s, \W, or \w, which will always be a
+small value. Non-zero values in the table are the offsets from the opcode where
+the character is to be found. ***NOTE*** If the start of this table is
+modified, the three tables that follow must also be modified. */
+
+static const pcre_uint8 coptable[] = {
+ 0, /* End */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* \A, \G, \K, \B, \b */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* \D, \d, \S, \s, \W, \w */
+ 0, 0, 0, /* Any, AllAny, Anybyte */
+ 0, 0, /* \P, \p */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* \R, \H, \h, \V, \v */
+ 0, /* \X */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* \Z, \z, $, $M, ^, ^M */
+ 1, /* Char */
+ 1, /* Chari */
+ 1, /* not */
+ 1, /* noti */
+ /* Positive single-char repeats */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* *, *?, +, +?, ?, ?? */
+ 1+IMM2_SIZE, 1+IMM2_SIZE, /* upto, minupto */
+ 1+IMM2_SIZE, /* exact */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1+IMM2_SIZE, /* *+, ++, ?+, upto+ */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* *I, *?I, +I, +?I, ?I, ??I */
+ 1+IMM2_SIZE, 1+IMM2_SIZE, /* upto I, minupto I */
+ 1+IMM2_SIZE, /* exact I */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1+IMM2_SIZE, /* *+I, ++I, ?+I, upto+I */
+ /* Negative single-char repeats - only for chars < 256 */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* NOT *, *?, +, +?, ?, ?? */
+ 1+IMM2_SIZE, 1+IMM2_SIZE, /* NOT upto, minupto */
+ 1+IMM2_SIZE, /* NOT exact */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1+IMM2_SIZE, /* NOT *+, ++, ?+, upto+ */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* NOT *I, *?I, +I, +?I, ?I, ??I */
+ 1+IMM2_SIZE, 1+IMM2_SIZE, /* NOT upto I, minupto I */
+ 1+IMM2_SIZE, /* NOT exact I */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1+IMM2_SIZE, /* NOT *+I, ++I, ?+I, upto+I */
+ /* Positive type repeats */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Type *, *?, +, +?, ?, ?? */
+ 1+IMM2_SIZE, 1+IMM2_SIZE, /* Type upto, minupto */
+ 1+IMM2_SIZE, /* Type exact */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1+IMM2_SIZE, /* Type *+, ++, ?+, upto+ */
+ /* Character class & ref repeats */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* *, *?, +, +?, ?, ?? */
+ 0, 0, /* CRRANGE, CRMINRANGE */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Possessive *+, ++, ?+, CRPOSRANGE */
+ 0, /* CLASS */
+ 0, /* NCLASS */
+ 0, /* XCLASS - variable length */
+ 0, /* REF */
+ 0, /* REFI */
+ 0, /* DNREF */
+ 0, /* DNREFI */
+ 0, /* RECURSE */
+ 0, /* CALLOUT */
+ 0, /* Alt */
+ 0, /* Ket */
+ 0, /* KetRmax */
+ 0, /* KetRmin */
+ 0, /* KetRpos */
+ 0, /* Reverse */
+ 0, /* Assert */
+ 0, /* Assert not */
+ 0, /* Assert behind */
+ 0, /* Assert behind not */
+ 0, 0, /* ONCE, ONCE_NC */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* BRA, BRAPOS, CBRA, CBRAPOS, COND */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* SBRA, SBRAPOS, SCBRA, SCBRAPOS, SCOND */
+ 0, 0, /* CREF, DNCREF */
+ 0, 0, /* RREF, DNRREF */
+ 0, /* DEF */
+ 0, 0, 0, /* BRAZERO, BRAMINZERO, BRAPOSZERO */
+ 0, 0, 0, /* MARK, PRUNE, PRUNE_ARG */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* SKIP, SKIP_ARG, THEN, THEN_ARG */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* COMMIT, FAIL, ACCEPT, ASSERT_ACCEPT */
+ 0, 0 /* CLOSE, SKIPZERO */
+};
+
+/* This table identifies those opcodes that inspect a character. It is used to
+remember the fact that a character could have been inspected when the end of
+the subject is reached. ***NOTE*** If the start of this table is modified, the
+two tables that follow must also be modified. */
+
+static const pcre_uint8 poptable[] = {
+ 0, /* End */
+ 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, /* \A, \G, \K, \B, \b */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* \D, \d, \S, \s, \W, \w */
+ 1, 1, 1, /* Any, AllAny, Anybyte */
+ 1, 1, /* \P, \p */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* \R, \H, \h, \V, \v */
+ 1, /* \X */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* \Z, \z, $, $M, ^, ^M */
+ 1, /* Char */
+ 1, /* Chari */
+ 1, /* not */
+ 1, /* noti */
+ /* Positive single-char repeats */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* *, *?, +, +?, ?, ?? */
+ 1, 1, 1, /* upto, minupto, exact */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, /* *+, ++, ?+, upto+ */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* *I, *?I, +I, +?I, ?I, ??I */
+ 1, 1, 1, /* upto I, minupto I, exact I */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, /* *+I, ++I, ?+I, upto+I */
+ /* Negative single-char repeats - only for chars < 256 */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* NOT *, *?, +, +?, ?, ?? */
+ 1, 1, 1, /* NOT upto, minupto, exact */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, /* NOT *+, ++, ?+, upto+ */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* NOT *I, *?I, +I, +?I, ?I, ??I */
+ 1, 1, 1, /* NOT upto I, minupto I, exact I */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, /* NOT *+I, ++I, ?+I, upto+I */
+ /* Positive type repeats */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Type *, *?, +, +?, ?, ?? */
+ 1, 1, 1, /* Type upto, minupto, exact */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Type *+, ++, ?+, upto+ */
+ /* Character class & ref repeats */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* *, *?, +, +?, ?, ?? */
+ 1, 1, /* CRRANGE, CRMINRANGE */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Possessive *+, ++, ?+, CRPOSRANGE */
+ 1, /* CLASS */
+ 1, /* NCLASS */
+ 1, /* XCLASS - variable length */
+ 0, /* REF */
+ 0, /* REFI */
+ 0, /* DNREF */
+ 0, /* DNREFI */
+ 0, /* RECURSE */
+ 0, /* CALLOUT */
+ 0, /* Alt */
+ 0, /* Ket */
+ 0, /* KetRmax */
+ 0, /* KetRmin */
+ 0, /* KetRpos */
+ 0, /* Reverse */
+ 0, /* Assert */
+ 0, /* Assert not */
+ 0, /* Assert behind */
+ 0, /* Assert behind not */
+ 0, 0, /* ONCE, ONCE_NC */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* BRA, BRAPOS, CBRA, CBRAPOS, COND */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* SBRA, SBRAPOS, SCBRA, SCBRAPOS, SCOND */
+ 0, 0, /* CREF, DNCREF */
+ 0, 0, /* RREF, DNRREF */
+ 0, /* DEF */
+ 0, 0, 0, /* BRAZERO, BRAMINZERO, BRAPOSZERO */
+ 0, 0, 0, /* MARK, PRUNE, PRUNE_ARG */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* SKIP, SKIP_ARG, THEN, THEN_ARG */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* COMMIT, FAIL, ACCEPT, ASSERT_ACCEPT */
+ 0, 0 /* CLOSE, SKIPZERO */
+};
+
+/* These 2 tables allow for compact code for testing for \D, \d, \S, \s, \W,
+and \w */
+
+static const pcre_uint8 toptable1[] = {
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ ctype_digit, ctype_digit,
+ ctype_space, ctype_space,
+ ctype_word, ctype_word,
+ 0, 0 /* OP_ANY, OP_ALLANY */
+};
+
+static const pcre_uint8 toptable2[] = {
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ ctype_digit, 0,
+ ctype_space, 0,
+ ctype_word, 0,
+ 1, 1 /* OP_ANY, OP_ALLANY */
+};
+
+
+/* Structure for holding data about a particular state, which is in effect the
+current data for an active path through the match tree. It must consist
+entirely of ints because the working vector we are passed, and which we put
+these structures in, is a vector of ints. */
+
+typedef struct stateblock {
+ int offset; /* Offset to opcode */
+ int count; /* Count for repeats */
+ int data; /* Some use extra data */
+} stateblock;
+
+#define INTS_PER_STATEBLOCK (int)(sizeof(stateblock)/sizeof(int))
+
+
+#ifdef PCRE_DEBUG
+/*************************************************
+* Print character string *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* Character string printing function for debugging.
+
+Arguments:
+ p points to string
+ length number of bytes
+ f where to print
+
+Returns: nothing
+*/
+
+static void
+pchars(const pcre_uchar *p, int length, FILE *f)
+{
+pcre_uint32 c;
+while (length-- > 0)
+ {
+ if (isprint(c = *(p++)))
+ fprintf(f, "%c", c);
+ else
+ fprintf(f, "\\x{%02x}", c);
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Execute a Regular Expression - DFA engine *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This internal function applies a compiled pattern to a subject string,
+starting at a given point, using a DFA engine. This function is called from the
+external one, possibly multiple times if the pattern is not anchored. The
+function calls itself recursively for some kinds of subpattern.
+
+Arguments:
+ md the match_data block with fixed information
+ this_start_code the opening bracket of this subexpression's code
+ current_subject where we currently are in the subject string
+ start_offset start offset in the subject string
+ offsets vector to contain the matching string offsets
+ offsetcount size of same
+ workspace vector of workspace
+ wscount size of same
+ rlevel function call recursion level
+
+Returns: > 0 => number of match offset pairs placed in offsets
+ = 0 => offsets overflowed; longest matches are present
+ -1 => failed to match
+ < -1 => some kind of unexpected problem
+
+The following macros are used for adding states to the two state vectors (one
+for the current character, one for the following character). */
+
+#define ADD_ACTIVE(x,y) \
+ if (active_count++ < wscount) \
+ { \
+ next_active_state->offset = (x); \
+ next_active_state->count = (y); \
+ next_active_state++; \
+ DPRINTF(("%.*sADD_ACTIVE(%d,%d)\n", rlevel*2-2, SP, (x), (y))); \
+ } \
+ else return PCRE_ERROR_DFA_WSSIZE
+
+#define ADD_ACTIVE_DATA(x,y,z) \
+ if (active_count++ < wscount) \
+ { \
+ next_active_state->offset = (x); \
+ next_active_state->count = (y); \
+ next_active_state->data = (z); \
+ next_active_state++; \
+ DPRINTF(("%.*sADD_ACTIVE_DATA(%d,%d,%d)\n", rlevel*2-2, SP, (x), (y), (z))); \
+ } \
+ else return PCRE_ERROR_DFA_WSSIZE
+
+#define ADD_NEW(x,y) \
+ if (new_count++ < wscount) \
+ { \
+ next_new_state->offset = (x); \
+ next_new_state->count = (y); \
+ next_new_state++; \
+ DPRINTF(("%.*sADD_NEW(%d,%d)\n", rlevel*2-2, SP, (x), (y))); \
+ } \
+ else return PCRE_ERROR_DFA_WSSIZE
+
+#define ADD_NEW_DATA(x,y,z) \
+ if (new_count++ < wscount) \
+ { \
+ next_new_state->offset = (x); \
+ next_new_state->count = (y); \
+ next_new_state->data = (z); \
+ next_new_state++; \
+ DPRINTF(("%.*sADD_NEW_DATA(%d,%d,%d) line %d\n", rlevel*2-2, SP, \
+ (x), (y), (z), __LINE__)); \
+ } \
+ else return PCRE_ERROR_DFA_WSSIZE
+
+/* And now, here is the code */
+
+static int
+internal_dfa_exec(
+ dfa_match_data *md,
+ const pcre_uchar *this_start_code,
+ const pcre_uchar *current_subject,
+ int start_offset,
+ int *offsets,
+ int offsetcount,
+ int *workspace,
+ int wscount,
+ int rlevel)
+{
+stateblock *active_states, *new_states, *temp_states;
+stateblock *next_active_state, *next_new_state;
+
+const pcre_uint8 *ctypes, *lcc, *fcc;
+const pcre_uchar *ptr;
+const pcre_uchar *end_code, *first_op;
+
+dfa_recursion_info new_recursive;
+
+int active_count, new_count, match_count;
+
+/* Some fields in the md block are frequently referenced, so we load them into
+independent variables in the hope that this will perform better. */
+
+const pcre_uchar *start_subject = md->start_subject;
+const pcre_uchar *end_subject = md->end_subject;
+const pcre_uchar *start_code = md->start_code;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+BOOL utf = (md->poptions & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
+#else
+BOOL utf = FALSE;
+#endif
+
+BOOL reset_could_continue = FALSE;
+
+rlevel++;
+offsetcount &= (-2);
+
+wscount -= 2;
+wscount = (wscount - (wscount % (INTS_PER_STATEBLOCK * 2))) /
+ (2 * INTS_PER_STATEBLOCK);
+
+DPRINTF(("\n%.*s---------------------\n"
+ "%.*sCall to internal_dfa_exec f=%d\n",
+ rlevel*2-2, SP, rlevel*2-2, SP, rlevel));
+
+ctypes = md->tables + ctypes_offset;
+lcc = md->tables + lcc_offset;
+fcc = md->tables + fcc_offset;
+
+match_count = PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH; /* A negative number */
+
+active_states = (stateblock *)(workspace + 2);
+next_new_state = new_states = active_states + wscount;
+new_count = 0;
+
+first_op = this_start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE +
+ ((*this_start_code == OP_CBRA || *this_start_code == OP_SCBRA ||
+ *this_start_code == OP_CBRAPOS || *this_start_code == OP_SCBRAPOS)
+ ? IMM2_SIZE:0);
+
+/* The first thing in any (sub) pattern is a bracket of some sort. Push all
+the alternative states onto the list, and find out where the end is. This
+makes is possible to use this function recursively, when we want to stop at a
+matching internal ket rather than at the end.
+
+If the first opcode in the first alternative is OP_REVERSE, we are dealing with
+a backward assertion. In that case, we have to find out the maximum amount to
+move back, and set up each alternative appropriately. */
+
+if (*first_op == OP_REVERSE)
+ {
+ int max_back = 0;
+ int gone_back;
+
+ end_code = this_start_code;
+ do
+ {
+ int back = GET(end_code, 2+LINK_SIZE);
+ if (back > max_back) max_back = back;
+ end_code += GET(end_code, 1);
+ }
+ while (*end_code == OP_ALT);
+
+ /* If we can't go back the amount required for the longest lookbehind
+ pattern, go back as far as we can; some alternatives may still be viable. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ /* In character mode we have to step back character by character */
+
+ if (utf)
+ {
+ for (gone_back = 0; gone_back < max_back; gone_back++)
+ {
+ if (current_subject <= start_subject) break;
+ current_subject--;
+ ACROSSCHAR(current_subject > start_subject, *current_subject, current_subject--);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+
+ /* In byte-mode we can do this quickly. */
+
+ {
+ gone_back = (current_subject - max_back < start_subject)?
+ (int)(current_subject - start_subject) : max_back;
+ current_subject -= gone_back;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the earliest consulted character */
+
+ if (current_subject < md->start_used_ptr)
+ md->start_used_ptr = current_subject;
+
+ /* Now we can process the individual branches. */
+
+ end_code = this_start_code;
+ do
+ {
+ int back = GET(end_code, 2+LINK_SIZE);
+ if (back <= gone_back)
+ {
+ int bstate = (int)(end_code - start_code + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE);
+ ADD_NEW_DATA(-bstate, 0, gone_back - back);
+ }
+ end_code += GET(end_code, 1);
+ }
+ while (*end_code == OP_ALT);
+ }
+
+/* This is the code for a "normal" subpattern (not a backward assertion). The
+start of a whole pattern is always one of these. If we are at the top level,
+we may be asked to restart matching from the same point that we reached for a
+previous partial match. We still have to scan through the top-level branches to
+find the end state. */
+
+else
+ {
+ end_code = this_start_code;
+
+ /* Restarting */
+
+ if (rlevel == 1 && (md->moptions & PCRE_DFA_RESTART) != 0)
+ {
+ do { end_code += GET(end_code, 1); } while (*end_code == OP_ALT);
+ new_count = workspace[1];
+ if (!workspace[0])
+ memcpy(new_states, active_states, new_count * sizeof(stateblock));
+ }
+
+ /* Not restarting */
+
+ else
+ {
+ int length = 1 + LINK_SIZE +
+ ((*this_start_code == OP_CBRA || *this_start_code == OP_SCBRA ||
+ *this_start_code == OP_CBRAPOS || *this_start_code == OP_SCBRAPOS)
+ ? IMM2_SIZE:0);
+ do
+ {
+ ADD_NEW((int)(end_code - start_code + length), 0);
+ end_code += GET(end_code, 1);
+ length = 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ }
+ while (*end_code == OP_ALT);
+ }
+ }
+
+workspace[0] = 0; /* Bit indicating which vector is current */
+
+DPRINTF(("%.*sEnd state = %d\n", rlevel*2-2, SP, (int)(end_code - start_code)));
+
+/* Loop for scanning the subject */
+
+ptr = current_subject;
+for (;;)
+ {
+ int i, j;
+ int clen, dlen;
+ pcre_uint32 c, d;
+ int forced_fail = 0;
+ BOOL partial_newline = FALSE;
+ BOOL could_continue = reset_could_continue;
+ reset_could_continue = FALSE;
+
+ /* Make the new state list into the active state list and empty the
+ new state list. */
+
+ temp_states = active_states;
+ active_states = new_states;
+ new_states = temp_states;
+ active_count = new_count;
+ new_count = 0;
+
+ workspace[0] ^= 1; /* Remember for the restarting feature */
+ workspace[1] = active_count;
+
+#ifdef PCRE_DEBUG
+ printf("%.*sNext character: rest of subject = \"", rlevel*2-2, SP);
+ pchars(ptr, STRLEN_UC(ptr), stdout);
+ printf("\"\n");
+
+ printf("%.*sActive states: ", rlevel*2-2, SP);
+ for (i = 0; i < active_count; i++)
+ printf("%d/%d ", active_states[i].offset, active_states[i].count);
+ printf("\n");
+#endif
+
+ /* Set the pointers for adding new states */
+
+ next_active_state = active_states + active_count;
+ next_new_state = new_states;
+
+ /* Load the current character from the subject outside the loop, as many
+ different states may want to look at it, and we assume that at least one
+ will. */
+
+ if (ptr < end_subject)
+ {
+ clen = 1; /* Number of data items in the character */
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ GETCHARLENTEST(c, ptr, clen);
+#else
+ c = *ptr;
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ clen = 0; /* This indicates the end of the subject */
+ c = NOTACHAR; /* This value should never actually be used */
+ }
+
+ /* Scan up the active states and act on each one. The result of an action
+ may be to add more states to the currently active list (e.g. on hitting a
+ parenthesis) or it may be to put states on the new list, for considering
+ when we move the character pointer on. */
+
+ for (i = 0; i < active_count; i++)
+ {
+ stateblock *current_state = active_states + i;
+ BOOL caseless = FALSE;
+ const pcre_uchar *code;
+ int state_offset = current_state->offset;
+ int codevalue, rrc;
+ int count;
+
+#ifdef PCRE_DEBUG
+ printf ("%.*sProcessing state %d c=", rlevel*2-2, SP, state_offset);
+ if (clen == 0) printf("EOL\n");
+ else if (c > 32 && c < 127) printf("'%c'\n", c);
+ else printf("0x%02x\n", c);
+#endif
+
+ /* A negative offset is a special case meaning "hold off going to this
+ (negated) state until the number of characters in the data field have
+ been skipped". If the could_continue flag was passed over from a previous
+ state, arrange for it to passed on. */
+
+ if (state_offset < 0)
+ {
+ if (current_state->data > 0)
+ {
+ DPRINTF(("%.*sSkipping this character\n", rlevel*2-2, SP));
+ ADD_NEW_DATA(state_offset, current_state->count,
+ current_state->data - 1);
+ if (could_continue) reset_could_continue = TRUE;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ current_state->offset = state_offset = -state_offset;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check for a duplicate state with the same count, and skip if found.
+ See the note at the head of this module about the possibility of improving
+ performance here. */
+
+ for (j = 0; j < i; j++)
+ {
+ if (active_states[j].offset == state_offset &&
+ active_states[j].count == current_state->count)
+ {
+ DPRINTF(("%.*sDuplicate state: skipped\n", rlevel*2-2, SP));
+ goto NEXT_ACTIVE_STATE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* The state offset is the offset to the opcode */
+
+ code = start_code + state_offset;
+ codevalue = *code;
+
+ /* If this opcode inspects a character, but we are at the end of the
+ subject, remember the fact for use when testing for a partial match. */
+
+ if (clen == 0 && poptable[codevalue] != 0)
+ could_continue = TRUE;
+
+ /* If this opcode is followed by an inline character, load it. It is
+ tempting to test for the presence of a subject character here, but that
+ is wrong, because sometimes zero repetitions of the subject are
+ permitted.
+
+ We also use this mechanism for opcodes such as OP_TYPEPLUS that take an
+ argument that is not a data character - but is always one byte long because
+ the values are small. We have to take special action to deal with \P, \p,
+ \H, \h, \V, \v and \X in this case. To keep the other cases fast, convert
+ these ones to new opcodes. */
+
+ if (coptable[codevalue] > 0)
+ {
+ dlen = 1;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf) { GETCHARLEN(d, (code + coptable[codevalue]), dlen); } else
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */
+ d = code[coptable[codevalue]];
+ if (codevalue >= OP_TYPESTAR)
+ {
+ switch(d)
+ {
+ case OP_ANYBYTE: return PCRE_ERROR_DFA_UITEM;
+ case OP_NOTPROP:
+ case OP_PROP: codevalue += OP_PROP_EXTRA; break;
+ case OP_ANYNL: codevalue += OP_ANYNL_EXTRA; break;
+ case OP_EXTUNI: codevalue += OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA; break;
+ case OP_NOT_HSPACE:
+ case OP_HSPACE: codevalue += OP_HSPACE_EXTRA; break;
+ case OP_NOT_VSPACE:
+ case OP_VSPACE: codevalue += OP_VSPACE_EXTRA; break;
+ default: break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ dlen = 0; /* Not strictly necessary, but compilers moan */
+ d = NOTACHAR; /* if these variables are not set. */
+ }
+
+
+ /* Now process the individual opcodes */
+
+ switch (codevalue)
+ {
+/* ========================================================================== */
+ /* These cases are never obeyed. This is a fudge that causes a compile-
+ time error if the vectors coptable or poptable, which are indexed by
+ opcode, are not the correct length. It seems to be the only way to do
+ such a check at compile time, as the sizeof() operator does not work
+ in the C preprocessor. */
+
+ case OP_TABLE_LENGTH:
+ case OP_TABLE_LENGTH +
+ ((sizeof(coptable) == OP_TABLE_LENGTH) &&
+ (sizeof(poptable) == OP_TABLE_LENGTH)):
+ break;
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+ /* Reached a closing bracket. If not at the end of the pattern, carry
+ on with the next opcode. For repeating opcodes, also add the repeat
+ state. Note that KETRPOS will always be encountered at the end of the
+ subpattern, because the possessive subpattern repeats are always handled
+ using recursive calls. Thus, it never adds any new states.
+
+ At the end of the (sub)pattern, unless we have an empty string and
+ PCRE_NOTEMPTY is set, or PCRE_NOTEMPTY_ATSTART is set and we are at the
+ start of the subject, save the match data, shifting up all previous
+ matches so we always have the longest first. */
+
+ case OP_KET:
+ case OP_KETRMIN:
+ case OP_KETRMAX:
+ case OP_KETRPOS:
+ if (code != end_code)
+ {
+ ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 1 + LINK_SIZE, 0);
+ if (codevalue != OP_KET)
+ {
+ ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset - GET(code, 1), 0);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (ptr > current_subject ||
+ ((md->moptions & PCRE_NOTEMPTY) == 0 &&
+ ((md->moptions & PCRE_NOTEMPTY_ATSTART) == 0 ||
+ current_subject > start_subject + md->start_offset)))
+ {
+ if (match_count < 0) match_count = (offsetcount >= 2)? 1 : 0;
+ else if (match_count > 0 && ++match_count * 2 > offsetcount)
+ match_count = 0;
+ count = ((match_count == 0)? offsetcount : match_count * 2) - 2;
+ if (count > 0) memmove(offsets + 2, offsets, count * sizeof(int));
+ if (offsetcount >= 2)
+ {
+ offsets[0] = (int)(current_subject - start_subject);
+ offsets[1] = (int)(ptr - start_subject);
+ DPRINTF(("%.*sSet matched string = \"%.*s\"\n", rlevel*2-2, SP,
+ offsets[1] - offsets[0], (char *)current_subject));
+ }
+ if ((md->moptions & PCRE_DFA_SHORTEST) != 0)
+ {
+ DPRINTF(("%.*sEnd of internal_dfa_exec %d: returning %d\n"
+ "%.*s---------------------\n\n", rlevel*2-2, SP, rlevel,
+ match_count, rlevel*2-2, SP));
+ return match_count;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+ /* These opcodes add to the current list of states without looking
+ at the current character. */
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_ALT:
+ do { code += GET(code, 1); } while (*code == OP_ALT);
+ ADD_ACTIVE((int)(code - start_code), 0);
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_BRA:
+ case OP_SBRA:
+ do
+ {
+ ADD_ACTIVE((int)(code - start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE), 0);
+ code += GET(code, 1);
+ }
+ while (*code == OP_ALT);
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_CBRA:
+ case OP_SCBRA:
+ ADD_ACTIVE((int)(code - start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE + IMM2_SIZE), 0);
+ code += GET(code, 1);
+ while (*code == OP_ALT)
+ {
+ ADD_ACTIVE((int)(code - start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE), 0);
+ code += GET(code, 1);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_BRAZERO:
+ case OP_BRAMINZERO:
+ ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 1, 0);
+ code += 1 + GET(code, 2);
+ while (*code == OP_ALT) code += GET(code, 1);
+ ADD_ACTIVE((int)(code - start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE), 0);
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_SKIPZERO:
+ code += 1 + GET(code, 2);
+ while (*code == OP_ALT) code += GET(code, 1);
+ ADD_ACTIVE((int)(code - start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE), 0);
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_CIRC:
+ if (ptr == start_subject && (md->moptions & PCRE_NOTBOL) == 0)
+ { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 1, 0); }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_CIRCM:
+ if ((ptr == start_subject && (md->moptions & PCRE_NOTBOL) == 0) ||
+ (ptr != end_subject && WAS_NEWLINE(ptr)))
+ { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 1, 0); }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_EOD:
+ if (ptr >= end_subject)
+ {
+ if ((md->moptions & PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD) != 0)
+ could_continue = TRUE;
+ else { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 1, 0); }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_SOD:
+ if (ptr == start_subject) { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 1, 0); }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_SOM:
+ if (ptr == start_subject + start_offset) { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 1, 0); }
+ break;
+
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+ /* These opcodes inspect the next subject character, and sometimes
+ the previous one as well, but do not have an argument. The variable
+ clen contains the length of the current character and is zero if we are
+ at the end of the subject. */
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_ANY:
+ if (clen > 0 && !IS_NEWLINE(ptr))
+ {
+ if (ptr + 1 >= md->end_subject &&
+ (md->moptions & (PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD)) != 0 &&
+ NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED &&
+ NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 &&
+ c == NLBLOCK->nl[0])
+ {
+ could_continue = partial_newline = TRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ADD_NEW(state_offset + 1, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_ALLANY:
+ if (clen > 0)
+ { ADD_NEW(state_offset + 1, 0); }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_EODN:
+ if (clen == 0 && (md->moptions & PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD) != 0)
+ could_continue = TRUE;
+ else if (clen == 0 || (IS_NEWLINE(ptr) && ptr == end_subject - md->nllen))
+ { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 1, 0); }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_DOLL:
+ if ((md->moptions & PCRE_NOTEOL) == 0)
+ {
+ if (clen == 0 && (md->moptions & PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD) != 0)
+ could_continue = TRUE;
+ else if (clen == 0 ||
+ ((md->poptions & PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY) == 0 && IS_NEWLINE(ptr) &&
+ (ptr == end_subject - md->nllen)
+ ))
+ { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 1, 0); }
+ else if (ptr + 1 >= md->end_subject &&
+ (md->moptions & (PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD|PCRE_PARTIAL_SOFT)) != 0 &&
+ NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED &&
+ NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 &&
+ c == NLBLOCK->nl[0])
+ {
+ if ((md->moptions & PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD) != 0)
+ {
+ reset_could_continue = TRUE;
+ ADD_NEW_DATA(-(state_offset + 1), 0, 1);
+ }
+ else could_continue = partial_newline = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_DOLLM:
+ if ((md->moptions & PCRE_NOTEOL) == 0)
+ {
+ if (clen == 0 && (md->moptions & PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD) != 0)
+ could_continue = TRUE;
+ else if (clen == 0 ||
+ ((md->poptions & PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY) == 0 && IS_NEWLINE(ptr)))
+ { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 1, 0); }
+ else if (ptr + 1 >= md->end_subject &&
+ (md->moptions & (PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD|PCRE_PARTIAL_SOFT)) != 0 &&
+ NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED &&
+ NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 &&
+ c == NLBLOCK->nl[0])
+ {
+ if ((md->moptions & PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD) != 0)
+ {
+ reset_could_continue = TRUE;
+ ADD_NEW_DATA(-(state_offset + 1), 0, 1);
+ }
+ else could_continue = partial_newline = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr))
+ { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 1, 0); }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+ case OP_DIGIT:
+ case OP_WHITESPACE:
+ case OP_WORDCHAR:
+ if (clen > 0 && c < 256 &&
+ ((ctypes[c] & toptable1[codevalue]) ^ toptable2[codevalue]) != 0)
+ { ADD_NEW(state_offset + 1, 0); }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
+ case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
+ case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
+ if (clen > 0 && (c >= 256 ||
+ ((ctypes[c] & toptable1[codevalue]) ^ toptable2[codevalue]) != 0))
+ { ADD_NEW(state_offset + 1, 0); }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY:
+ case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY:
+ {
+ int left_word, right_word;
+
+ if (ptr > start_subject)
+ {
+ const pcre_uchar *temp = ptr - 1;
+ if (temp < md->start_used_ptr) md->start_used_ptr = temp;
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ if (utf) { BACKCHAR(temp); }
+#endif
+ GETCHARTEST(d, temp);
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ if ((md->poptions & PCRE_UCP) != 0)
+ {
+ if (d == '_') left_word = TRUE; else
+ {
+ int cat = UCD_CATEGORY(d);
+ left_word = (cat == ucp_L || cat == ucp_N);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ left_word = d < 256 && (ctypes[d] & ctype_word) != 0;
+ }
+ else left_word = FALSE;
+
+ if (clen > 0)
+ {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ if ((md->poptions & PCRE_UCP) != 0)
+ {
+ if (c == '_') right_word = TRUE; else
+ {
+ int cat = UCD_CATEGORY(c);
+ right_word = (cat == ucp_L || cat == ucp_N);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ right_word = c < 256 && (ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0;
+ }
+ else right_word = FALSE;
+
+ if ((left_word == right_word) == (codevalue == OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY))
+ { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 1, 0); }
+ }
+ break;
+
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ /* Check the next character by Unicode property. We will get here only
+ if the support is in the binary; otherwise a compile-time error occurs.
+ */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ case OP_PROP:
+ case OP_NOTPROP:
+ if (clen > 0)
+ {
+ BOOL OK;
+ const pcre_uint32 *cp;
+ const ucd_record * prop = GET_UCD(c);
+ switch(code[1])
+ {
+ case PT_ANY:
+ OK = TRUE;
+ break;
+
+ case PT_LAMP:
+ OK = prop->chartype == ucp_Lu || prop->chartype == ucp_Ll ||
+ prop->chartype == ucp_Lt;
+ break;
+
+ case PT_GC:
+ OK = PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == code[2];
+ break;
+
+ case PT_PC:
+ OK = prop->chartype == code[2];
+ break;
+
+ case PT_SC:
+ OK = prop->script == code[2];
+ break;
+
+ /* These are specials for combination cases. */
+
+ case PT_ALNUM:
+ OK = PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L ||
+ PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N;
+ break;
+
+ /* Perl space used to exclude VT, but from Perl 5.18 it is included,
+ which means that Perl space and POSIX space are now identical. PCRE
+ was changed at release 8.34. */
+
+ case PT_SPACE: /* Perl space */
+ case PT_PXSPACE: /* POSIX space */
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ HSPACE_CASES:
+ VSPACE_CASES:
+ OK = TRUE;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ OK = PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_Z;
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case PT_WORD:
+ OK = PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L ||
+ PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N ||
+ c == CHAR_UNDERSCORE;
+ break;
+
+ case PT_CLIST:
+ cp = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + code[2];
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (c < *cp) { OK = FALSE; break; }
+ if (c == *cp++) { OK = TRUE; break; }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case PT_UCNC:
+ OK = c == CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN || c == CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT ||
+ c == CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT || (c >= 0xa0 && c <= 0xd7ff) ||
+ c >= 0xe000;
+ break;
+
+ /* Should never occur, but keep compilers from grumbling. */
+
+ default:
+ OK = codevalue != OP_PROP;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (OK == (codevalue == OP_PROP)) { ADD_NEW(state_offset + 3, 0); }
+ }
+ break;
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+ /* These opcodes likewise inspect the subject character, but have an
+ argument that is not a data character. It is one of these opcodes:
+ OP_ANY, OP_ALLANY, OP_DIGIT, OP_NOT_DIGIT, OP_WHITESPACE, OP_NOT_SPACE,
+ OP_WORDCHAR, OP_NOT_WORDCHAR. The value is loaded into d. */
+
+ case OP_TYPEPLUS:
+ case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
+ count = current_state->count; /* Already matched */
+ if (count > 0) { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 2, 0); }
+ if (clen > 0)
+ {
+ if (d == OP_ANY && ptr + 1 >= md->end_subject &&
+ (md->moptions & (PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD)) != 0 &&
+ NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED &&
+ NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 &&
+ c == NLBLOCK->nl[0])
+ {
+ could_continue = partial_newline = TRUE;
+ }
+ else if ((c >= 256 && d != OP_DIGIT && d != OP_WHITESPACE && d != OP_WORDCHAR) ||
+ (c < 256 &&
+ (d != OP_ANY || !IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) &&
+ ((ctypes[c] & toptable1[d]) ^ toptable2[d]) != 0))
+ {
+ if (count > 0 && codevalue == OP_TYPEPOSPLUS)
+ {
+ active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */
+ next_active_state--;
+ }
+ count++;
+ ADD_NEW(state_offset, count);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_TYPEQUERY:
+ case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
+ ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 2, 0);
+ if (clen > 0)
+ {
+ if (d == OP_ANY && ptr + 1 >= md->end_subject &&
+ (md->moptions & (PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD)) != 0 &&
+ NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED &&
+ NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 &&
+ c == NLBLOCK->nl[0])
+ {
+ could_continue = partial_newline = TRUE;
+ }
+ else if ((c >= 256 && d != OP_DIGIT && d != OP_WHITESPACE && d != OP_WORDCHAR) ||
+ (c < 256 &&
+ (d != OP_ANY || !IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) &&
+ ((ctypes[c] & toptable1[d]) ^ toptable2[d]) != 0))
+ {
+ if (codevalue == OP_TYPEPOSQUERY)
+ {
+ active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */
+ next_active_state--;
+ }
+ ADD_NEW(state_offset + 2, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_TYPESTAR:
+ case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
+ ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 2, 0);
+ if (clen > 0)
+ {
+ if (d == OP_ANY && ptr + 1 >= md->end_subject &&
+ (md->moptions & (PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD)) != 0 &&
+ NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED &&
+ NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 &&
+ c == NLBLOCK->nl[0])
+ {
+ could_continue = partial_newline = TRUE;
+ }
+ else if ((c >= 256 && d != OP_DIGIT && d != OP_WHITESPACE && d != OP_WORDCHAR) ||
+ (c < 256 &&
+ (d != OP_ANY || !IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) &&
+ ((ctypes[c] & toptable1[d]) ^ toptable2[d]) != 0))
+ {
+ if (codevalue == OP_TYPEPOSSTAR)
+ {
+ active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */
+ next_active_state--;
+ }
+ ADD_NEW(state_offset, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_TYPEEXACT:
+ count = current_state->count; /* Number already matched */
+ if (clen > 0)
+ {
+ if (d == OP_ANY && ptr + 1 >= md->end_subject &&
+ (md->moptions & (PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD)) != 0 &&
+ NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED &&
+ NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 &&
+ c == NLBLOCK->nl[0])
+ {
+ could_continue = partial_newline = TRUE;
+ }
+ else if ((c >= 256 && d != OP_DIGIT && d != OP_WHITESPACE && d != OP_WORDCHAR) ||
+ (c < 256 &&
+ (d != OP_ANY || !IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) &&
+ ((ctypes[c] & toptable1[d]) ^ toptable2[d]) != 0))
+ {
+ if (++count >= (int)GET2(code, 1))
+ { ADD_NEW(state_offset + 1 + IMM2_SIZE + 1, 0); }
+ else
+ { ADD_NEW(state_offset, count); }
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_TYPEUPTO:
+ case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
+ ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 2 + IMM2_SIZE, 0);
+ count = current_state->count; /* Number already matched */
+ if (clen > 0)
+ {
+ if (d == OP_ANY && ptr + 1 >= md->end_subject &&
+ (md->moptions & (PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD)) != 0 &&
+ NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED &&
+ NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 &&
+ c == NLBLOCK->nl[0])
+ {
+ could_continue = partial_newline = TRUE;
+ }
+ else if ((c >= 256 && d != OP_DIGIT && d != OP_WHITESPACE && d != OP_WORDCHAR) ||
+ (c < 256 &&
+ (d != OP_ANY || !IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) &&
+ ((ctypes[c] & toptable1[d]) ^ toptable2[d]) != 0))
+ {
+ if (codevalue == OP_TYPEPOSUPTO)
+ {
+ active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */
+ next_active_state--;
+ }
+ if (++count >= (int)GET2(code, 1))
+ { ADD_NEW(state_offset + 2 + IMM2_SIZE, 0); }
+ else
+ { ADD_NEW(state_offset, count); }
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+ /* These are virtual opcodes that are used when something like
+ OP_TYPEPLUS has OP_PROP, OP_NOTPROP, OP_ANYNL, or OP_EXTUNI as its
+ argument. It keeps the code above fast for the other cases. The argument
+ is in the d variable. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ case OP_PROP_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPLUS:
+ case OP_PROP_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
+ case OP_PROP_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
+ count = current_state->count; /* Already matched */
+ if (count > 0) { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 4, 0); }
+ if (clen > 0)
+ {
+ BOOL OK;
+ const pcre_uint32 *cp;
+ const ucd_record * prop = GET_UCD(c);
+ switch(code[2])
+ {
+ case PT_ANY:
+ OK = TRUE;
+ break;
+
+ case PT_LAMP:
+ OK = prop->chartype == ucp_Lu || prop->chartype == ucp_Ll ||
+ prop->chartype == ucp_Lt;
+ break;
+
+ case PT_GC:
+ OK = PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == code[3];
+ break;
+
+ case PT_PC:
+ OK = prop->chartype == code[3];
+ break;
+
+ case PT_SC:
+ OK = prop->script == code[3];
+ break;
+
+ /* These are specials for combination cases. */
+
+ case PT_ALNUM:
+ OK = PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L ||
+ PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N;
+ break;
+
+ /* Perl space used to exclude VT, but from Perl 5.18 it is included,
+ which means that Perl space and POSIX space are now identical. PCRE
+ was changed at release 8.34. */
+
+ case PT_SPACE: /* Perl space */
+ case PT_PXSPACE: /* POSIX space */
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ HSPACE_CASES:
+ VSPACE_CASES:
+ OK = TRUE;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ OK = PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_Z;
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case PT_WORD:
+ OK = PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L ||
+ PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N ||
+ c == CHAR_UNDERSCORE;
+ break;
+
+ case PT_CLIST:
+ cp = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + code[3];
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (c < *cp) { OK = FALSE; break; }
+ if (c == *cp++) { OK = TRUE; break; }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case PT_UCNC:
+ OK = c == CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN || c == CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT ||
+ c == CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT || (c >= 0xa0 && c <= 0xd7ff) ||
+ c >= 0xe000;
+ break;
+
+ /* Should never occur, but keep compilers from grumbling. */
+
+ default:
+ OK = codevalue != OP_PROP;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (OK == (d == OP_PROP))
+ {
+ if (count > 0 && codevalue == OP_PROP_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSPLUS)
+ {
+ active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */
+ next_active_state--;
+ }
+ count++;
+ ADD_NEW(state_offset, count);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPLUS:
+ case OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
+ case OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
+ count = current_state->count; /* Already matched */
+ if (count > 0) { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 2, 0); }
+ if (clen > 0)
+ {
+ int lgb, rgb;
+ const pcre_uchar *nptr = ptr + clen;
+ int ncount = 0;
+ if (count > 0 && codevalue == OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSPLUS)
+ {
+ active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */
+ next_active_state--;
+ }
+ lgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c);
+ while (nptr < end_subject)
+ {
+ dlen = 1;
+ if (!utf) d = *nptr; else { GETCHARLEN(d, nptr, dlen); }
+ rgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(d);
+ if ((PRIV(ucp_gbtable)[lgb] & (1 << rgb)) == 0) break;
+ ncount++;
+ lgb = rgb;
+ nptr += dlen;
+ }
+ count++;
+ ADD_NEW_DATA(-state_offset, count, ncount);
+ }
+ break;
+#endif
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_ANYNL_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPLUS:
+ case OP_ANYNL_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
+ case OP_ANYNL_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
+ count = current_state->count; /* Already matched */
+ if (count > 0) { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 2, 0); }
+ if (clen > 0)
+ {
+ int ncount = 0;
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case CHAR_VT:
+ case CHAR_FF:
+ case CHAR_NEL:
+#ifndef EBCDIC
+ case 0x2028:
+ case 0x2029:
+#endif /* Not EBCDIC */
+ if ((md->moptions & PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF) != 0) break;
+ goto ANYNL01;
+
+ case CHAR_CR:
+ if (ptr + 1 < end_subject && UCHAR21TEST(ptr + 1) == CHAR_LF) ncount = 1;
+ /* Fall through */
+
+ ANYNL01:
+ case CHAR_LF:
+ if (count > 0 && codevalue == OP_ANYNL_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSPLUS)
+ {
+ active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */
+ next_active_state--;
+ }
+ count++;
+ ADD_NEW_DATA(-state_offset, count, ncount);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_VSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPLUS:
+ case OP_VSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
+ case OP_VSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
+ count = current_state->count; /* Already matched */
+ if (count > 0) { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 2, 0); }
+ if (clen > 0)
+ {
+ BOOL OK;
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ VSPACE_CASES:
+ OK = TRUE;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ OK = FALSE;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (OK == (d == OP_VSPACE))
+ {
+ if (count > 0 && codevalue == OP_VSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSPLUS)
+ {
+ active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */
+ next_active_state--;
+ }
+ count++;
+ ADD_NEW_DATA(-state_offset, count, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_HSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPLUS:
+ case OP_HSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
+ case OP_HSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
+ count = current_state->count; /* Already matched */
+ if (count > 0) { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 2, 0); }
+ if (clen > 0)
+ {
+ BOOL OK;
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ HSPACE_CASES:
+ OK = TRUE;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ OK = FALSE;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (OK == (d == OP_HSPACE))
+ {
+ if (count > 0 && codevalue == OP_HSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSPLUS)
+ {
+ active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */
+ next_active_state--;
+ }
+ count++;
+ ADD_NEW_DATA(-state_offset, count, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ case OP_PROP_EXTRA + OP_TYPEQUERY:
+ case OP_PROP_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
+ case OP_PROP_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
+ count = 4;
+ goto QS1;
+
+ case OP_PROP_EXTRA + OP_TYPESTAR:
+ case OP_PROP_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
+ case OP_PROP_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
+ count = 0;
+
+ QS1:
+
+ ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 4, 0);
+ if (clen > 0)
+ {
+ BOOL OK;
+ const pcre_uint32 *cp;
+ const ucd_record * prop = GET_UCD(c);
+ switch(code[2])
+ {
+ case PT_ANY:
+ OK = TRUE;
+ break;
+
+ case PT_LAMP:
+ OK = prop->chartype == ucp_Lu || prop->chartype == ucp_Ll ||
+ prop->chartype == ucp_Lt;
+ break;
+
+ case PT_GC:
+ OK = PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == code[3];
+ break;
+
+ case PT_PC:
+ OK = prop->chartype == code[3];
+ break;
+
+ case PT_SC:
+ OK = prop->script == code[3];
+ break;
+
+ /* These are specials for combination cases. */
+
+ case PT_ALNUM:
+ OK = PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L ||
+ PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N;
+ break;
+
+ /* Perl space used to exclude VT, but from Perl 5.18 it is included,
+ which means that Perl space and POSIX space are now identical. PCRE
+ was changed at release 8.34. */
+
+ case PT_SPACE: /* Perl space */
+ case PT_PXSPACE: /* POSIX space */
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ HSPACE_CASES:
+ VSPACE_CASES:
+ OK = TRUE;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ OK = PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_Z;
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case PT_WORD:
+ OK = PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L ||
+ PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N ||
+ c == CHAR_UNDERSCORE;
+ break;
+
+ case PT_CLIST:
+ cp = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + code[3];
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (c < *cp) { OK = FALSE; break; }
+ if (c == *cp++) { OK = TRUE; break; }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case PT_UCNC:
+ OK = c == CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN || c == CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT ||
+ c == CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT || (c >= 0xa0 && c <= 0xd7ff) ||
+ c >= 0xe000;
+ break;
+
+ /* Should never occur, but keep compilers from grumbling. */
+
+ default:
+ OK = codevalue != OP_PROP;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (OK == (d == OP_PROP))
+ {
+ if (codevalue == OP_PROP_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSSTAR ||
+ codevalue == OP_PROP_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSQUERY)
+ {
+ active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */
+ next_active_state--;
+ }
+ ADD_NEW(state_offset + count, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA + OP_TYPEQUERY:
+ case OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
+ case OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
+ count = 2;
+ goto QS2;
+
+ case OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA + OP_TYPESTAR:
+ case OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
+ case OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
+ count = 0;
+
+ QS2:
+
+ ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 2, 0);
+ if (clen > 0)
+ {
+ int lgb, rgb;
+ const pcre_uchar *nptr = ptr + clen;
+ int ncount = 0;
+ if (codevalue == OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSSTAR ||
+ codevalue == OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSQUERY)
+ {
+ active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */
+ next_active_state--;
+ }
+ lgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c);
+ while (nptr < end_subject)
+ {
+ dlen = 1;
+ if (!utf) d = *nptr; else { GETCHARLEN(d, nptr, dlen); }
+ rgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(d);
+ if ((PRIV(ucp_gbtable)[lgb] & (1 << rgb)) == 0) break;
+ ncount++;
+ lgb = rgb;
+ nptr += dlen;
+ }
+ ADD_NEW_DATA(-(state_offset + count), 0, ncount);
+ }
+ break;
+#endif
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_ANYNL_EXTRA + OP_TYPEQUERY:
+ case OP_ANYNL_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
+ case OP_ANYNL_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
+ count = 2;
+ goto QS3;
+
+ case OP_ANYNL_EXTRA + OP_TYPESTAR:
+ case OP_ANYNL_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
+ case OP_ANYNL_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
+ count = 0;
+
+ QS3:
+ ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 2, 0);
+ if (clen > 0)
+ {
+ int ncount = 0;
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case CHAR_VT:
+ case CHAR_FF:
+ case CHAR_NEL:
+#ifndef EBCDIC
+ case 0x2028:
+ case 0x2029:
+#endif /* Not EBCDIC */
+ if ((md->moptions & PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF) != 0) break;
+ goto ANYNL02;
+
+ case CHAR_CR:
+ if (ptr + 1 < end_subject && UCHAR21TEST(ptr + 1) == CHAR_LF) ncount = 1;
+ /* Fall through */
+
+ ANYNL02:
+ case CHAR_LF:
+ if (codevalue == OP_ANYNL_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSSTAR ||
+ codevalue == OP_ANYNL_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSQUERY)
+ {
+ active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */
+ next_active_state--;
+ }
+ ADD_NEW_DATA(-(state_offset + (int)count), 0, ncount);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_VSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEQUERY:
+ case OP_VSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
+ case OP_VSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
+ count = 2;
+ goto QS4;
+
+ case OP_VSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPESTAR:
+ case OP_VSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
+ case OP_VSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
+ count = 0;
+
+ QS4:
+ ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 2, 0);
+ if (clen > 0)
+ {
+ BOOL OK;
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ VSPACE_CASES:
+ OK = TRUE;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ OK = FALSE;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (OK == (d == OP_VSPACE))
+ {
+ if (codevalue == OP_VSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSSTAR ||
+ codevalue == OP_VSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSQUERY)
+ {
+ active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */
+ next_active_state--;
+ }
+ ADD_NEW_DATA(-(state_offset + (int)count), 0, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_HSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEQUERY:
+ case OP_HSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
+ case OP_HSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
+ count = 2;
+ goto QS5;
+
+ case OP_HSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPESTAR:
+ case OP_HSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
+ case OP_HSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
+ count = 0;
+
+ QS5:
+ ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 2, 0);
+ if (clen > 0)
+ {
+ BOOL OK;
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ HSPACE_CASES:
+ OK = TRUE;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ OK = FALSE;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (OK == (d == OP_HSPACE))
+ {
+ if (codevalue == OP_HSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSSTAR ||
+ codevalue == OP_HSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSQUERY)
+ {
+ active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */
+ next_active_state--;
+ }
+ ADD_NEW_DATA(-(state_offset + (int)count), 0, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ case OP_PROP_EXTRA + OP_TYPEEXACT:
+ case OP_PROP_EXTRA + OP_TYPEUPTO:
+ case OP_PROP_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
+ case OP_PROP_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
+ if (codevalue != OP_PROP_EXTRA + OP_TYPEEXACT)
+ { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 1 + IMM2_SIZE + 3, 0); }
+ count = current_state->count; /* Number already matched */
+ if (clen > 0)
+ {
+ BOOL OK;
+ const pcre_uint32 *cp;
+ const ucd_record * prop = GET_UCD(c);
+ switch(code[1 + IMM2_SIZE + 1])
+ {
+ case PT_ANY:
+ OK = TRUE;
+ break;
+
+ case PT_LAMP:
+ OK = prop->chartype == ucp_Lu || prop->chartype == ucp_Ll ||
+ prop->chartype == ucp_Lt;
+ break;
+
+ case PT_GC:
+ OK = PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == code[1 + IMM2_SIZE + 2];
+ break;
+
+ case PT_PC:
+ OK = prop->chartype == code[1 + IMM2_SIZE + 2];
+ break;
+
+ case PT_SC:
+ OK = prop->script == code[1 + IMM2_SIZE + 2];
+ break;
+
+ /* These are specials for combination cases. */
+
+ case PT_ALNUM:
+ OK = PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L ||
+ PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N;
+ break;
+
+ /* Perl space used to exclude VT, but from Perl 5.18 it is included,
+ which means that Perl space and POSIX space are now identical. PCRE
+ was changed at release 8.34. */
+
+ case PT_SPACE: /* Perl space */
+ case PT_PXSPACE: /* POSIX space */
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ HSPACE_CASES:
+ VSPACE_CASES:
+ OK = TRUE;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ OK = PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_Z;
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case PT_WORD:
+ OK = PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L ||
+ PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N ||
+ c == CHAR_UNDERSCORE;
+ break;
+
+ case PT_CLIST:
+ cp = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + code[1 + IMM2_SIZE + 2];
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (c < *cp) { OK = FALSE; break; }
+ if (c == *cp++) { OK = TRUE; break; }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case PT_UCNC:
+ OK = c == CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN || c == CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT ||
+ c == CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT || (c >= 0xa0 && c <= 0xd7ff) ||
+ c >= 0xe000;
+ break;
+
+ /* Should never occur, but keep compilers from grumbling. */
+
+ default:
+ OK = codevalue != OP_PROP;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (OK == (d == OP_PROP))
+ {
+ if (codevalue == OP_PROP_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSUPTO)
+ {
+ active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */
+ next_active_state--;
+ }
+ if (++count >= (int)GET2(code, 1))
+ { ADD_NEW(state_offset + 1 + IMM2_SIZE + 3, 0); }
+ else
+ { ADD_NEW(state_offset, count); }
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA + OP_TYPEEXACT:
+ case OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA + OP_TYPEUPTO:
+ case OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
+ case OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
+ if (codevalue != OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA + OP_TYPEEXACT)
+ { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 2 + IMM2_SIZE, 0); }
+ count = current_state->count; /* Number already matched */
+ if (clen > 0)
+ {
+ int lgb, rgb;
+ const pcre_uchar *nptr = ptr + clen;
+ int ncount = 0;
+ if (codevalue == OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSUPTO)
+ {
+ active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */
+ next_active_state--;
+ }
+ lgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c);
+ while (nptr < end_subject)
+ {
+ dlen = 1;
+ if (!utf) d = *nptr; else { GETCHARLEN(d, nptr, dlen); }
+ rgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(d);
+ if ((PRIV(ucp_gbtable)[lgb] & (1 << rgb)) == 0) break;
+ ncount++;
+ lgb = rgb;
+ nptr += dlen;
+ }
+ if (nptr >= end_subject && (md->moptions & PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD) != 0)
+ reset_could_continue = TRUE;
+ if (++count >= (int)GET2(code, 1))
+ { ADD_NEW_DATA(-(state_offset + 2 + IMM2_SIZE), 0, ncount); }
+ else
+ { ADD_NEW_DATA(-state_offset, count, ncount); }
+ }
+ break;
+#endif
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_ANYNL_EXTRA + OP_TYPEEXACT:
+ case OP_ANYNL_EXTRA + OP_TYPEUPTO:
+ case OP_ANYNL_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
+ case OP_ANYNL_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
+ if (codevalue != OP_ANYNL_EXTRA + OP_TYPEEXACT)
+ { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 2 + IMM2_SIZE, 0); }
+ count = current_state->count; /* Number already matched */
+ if (clen > 0)
+ {
+ int ncount = 0;
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case CHAR_VT:
+ case CHAR_FF:
+ case CHAR_NEL:
+#ifndef EBCDIC
+ case 0x2028:
+ case 0x2029:
+#endif /* Not EBCDIC */
+ if ((md->moptions & PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF) != 0) break;
+ goto ANYNL03;
+
+ case CHAR_CR:
+ if (ptr + 1 < end_subject && UCHAR21TEST(ptr + 1) == CHAR_LF) ncount = 1;
+ /* Fall through */
+
+ ANYNL03:
+ case CHAR_LF:
+ if (codevalue == OP_ANYNL_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSUPTO)
+ {
+ active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */
+ next_active_state--;
+ }
+ if (++count >= (int)GET2(code, 1))
+ { ADD_NEW_DATA(-(state_offset + 2 + IMM2_SIZE), 0, ncount); }
+ else
+ { ADD_NEW_DATA(-state_offset, count, ncount); }
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_VSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEEXACT:
+ case OP_VSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEUPTO:
+ case OP_VSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
+ case OP_VSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
+ if (codevalue != OP_VSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEEXACT)
+ { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 2 + IMM2_SIZE, 0); }
+ count = current_state->count; /* Number already matched */
+ if (clen > 0)
+ {
+ BOOL OK;
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ VSPACE_CASES:
+ OK = TRUE;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ OK = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if (OK == (d == OP_VSPACE))
+ {
+ if (codevalue == OP_VSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSUPTO)
+ {
+ active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */
+ next_active_state--;
+ }
+ if (++count >= (int)GET2(code, 1))
+ { ADD_NEW_DATA(-(state_offset + 2 + IMM2_SIZE), 0, 0); }
+ else
+ { ADD_NEW_DATA(-state_offset, count, 0); }
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_HSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEEXACT:
+ case OP_HSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEUPTO:
+ case OP_HSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
+ case OP_HSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
+ if (codevalue != OP_HSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEEXACT)
+ { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 2 + IMM2_SIZE, 0); }
+ count = current_state->count; /* Number already matched */
+ if (clen > 0)
+ {
+ BOOL OK;
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ HSPACE_CASES:
+ OK = TRUE;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ OK = FALSE;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (OK == (d == OP_HSPACE))
+ {
+ if (codevalue == OP_HSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSUPTO)
+ {
+ active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */
+ next_active_state--;
+ }
+ if (++count >= (int)GET2(code, 1))
+ { ADD_NEW_DATA(-(state_offset + 2 + IMM2_SIZE), 0, 0); }
+ else
+ { ADD_NEW_DATA(-state_offset, count, 0); }
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+ /* These opcodes are followed by a character that is usually compared
+ to the current subject character; it is loaded into d. We still get
+ here even if there is no subject character, because in some cases zero
+ repetitions are permitted. */
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_CHAR:
+ if (clen > 0 && c == d) { ADD_NEW(state_offset + dlen + 1, 0); }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_CHARI:
+ if (clen == 0) break;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf)
+ {
+ if (c == d) { ADD_NEW(state_offset + dlen + 1, 0); } else
+ {
+ unsigned int othercase;
+ if (c < 128)
+ othercase = fcc[c];
+ else
+ /* If we have Unicode property support, we can use it to test the
+ other case of the character. */
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(c);
+#else
+ othercase = NOTACHAR;
+#endif
+
+ if (d == othercase) { ADD_NEW(state_offset + dlen + 1, 0); }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */
+ /* Not UTF mode */
+ {
+ if (TABLE_GET(c, lcc, c) == TABLE_GET(d, lcc, d))
+ { ADD_NEW(state_offset + 2, 0); }
+ }
+ break;
+
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ /* This is a tricky one because it can match more than one character.
+ Find out how many characters to skip, and then set up a negative state
+ to wait for them to pass before continuing. */
+
+ case OP_EXTUNI:
+ if (clen > 0)
+ {
+ int lgb, rgb;
+ const pcre_uchar *nptr = ptr + clen;
+ int ncount = 0;
+ lgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c);
+ while (nptr < end_subject)
+ {
+ dlen = 1;
+ if (!utf) d = *nptr; else { GETCHARLEN(d, nptr, dlen); }
+ rgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(d);
+ if ((PRIV(ucp_gbtable)[lgb] & (1 << rgb)) == 0) break;
+ ncount++;
+ lgb = rgb;
+ nptr += dlen;
+ }
+ if (nptr >= end_subject && (md->moptions & PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD) != 0)
+ reset_could_continue = TRUE;
+ ADD_NEW_DATA(-(state_offset + 1), 0, ncount);
+ }
+ break;
+#endif
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ /* This is a tricky like EXTUNI because it too can match more than one
+ character (when CR is followed by LF). In this case, set up a negative
+ state to wait for one character to pass before continuing. */
+
+ case OP_ANYNL:
+ if (clen > 0) switch(c)
+ {
+ case CHAR_VT:
+ case CHAR_FF:
+ case CHAR_NEL:
+#ifndef EBCDIC
+ case 0x2028:
+ case 0x2029:
+#endif /* Not EBCDIC */
+ if ((md->moptions & PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF) != 0) break;
+
+ case CHAR_LF:
+ ADD_NEW(state_offset + 1, 0);
+ break;
+
+ case CHAR_CR:
+ if (ptr + 1 >= end_subject)
+ {
+ ADD_NEW(state_offset + 1, 0);
+ if ((md->moptions & PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD) != 0)
+ reset_could_continue = TRUE;
+ }
+ else if (UCHAR21TEST(ptr + 1) == CHAR_LF)
+ {
+ ADD_NEW_DATA(-(state_offset + 1), 0, 1);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ADD_NEW(state_offset + 1, 0);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_NOT_VSPACE:
+ if (clen > 0) switch(c)
+ {
+ VSPACE_CASES:
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ ADD_NEW(state_offset + 1, 0);
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_VSPACE:
+ if (clen > 0) switch(c)
+ {
+ VSPACE_CASES:
+ ADD_NEW(state_offset + 1, 0);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_NOT_HSPACE:
+ if (clen > 0) switch(c)
+ {
+ HSPACE_CASES:
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ ADD_NEW(state_offset + 1, 0);
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_HSPACE:
+ if (clen > 0) switch(c)
+ {
+ HSPACE_CASES:
+ ADD_NEW(state_offset + 1, 0);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ /* Match a negated single character casefully. */
+
+ case OP_NOT:
+ if (clen > 0 && c != d) { ADD_NEW(state_offset + dlen + 1, 0); }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ /* Match a negated single character caselessly. */
+
+ case OP_NOTI:
+ if (clen > 0)
+ {
+ unsigned int otherd;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf && d >= 128)
+ {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ otherd = UCD_OTHERCASE(d);
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */
+ otherd = TABLE_GET(d, fcc, d);
+ if (c != d && c != otherd)
+ { ADD_NEW(state_offset + dlen + 1, 0); }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_PLUSI:
+ case OP_MINPLUSI:
+ case OP_POSPLUSI:
+ case OP_NOTPLUSI:
+ case OP_NOTMINPLUSI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI:
+ caseless = TRUE;
+ codevalue -= OP_STARI - OP_STAR;
+
+ /* Fall through */
+ case OP_PLUS:
+ case OP_MINPLUS:
+ case OP_POSPLUS:
+ case OP_NOTPLUS:
+ case OP_NOTMINPLUS:
+ case OP_NOTPOSPLUS:
+ count = current_state->count; /* Already matched */
+ if (count > 0) { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + dlen + 1, 0); }
+ if (clen > 0)
+ {
+ pcre_uint32 otherd = NOTACHAR;
+ if (caseless)
+ {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf && d >= 128)
+ {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ otherd = UCD_OTHERCASE(d);
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */
+ otherd = TABLE_GET(d, fcc, d);
+ }
+ if ((c == d || c == otherd) == (codevalue < OP_NOTSTAR))
+ {
+ if (count > 0 &&
+ (codevalue == OP_POSPLUS || codevalue == OP_NOTPOSPLUS))
+ {
+ active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */
+ next_active_state--;
+ }
+ count++;
+ ADD_NEW(state_offset, count);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_QUERYI:
+ case OP_MINQUERYI:
+ case OP_POSQUERYI:
+ case OP_NOTQUERYI:
+ case OP_NOTMINQUERYI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI:
+ caseless = TRUE;
+ codevalue -= OP_STARI - OP_STAR;
+ /* Fall through */
+ case OP_QUERY:
+ case OP_MINQUERY:
+ case OP_POSQUERY:
+ case OP_NOTQUERY:
+ case OP_NOTMINQUERY:
+ case OP_NOTPOSQUERY:
+ ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + dlen + 1, 0);
+ if (clen > 0)
+ {
+ pcre_uint32 otherd = NOTACHAR;
+ if (caseless)
+ {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf && d >= 128)
+ {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ otherd = UCD_OTHERCASE(d);
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */
+ otherd = TABLE_GET(d, fcc, d);
+ }
+ if ((c == d || c == otherd) == (codevalue < OP_NOTSTAR))
+ {
+ if (codevalue == OP_POSQUERY || codevalue == OP_NOTPOSQUERY)
+ {
+ active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */
+ next_active_state--;
+ }
+ ADD_NEW(state_offset + dlen + 1, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_STARI:
+ case OP_MINSTARI:
+ case OP_POSSTARI:
+ case OP_NOTSTARI:
+ case OP_NOTMINSTARI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSSTARI:
+ caseless = TRUE;
+ codevalue -= OP_STARI - OP_STAR;
+ /* Fall through */
+ case OP_STAR:
+ case OP_MINSTAR:
+ case OP_POSSTAR:
+ case OP_NOTSTAR:
+ case OP_NOTMINSTAR:
+ case OP_NOTPOSSTAR:
+ ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + dlen + 1, 0);
+ if (clen > 0)
+ {
+ pcre_uint32 otherd = NOTACHAR;
+ if (caseless)
+ {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf && d >= 128)
+ {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ otherd = UCD_OTHERCASE(d);
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */
+ otherd = TABLE_GET(d, fcc, d);
+ }
+ if ((c == d || c == otherd) == (codevalue < OP_NOTSTAR))
+ {
+ if (codevalue == OP_POSSTAR || codevalue == OP_NOTPOSSTAR)
+ {
+ active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */
+ next_active_state--;
+ }
+ ADD_NEW(state_offset, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_EXACTI:
+ case OP_NOTEXACTI:
+ caseless = TRUE;
+ codevalue -= OP_STARI - OP_STAR;
+ /* Fall through */
+ case OP_EXACT:
+ case OP_NOTEXACT:
+ count = current_state->count; /* Number already matched */
+ if (clen > 0)
+ {
+ pcre_uint32 otherd = NOTACHAR;
+ if (caseless)
+ {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf && d >= 128)
+ {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ otherd = UCD_OTHERCASE(d);
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */
+ otherd = TABLE_GET(d, fcc, d);
+ }
+ if ((c == d || c == otherd) == (codevalue < OP_NOTSTAR))
+ {
+ if (++count >= (int)GET2(code, 1))
+ { ADD_NEW(state_offset + dlen + 1 + IMM2_SIZE, 0); }
+ else
+ { ADD_NEW(state_offset, count); }
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_UPTOI:
+ case OP_MINUPTOI:
+ case OP_POSUPTOI:
+ case OP_NOTUPTOI:
+ case OP_NOTMINUPTOI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI:
+ caseless = TRUE;
+ codevalue -= OP_STARI - OP_STAR;
+ /* Fall through */
+ case OP_UPTO:
+ case OP_MINUPTO:
+ case OP_POSUPTO:
+ case OP_NOTUPTO:
+ case OP_NOTMINUPTO:
+ case OP_NOTPOSUPTO:
+ ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + dlen + 1 + IMM2_SIZE, 0);
+ count = current_state->count; /* Number already matched */
+ if (clen > 0)
+ {
+ pcre_uint32 otherd = NOTACHAR;
+ if (caseless)
+ {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf && d >= 128)
+ {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ otherd = UCD_OTHERCASE(d);
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */
+ otherd = TABLE_GET(d, fcc, d);
+ }
+ if ((c == d || c == otherd) == (codevalue < OP_NOTSTAR))
+ {
+ if (codevalue == OP_POSUPTO || codevalue == OP_NOTPOSUPTO)
+ {
+ active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */
+ next_active_state--;
+ }
+ if (++count >= (int)GET2(code, 1))
+ { ADD_NEW(state_offset + dlen + 1 + IMM2_SIZE, 0); }
+ else
+ { ADD_NEW(state_offset, count); }
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+ /* These are the class-handling opcodes */
+
+ case OP_CLASS:
+ case OP_NCLASS:
+ case OP_XCLASS:
+ {
+ BOOL isinclass = FALSE;
+ int next_state_offset;
+ const pcre_uchar *ecode;
+
+ /* For a simple class, there is always just a 32-byte table, and we
+ can set isinclass from it. */
+
+ if (codevalue != OP_XCLASS)
+ {
+ ecode = code + 1 + (32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar));
+ if (clen > 0)
+ {
+ isinclass = (c > 255)? (codevalue == OP_NCLASS) :
+ ((((pcre_uint8 *)(code + 1))[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) != 0);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* An extended class may have a table or a list of single characters,
+ ranges, or both, and it may be positive or negative. There's a
+ function that sorts all this out. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ ecode = code + GET(code, 1);
+ if (clen > 0) isinclass = PRIV(xclass)(c, code + 1 + LINK_SIZE, utf);
+ }
+
+ /* At this point, isinclass is set for all kinds of class, and ecode
+ points to the byte after the end of the class. If there is a
+ quantifier, this is where it will be. */
+
+ next_state_offset = (int)(ecode - start_code);
+
+ switch (*ecode)
+ {
+ case OP_CRSTAR:
+ case OP_CRMINSTAR:
+ case OP_CRPOSSTAR:
+ ADD_ACTIVE(next_state_offset + 1, 0);
+ if (isinclass)
+ {
+ if (*ecode == OP_CRPOSSTAR)
+ {
+ active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */
+ next_active_state--;
+ }
+ ADD_NEW(state_offset, 0);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_CRPLUS:
+ case OP_CRMINPLUS:
+ case OP_CRPOSPLUS:
+ count = current_state->count; /* Already matched */
+ if (count > 0) { ADD_ACTIVE(next_state_offset + 1, 0); }
+ if (isinclass)
+ {
+ if (count > 0 && *ecode == OP_CRPOSPLUS)
+ {
+ active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */
+ next_active_state--;
+ }
+ count++;
+ ADD_NEW(state_offset, count);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_CRQUERY:
+ case OP_CRMINQUERY:
+ case OP_CRPOSQUERY:
+ ADD_ACTIVE(next_state_offset + 1, 0);
+ if (isinclass)
+ {
+ if (*ecode == OP_CRPOSQUERY)
+ {
+ active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */
+ next_active_state--;
+ }
+ ADD_NEW(next_state_offset + 1, 0);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_CRRANGE:
+ case OP_CRMINRANGE:
+ case OP_CRPOSRANGE:
+ count = current_state->count; /* Already matched */
+ if (count >= (int)GET2(ecode, 1))
+ { ADD_ACTIVE(next_state_offset + 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE, 0); }
+ if (isinclass)
+ {
+ int max = (int)GET2(ecode, 1 + IMM2_SIZE);
+ if (*ecode == OP_CRPOSRANGE)
+ {
+ active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */
+ next_active_state--;
+ }
+ if (++count >= max && max != 0) /* Max 0 => no limit */
+ { ADD_NEW(next_state_offset + 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE, 0); }
+ else
+ { ADD_NEW(state_offset, count); }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ if (isinclass) { ADD_NEW(next_state_offset, 0); }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+ /* These are the opcodes for fancy brackets of various kinds. We have
+ to use recursion in order to handle them. The "always failing" assertion
+ (?!) is optimised to OP_FAIL when compiling, so we have to support that,
+ though the other "backtracking verbs" are not supported. */
+
+ case OP_FAIL:
+ forced_fail++; /* Count FAILs for multiple states */
+ break;
+
+ case OP_ASSERT:
+ case OP_ASSERT_NOT:
+ case OP_ASSERTBACK:
+ case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT:
+ {
+ int rc;
+ int local_offsets[2];
+ int local_workspace[1000];
+ const pcre_uchar *endasscode = code + GET(code, 1);
+
+ while (*endasscode == OP_ALT) endasscode += GET(endasscode, 1);
+
+ rc = internal_dfa_exec(
+ md, /* static match data */
+ code, /* this subexpression's code */
+ ptr, /* where we currently are */
+ (int)(ptr - start_subject), /* start offset */
+ local_offsets, /* offset vector */
+ sizeof(local_offsets)/sizeof(int), /* size of same */
+ local_workspace, /* workspace vector */
+ sizeof(local_workspace)/sizeof(int), /* size of same */
+ rlevel); /* function recursion level */
+
+ if (rc == PCRE_ERROR_DFA_UITEM) return rc;
+ if ((rc >= 0) == (codevalue == OP_ASSERT || codevalue == OP_ASSERTBACK))
+ { ADD_ACTIVE((int)(endasscode + LINK_SIZE + 1 - start_code), 0); }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_COND:
+ case OP_SCOND:
+ {
+ int local_offsets[1000];
+ int local_workspace[1000];
+ int codelink = GET(code, 1);
+ int condcode;
+
+ /* Because of the way auto-callout works during compile, a callout item
+ is inserted between OP_COND and an assertion condition. This does not
+ happen for the other conditions. */
+
+ if (code[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_CALLOUT)
+ {
+ rrc = 0;
+ if (PUBL(callout) != NULL)
+ {
+ PUBL(callout_block) cb;
+ cb.version = 1; /* Version 1 of the callout block */
+ cb.callout_number = code[LINK_SIZE+2];
+ cb.offset_vector = offsets;
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ cb.subject = (PCRE_SPTR)start_subject;
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+ cb.subject = (PCRE_SPTR16)start_subject;
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ cb.subject = (PCRE_SPTR32)start_subject;
+#endif
+ cb.subject_length = (int)(end_subject - start_subject);
+ cb.start_match = (int)(current_subject - start_subject);
+ cb.current_position = (int)(ptr - start_subject);
+ cb.pattern_position = GET(code, LINK_SIZE + 3);
+ cb.next_item_length = GET(code, 3 + 2*LINK_SIZE);
+ cb.capture_top = 1;
+ cb.capture_last = -1;
+ cb.callout_data = md->callout_data;
+ cb.mark = NULL; /* No (*MARK) support */
+ if ((rrc = (*PUBL(callout))(&cb)) < 0) return rrc; /* Abandon */
+ }
+ if (rrc > 0) break; /* Fail this thread */
+ code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CALLOUT]; /* Skip callout data */
+ }
+
+ condcode = code[LINK_SIZE+1];
+
+ /* Back reference conditions and duplicate named recursion conditions
+ are not supported */
+
+ if (condcode == OP_CREF || condcode == OP_DNCREF ||
+ condcode == OP_DNRREF)
+ return PCRE_ERROR_DFA_UCOND;
+
+ /* The DEFINE condition is always false, and the assertion (?!) is
+ converted to OP_FAIL. */
+
+ if (condcode == OP_DEF || condcode == OP_FAIL)
+ { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + codelink + LINK_SIZE + 1, 0); }
+
+ /* The only supported version of OP_RREF is for the value RREF_ANY,
+ which means "test if in any recursion". We can't test for specifically
+ recursed groups. */
+
+ else if (condcode == OP_RREF)
+ {
+ int value = GET2(code, LINK_SIZE + 2);
+ if (value != RREF_ANY) return PCRE_ERROR_DFA_UCOND;
+ if (md->recursive != NULL)
+ { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + LINK_SIZE + 2 + IMM2_SIZE, 0); }
+ else { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + codelink + LINK_SIZE + 1, 0); }
+ }
+
+ /* Otherwise, the condition is an assertion */
+
+ else
+ {
+ int rc;
+ const pcre_uchar *asscode = code + LINK_SIZE + 1;
+ const pcre_uchar *endasscode = asscode + GET(asscode, 1);
+
+ while (*endasscode == OP_ALT) endasscode += GET(endasscode, 1);
+
+ rc = internal_dfa_exec(
+ md, /* fixed match data */
+ asscode, /* this subexpression's code */
+ ptr, /* where we currently are */
+ (int)(ptr - start_subject), /* start offset */
+ local_offsets, /* offset vector */
+ sizeof(local_offsets)/sizeof(int), /* size of same */
+ local_workspace, /* workspace vector */
+ sizeof(local_workspace)/sizeof(int), /* size of same */
+ rlevel); /* function recursion level */
+
+ if (rc == PCRE_ERROR_DFA_UITEM) return rc;
+ if ((rc >= 0) ==
+ (condcode == OP_ASSERT || condcode == OP_ASSERTBACK))
+ { ADD_ACTIVE((int)(endasscode + LINK_SIZE + 1 - start_code), 0); }
+ else
+ { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + codelink + LINK_SIZE + 1, 0); }
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_RECURSE:
+ {
+ dfa_recursion_info *ri;
+ int local_offsets[1000];
+ int local_workspace[1000];
+ const pcre_uchar *callpat = start_code + GET(code, 1);
+ int recno = (callpat == md->start_code)? 0 :
+ GET2(callpat, 1 + LINK_SIZE);
+ int rc;
+
+ DPRINTF(("%.*sStarting regex recursion\n", rlevel*2-2, SP));
+
+ /* Check for repeating a recursion without advancing the subject
+ pointer. This should catch convoluted mutual recursions. (Some simple
+ cases are caught at compile time.) */
+
+ for (ri = md->recursive; ri != NULL; ri = ri->prevrec)
+ if (recno == ri->group_num && ptr == ri->subject_position)
+ return PCRE_ERROR_RECURSELOOP;
+
+ /* Remember this recursion and where we started it so as to
+ catch infinite loops. */
+
+ new_recursive.group_num = recno;
+ new_recursive.subject_position = ptr;
+ new_recursive.prevrec = md->recursive;
+ md->recursive = &new_recursive;
+
+ rc = internal_dfa_exec(
+ md, /* fixed match data */
+ callpat, /* this subexpression's code */
+ ptr, /* where we currently are */
+ (int)(ptr - start_subject), /* start offset */
+ local_offsets, /* offset vector */
+ sizeof(local_offsets)/sizeof(int), /* size of same */
+ local_workspace, /* workspace vector */
+ sizeof(local_workspace)/sizeof(int), /* size of same */
+ rlevel); /* function recursion level */
+
+ md->recursive = new_recursive.prevrec; /* Done this recursion */
+
+ DPRINTF(("%.*sReturn from regex recursion: rc=%d\n", rlevel*2-2, SP,
+ rc));
+
+ /* Ran out of internal offsets */
+
+ if (rc == 0) return PCRE_ERROR_DFA_RECURSE;
+
+ /* For each successful matched substring, set up the next state with a
+ count of characters to skip before trying it. Note that the count is in
+ characters, not bytes. */
+
+ if (rc > 0)
+ {
+ for (rc = rc*2 - 2; rc >= 0; rc -= 2)
+ {
+ int charcount = local_offsets[rc+1] - local_offsets[rc];
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ if (utf)
+ {
+ const pcre_uchar *p = start_subject + local_offsets[rc];
+ const pcre_uchar *pp = start_subject + local_offsets[rc+1];
+ while (p < pp) if (NOT_FIRSTCHAR(*p++)) charcount--;
+ }
+#endif
+ if (charcount > 0)
+ {
+ ADD_NEW_DATA(-(state_offset + LINK_SIZE + 1), 0, (charcount - 1));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + LINK_SIZE + 1, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else if (rc != PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH) return rc;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_BRAPOS:
+ case OP_SBRAPOS:
+ case OP_CBRAPOS:
+ case OP_SCBRAPOS:
+ case OP_BRAPOSZERO:
+ {
+ int charcount, matched_count;
+ const pcre_uchar *local_ptr = ptr;
+ BOOL allow_zero;
+
+ if (codevalue == OP_BRAPOSZERO)
+ {
+ allow_zero = TRUE;
+ codevalue = *(++code); /* Codevalue will be one of above BRAs */
+ }
+ else allow_zero = FALSE;
+
+ /* Loop to match the subpattern as many times as possible as if it were
+ a complete pattern. */
+
+ for (matched_count = 0;; matched_count++)
+ {
+ int local_offsets[2];
+ int local_workspace[1000];
+
+ int rc = internal_dfa_exec(
+ md, /* fixed match data */
+ code, /* this subexpression's code */
+ local_ptr, /* where we currently are */
+ (int)(ptr - start_subject), /* start offset */
+ local_offsets, /* offset vector */
+ sizeof(local_offsets)/sizeof(int), /* size of same */
+ local_workspace, /* workspace vector */
+ sizeof(local_workspace)/sizeof(int), /* size of same */
+ rlevel); /* function recursion level */
+
+ /* Failed to match */
+
+ if (rc < 0)
+ {
+ if (rc != PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH) return rc;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Matched: break the loop if zero characters matched. */
+
+ charcount = local_offsets[1] - local_offsets[0];
+ if (charcount == 0) break;
+ local_ptr += charcount; /* Advance temporary position ptr */
+ }
+
+ /* At this point we have matched the subpattern matched_count
+ times, and local_ptr is pointing to the character after the end of the
+ last match. */
+
+ if (matched_count > 0 || allow_zero)
+ {
+ const pcre_uchar *end_subpattern = code;
+ int next_state_offset;
+
+ do { end_subpattern += GET(end_subpattern, 1); }
+ while (*end_subpattern == OP_ALT);
+ next_state_offset =
+ (int)(end_subpattern - start_code + LINK_SIZE + 1);
+
+ /* Optimization: if there are no more active states, and there
+ are no new states yet set up, then skip over the subject string
+ right here, to save looping. Otherwise, set up the new state to swing
+ into action when the end of the matched substring is reached. */
+
+ if (i + 1 >= active_count && new_count == 0)
+ {
+ ptr = local_ptr;
+ clen = 0;
+ ADD_NEW(next_state_offset, 0);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ const pcre_uchar *p = ptr;
+ const pcre_uchar *pp = local_ptr;
+ charcount = (int)(pp - p);
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ if (utf) while (p < pp) if (NOT_FIRSTCHAR(*p++)) charcount--;
+#endif
+ ADD_NEW_DATA(-next_state_offset, 0, (charcount - 1));
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ case OP_ONCE:
+ case OP_ONCE_NC:
+ {
+ int local_offsets[2];
+ int local_workspace[1000];
+
+ int rc = internal_dfa_exec(
+ md, /* fixed match data */
+ code, /* this subexpression's code */
+ ptr, /* where we currently are */
+ (int)(ptr - start_subject), /* start offset */
+ local_offsets, /* offset vector */
+ sizeof(local_offsets)/sizeof(int), /* size of same */
+ local_workspace, /* workspace vector */
+ sizeof(local_workspace)/sizeof(int), /* size of same */
+ rlevel); /* function recursion level */
+
+ if (rc >= 0)
+ {
+ const pcre_uchar *end_subpattern = code;
+ int charcount = local_offsets[1] - local_offsets[0];
+ int next_state_offset, repeat_state_offset;
+
+ do { end_subpattern += GET(end_subpattern, 1); }
+ while (*end_subpattern == OP_ALT);
+ next_state_offset =
+ (int)(end_subpattern - start_code + LINK_SIZE + 1);
+
+ /* If the end of this subpattern is KETRMAX or KETRMIN, we must
+ arrange for the repeat state also to be added to the relevant list.
+ Calculate the offset, or set -1 for no repeat. */
+
+ repeat_state_offset = (*end_subpattern == OP_KETRMAX ||
+ *end_subpattern == OP_KETRMIN)?
+ (int)(end_subpattern - start_code - GET(end_subpattern, 1)) : -1;
+
+ /* If we have matched an empty string, add the next state at the
+ current character pointer. This is important so that the duplicate
+ checking kicks in, which is what breaks infinite loops that match an
+ empty string. */
+
+ if (charcount == 0)
+ {
+ ADD_ACTIVE(next_state_offset, 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Optimization: if there are no more active states, and there
+ are no new states yet set up, then skip over the subject string
+ right here, to save looping. Otherwise, set up the new state to swing
+ into action when the end of the matched substring is reached. */
+
+ else if (i + 1 >= active_count && new_count == 0)
+ {
+ ptr += charcount;
+ clen = 0;
+ ADD_NEW(next_state_offset, 0);
+
+ /* If we are adding a repeat state at the new character position,
+ we must fudge things so that it is the only current state.
+ Otherwise, it might be a duplicate of one we processed before, and
+ that would cause it to be skipped. */
+
+ if (repeat_state_offset >= 0)
+ {
+ next_active_state = active_states;
+ active_count = 0;
+ i = -1;
+ ADD_ACTIVE(repeat_state_offset, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ if (utf)
+ {
+ const pcre_uchar *p = start_subject + local_offsets[0];
+ const pcre_uchar *pp = start_subject + local_offsets[1];
+ while (p < pp) if (NOT_FIRSTCHAR(*p++)) charcount--;
+ }
+#endif
+ ADD_NEW_DATA(-next_state_offset, 0, (charcount - 1));
+ if (repeat_state_offset >= 0)
+ { ADD_NEW_DATA(-repeat_state_offset, 0, (charcount - 1)); }
+ }
+ }
+ else if (rc != PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH) return rc;
+ }
+ break;
+
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+ /* Handle callouts */
+
+ case OP_CALLOUT:
+ rrc = 0;
+ if (PUBL(callout) != NULL)
+ {
+ PUBL(callout_block) cb;
+ cb.version = 1; /* Version 1 of the callout block */
+ cb.callout_number = code[1];
+ cb.offset_vector = offsets;
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ cb.subject = (PCRE_SPTR)start_subject;
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+ cb.subject = (PCRE_SPTR16)start_subject;
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ cb.subject = (PCRE_SPTR32)start_subject;
+#endif
+ cb.subject_length = (int)(end_subject - start_subject);
+ cb.start_match = (int)(current_subject - start_subject);
+ cb.current_position = (int)(ptr - start_subject);
+ cb.pattern_position = GET(code, 2);
+ cb.next_item_length = GET(code, 2 + LINK_SIZE);
+ cb.capture_top = 1;
+ cb.capture_last = -1;
+ cb.callout_data = md->callout_data;
+ cb.mark = NULL; /* No (*MARK) support */
+ if ((rrc = (*PUBL(callout))(&cb)) < 0) return rrc; /* Abandon */
+ }
+ if (rrc == 0)
+ { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CALLOUT], 0); }
+ break;
+
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+ default: /* Unsupported opcode */
+ return PCRE_ERROR_DFA_UITEM;
+ }
+
+ NEXT_ACTIVE_STATE: continue;
+
+ } /* End of loop scanning active states */
+
+ /* We have finished the processing at the current subject character. If no
+ new states have been set for the next character, we have found all the
+ matches that we are going to find. If we are at the top level and partial
+ matching has been requested, check for appropriate conditions.
+
+ The "forced_ fail" variable counts the number of (*F) encountered for the
+ character. If it is equal to the original active_count (saved in
+ workspace[1]) it means that (*F) was found on every active state. In this
+ case we don't want to give a partial match.
+
+ The "could_continue" variable is true if a state could have continued but
+ for the fact that the end of the subject was reached. */
+
+ if (new_count <= 0)
+ {
+ if (rlevel == 1 && /* Top level, and */
+ could_continue && /* Some could go on, and */
+ forced_fail != workspace[1] && /* Not all forced fail & */
+ ( /* either... */
+ (md->moptions & PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD) != 0 /* Hard partial */
+ || /* or... */
+ ((md->moptions & PCRE_PARTIAL_SOFT) != 0 && /* Soft partial and */
+ match_count < 0) /* no matches */
+ ) && /* And... */
+ (
+ partial_newline || /* Either partial NL */
+ ( /* or ... */
+ ptr >= end_subject && /* End of subject and */
+ ptr > md->start_used_ptr) /* Inspected non-empty string */
+ )
+ )
+ match_count = PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL;
+ DPRINTF(("%.*sEnd of internal_dfa_exec %d: returning %d\n"
+ "%.*s---------------------\n\n", rlevel*2-2, SP, rlevel, match_count,
+ rlevel*2-2, SP));
+ break; /* In effect, "return", but see the comment below */
+ }
+
+ /* One or more states are active for the next character. */
+
+ ptr += clen; /* Advance to next subject character */
+ } /* Loop to move along the subject string */
+
+/* Control gets here from "break" a few lines above. We do it this way because
+if we use "return" above, we have compiler trouble. Some compilers warn if
+there's nothing here because they think the function doesn't return a value. On
+the other hand, if we put a dummy statement here, some more clever compilers
+complain that it can't be reached. Sigh. */
+
+return match_count;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Execute a Regular Expression - DFA engine *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This external function applies a compiled re to a subject string using a DFA
+engine. This function calls the internal function multiple times if the pattern
+is not anchored.
+
+Arguments:
+ argument_re points to the compiled expression
+ extra_data points to extra data or is NULL
+ subject points to the subject string
+ length length of subject string (may contain binary zeros)
+ start_offset where to start in the subject string
+ options option bits
+ offsets vector of match offsets
+ offsetcount size of same
+ workspace workspace vector
+ wscount size of same
+
+Returns: > 0 => number of match offset pairs placed in offsets
+ = 0 => offsets overflowed; longest matches are present
+ -1 => failed to match
+ < -1 => some kind of unexpected problem
+*/
+
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
+pcre_dfa_exec(const pcre *argument_re, const pcre_extra *extra_data,
+ const char *subject, int length, int start_offset, int options, int *offsets,
+ int offsetcount, int *workspace, int wscount)
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
+pcre16_dfa_exec(const pcre16 *argument_re, const pcre16_extra *extra_data,
+ PCRE_SPTR16 subject, int length, int start_offset, int options, int *offsets,
+ int offsetcount, int *workspace, int wscount)
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
+pcre32_dfa_exec(const pcre32 *argument_re, const pcre32_extra *extra_data,
+ PCRE_SPTR32 subject, int length, int start_offset, int options, int *offsets,
+ int offsetcount, int *workspace, int wscount)
+#endif
+{
+REAL_PCRE *re = (REAL_PCRE *)argument_re;
+dfa_match_data match_block;
+dfa_match_data *md = &match_block;
+BOOL utf, anchored, startline, firstline;
+const pcre_uchar *current_subject, *end_subject;
+const pcre_study_data *study = NULL;
+
+const pcre_uchar *req_char_ptr;
+const pcre_uint8 *start_bits = NULL;
+BOOL has_first_char = FALSE;
+BOOL has_req_char = FALSE;
+pcre_uchar first_char = 0;
+pcre_uchar first_char2 = 0;
+pcre_uchar req_char = 0;
+pcre_uchar req_char2 = 0;
+int newline;
+
+/* Plausibility checks */
+
+if ((options & ~PUBLIC_DFA_EXEC_OPTIONS) != 0) return PCRE_ERROR_BADOPTION;
+if (re == NULL || subject == NULL || workspace == NULL ||
+ (offsets == NULL && offsetcount > 0)) return PCRE_ERROR_NULL;
+if (offsetcount < 0) return PCRE_ERROR_BADCOUNT;
+if (wscount < 20) return PCRE_ERROR_DFA_WSSIZE;
+if (length < 0) return PCRE_ERROR_BADLENGTH;
+if (start_offset < 0 || start_offset > length) return PCRE_ERROR_BADOFFSET;
+
+/* Check that the first field in the block is the magic number. If it is not,
+return with PCRE_ERROR_BADMAGIC. However, if the magic number is equal to
+REVERSED_MAGIC_NUMBER we return with PCRE_ERROR_BADENDIANNESS, which
+means that the pattern is likely compiled with different endianness. */
+
+if (re->magic_number != MAGIC_NUMBER)
+ return re->magic_number == REVERSED_MAGIC_NUMBER?
+ PCRE_ERROR_BADENDIANNESS:PCRE_ERROR_BADMAGIC;
+if ((re->flags & PCRE_MODE) == 0) return PCRE_ERROR_BADMODE;
+
+/* If restarting after a partial match, do some sanity checks on the contents
+of the workspace. */
+
+if ((options & PCRE_DFA_RESTART) != 0)
+ {
+ if ((workspace[0] & (-2)) != 0 || workspace[1] < 1 ||
+ workspace[1] > (wscount - 2)/INTS_PER_STATEBLOCK)
+ return PCRE_ERROR_DFA_BADRESTART;
+ }
+
+/* Set up study, callout, and table data */
+
+md->tables = re->tables;
+md->callout_data = NULL;
+
+if (extra_data != NULL)
+ {
+ unsigned long int flags = extra_data->flags;
+ if ((flags & PCRE_EXTRA_STUDY_DATA) != 0)
+ study = (const pcre_study_data *)extra_data->study_data;
+ if ((flags & PCRE_EXTRA_MATCH_LIMIT) != 0) return PCRE_ERROR_DFA_UMLIMIT;
+ if ((flags & PCRE_EXTRA_MATCH_LIMIT_RECURSION) != 0)
+ return PCRE_ERROR_DFA_UMLIMIT;
+ if ((flags & PCRE_EXTRA_CALLOUT_DATA) != 0)
+ md->callout_data = extra_data->callout_data;
+ if ((flags & PCRE_EXTRA_TABLES) != 0)
+ md->tables = extra_data->tables;
+ }
+
+/* Set some local values */
+
+current_subject = (const pcre_uchar *)subject + start_offset;
+end_subject = (const pcre_uchar *)subject + length;
+req_char_ptr = current_subject - 1;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+/* PCRE_UTF(16|32) have the same value as PCRE_UTF8. */
+utf = (re->options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
+#else
+utf = FALSE;
+#endif
+
+anchored = (options & (PCRE_ANCHORED|PCRE_DFA_RESTART)) != 0 ||
+ (re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) != 0;
+
+/* The remaining fixed data for passing around. */
+
+md->start_code = (const pcre_uchar *)argument_re +
+ re->name_table_offset + re->name_count * re->name_entry_size;
+md->start_subject = (const pcre_uchar *)subject;
+md->end_subject = end_subject;
+md->start_offset = start_offset;
+md->moptions = options;
+md->poptions = re->options;
+
+/* If the BSR option is not set at match time, copy what was set
+at compile time. */
+
+if ((md->moptions & (PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE)) == 0)
+ {
+ if ((re->options & (PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE)) != 0)
+ md->moptions |= re->options & (PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE);
+#ifdef BSR_ANYCRLF
+ else md->moptions |= PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF;
+#endif
+ }
+
+/* Handle different types of newline. The three bits give eight cases. If
+nothing is set at run time, whatever was used at compile time applies. */
+
+switch ((((options & PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS) == 0)? re->options : (pcre_uint32)options) &
+ PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS)
+ {
+ case 0: newline = NEWLINE; break; /* Compile-time default */
+ case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR: newline = CHAR_CR; break;
+ case PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = CHAR_NL; break;
+ case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR+
+ PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = (CHAR_CR << 8) | CHAR_NL; break;
+ case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY: newline = -1; break;
+ case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF: newline = -2; break;
+ default: return PCRE_ERROR_BADNEWLINE;
+ }
+
+if (newline == -2)
+ {
+ md->nltype = NLTYPE_ANYCRLF;
+ }
+else if (newline < 0)
+ {
+ md->nltype = NLTYPE_ANY;
+ }
+else
+ {
+ md->nltype = NLTYPE_FIXED;
+ if (newline > 255)
+ {
+ md->nllen = 2;
+ md->nl[0] = (newline >> 8) & 255;
+ md->nl[1] = newline & 255;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ md->nllen = 1;
+ md->nl[0] = newline;
+ }
+ }
+
+/* Check a UTF-8 string if required. Unfortunately there's no way of passing
+back the character offset. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+if (utf && (options & PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK) == 0)
+ {
+ int erroroffset;
+ int errorcode = PRIV(valid_utf)((pcre_uchar *)subject, length, &erroroffset);
+ if (errorcode != 0)
+ {
+ if (offsetcount >= 2)
+ {
+ offsets[0] = erroroffset;
+ offsets[1] = errorcode;
+ }
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ return (errorcode <= PCRE_UTF8_ERR5 && (options & PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD) != 0) ?
+ PCRE_ERROR_SHORTUTF8 : PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF8;
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+ return (errorcode <= PCRE_UTF16_ERR1 && (options & PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD) != 0) ?
+ PCRE_ERROR_SHORTUTF16 : PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF16;
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ return PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF32;
+#endif
+ }
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 || defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+ if (start_offset > 0 && start_offset < length &&
+ NOT_FIRSTCHAR(((PCRE_PUCHAR)subject)[start_offset]))
+ return PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF8_OFFSET;
+#endif
+ }
+#endif
+
+/* If the exec call supplied NULL for tables, use the inbuilt ones. This
+is a feature that makes it possible to save compiled regex and re-use them
+in other programs later. */
+
+if (md->tables == NULL) md->tables = PRIV(default_tables);
+
+/* The "must be at the start of a line" flags are used in a loop when finding
+where to start. */
+
+startline = (re->flags & PCRE_STARTLINE) != 0;
+firstline = (re->options & PCRE_FIRSTLINE) != 0;
+
+/* Set up the first character to match, if available. The first_byte value is
+never set for an anchored regular expression, but the anchoring may be forced
+at run time, so we have to test for anchoring. The first char may be unset for
+an unanchored pattern, of course. If there's no first char and the pattern was
+studied, there may be a bitmap of possible first characters. */
+
+if (!anchored)
+ {
+ if ((re->flags & PCRE_FIRSTSET) != 0)
+ {
+ has_first_char = TRUE;
+ first_char = first_char2 = (pcre_uchar)(re->first_char);
+ if ((re->flags & PCRE_FCH_CASELESS) != 0)
+ {
+ first_char2 = TABLE_GET(first_char, md->tables + fcc_offset, first_char);
+#if defined SUPPORT_UCP && !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8)
+ if (utf && first_char > 127)
+ first_char2 = UCD_OTHERCASE(first_char);
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (!startline && study != NULL &&
+ (study->flags & PCRE_STUDY_MAPPED) != 0)
+ start_bits = study->start_bits;
+ }
+ }
+
+/* For anchored or unanchored matches, there may be a "last known required
+character" set. */
+
+if ((re->flags & PCRE_REQCHSET) != 0)
+ {
+ has_req_char = TRUE;
+ req_char = req_char2 = (pcre_uchar)(re->req_char);
+ if ((re->flags & PCRE_RCH_CASELESS) != 0)
+ {
+ req_char2 = TABLE_GET(req_char, md->tables + fcc_offset, req_char);
+#if defined SUPPORT_UCP && !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8)
+ if (utf && req_char > 127)
+ req_char2 = UCD_OTHERCASE(req_char);
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+
+/* Call the main matching function, looping for a non-anchored regex after a
+failed match. If not restarting, perform certain optimizations at the start of
+a match. */
+
+for (;;)
+ {
+ int rc;
+
+ if ((options & PCRE_DFA_RESTART) == 0)
+ {
+ const pcre_uchar *save_end_subject = end_subject;
+
+ /* If firstline is TRUE, the start of the match is constrained to the first
+ line of a multiline string. Implement this by temporarily adjusting
+ end_subject so that we stop scanning at a newline. If the match fails at
+ the newline, later code breaks this loop. */
+
+ if (firstline)
+ {
+ PCRE_PUCHAR t = current_subject;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf)
+ {
+ while (t < md->end_subject && !IS_NEWLINE(t))
+ {
+ t++;
+ ACROSSCHAR(t < end_subject, *t, t++);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ while (t < md->end_subject && !IS_NEWLINE(t)) t++;
+ end_subject = t;
+ }
+
+ /* There are some optimizations that avoid running the match if a known
+ starting point is not found. However, there is an option that disables
+ these, for testing and for ensuring that all callouts do actually occur.
+ The option can be set in the regex by (*NO_START_OPT) or passed in
+ match-time options. */
+
+ if (((options | re->options) & PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE) == 0)
+ {
+ /* Advance to a known first pcre_uchar (i.e. data item) */
+
+ if (has_first_char)
+ {
+ if (first_char != first_char2)
+ {
+ pcre_uchar csc;
+ while (current_subject < end_subject &&
+ (csc = UCHAR21TEST(current_subject)) != first_char && csc != first_char2)
+ current_subject++;
+ }
+ else
+ while (current_subject < end_subject &&
+ UCHAR21TEST(current_subject) != first_char)
+ current_subject++;
+ }
+
+ /* Or to just after a linebreak for a multiline match if possible */
+
+ else if (startline)
+ {
+ if (current_subject > md->start_subject + start_offset)
+ {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf)
+ {
+ while (current_subject < end_subject &&
+ !WAS_NEWLINE(current_subject))
+ {
+ current_subject++;
+ ACROSSCHAR(current_subject < end_subject, *current_subject,
+ current_subject++);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ while (current_subject < end_subject && !WAS_NEWLINE(current_subject))
+ current_subject++;
+
+ /* If we have just passed a CR and the newline option is ANY or
+ ANYCRLF, and we are now at a LF, advance the match position by one
+ more character. */
+
+ if (UCHAR21TEST(current_subject - 1) == CHAR_CR &&
+ (md->nltype == NLTYPE_ANY || md->nltype == NLTYPE_ANYCRLF) &&
+ current_subject < end_subject &&
+ UCHAR21TEST(current_subject) == CHAR_NL)
+ current_subject++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Advance to a non-unique first pcre_uchar after study */
+
+ else if (start_bits != NULL)
+ {
+ while (current_subject < end_subject)
+ {
+ register pcre_uint32 c = UCHAR21TEST(current_subject);
+#ifndef COMPILE_PCRE8
+ if (c > 255) c = 255;
+#endif
+ if ((start_bits[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) != 0) break;
+ current_subject++;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Restore fudged end_subject */
+
+ end_subject = save_end_subject;
+
+ /* The following two optimizations are disabled for partial matching or if
+ disabling is explicitly requested (and of course, by the test above, this
+ code is not obeyed when restarting after a partial match). */
+
+ if (((options | re->options) & PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE) == 0 &&
+ (options & (PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD|PCRE_PARTIAL_SOFT)) == 0)
+ {
+ /* If the pattern was studied, a minimum subject length may be set. This
+ is a lower bound; no actual string of that length may actually match the
+ pattern. Although the value is, strictly, in characters, we treat it as
+ in pcre_uchar units to avoid spending too much time in this optimization.
+ */
+
+ if (study != NULL && (study->flags & PCRE_STUDY_MINLEN) != 0 &&
+ (pcre_uint32)(end_subject - current_subject) < study->minlength)
+ return PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH;
+
+ /* If req_char is set, we know that that pcre_uchar must appear in the
+ subject for the match to succeed. If the first pcre_uchar is set,
+ req_char must be later in the subject; otherwise the test starts at the
+ match point. This optimization can save a huge amount of work in patterns
+ with nested unlimited repeats that aren't going to match. Writing
+ separate code for cased/caseless versions makes it go faster, as does
+ using an autoincrement and backing off on a match.
+
+ HOWEVER: when the subject string is very, very long, searching to its end
+ can take a long time, and give bad performance on quite ordinary
+ patterns. This showed up when somebody was matching /^C/ on a 32-megabyte
+ string... so we don't do this when the string is sufficiently long. */
+
+ if (has_req_char && end_subject - current_subject < REQ_BYTE_MAX)
+ {
+ register PCRE_PUCHAR p = current_subject + (has_first_char? 1:0);
+
+ /* We don't need to repeat the search if we haven't yet reached the
+ place we found it at last time. */
+
+ if (p > req_char_ptr)
+ {
+ if (req_char != req_char2)
+ {
+ while (p < end_subject)
+ {
+ register pcre_uint32 pp = UCHAR21INCTEST(p);
+ if (pp == req_char || pp == req_char2) { p--; break; }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ while (p < end_subject)
+ {
+ if (UCHAR21INCTEST(p) == req_char) { p--; break; }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If we can't find the required pcre_uchar, break the matching loop,
+ which will cause a return or PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH. */
+
+ if (p >= end_subject) break;
+
+ /* If we have found the required pcre_uchar, save the point where we
+ found it, so that we don't search again next time round the loop if
+ the start hasn't passed this point yet. */
+
+ req_char_ptr = p;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ } /* End of optimizations that are done when not restarting */
+
+ /* OK, now we can do the business */
+
+ md->start_used_ptr = current_subject;
+ md->recursive = NULL;
+
+ rc = internal_dfa_exec(
+ md, /* fixed match data */
+ md->start_code, /* this subexpression's code */
+ current_subject, /* where we currently are */
+ start_offset, /* start offset in subject */
+ offsets, /* offset vector */
+ offsetcount, /* size of same */
+ workspace, /* workspace vector */
+ wscount, /* size of same */
+ 0); /* function recurse level */
+
+ /* Anything other than "no match" means we are done, always; otherwise, carry
+ on only if not anchored. */
+
+ if (rc != PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH || anchored)
+ {
+ if (rc == PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL && offsetcount >= 2)
+ {
+ offsets[0] = (int)(md->start_used_ptr - (PCRE_PUCHAR)subject);
+ offsets[1] = (int)(end_subject - (PCRE_PUCHAR)subject);
+ if (offsetcount > 2)
+ offsets[2] = (int)(current_subject - (PCRE_PUCHAR)subject);
+ }
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ /* Advance to the next subject character unless we are at the end of a line
+ and firstline is set. */
+
+ if (firstline && IS_NEWLINE(current_subject)) break;
+ current_subject++;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf)
+ {
+ ACROSSCHAR(current_subject < end_subject, *current_subject,
+ current_subject++);
+ }
+#endif
+ if (current_subject > end_subject) break;
+
+ /* If we have just passed a CR and we are now at a LF, and the pattern does
+ not contain any explicit matches for \r or \n, and the newline option is CRLF
+ or ANY or ANYCRLF, advance the match position by one more character. */
+
+ if (UCHAR21TEST(current_subject - 1) == CHAR_CR &&
+ current_subject < end_subject &&
+ UCHAR21TEST(current_subject) == CHAR_NL &&
+ (re->flags & PCRE_HASCRORLF) == 0 &&
+ (md->nltype == NLTYPE_ANY ||
+ md->nltype == NLTYPE_ANYCRLF ||
+ md->nllen == 2))
+ current_subject++;
+
+ } /* "Bumpalong" loop */
+
+return PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH;
+}
+
+/* End of pcre_dfa_exec.c */
diff --git a/include/pcre/pcre_exec.c b/include/pcre/pcre_exec.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..24b23ca28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/pcre/pcre_exec.c
@@ -0,0 +1,7173 @@
+/*************************************************
+* Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
+and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
+
+ Written by Philip Hazel
+ Copyright (c) 1997-2014 University of Cambridge
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+ * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+ * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
+ contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+ this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+
+/* This module contains pcre_exec(), the externally visible function that does
+pattern matching using an NFA algorithm, trying to mimic Perl as closely as
+possible. There are also some static supporting functions. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#define NLBLOCK md /* Block containing newline information */
+#define PSSTART start_subject /* Field containing processed string start */
+#define PSEND end_subject /* Field containing processed string end */
+
+#include "pcre_internal.h"
+
+/* Undefine some potentially clashing cpp symbols */
+
+#undef min
+#undef max
+
+/* The md->capture_last field uses the lower 16 bits for the last captured
+substring (which can never be greater than 65535) and a bit in the top half
+to mean "capture vector overflowed". This odd way of doing things was
+implemented when it was realized that preserving and restoring the overflow bit
+whenever the last capture number was saved/restored made for a neater
+interface, and doing it this way saved on (a) another variable, which would
+have increased the stack frame size (a big NO-NO in PCRE) and (b) another
+separate set of save/restore instructions. The following defines are used in
+implementing this. */
+
+#define CAPLMASK 0x0000ffff /* The bits used for last_capture */
+#define OVFLMASK 0xffff0000 /* The bits used for the overflow flag */
+#define OVFLBIT 0x00010000 /* The bit that is set for overflow */
+
+/* Values for setting in md->match_function_type to indicate two special types
+of call to match(). We do it this way to save on using another stack variable,
+as stack usage is to be discouraged. */
+
+#define MATCH_CONDASSERT 1 /* Called to check a condition assertion */
+#define MATCH_CBEGROUP 2 /* Could-be-empty unlimited repeat group */
+
+/* Non-error returns from the match() function. Error returns are externally
+defined PCRE_ERROR_xxx codes, which are all negative. */
+
+#define MATCH_MATCH 1
+#define MATCH_NOMATCH 0
+
+/* Special internal returns from the match() function. Make them sufficiently
+negative to avoid the external error codes. */
+
+#define MATCH_ACCEPT (-999)
+#define MATCH_KETRPOS (-998)
+#define MATCH_ONCE (-997)
+/* The next 5 must be kept together and in sequence so that a test that checks
+for any one of them can use a range. */
+#define MATCH_COMMIT (-996)
+#define MATCH_PRUNE (-995)
+#define MATCH_SKIP (-994)
+#define MATCH_SKIP_ARG (-993)
+#define MATCH_THEN (-992)
+#define MATCH_BACKTRACK_MAX MATCH_THEN
+#define MATCH_BACKTRACK_MIN MATCH_COMMIT
+
+/* Maximum number of ints of offset to save on the stack for recursive calls.
+If the offset vector is bigger, malloc is used. This should be a multiple of 3,
+because the offset vector is always a multiple of 3 long. */
+
+#define REC_STACK_SAVE_MAX 30
+
+/* Min and max values for the common repeats; for the maxima, 0 => infinity */
+
+static const char rep_min[] = { 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, };
+static const char rep_max[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, };
+
+#ifdef PCRE_DEBUG
+/*************************************************
+* Debugging function to print chars *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* Print a sequence of chars in printable format, stopping at the end of the
+subject if the requested.
+
+Arguments:
+ p points to characters
+ length number to print
+ is_subject TRUE if printing from within md->start_subject
+ md pointer to matching data block, if is_subject is TRUE
+
+Returns: nothing
+*/
+
+static void
+pchars(const pcre_uchar *p, int length, BOOL is_subject, match_data *md)
+{
+pcre_uint32 c;
+BOOL utf = md->utf;
+if (is_subject && length > md->end_subject - p) length = md->end_subject - p;
+while (length-- > 0)
+ if (isprint(c = UCHAR21INCTEST(p))) printf("%c", (char)c); else printf("\\x{%02x}", c);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Match a back-reference *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* Normally, if a back reference hasn't been set, the length that is passed is
+negative, so the match always fails. However, in JavaScript compatibility mode,
+the length passed is zero. Note that in caseless UTF-8 mode, the number of
+subject bytes matched may be different to the number of reference bytes.
+
+Arguments:
+ offset index into the offset vector
+ eptr pointer into the subject
+ length length of reference to be matched (number of bytes)
+ md points to match data block
+ caseless TRUE if caseless
+
+Returns: >= 0 the number of subject bytes matched
+ -1 no match
+ -2 partial match; always given if at end subject
+*/
+
+static int
+match_ref(int offset, register PCRE_PUCHAR eptr, int length, match_data *md,
+ BOOL caseless)
+{
+PCRE_PUCHAR eptr_start = eptr;
+register PCRE_PUCHAR p = md->start_subject + md->offset_vector[offset];
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined SUPPORT_UCP
+BOOL utf = md->utf;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PCRE_DEBUG
+if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ printf("matching subject ");
+else
+ {
+ printf("matching subject ");
+ pchars(eptr, length, TRUE, md);
+ }
+printf(" against backref ");
+pchars(p, length, FALSE, md);
+printf("\n");
+#endif
+
+/* Always fail if reference not set (and not JavaScript compatible - in that
+case the length is passed as zero). */
+
+if (length < 0) return -1;
+
+/* Separate the caseless case for speed. In UTF-8 mode we can only do this
+properly if Unicode properties are supported. Otherwise, we can check only
+ASCII characters. */
+
+if (caseless)
+ {
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined SUPPORT_UCP
+ if (utf)
+ {
+ /* Match characters up to the end of the reference. NOTE: the number of
+ data units matched may differ, because in UTF-8 there are some characters
+ whose upper and lower case versions code have different numbers of bytes.
+ For example, U+023A (2 bytes in UTF-8) is the upper case version of U+2C65
+ (3 bytes in UTF-8); a sequence of 3 of the former uses 6 bytes, as does a
+ sequence of two of the latter. It is important, therefore, to check the
+ length along the reference, not along the subject (earlier code did this
+ wrong). */
+
+ PCRE_PUCHAR endptr = p + length;
+ while (p < endptr)
+ {
+ pcre_uint32 c, d;
+ const ucd_record *ur;
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject) return -2; /* Partial match */
+ GETCHARINC(c, eptr);
+ GETCHARINC(d, p);
+ ur = GET_UCD(d);
+ if (c != d && c != d + ur->other_case)
+ {
+ const pcre_uint32 *pp = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + ur->caseset;
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (c < *pp) return -1;
+ if (c == *pp++) break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+
+ /* The same code works when not in UTF-8 mode and in UTF-8 mode when there
+ is no UCP support. */
+ {
+ while (length-- > 0)
+ {
+ pcre_uint32 cc, cp;
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject) return -2; /* Partial match */
+ cc = UCHAR21TEST(eptr);
+ cp = UCHAR21TEST(p);
+ if (TABLE_GET(cp, md->lcc, cp) != TABLE_GET(cc, md->lcc, cc)) return -1;
+ p++;
+ eptr++;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+/* In the caseful case, we can just compare the bytes, whether or not we
+are in UTF-8 mode. */
+
+else
+ {
+ while (length-- > 0)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject) return -2; /* Partial match */
+ if (UCHAR21INCTEST(p) != UCHAR21INCTEST(eptr)) return -1;
+ }
+ }
+
+return (int)(eptr - eptr_start);
+}
+
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+****************************************************************************
+ RECURSION IN THE match() FUNCTION
+
+The match() function is highly recursive, though not every recursive call
+increases the recursive depth. Nevertheless, some regular expressions can cause
+it to recurse to a great depth. I was writing for Unix, so I just let it call
+itself recursively. This uses the stack for saving everything that has to be
+saved for a recursive call. On Unix, the stack can be large, and this works
+fine.
+
+It turns out that on some non-Unix-like systems there are problems with
+programs that use a lot of stack. (This despite the fact that every last chip
+has oodles of memory these days, and techniques for extending the stack have
+been known for decades.) So....
+
+There is a fudge, triggered by defining NO_RECURSE, which avoids recursive
+calls by keeping local variables that need to be preserved in blocks of memory
+obtained from malloc() instead instead of on the stack. Macros are used to
+achieve this so that the actual code doesn't look very different to what it
+always used to.
+
+The original heap-recursive code used longjmp(). However, it seems that this
+can be very slow on some operating systems. Following a suggestion from Stan
+Switzer, the use of longjmp() has been abolished, at the cost of having to
+provide a unique number for each call to RMATCH. There is no way of generating
+a sequence of numbers at compile time in C. I have given them names, to make
+them stand out more clearly.
+
+Crude tests on x86 Linux show a small speedup of around 5-8%. However, on
+FreeBSD, avoiding longjmp() more than halves the time taken to run the standard
+tests. Furthermore, not using longjmp() means that local dynamic variables
+don't have indeterminate values; this has meant that the frame size can be
+reduced because the result can be "passed back" by straight setting of the
+variable instead of being passed in the frame.
+****************************************************************************
+***************************************************************************/
+
+/* Numbers for RMATCH calls. When this list is changed, the code at HEAP_RETURN
+below must be updated in sync. */
+
+enum { RM1=1, RM2, RM3, RM4, RM5, RM6, RM7, RM8, RM9, RM10,
+ RM11, RM12, RM13, RM14, RM15, RM16, RM17, RM18, RM19, RM20,
+ RM21, RM22, RM23, RM24, RM25, RM26, RM27, RM28, RM29, RM30,
+ RM31, RM32, RM33, RM34, RM35, RM36, RM37, RM38, RM39, RM40,
+ RM41, RM42, RM43, RM44, RM45, RM46, RM47, RM48, RM49, RM50,
+ RM51, RM52, RM53, RM54, RM55, RM56, RM57, RM58, RM59, RM60,
+ RM61, RM62, RM63, RM64, RM65, RM66, RM67 };
+
+/* These versions of the macros use the stack, as normal. There are debugging
+versions and production versions. Note that the "rw" argument of RMATCH isn't
+actually used in this definition. */
+
+#ifndef NO_RECURSE
+#define REGISTER register
+
+#ifdef PCRE_DEBUG
+#define RMATCH(ra,rb,rc,rd,re,rw) \
+ { \
+ printf("match() called in line %d\n", __LINE__); \
+ rrc = match(ra,rb,mstart,rc,rd,re,rdepth+1); \
+ printf("to line %d\n", __LINE__); \
+ }
+#define RRETURN(ra) \
+ { \
+ printf("match() returned %d from line %d\n", ra, __LINE__); \
+ return ra; \
+ }
+#else
+#define RMATCH(ra,rb,rc,rd,re,rw) \
+ rrc = match(ra,rb,mstart,rc,rd,re,rdepth+1)
+#define RRETURN(ra) return ra
+#endif
+
+#else
+
+
+/* These versions of the macros manage a private stack on the heap. Note that
+the "rd" argument of RMATCH isn't actually used in this definition. It's the md
+argument of match(), which never changes. */
+
+#define REGISTER
+
+#define RMATCH(ra,rb,rc,rd,re,rw)\
+ {\
+ heapframe *newframe = frame->Xnextframe;\
+ if (newframe == NULL)\
+ {\
+ newframe = (heapframe *)(PUBL(stack_malloc))(sizeof(heapframe));\
+ if (newframe == NULL) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_NOMEMORY);\
+ newframe->Xnextframe = NULL;\
+ frame->Xnextframe = newframe;\
+ }\
+ frame->Xwhere = rw;\
+ newframe->Xeptr = ra;\
+ newframe->Xecode = rb;\
+ newframe->Xmstart = mstart;\
+ newframe->Xoffset_top = rc;\
+ newframe->Xeptrb = re;\
+ newframe->Xrdepth = frame->Xrdepth + 1;\
+ newframe->Xprevframe = frame;\
+ frame = newframe;\
+ DPRINTF(("restarting from line %d\n", __LINE__));\
+ goto HEAP_RECURSE;\
+ L_##rw:\
+ DPRINTF(("jumped back to line %d\n", __LINE__));\
+ }
+
+#define RRETURN(ra)\
+ {\
+ heapframe *oldframe = frame;\
+ frame = oldframe->Xprevframe;\
+ if (frame != NULL)\
+ {\
+ rrc = ra;\
+ goto HEAP_RETURN;\
+ }\
+ return ra;\
+ }
+
+
+/* Structure for remembering the local variables in a private frame */
+
+typedef struct heapframe {
+ struct heapframe *Xprevframe;
+ struct heapframe *Xnextframe;
+
+ /* Function arguments that may change */
+
+ PCRE_PUCHAR Xeptr;
+ const pcre_uchar *Xecode;
+ PCRE_PUCHAR Xmstart;
+ int Xoffset_top;
+ eptrblock *Xeptrb;
+ unsigned int Xrdepth;
+
+ /* Function local variables */
+
+ PCRE_PUCHAR Xcallpat;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ PCRE_PUCHAR Xcharptr;
+#endif
+ PCRE_PUCHAR Xdata;
+ PCRE_PUCHAR Xnext;
+ PCRE_PUCHAR Xpp;
+ PCRE_PUCHAR Xprev;
+ PCRE_PUCHAR Xsaved_eptr;
+
+ recursion_info Xnew_recursive;
+
+ BOOL Xcur_is_word;
+ BOOL Xcondition;
+ BOOL Xprev_is_word;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ int Xprop_type;
+ unsigned int Xprop_value;
+ int Xprop_fail_result;
+ int Xoclength;
+ pcre_uchar Xocchars[6];
+#endif
+
+ int Xcodelink;
+ int Xctype;
+ unsigned int Xfc;
+ int Xfi;
+ int Xlength;
+ int Xmax;
+ int Xmin;
+ unsigned int Xnumber;
+ int Xoffset;
+ unsigned int Xop;
+ pcre_int32 Xsave_capture_last;
+ int Xsave_offset1, Xsave_offset2, Xsave_offset3;
+ int Xstacksave[REC_STACK_SAVE_MAX];
+
+ eptrblock Xnewptrb;
+
+ /* Where to jump back to */
+
+ int Xwhere;
+
+} heapframe;
+
+#endif
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Match from current position *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is called recursively in many circumstances. Whenever it
+returns a negative (error) response, the outer incarnation must also return the
+same response. */
+
+/* These macros pack up tests that are used for partial matching, and which
+appear several times in the code. We set the "hit end" flag if the pointer is
+at the end of the subject and also past the start of the subject (i.e.
+something has been matched). For hard partial matching, we then return
+immediately. The second one is used when we already know we are past the end of
+the subject. */
+
+#define CHECK_PARTIAL()\
+ if (md->partial != 0 && eptr >= md->end_subject && \
+ eptr > md->start_used_ptr) \
+ { \
+ md->hitend = TRUE; \
+ if (md->partial > 1) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL); \
+ }
+
+#define SCHECK_PARTIAL()\
+ if (md->partial != 0 && eptr > md->start_used_ptr) \
+ { \
+ md->hitend = TRUE; \
+ if (md->partial > 1) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL); \
+ }
+
+
+/* Performance note: It might be tempting to extract commonly used fields from
+the md structure (e.g. utf, end_subject) into individual variables to improve
+performance. Tests using gcc on a SPARC disproved this; in the first case, it
+made performance worse.
+
+Arguments:
+ eptr pointer to current character in subject
+ ecode pointer to current position in compiled code
+ mstart pointer to the current match start position (can be modified
+ by encountering \K)
+ offset_top current top pointer
+ md pointer to "static" info for the match
+ eptrb pointer to chain of blocks containing eptr at start of
+ brackets - for testing for empty matches
+ rdepth the recursion depth
+
+Returns: MATCH_MATCH if matched ) these values are >= 0
+ MATCH_NOMATCH if failed to match )
+ a negative MATCH_xxx value for PRUNE, SKIP, etc
+ a negative PCRE_ERROR_xxx value if aborted by an error condition
+ (e.g. stopped by repeated call or recursion limit)
+*/
+
+static int
+match(REGISTER PCRE_PUCHAR eptr, REGISTER const pcre_uchar *ecode,
+ PCRE_PUCHAR mstart, int offset_top, match_data *md, eptrblock *eptrb,
+ unsigned int rdepth)
+{
+/* These variables do not need to be preserved over recursion in this function,
+so they can be ordinary variables in all cases. Mark some of them with
+"register" because they are used a lot in loops. */
+
+register int rrc; /* Returns from recursive calls */
+register int i; /* Used for loops not involving calls to RMATCH() */
+register pcre_uint32 c; /* Character values not kept over RMATCH() calls */
+register BOOL utf; /* Local copy of UTF flag for speed */
+
+BOOL minimize, possessive; /* Quantifier options */
+BOOL caseless;
+int condcode;
+
+/* When recursion is not being used, all "local" variables that have to be
+preserved over calls to RMATCH() are part of a "frame". We set up the top-level
+frame on the stack here; subsequent instantiations are obtained from the heap
+whenever RMATCH() does a "recursion". See the macro definitions above. Putting
+the top-level on the stack rather than malloc-ing them all gives a performance
+boost in many cases where there is not much "recursion". */
+
+#ifdef NO_RECURSE
+heapframe *frame = (heapframe *)md->match_frames_base;
+
+/* Copy in the original argument variables */
+
+frame->Xeptr = eptr;
+frame->Xecode = ecode;
+frame->Xmstart = mstart;
+frame->Xoffset_top = offset_top;
+frame->Xeptrb = eptrb;
+frame->Xrdepth = rdepth;
+
+/* This is where control jumps back to to effect "recursion" */
+
+HEAP_RECURSE:
+
+/* Macros make the argument variables come from the current frame */
+
+#define eptr frame->Xeptr
+#define ecode frame->Xecode
+#define mstart frame->Xmstart
+#define offset_top frame->Xoffset_top
+#define eptrb frame->Xeptrb
+#define rdepth frame->Xrdepth
+
+/* Ditto for the local variables */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+#define charptr frame->Xcharptr
+#endif
+#define callpat frame->Xcallpat
+#define codelink frame->Xcodelink
+#define data frame->Xdata
+#define next frame->Xnext
+#define pp frame->Xpp
+#define prev frame->Xprev
+#define saved_eptr frame->Xsaved_eptr
+
+#define new_recursive frame->Xnew_recursive
+
+#define cur_is_word frame->Xcur_is_word
+#define condition frame->Xcondition
+#define prev_is_word frame->Xprev_is_word
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+#define prop_type frame->Xprop_type
+#define prop_value frame->Xprop_value
+#define prop_fail_result frame->Xprop_fail_result
+#define oclength frame->Xoclength
+#define occhars frame->Xocchars
+#endif
+
+#define ctype frame->Xctype
+#define fc frame->Xfc
+#define fi frame->Xfi
+#define length frame->Xlength
+#define max frame->Xmax
+#define min frame->Xmin
+#define number frame->Xnumber
+#define offset frame->Xoffset
+#define op frame->Xop
+#define save_capture_last frame->Xsave_capture_last
+#define save_offset1 frame->Xsave_offset1
+#define save_offset2 frame->Xsave_offset2
+#define save_offset3 frame->Xsave_offset3
+#define stacksave frame->Xstacksave
+
+#define newptrb frame->Xnewptrb
+
+/* When recursion is being used, local variables are allocated on the stack and
+get preserved during recursion in the normal way. In this environment, fi and
+i, and fc and c, can be the same variables. */
+
+#else /* NO_RECURSE not defined */
+#define fi i
+#define fc c
+
+/* Many of the following variables are used only in small blocks of the code.
+My normal style of coding would have declared them within each of those blocks.
+However, in order to accommodate the version of this code that uses an external
+"stack" implemented on the heap, it is easier to declare them all here, so the
+declarations can be cut out in a block. The only declarations within blocks
+below are for variables that do not have to be preserved over a recursive call
+to RMATCH(). */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+const pcre_uchar *charptr;
+#endif
+const pcre_uchar *callpat;
+const pcre_uchar *data;
+const pcre_uchar *next;
+PCRE_PUCHAR pp;
+const pcre_uchar *prev;
+PCRE_PUCHAR saved_eptr;
+
+recursion_info new_recursive;
+
+BOOL cur_is_word;
+BOOL condition;
+BOOL prev_is_word;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+int prop_type;
+unsigned int prop_value;
+int prop_fail_result;
+int oclength;
+pcre_uchar occhars[6];
+#endif
+
+int codelink;
+int ctype;
+int length;
+int max;
+int min;
+unsigned int number;
+int offset;
+unsigned int op;
+pcre_int32 save_capture_last;
+int save_offset1, save_offset2, save_offset3;
+int stacksave[REC_STACK_SAVE_MAX];
+
+eptrblock newptrb;
+
+/* There is a special fudge for calling match() in a way that causes it to
+measure the size of its basic stack frame when the stack is being used for
+recursion. The second argument (ecode) being NULL triggers this behaviour. It
+cannot normally ever be NULL. The return is the negated value of the frame
+size. */
+
+if (ecode == NULL)
+ {
+ if (rdepth == 0)
+ return match((PCRE_PUCHAR)&rdepth, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL, 1);
+ else
+ {
+ int len = (char *)&rdepth - (char *)eptr;
+ return (len > 0)? -len : len;
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* NO_RECURSE */
+
+/* To save space on the stack and in the heap frame, I have doubled up on some
+of the local variables that are used only in localised parts of the code, but
+still need to be preserved over recursive calls of match(). These macros define
+the alternative names that are used. */
+
+#define allow_zero cur_is_word
+#define cbegroup condition
+#define code_offset codelink
+#define condassert condition
+#define matched_once prev_is_word
+#define foc number
+#define save_mark data
+
+/* These statements are here to stop the compiler complaining about unitialized
+variables. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+prop_value = 0;
+prop_fail_result = 0;
+#endif
+
+
+/* This label is used for tail recursion, which is used in a few cases even
+when NO_RECURSE is not defined, in order to reduce the amount of stack that is
+used. Thanks to Ian Taylor for noticing this possibility and sending the
+original patch. */
+
+TAIL_RECURSE:
+
+/* OK, now we can get on with the real code of the function. Recursive calls
+are specified by the macro RMATCH and RRETURN is used to return. When
+NO_RECURSE is *not* defined, these just turn into a recursive call to match()
+and a "return", respectively (possibly with some debugging if PCRE_DEBUG is
+defined). However, RMATCH isn't like a function call because it's quite a
+complicated macro. It has to be used in one particular way. This shouldn't,
+however, impact performance when true recursion is being used. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+utf = md->utf; /* Local copy of the flag */
+#else
+utf = FALSE;
+#endif
+
+/* First check that we haven't called match() too many times, or that we
+haven't exceeded the recursive call limit. */
+
+if (md->match_call_count++ >= md->match_limit) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_MATCHLIMIT);
+if (rdepth >= md->match_limit_recursion) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_RECURSIONLIMIT);
+
+/* At the start of a group with an unlimited repeat that may match an empty
+string, the variable md->match_function_type is set to MATCH_CBEGROUP. It is
+done this way to save having to use another function argument, which would take
+up space on the stack. See also MATCH_CONDASSERT below.
+
+When MATCH_CBEGROUP is set, add the current subject pointer to the chain of
+such remembered pointers, to be checked when we hit the closing ket, in order
+to break infinite loops that match no characters. When match() is called in
+other circumstances, don't add to the chain. The MATCH_CBEGROUP feature must
+NOT be used with tail recursion, because the memory block that is used is on
+the stack, so a new one may be required for each match(). */
+
+if (md->match_function_type == MATCH_CBEGROUP)
+ {
+ newptrb.epb_saved_eptr = eptr;
+ newptrb.epb_prev = eptrb;
+ eptrb = &newptrb;
+ md->match_function_type = 0;
+ }
+
+/* Now start processing the opcodes. */
+
+for (;;)
+ {
+ minimize = possessive = FALSE;
+ op = *ecode;
+
+ switch(op)
+ {
+ case OP_MARK:
+ md->nomatch_mark = ecode + 2;
+ md->mark = NULL; /* In case previously set by assertion */
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode] + ecode[1], offset_top, md,
+ eptrb, RM55);
+ if ((rrc == MATCH_MATCH || rrc == MATCH_ACCEPT) &&
+ md->mark == NULL) md->mark = ecode + 2;
+
+ /* A return of MATCH_SKIP_ARG means that matching failed at SKIP with an
+ argument, and we must check whether that argument matches this MARK's
+ argument. It is passed back in md->start_match_ptr (an overloading of that
+ variable). If it does match, we reset that variable to the current subject
+ position and return MATCH_SKIP. Otherwise, pass back the return code
+ unaltered. */
+
+ else if (rrc == MATCH_SKIP_ARG &&
+ STRCMP_UC_UC_TEST(ecode + 2, md->start_match_ptr) == 0)
+ {
+ md->start_match_ptr = eptr;
+ RRETURN(MATCH_SKIP);
+ }
+ RRETURN(rrc);
+
+ case OP_FAIL:
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+
+ case OP_COMMIT:
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode], offset_top, md,
+ eptrb, RM52);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ RRETURN(MATCH_COMMIT);
+
+ case OP_PRUNE:
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode], offset_top, md,
+ eptrb, RM51);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ RRETURN(MATCH_PRUNE);
+
+ case OP_PRUNE_ARG:
+ md->nomatch_mark = ecode + 2;
+ md->mark = NULL; /* In case previously set by assertion */
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode] + ecode[1], offset_top, md,
+ eptrb, RM56);
+ if ((rrc == MATCH_MATCH || rrc == MATCH_ACCEPT) &&
+ md->mark == NULL) md->mark = ecode + 2;
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ RRETURN(MATCH_PRUNE);
+
+ case OP_SKIP:
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode], offset_top, md,
+ eptrb, RM53);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ md->start_match_ptr = eptr; /* Pass back current position */
+ RRETURN(MATCH_SKIP);
+
+ /* Note that, for Perl compatibility, SKIP with an argument does NOT set
+ nomatch_mark. When a pattern match ends with a SKIP_ARG for which there was
+ not a matching mark, we have to re-run the match, ignoring the SKIP_ARG
+ that failed and any that precede it (either they also failed, or were not
+ triggered). To do this, we maintain a count of executed SKIP_ARGs. If a
+ SKIP_ARG gets to top level, the match is re-run with md->ignore_skip_arg
+ set to the count of the one that failed. */
+
+ case OP_SKIP_ARG:
+ md->skip_arg_count++;
+ if (md->skip_arg_count <= md->ignore_skip_arg)
+ {
+ ecode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode] + ecode[1];
+ break;
+ }
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode] + ecode[1], offset_top, md,
+ eptrb, RM57);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+
+ /* Pass back the current skip name by overloading md->start_match_ptr and
+ returning the special MATCH_SKIP_ARG return code. This will either be
+ caught by a matching MARK, or get to the top, where it causes a rematch
+ with md->ignore_skip_arg set to the value of md->skip_arg_count. */
+
+ md->start_match_ptr = ecode + 2;
+ RRETURN(MATCH_SKIP_ARG);
+
+ /* For THEN (and THEN_ARG) we pass back the address of the opcode, so that
+ the branch in which it occurs can be determined. Overload the start of
+ match pointer to do this. */
+
+ case OP_THEN:
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode], offset_top, md,
+ eptrb, RM54);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ md->start_match_ptr = ecode;
+ RRETURN(MATCH_THEN);
+
+ case OP_THEN_ARG:
+ md->nomatch_mark = ecode + 2;
+ md->mark = NULL; /* In case previously set by assertion */
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode] + ecode[1], offset_top,
+ md, eptrb, RM58);
+ if ((rrc == MATCH_MATCH || rrc == MATCH_ACCEPT) &&
+ md->mark == NULL) md->mark = ecode + 2;
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ md->start_match_ptr = ecode;
+ RRETURN(MATCH_THEN);
+
+ /* Handle an atomic group that does not contain any capturing parentheses.
+ This can be handled like an assertion. Prior to 8.13, all atomic groups
+ were handled this way. In 8.13, the code was changed as below for ONCE, so
+ that backups pass through the group and thereby reset captured values.
+ However, this uses a lot more stack, so in 8.20, atomic groups that do not
+ contain any captures generate OP_ONCE_NC, which can be handled in the old,
+ less stack intensive way.
+
+ Check the alternative branches in turn - the matching won't pass the KET
+ for this kind of subpattern. If any one branch matches, we carry on as at
+ the end of a normal bracket, leaving the subject pointer, but resetting
+ the start-of-match value in case it was changed by \K. */
+
+ case OP_ONCE_NC:
+ prev = ecode;
+ saved_eptr = eptr;
+ save_mark = md->mark;
+ do
+ {
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM64);
+ if (rrc == MATCH_MATCH) /* Note: _not_ MATCH_ACCEPT */
+ {
+ mstart = md->start_match_ptr;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (rrc == MATCH_THEN)
+ {
+ next = ecode + GET(ecode,1);
+ if (md->start_match_ptr < next &&
+ (*ecode == OP_ALT || *next == OP_ALT))
+ rrc = MATCH_NOMATCH;
+ }
+
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ ecode += GET(ecode,1);
+ md->mark = save_mark;
+ }
+ while (*ecode == OP_ALT);
+
+ /* If hit the end of the group (which could be repeated), fail */
+
+ if (*ecode != OP_ONCE_NC && *ecode != OP_ALT) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+
+ /* Continue as from after the group, updating the offsets high water
+ mark, since extracts may have been taken. */
+
+ do ecode += GET(ecode, 1); while (*ecode == OP_ALT);
+
+ offset_top = md->end_offset_top;
+ eptr = md->end_match_ptr;
+
+ /* For a non-repeating ket, just continue at this level. This also
+ happens for a repeating ket if no characters were matched in the group.
+ This is the forcible breaking of infinite loops as implemented in Perl
+ 5.005. */
+
+ if (*ecode == OP_KET || eptr == saved_eptr)
+ {
+ ecode += 1+LINK_SIZE;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* The repeating kets try the rest of the pattern or restart from the
+ preceding bracket, in the appropriate order. The second "call" of match()
+ uses tail recursion, to avoid using another stack frame. */
+
+ if (*ecode == OP_KETRMIN)
+ {
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM65);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ ecode = prev;
+ goto TAIL_RECURSE;
+ }
+ else /* OP_KETRMAX */
+ {
+ RMATCH(eptr, prev, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM66);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ goto TAIL_RECURSE;
+ }
+ /* Control never gets here */
+
+ /* Handle a capturing bracket, other than those that are possessive with an
+ unlimited repeat. If there is space in the offset vector, save the current
+ subject position in the working slot at the top of the vector. We mustn't
+ change the current values of the data slot, because they may be set from a
+ previous iteration of this group, and be referred to by a reference inside
+ the group. A failure to match might occur after the group has succeeded,
+ if something later on doesn't match. For this reason, we need to restore
+ the working value and also the values of the final offsets, in case they
+ were set by a previous iteration of the same bracket.
+
+ If there isn't enough space in the offset vector, treat this as if it were
+ a non-capturing bracket. Don't worry about setting the flag for the error
+ case here; that is handled in the code for KET. */
+
+ case OP_CBRA:
+ case OP_SCBRA:
+ number = GET2(ecode, 1+LINK_SIZE);
+ offset = number << 1;
+
+#ifdef PCRE_DEBUG
+ printf("start bracket %d\n", number);
+ printf("subject=");
+ pchars(eptr, 16, TRUE, md);
+ printf("\n");
+#endif
+
+ if (offset < md->offset_max)
+ {
+ save_offset1 = md->offset_vector[offset];
+ save_offset2 = md->offset_vector[offset+1];
+ save_offset3 = md->offset_vector[md->offset_end - number];
+ save_capture_last = md->capture_last;
+ save_mark = md->mark;
+
+ DPRINTF(("saving %d %d %d\n", save_offset1, save_offset2, save_offset3));
+ md->offset_vector[md->offset_end - number] =
+ (int)(eptr - md->start_subject);
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (op >= OP_SBRA) md->match_function_type = MATCH_CBEGROUP;
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode], offset_top, md,
+ eptrb, RM1);
+ if (rrc == MATCH_ONCE) break; /* Backing up through an atomic group */
+
+ /* If we backed up to a THEN, check whether it is within the current
+ branch by comparing the address of the THEN that is passed back with
+ the end of the branch. If it is within the current branch, and the
+ branch is one of two or more alternatives (it either starts or ends
+ with OP_ALT), we have reached the limit of THEN's action, so convert
+ the return code to NOMATCH, which will cause normal backtracking to
+ happen from now on. Otherwise, THEN is passed back to an outer
+ alternative. This implements Perl's treatment of parenthesized groups,
+ where a group not containing | does not affect the current alternative,
+ that is, (X) is NOT the same as (X|(*F)). */
+
+ if (rrc == MATCH_THEN)
+ {
+ next = ecode + GET(ecode,1);
+ if (md->start_match_ptr < next &&
+ (*ecode == OP_ALT || *next == OP_ALT))
+ rrc = MATCH_NOMATCH;
+ }
+
+ /* Anything other than NOMATCH is passed back. */
+
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ md->capture_last = save_capture_last;
+ ecode += GET(ecode, 1);
+ md->mark = save_mark;
+ if (*ecode != OP_ALT) break;
+ }
+
+ DPRINTF(("bracket %d failed\n", number));
+ md->offset_vector[offset] = save_offset1;
+ md->offset_vector[offset+1] = save_offset2;
+ md->offset_vector[md->offset_end - number] = save_offset3;
+
+ /* At this point, rrc will be one of MATCH_ONCE or MATCH_NOMATCH. */
+
+ RRETURN(rrc);
+ }
+
+ /* FALL THROUGH ... Insufficient room for saving captured contents. Treat
+ as a non-capturing bracket. */
+
+ /* VVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVV */
+ /* VVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVV */
+
+ DPRINTF(("insufficient capture room: treat as non-capturing\n"));
+
+ /* VVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVV */
+ /* VVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVV */
+
+ /* Non-capturing or atomic group, except for possessive with unlimited
+ repeat and ONCE group with no captures. Loop for all the alternatives.
+
+ When we get to the final alternative within the brackets, we used to return
+ the result of a recursive call to match() whatever happened so it was
+ possible to reduce stack usage by turning this into a tail recursion,
+ except in the case of a possibly empty group. However, now that there is
+ the possiblity of (*THEN) occurring in the final alternative, this
+ optimization is no longer always possible.
+
+ We can optimize if we know there are no (*THEN)s in the pattern; at present
+ this is the best that can be done.
+
+ MATCH_ONCE is returned when the end of an atomic group is successfully
+ reached, but subsequent matching fails. It passes back up the tree (causing
+ captured values to be reset) until the original atomic group level is
+ reached. This is tested by comparing md->once_target with the start of the
+ group. At this point, the return is converted into MATCH_NOMATCH so that
+ previous backup points can be taken. */
+
+ case OP_ONCE:
+ case OP_BRA:
+ case OP_SBRA:
+ DPRINTF(("start non-capturing bracket\n"));
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (op >= OP_SBRA || op == OP_ONCE)
+ md->match_function_type = MATCH_CBEGROUP;
+
+ /* If this is not a possibly empty group, and there are no (*THEN)s in
+ the pattern, and this is the final alternative, optimize as described
+ above. */
+
+ else if (!md->hasthen && ecode[GET(ecode, 1)] != OP_ALT)
+ {
+ ecode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode];
+ goto TAIL_RECURSE;
+ }
+
+ /* In all other cases, we have to make another call to match(). */
+
+ save_mark = md->mark;
+ save_capture_last = md->capture_last;
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode], offset_top, md, eptrb,
+ RM2);
+
+ /* See comment in the code for capturing groups above about handling
+ THEN. */
+
+ if (rrc == MATCH_THEN)
+ {
+ next = ecode + GET(ecode,1);
+ if (md->start_match_ptr < next &&
+ (*ecode == OP_ALT || *next == OP_ALT))
+ rrc = MATCH_NOMATCH;
+ }
+
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ if (rrc == MATCH_ONCE)
+ {
+ const pcre_uchar *scode = ecode;
+ if (*scode != OP_ONCE) /* If not at start, find it */
+ {
+ while (*scode == OP_ALT) scode += GET(scode, 1);
+ scode -= GET(scode, 1);
+ }
+ if (md->once_target == scode) rrc = MATCH_NOMATCH;
+ }
+ RRETURN(rrc);
+ }
+ ecode += GET(ecode, 1);
+ md->mark = save_mark;
+ if (*ecode != OP_ALT) break;
+ md->capture_last = save_capture_last;
+ }
+
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+
+ /* Handle possessive capturing brackets with an unlimited repeat. We come
+ here from BRAZERO with allow_zero set TRUE. The offset_vector values are
+ handled similarly to the normal case above. However, the matching is
+ different. The end of these brackets will always be OP_KETRPOS, which
+ returns MATCH_KETRPOS without going further in the pattern. By this means
+ we can handle the group by iteration rather than recursion, thereby
+ reducing the amount of stack needed. */
+
+ case OP_CBRAPOS:
+ case OP_SCBRAPOS:
+ allow_zero = FALSE;
+
+ POSSESSIVE_CAPTURE:
+ number = GET2(ecode, 1+LINK_SIZE);
+ offset = number << 1;
+
+#ifdef PCRE_DEBUG
+ printf("start possessive bracket %d\n", number);
+ printf("subject=");
+ pchars(eptr, 16, TRUE, md);
+ printf("\n");
+#endif
+
+ if (offset >= md->offset_max) goto POSSESSIVE_NON_CAPTURE;
+
+ matched_once = FALSE;
+ code_offset = (int)(ecode - md->start_code);
+
+ save_offset1 = md->offset_vector[offset];
+ save_offset2 = md->offset_vector[offset+1];
+ save_offset3 = md->offset_vector[md->offset_end - number];
+ save_capture_last = md->capture_last;
+
+ DPRINTF(("saving %d %d %d\n", save_offset1, save_offset2, save_offset3));
+
+ /* Each time round the loop, save the current subject position for use
+ when the group matches. For MATCH_MATCH, the group has matched, so we
+ restart it with a new subject starting position, remembering that we had
+ at least one match. For MATCH_NOMATCH, carry on with the alternatives, as
+ usual. If we haven't matched any alternatives in any iteration, check to
+ see if a previous iteration matched. If so, the group has matched;
+ continue from afterwards. Otherwise it has failed; restore the previous
+ capture values before returning NOMATCH. */
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ md->offset_vector[md->offset_end - number] =
+ (int)(eptr - md->start_subject);
+ if (op >= OP_SBRA) md->match_function_type = MATCH_CBEGROUP;
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode], offset_top, md,
+ eptrb, RM63);
+ if (rrc == MATCH_KETRPOS)
+ {
+ offset_top = md->end_offset_top;
+ ecode = md->start_code + code_offset;
+ save_capture_last = md->capture_last;
+ matched_once = TRUE;
+ mstart = md->start_match_ptr; /* In case \K changed it */
+ if (eptr == md->end_match_ptr) /* Matched an empty string */
+ {
+ do ecode += GET(ecode, 1); while (*ecode == OP_ALT);
+ break;
+ }
+ eptr = md->end_match_ptr;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* See comment in the code for capturing groups above about handling
+ THEN. */
+
+ if (rrc == MATCH_THEN)
+ {
+ next = ecode + GET(ecode,1);
+ if (md->start_match_ptr < next &&
+ (*ecode == OP_ALT || *next == OP_ALT))
+ rrc = MATCH_NOMATCH;
+ }
+
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ md->capture_last = save_capture_last;
+ ecode += GET(ecode, 1);
+ if (*ecode != OP_ALT) break;
+ }
+
+ if (!matched_once)
+ {
+ md->offset_vector[offset] = save_offset1;
+ md->offset_vector[offset+1] = save_offset2;
+ md->offset_vector[md->offset_end - number] = save_offset3;
+ }
+
+ if (allow_zero || matched_once)
+ {
+ ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+
+ /* Non-capturing possessive bracket with unlimited repeat. We come here
+ from BRAZERO with allow_zero = TRUE. The code is similar to the above,
+ without the capturing complication. It is written out separately for speed
+ and cleanliness. */
+
+ case OP_BRAPOS:
+ case OP_SBRAPOS:
+ allow_zero = FALSE;
+
+ POSSESSIVE_NON_CAPTURE:
+ matched_once = FALSE;
+ code_offset = (int)(ecode - md->start_code);
+ save_capture_last = md->capture_last;
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (op >= OP_SBRA) md->match_function_type = MATCH_CBEGROUP;
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode], offset_top, md,
+ eptrb, RM48);
+ if (rrc == MATCH_KETRPOS)
+ {
+ offset_top = md->end_offset_top;
+ ecode = md->start_code + code_offset;
+ matched_once = TRUE;
+ mstart = md->start_match_ptr; /* In case \K reset it */
+ if (eptr == md->end_match_ptr) /* Matched an empty string */
+ {
+ do ecode += GET(ecode, 1); while (*ecode == OP_ALT);
+ break;
+ }
+ eptr = md->end_match_ptr;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* See comment in the code for capturing groups above about handling
+ THEN. */
+
+ if (rrc == MATCH_THEN)
+ {
+ next = ecode + GET(ecode,1);
+ if (md->start_match_ptr < next &&
+ (*ecode == OP_ALT || *next == OP_ALT))
+ rrc = MATCH_NOMATCH;
+ }
+
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ ecode += GET(ecode, 1);
+ if (*ecode != OP_ALT) break;
+ md->capture_last = save_capture_last;
+ }
+
+ if (matched_once || allow_zero)
+ {
+ ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ break;
+ }
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+
+ /* Control never reaches here. */
+
+ /* Conditional group: compilation checked that there are no more than two
+ branches. If the condition is false, skipping the first branch takes us
+ past the end of the item if there is only one branch, but that's exactly
+ what we want. */
+
+ case OP_COND:
+ case OP_SCOND:
+
+ /* The variable codelink will be added to ecode when the condition is
+ false, to get to the second branch. Setting it to the offset to the ALT
+ or KET, then incrementing ecode achieves this effect. We now have ecode
+ pointing to the condition or callout. */
+
+ codelink = GET(ecode, 1); /* Offset to the second branch */
+ ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE; /* From this opcode */
+
+ /* Because of the way auto-callout works during compile, a callout item is
+ inserted between OP_COND and an assertion condition. */
+
+ if (*ecode == OP_CALLOUT)
+ {
+ if (PUBL(callout) != NULL)
+ {
+ PUBL(callout_block) cb;
+ cb.version = 2; /* Version 1 of the callout block */
+ cb.callout_number = ecode[1];
+ cb.offset_vector = md->offset_vector;
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ cb.subject = (PCRE_SPTR)md->start_subject;
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+ cb.subject = (PCRE_SPTR16)md->start_subject;
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ cb.subject = (PCRE_SPTR32)md->start_subject;
+#endif
+ cb.subject_length = (int)(md->end_subject - md->start_subject);
+ cb.start_match = (int)(mstart - md->start_subject);
+ cb.current_position = (int)(eptr - md->start_subject);
+ cb.pattern_position = GET(ecode, 2);
+ cb.next_item_length = GET(ecode, 2 + LINK_SIZE);
+ cb.capture_top = offset_top/2;
+ cb.capture_last = md->capture_last & CAPLMASK;
+ /* Internal change requires this for API compatibility. */
+ if (cb.capture_last == 0) cb.capture_last = -1;
+ cb.callout_data = md->callout_data;
+ cb.mark = md->nomatch_mark;
+ if ((rrc = (*PUBL(callout))(&cb)) > 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ if (rrc < 0) RRETURN(rrc);
+ }
+
+ /* Advance ecode past the callout, so it now points to the condition. We
+ must adjust codelink so that the value of ecode+codelink is unchanged. */
+
+ ecode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CALLOUT];
+ codelink -= PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CALLOUT];
+ }
+
+ /* Test the various possible conditions */
+
+ condition = FALSE;
+ switch(condcode = *ecode)
+ {
+ case OP_RREF: /* Numbered group recursion test */
+ if (md->recursive != NULL) /* Not recursing => FALSE */
+ {
+ unsigned int recno = GET2(ecode, 1); /* Recursion group number*/
+ condition = (recno == RREF_ANY || recno == md->recursive->group_num);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_DNRREF: /* Duplicate named group recursion test */
+ if (md->recursive != NULL)
+ {
+ int count = GET2(ecode, 1 + IMM2_SIZE);
+ pcre_uchar *slot = md->name_table + GET2(ecode, 1) * md->name_entry_size;
+ while (count-- > 0)
+ {
+ unsigned int recno = GET2(slot, 0);
+ condition = recno == md->recursive->group_num;
+ if (condition) break;
+ slot += md->name_entry_size;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_CREF: /* Numbered group used test */
+ offset = GET2(ecode, 1) << 1; /* Doubled ref number */
+ condition = offset < offset_top && md->offset_vector[offset] >= 0;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_DNCREF: /* Duplicate named group used test */
+ {
+ int count = GET2(ecode, 1 + IMM2_SIZE);
+ pcre_uchar *slot = md->name_table + GET2(ecode, 1) * md->name_entry_size;
+ while (count-- > 0)
+ {
+ offset = GET2(slot, 0) << 1;
+ condition = offset < offset_top && md->offset_vector[offset] >= 0;
+ if (condition) break;
+ slot += md->name_entry_size;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_DEF: /* DEFINE - always false */
+ case OP_FAIL: /* From optimized (?!) condition */
+ break;
+
+ /* The condition is an assertion. Call match() to evaluate it - setting
+ md->match_function_type to MATCH_CONDASSERT causes it to stop at the end
+ of an assertion. */
+
+ default:
+ md->match_function_type = MATCH_CONDASSERT;
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, NULL, RM3);
+ if (rrc == MATCH_MATCH)
+ {
+ if (md->end_offset_top > offset_top)
+ offset_top = md->end_offset_top; /* Captures may have happened */
+ condition = TRUE;
+
+ /* Advance ecode past the assertion to the start of the first branch,
+ but adjust it so that the general choosing code below works. If the
+ assertion has a quantifier that allows zero repeats we must skip over
+ the BRAZERO. This is a lunatic thing to do, but somebody did! */
+
+ if (*ecode == OP_BRAZERO) ecode++;
+ ecode += GET(ecode, 1);
+ while (*ecode == OP_ALT) ecode += GET(ecode, 1);
+ ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE - PRIV(OP_lengths)[condcode];
+ }
+
+ /* PCRE doesn't allow the effect of (*THEN) to escape beyond an
+ assertion; it is therefore treated as NOMATCH. Any other return is an
+ error. */
+
+ else if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH && rrc != MATCH_THEN)
+ {
+ RRETURN(rrc); /* Need braces because of following else */
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Choose branch according to the condition */
+
+ ecode += condition? PRIV(OP_lengths)[condcode] : codelink;
+
+ /* We are now at the branch that is to be obeyed. As there is only one, we
+ can use tail recursion to avoid using another stack frame, except when
+ there is unlimited repeat of a possibly empty group. In the latter case, a
+ recursive call to match() is always required, unless the second alternative
+ doesn't exist, in which case we can just plough on. Note that, for
+ compatibility with Perl, the | in a conditional group is NOT treated as
+ creating two alternatives. If a THEN is encountered in the branch, it
+ propagates out to the enclosing alternative (unless nested in a deeper set
+ of alternatives, of course). */
+
+ if (condition || ecode[-(1+LINK_SIZE)] == OP_ALT)
+ {
+ if (op != OP_SCOND)
+ {
+ goto TAIL_RECURSE;
+ }
+
+ md->match_function_type = MATCH_CBEGROUP;
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM49);
+ RRETURN(rrc);
+ }
+
+ /* Condition false & no alternative; continue after the group. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ }
+ break;
+
+
+ /* Before OP_ACCEPT there may be any number of OP_CLOSE opcodes,
+ to close any currently open capturing brackets. */
+
+ case OP_CLOSE:
+ number = GET2(ecode, 1); /* Must be less than 65536 */
+ offset = number << 1;
+
+#ifdef PCRE_DEBUG
+ printf("end bracket %d at *ACCEPT", number);
+ printf("\n");
+#endif
+
+ md->capture_last = (md->capture_last & OVFLMASK) | number;
+ if (offset >= md->offset_max) md->capture_last |= OVFLBIT; else
+ {
+ md->offset_vector[offset] =
+ md->offset_vector[md->offset_end - number];
+ md->offset_vector[offset+1] = (int)(eptr - md->start_subject);
+
+ /* If this group is at or above the current highwater mark, ensure that
+ any groups between the current high water mark and this group are marked
+ unset and then update the high water mark. */
+
+ if (offset >= offset_top)
+ {
+ register int *iptr = md->offset_vector + offset_top;
+ register int *iend = md->offset_vector + offset;
+ while (iptr < iend) *iptr++ = -1;
+ offset_top = offset + 2;
+ }
+ }
+ ecode += 1 + IMM2_SIZE;
+ break;
+
+
+ /* End of the pattern, either real or forced. */
+
+ case OP_END:
+ case OP_ACCEPT:
+ case OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT:
+
+ /* If we have matched an empty string, fail if not in an assertion and not
+ in a recursion if either PCRE_NOTEMPTY is set, or if PCRE_NOTEMPTY_ATSTART
+ is set and we have matched at the start of the subject. In both cases,
+ backtracking will then try other alternatives, if any. */
+
+ if (eptr == mstart && op != OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT &&
+ md->recursive == NULL &&
+ (md->notempty ||
+ (md->notempty_atstart &&
+ mstart == md->start_subject + md->start_offset)))
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+
+ /* Otherwise, we have a match. */
+
+ md->end_match_ptr = eptr; /* Record where we ended */
+ md->end_offset_top = offset_top; /* and how many extracts were taken */
+ md->start_match_ptr = mstart; /* and the start (\K can modify) */
+
+ /* For some reason, the macros don't work properly if an expression is
+ given as the argument to RRETURN when the heap is in use. */
+
+ rrc = (op == OP_END)? MATCH_MATCH : MATCH_ACCEPT;
+ RRETURN(rrc);
+
+ /* Assertion brackets. Check the alternative branches in turn - the
+ matching won't pass the KET for an assertion. If any one branch matches,
+ the assertion is true. Lookbehind assertions have an OP_REVERSE item at the
+ start of each branch to move the current point backwards, so the code at
+ this level is identical to the lookahead case. When the assertion is part
+ of a condition, we want to return immediately afterwards. The caller of
+ this incarnation of the match() function will have set MATCH_CONDASSERT in
+ md->match_function type, and one of these opcodes will be the first opcode
+ that is processed. We use a local variable that is preserved over calls to
+ match() to remember this case. */
+
+ case OP_ASSERT:
+ case OP_ASSERTBACK:
+ save_mark = md->mark;
+ if (md->match_function_type == MATCH_CONDASSERT)
+ {
+ condassert = TRUE;
+ md->match_function_type = 0;
+ }
+ else condassert = FALSE;
+
+ /* Loop for each branch */
+
+ do
+ {
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, NULL, RM4);
+
+ /* A match means that the assertion is true; break out of the loop
+ that matches its alternatives. */
+
+ if (rrc == MATCH_MATCH || rrc == MATCH_ACCEPT)
+ {
+ mstart = md->start_match_ptr; /* In case \K reset it */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* If not matched, restore the previous mark setting. */
+
+ md->mark = save_mark;
+
+ /* See comment in the code for capturing groups above about handling
+ THEN. */
+
+ if (rrc == MATCH_THEN)
+ {
+ next = ecode + GET(ecode,1);
+ if (md->start_match_ptr < next &&
+ (*ecode == OP_ALT || *next == OP_ALT))
+ rrc = MATCH_NOMATCH;
+ }
+
+ /* Anything other than NOMATCH causes the entire assertion to fail,
+ passing back the return code. This includes COMMIT, SKIP, PRUNE and an
+ uncaptured THEN, which means they take their normal effect. This
+ consistent approach does not always have exactly the same effect as in
+ Perl. */
+
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ ecode += GET(ecode, 1);
+ }
+ while (*ecode == OP_ALT); /* Continue for next alternative */
+
+ /* If we have tried all the alternative branches, the assertion has
+ failed. If not, we broke out after a match. */
+
+ if (*ecode == OP_KET) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+
+ /* If checking an assertion for a condition, return MATCH_MATCH. */
+
+ if (condassert) RRETURN(MATCH_MATCH);
+
+ /* Continue from after a successful assertion, updating the offsets high
+ water mark, since extracts may have been taken during the assertion. */
+
+ do ecode += GET(ecode,1); while (*ecode == OP_ALT);
+ ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ offset_top = md->end_offset_top;
+ continue;
+
+ /* Negative assertion: all branches must fail to match for the assertion to
+ succeed. */
+
+ case OP_ASSERT_NOT:
+ case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT:
+ save_mark = md->mark;
+ if (md->match_function_type == MATCH_CONDASSERT)
+ {
+ condassert = TRUE;
+ md->match_function_type = 0;
+ }
+ else condassert = FALSE;
+
+ /* Loop for each alternative branch. */
+
+ do
+ {
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, NULL, RM5);
+ md->mark = save_mark; /* Always restore the mark setting */
+
+ switch(rrc)
+ {
+ case MATCH_MATCH: /* A successful match means */
+ case MATCH_ACCEPT: /* the assertion has failed. */
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+
+ case MATCH_NOMATCH: /* Carry on with next branch */
+ break;
+
+ /* See comment in the code for capturing groups above about handling
+ THEN. */
+
+ case MATCH_THEN:
+ next = ecode + GET(ecode,1);
+ if (md->start_match_ptr < next &&
+ (*ecode == OP_ALT || *next == OP_ALT))
+ {
+ rrc = MATCH_NOMATCH;
+ break;
+ }
+ /* Otherwise fall through. */
+
+ /* COMMIT, SKIP, PRUNE, and an uncaptured THEN cause the whole
+ assertion to fail to match, without considering any more alternatives.
+ Failing to match means the assertion is true. This is a consistent
+ approach, but does not always have the same effect as in Perl. */
+
+ case MATCH_COMMIT:
+ case MATCH_SKIP:
+ case MATCH_SKIP_ARG:
+ case MATCH_PRUNE:
+ do ecode += GET(ecode,1); while (*ecode == OP_ALT);
+ goto NEG_ASSERT_TRUE; /* Break out of alternation loop */
+
+ /* Anything else is an error */
+
+ default:
+ RRETURN(rrc);
+ }
+
+ /* Continue with next branch */
+
+ ecode += GET(ecode,1);
+ }
+ while (*ecode == OP_ALT);
+
+ /* All branches in the assertion failed to match. */
+
+ NEG_ASSERT_TRUE:
+ if (condassert) RRETURN(MATCH_MATCH); /* Condition assertion */
+ ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE; /* Continue with current branch */
+ continue;
+
+ /* Move the subject pointer back. This occurs only at the start of
+ each branch of a lookbehind assertion. If we are too close to the start to
+ move back, this match function fails. When working with UTF-8 we move
+ back a number of characters, not bytes. */
+
+ case OP_REVERSE:
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf)
+ {
+ i = GET(ecode, 1);
+ while (i-- > 0)
+ {
+ eptr--;
+ if (eptr < md->start_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ BACKCHAR(eptr);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+
+ /* No UTF-8 support, or not in UTF-8 mode: count is byte count */
+
+ {
+ eptr -= GET(ecode, 1);
+ if (eptr < md->start_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+
+ /* Save the earliest consulted character, then skip to next op code */
+
+ if (eptr < md->start_used_ptr) md->start_used_ptr = eptr;
+ ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ break;
+
+ /* The callout item calls an external function, if one is provided, passing
+ details of the match so far. This is mainly for debugging, though the
+ function is able to force a failure. */
+
+ case OP_CALLOUT:
+ if (PUBL(callout) != NULL)
+ {
+ PUBL(callout_block) cb;
+ cb.version = 2; /* Version 1 of the callout block */
+ cb.callout_number = ecode[1];
+ cb.offset_vector = md->offset_vector;
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ cb.subject = (PCRE_SPTR)md->start_subject;
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+ cb.subject = (PCRE_SPTR16)md->start_subject;
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ cb.subject = (PCRE_SPTR32)md->start_subject;
+#endif
+ cb.subject_length = (int)(md->end_subject - md->start_subject);
+ cb.start_match = (int)(mstart - md->start_subject);
+ cb.current_position = (int)(eptr - md->start_subject);
+ cb.pattern_position = GET(ecode, 2);
+ cb.next_item_length = GET(ecode, 2 + LINK_SIZE);
+ cb.capture_top = offset_top/2;
+ cb.capture_last = md->capture_last & CAPLMASK;
+ /* Internal change requires this for API compatibility. */
+ if (cb.capture_last == 0) cb.capture_last = -1;
+ cb.callout_data = md->callout_data;
+ cb.mark = md->nomatch_mark;
+ if ((rrc = (*PUBL(callout))(&cb)) > 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ if (rrc < 0) RRETURN(rrc);
+ }
+ ecode += 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE;
+ break;
+
+ /* Recursion either matches the current regex, or some subexpression. The
+ offset data is the offset to the starting bracket from the start of the
+ whole pattern. (This is so that it works from duplicated subpatterns.)
+
+ The state of the capturing groups is preserved over recursion, and
+ re-instated afterwards. We don't know how many are started and not yet
+ finished (offset_top records the completed total) so we just have to save
+ all the potential data. There may be up to 65535 such values, which is too
+ large to put on the stack, but using malloc for small numbers seems
+ expensive. As a compromise, the stack is used when there are no more than
+ REC_STACK_SAVE_MAX values to store; otherwise malloc is used.
+
+ There are also other values that have to be saved. We use a chained
+ sequence of blocks that actually live on the stack. Thanks to Robin Houston
+ for the original version of this logic. It has, however, been hacked around
+ a lot, so he is not to blame for the current way it works. */
+
+ case OP_RECURSE:
+ {
+ recursion_info *ri;
+ unsigned int recno;
+
+ callpat = md->start_code + GET(ecode, 1);
+ recno = (callpat == md->start_code)? 0 :
+ GET2(callpat, 1 + LINK_SIZE);
+
+ /* Check for repeating a recursion without advancing the subject pointer.
+ This should catch convoluted mutual recursions. (Some simple cases are
+ caught at compile time.) */
+
+ for (ri = md->recursive; ri != NULL; ri = ri->prevrec)
+ if (recno == ri->group_num && eptr == ri->subject_position)
+ RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_RECURSELOOP);
+
+ /* Add to "recursing stack" */
+
+ new_recursive.group_num = recno;
+ new_recursive.saved_capture_last = md->capture_last;
+ new_recursive.subject_position = eptr;
+ new_recursive.prevrec = md->recursive;
+ md->recursive = &new_recursive;
+
+ /* Where to continue from afterwards */
+
+ ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+
+ /* Now save the offset data */
+
+ new_recursive.saved_max = md->offset_end;
+ if (new_recursive.saved_max <= REC_STACK_SAVE_MAX)
+ new_recursive.offset_save = stacksave;
+ else
+ {
+ new_recursive.offset_save =
+ (int *)(PUBL(malloc))(new_recursive.saved_max * sizeof(int));
+ if (new_recursive.offset_save == NULL) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_NOMEMORY);
+ }
+ memcpy(new_recursive.offset_save, md->offset_vector,
+ new_recursive.saved_max * sizeof(int));
+
+ /* OK, now we can do the recursion. After processing each alternative,
+ restore the offset data and the last captured value. If there were nested
+ recursions, md->recursive might be changed, so reset it before looping.
+ */
+
+ DPRINTF(("Recursing into group %d\n", new_recursive.group_num));
+ cbegroup = (*callpat >= OP_SBRA);
+ do
+ {
+ if (cbegroup) md->match_function_type = MATCH_CBEGROUP;
+ RMATCH(eptr, callpat + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*callpat], offset_top,
+ md, eptrb, RM6);
+ memcpy(md->offset_vector, new_recursive.offset_save,
+ new_recursive.saved_max * sizeof(int));
+ md->capture_last = new_recursive.saved_capture_last;
+ md->recursive = new_recursive.prevrec;
+ if (rrc == MATCH_MATCH || rrc == MATCH_ACCEPT)
+ {
+ DPRINTF(("Recursion matched\n"));
+ if (new_recursive.offset_save != stacksave)
+ (PUBL(free))(new_recursive.offset_save);
+
+ /* Set where we got to in the subject, and reset the start in case
+ it was changed by \K. This *is* propagated back out of a recursion,
+ for Perl compatibility. */
+
+ eptr = md->end_match_ptr;
+ mstart = md->start_match_ptr;
+ goto RECURSION_MATCHED; /* Exit loop; end processing */
+ }
+
+ /* PCRE does not allow THEN, SKIP, PRUNE or COMMIT to escape beyond a
+ recursion; they cause a NOMATCH for the entire recursion. These codes
+ are defined in a range that can be tested for. */
+
+ if (rrc >= MATCH_BACKTRACK_MIN && rrc <= MATCH_BACKTRACK_MAX)
+ {
+ if (new_recursive.offset_save != stacksave)
+ (PUBL(free))(new_recursive.offset_save);
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+
+ /* Any return code other than NOMATCH is an error. */
+
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ DPRINTF(("Recursion gave error %d\n", rrc));
+ if (new_recursive.offset_save != stacksave)
+ (PUBL(free))(new_recursive.offset_save);
+ RRETURN(rrc);
+ }
+
+ md->recursive = &new_recursive;
+ callpat += GET(callpat, 1);
+ }
+ while (*callpat == OP_ALT);
+
+ DPRINTF(("Recursion didn't match\n"));
+ md->recursive = new_recursive.prevrec;
+ if (new_recursive.offset_save != stacksave)
+ (PUBL(free))(new_recursive.offset_save);
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+
+ RECURSION_MATCHED:
+ break;
+
+ /* An alternation is the end of a branch; scan along to find the end of the
+ bracketed group and go to there. */
+
+ case OP_ALT:
+ do ecode += GET(ecode,1); while (*ecode == OP_ALT);
+ break;
+
+ /* BRAZERO, BRAMINZERO and SKIPZERO occur just before a bracket group,
+ indicating that it may occur zero times. It may repeat infinitely, or not
+ at all - i.e. it could be ()* or ()? or even (){0} in the pattern. Brackets
+ with fixed upper repeat limits are compiled as a number of copies, with the
+ optional ones preceded by BRAZERO or BRAMINZERO. */
+
+ case OP_BRAZERO:
+ next = ecode + 1;
+ RMATCH(eptr, next, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM10);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ do next += GET(next, 1); while (*next == OP_ALT);
+ ecode = next + 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_BRAMINZERO:
+ next = ecode + 1;
+ do next += GET(next, 1); while (*next == OP_ALT);
+ RMATCH(eptr, next + 1+LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM11);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ ecode++;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_SKIPZERO:
+ next = ecode+1;
+ do next += GET(next,1); while (*next == OP_ALT);
+ ecode = next + 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ break;
+
+ /* BRAPOSZERO occurs before a possessive bracket group. Don't do anything
+ here; just jump to the group, with allow_zero set TRUE. */
+
+ case OP_BRAPOSZERO:
+ op = *(++ecode);
+ allow_zero = TRUE;
+ if (op == OP_CBRAPOS || op == OP_SCBRAPOS) goto POSSESSIVE_CAPTURE;
+ goto POSSESSIVE_NON_CAPTURE;
+
+ /* End of a group, repeated or non-repeating. */
+
+ case OP_KET:
+ case OP_KETRMIN:
+ case OP_KETRMAX:
+ case OP_KETRPOS:
+ prev = ecode - GET(ecode, 1);
+
+ /* If this was a group that remembered the subject start, in order to break
+ infinite repeats of empty string matches, retrieve the subject start from
+ the chain. Otherwise, set it NULL. */
+
+ if (*prev >= OP_SBRA || *prev == OP_ONCE)
+ {
+ saved_eptr = eptrb->epb_saved_eptr; /* Value at start of group */
+ eptrb = eptrb->epb_prev; /* Backup to previous group */
+ }
+ else saved_eptr = NULL;
+
+ /* If we are at the end of an assertion group or a non-capturing atomic
+ group, stop matching and return MATCH_MATCH, but record the current high
+ water mark for use by positive assertions. We also need to record the match
+ start in case it was changed by \K. */
+
+ if ((*prev >= OP_ASSERT && *prev <= OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT) ||
+ *prev == OP_ONCE_NC)
+ {
+ md->end_match_ptr = eptr; /* For ONCE_NC */
+ md->end_offset_top = offset_top;
+ md->start_match_ptr = mstart;
+ RRETURN(MATCH_MATCH); /* Sets md->mark */
+ }
+
+ /* For capturing groups we have to check the group number back at the start
+ and if necessary complete handling an extraction by setting the offsets and
+ bumping the high water mark. Whole-pattern recursion is coded as a recurse
+ into group 0, so it won't be picked up here. Instead, we catch it when the
+ OP_END is reached. Other recursion is handled here. We just have to record
+ the current subject position and start match pointer and give a MATCH
+ return. */
+
+ if (*prev == OP_CBRA || *prev == OP_SCBRA ||
+ *prev == OP_CBRAPOS || *prev == OP_SCBRAPOS)
+ {
+ number = GET2(prev, 1+LINK_SIZE);
+ offset = number << 1;
+
+#ifdef PCRE_DEBUG
+ printf("end bracket %d", number);
+ printf("\n");
+#endif
+
+ /* Handle a recursively called group. */
+
+ if (md->recursive != NULL && md->recursive->group_num == number)
+ {
+ md->end_match_ptr = eptr;
+ md->start_match_ptr = mstart;
+ RRETURN(MATCH_MATCH);
+ }
+
+ /* Deal with capturing */
+
+ md->capture_last = (md->capture_last & OVFLMASK) | number;
+ if (offset >= md->offset_max) md->capture_last |= OVFLBIT; else
+ {
+ /* If offset is greater than offset_top, it means that we are
+ "skipping" a capturing group, and that group's offsets must be marked
+ unset. In earlier versions of PCRE, all the offsets were unset at the
+ start of matching, but this doesn't work because atomic groups and
+ assertions can cause a value to be set that should later be unset.
+ Example: matching /(?>(a))b|(a)c/ against "ac". This sets group 1 as
+ part of the atomic group, but this is not on the final matching path,
+ so must be unset when 2 is set. (If there is no group 2, there is no
+ problem, because offset_top will then be 2, indicating no capture.) */
+
+ if (offset > offset_top)
+ {
+ register int *iptr = md->offset_vector + offset_top;
+ register int *iend = md->offset_vector + offset;
+ while (iptr < iend) *iptr++ = -1;
+ }
+
+ /* Now make the extraction */
+
+ md->offset_vector[offset] =
+ md->offset_vector[md->offset_end - number];
+ md->offset_vector[offset+1] = (int)(eptr - md->start_subject);
+ if (offset_top <= offset) offset_top = offset + 2;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* OP_KETRPOS is a possessive repeating ket. Remember the current position,
+ and return the MATCH_KETRPOS. This makes it possible to do the repeats one
+ at a time from the outer level, thus saving stack. This must precede the
+ empty string test - in this case that test is done at the outer level. */
+
+ if (*ecode == OP_KETRPOS)
+ {
+ md->start_match_ptr = mstart; /* In case \K reset it */
+ md->end_match_ptr = eptr;
+ md->end_offset_top = offset_top;
+ RRETURN(MATCH_KETRPOS);
+ }
+
+ /* For an ordinary non-repeating ket, just continue at this level. This
+ also happens for a repeating ket if no characters were matched in the
+ group. This is the forcible breaking of infinite loops as implemented in
+ Perl 5.005. For a non-repeating atomic group that includes captures,
+ establish a backup point by processing the rest of the pattern at a lower
+ level. If this results in a NOMATCH return, pass MATCH_ONCE back to the
+ original OP_ONCE level, thereby bypassing intermediate backup points, but
+ resetting any captures that happened along the way. */
+
+ if (*ecode == OP_KET || eptr == saved_eptr)
+ {
+ if (*prev == OP_ONCE)
+ {
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM12);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ md->once_target = prev; /* Level at which to change to MATCH_NOMATCH */
+ RRETURN(MATCH_ONCE);
+ }
+ ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE; /* Carry on at this level */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* The normal repeating kets try the rest of the pattern or restart from
+ the preceding bracket, in the appropriate order. In the second case, we can
+ use tail recursion to avoid using another stack frame, unless we have an
+ an atomic group or an unlimited repeat of a group that can match an empty
+ string. */
+
+ if (*ecode == OP_KETRMIN)
+ {
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM7);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ if (*prev == OP_ONCE)
+ {
+ RMATCH(eptr, prev, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM8);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ md->once_target = prev; /* Level at which to change to MATCH_NOMATCH */
+ RRETURN(MATCH_ONCE);
+ }
+ if (*prev >= OP_SBRA) /* Could match an empty string */
+ {
+ RMATCH(eptr, prev, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM50);
+ RRETURN(rrc);
+ }
+ ecode = prev;
+ goto TAIL_RECURSE;
+ }
+ else /* OP_KETRMAX */
+ {
+ RMATCH(eptr, prev, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM13);
+ if (rrc == MATCH_ONCE && md->once_target == prev) rrc = MATCH_NOMATCH;
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ if (*prev == OP_ONCE)
+ {
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM9);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ md->once_target = prev;
+ RRETURN(MATCH_ONCE);
+ }
+ ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ goto TAIL_RECURSE;
+ }
+ /* Control never gets here */
+
+ /* Not multiline mode: start of subject assertion, unless notbol. */
+
+ case OP_CIRC:
+ if (md->notbol && eptr == md->start_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+
+ /* Start of subject assertion */
+
+ case OP_SOD:
+ if (eptr != md->start_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ ecode++;
+ break;
+
+ /* Multiline mode: start of subject unless notbol, or after any newline. */
+
+ case OP_CIRCM:
+ if (md->notbol && eptr == md->start_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ if (eptr != md->start_subject &&
+ (eptr == md->end_subject || !WAS_NEWLINE(eptr)))
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ ecode++;
+ break;
+
+ /* Start of match assertion */
+
+ case OP_SOM:
+ if (eptr != md->start_subject + md->start_offset) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ ecode++;
+ break;
+
+ /* Reset the start of match point */
+
+ case OP_SET_SOM:
+ mstart = eptr;
+ ecode++;
+ break;
+
+ /* Multiline mode: assert before any newline, or before end of subject
+ unless noteol is set. */
+
+ case OP_DOLLM:
+ if (eptr < md->end_subject)
+ {
+ if (!IS_NEWLINE(eptr))
+ {
+ if (md->partial != 0 &&
+ eptr + 1 >= md->end_subject &&
+ NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED &&
+ NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 &&
+ UCHAR21TEST(eptr) == NLBLOCK->nl[0])
+ {
+ md->hitend = TRUE;
+ if (md->partial > 1) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL);
+ }
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (md->noteol) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ }
+ ecode++;
+ break;
+
+ /* Not multiline mode: assert before a terminating newline or before end of
+ subject unless noteol is set. */
+
+ case OP_DOLL:
+ if (md->noteol) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ if (!md->endonly) goto ASSERT_NL_OR_EOS;
+
+ /* ... else fall through for endonly */
+
+ /* End of subject assertion (\z) */
+
+ case OP_EOD:
+ if (eptr < md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ ecode++;
+ break;
+
+ /* End of subject or ending \n assertion (\Z) */
+
+ case OP_EODN:
+ ASSERT_NL_OR_EOS:
+ if (eptr < md->end_subject &&
+ (!IS_NEWLINE(eptr) || eptr != md->end_subject - md->nllen))
+ {
+ if (md->partial != 0 &&
+ eptr + 1 >= md->end_subject &&
+ NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED &&
+ NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 &&
+ UCHAR21TEST(eptr) == NLBLOCK->nl[0])
+ {
+ md->hitend = TRUE;
+ if (md->partial > 1) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL);
+ }
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+
+ /* Either at end of string or \n before end. */
+
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ ecode++;
+ break;
+
+ /* Word boundary assertions */
+
+ case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY:
+ case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY:
+ {
+
+ /* Find out if the previous and current characters are "word" characters.
+ It takes a bit more work in UTF-8 mode. Characters > 255 are assumed to
+ be "non-word" characters. Remember the earliest consulted character for
+ partial matching. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf)
+ {
+ /* Get status of previous character */
+
+ if (eptr == md->start_subject) prev_is_word = FALSE; else
+ {
+ PCRE_PUCHAR lastptr = eptr - 1;
+ BACKCHAR(lastptr);
+ if (lastptr < md->start_used_ptr) md->start_used_ptr = lastptr;
+ GETCHAR(c, lastptr);
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ if (md->use_ucp)
+ {
+ if (c == '_') prev_is_word = TRUE; else
+ {
+ int cat = UCD_CATEGORY(c);
+ prev_is_word = (cat == ucp_L || cat == ucp_N);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ prev_is_word = c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Get status of next character */
+
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ cur_is_word = FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ GETCHAR(c, eptr);
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ if (md->use_ucp)
+ {
+ if (c == '_') cur_is_word = TRUE; else
+ {
+ int cat = UCD_CATEGORY(c);
+ cur_is_word = (cat == ucp_L || cat == ucp_N);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ cur_is_word = c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+
+ /* Not in UTF-8 mode, but we may still have PCRE_UCP set, and for
+ consistency with the behaviour of \w we do use it in this case. */
+
+ {
+ /* Get status of previous character */
+
+ if (eptr == md->start_subject) prev_is_word = FALSE; else
+ {
+ if (eptr <= md->start_used_ptr) md->start_used_ptr = eptr - 1;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ if (md->use_ucp)
+ {
+ c = eptr[-1];
+ if (c == '_') prev_is_word = TRUE; else
+ {
+ int cat = UCD_CATEGORY(c);
+ prev_is_word = (cat == ucp_L || cat == ucp_N);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ prev_is_word = MAX_255(eptr[-1])
+ && ((md->ctypes[eptr[-1]] & ctype_word) != 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Get status of next character */
+
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ cur_is_word = FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ if (md->use_ucp)
+ {
+ c = *eptr;
+ if (c == '_') cur_is_word = TRUE; else
+ {
+ int cat = UCD_CATEGORY(c);
+ cur_is_word = (cat == ucp_L || cat == ucp_N);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ cur_is_word = MAX_255(*eptr)
+ && ((md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_word) != 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Now see if the situation is what we want */
+
+ if ((*ecode++ == OP_WORD_BOUNDARY)?
+ cur_is_word == prev_is_word : cur_is_word != prev_is_word)
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /* Match any single character type except newline; have to take care with
+ CRLF newlines and partial matching. */
+
+ case OP_ANY:
+ if (IS_NEWLINE(eptr)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ if (md->partial != 0 &&
+ eptr + 1 >= md->end_subject &&
+ NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED &&
+ NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 &&
+ UCHAR21TEST(eptr) == NLBLOCK->nl[0])
+ {
+ md->hitend = TRUE;
+ if (md->partial > 1) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL);
+ }
+
+ /* Fall through */
+
+ /* Match any single character whatsoever. */
+
+ case OP_ALLANY:
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject) /* DO NOT merge the eptr++ here; it must */
+ { /* not be updated before SCHECK_PARTIAL. */
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ eptr++;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf) ACROSSCHAR(eptr < md->end_subject, *eptr, eptr++);
+#endif
+ ecode++;
+ break;
+
+ /* Match a single byte, even in UTF-8 mode. This opcode really does match
+ any byte, even newline, independent of the setting of PCRE_DOTALL. */
+
+ case OP_ANYBYTE:
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject) /* DO NOT merge the eptr++ here; it must */
+ { /* not be updated before SCHECK_PARTIAL. */
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ eptr++;
+ ecode++;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ if (
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8)
+ c < 256 &&
+#endif
+ (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) != 0
+ )
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ ecode++;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_DIGIT:
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ if (
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8)
+ c > 255 ||
+#endif
+ (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) == 0
+ )
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ ecode++;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ if (
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8)
+ c < 256 &&
+#endif
+ (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0
+ )
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ ecode++;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_WHITESPACE:
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ if (
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8)
+ c > 255 ||
+#endif
+ (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) == 0
+ )
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ ecode++;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ if (
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8)
+ c < 256 &&
+#endif
+ (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0
+ )
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ ecode++;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_WORDCHAR:
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ if (
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8)
+ c > 255 ||
+#endif
+ (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) == 0
+ )
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ ecode++;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_ANYNL:
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+
+ case CHAR_CR:
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ }
+ else if (UCHAR21TEST(eptr) == CHAR_LF) eptr++;
+ break;
+
+ case CHAR_LF:
+ break;
+
+ case CHAR_VT:
+ case CHAR_FF:
+ case CHAR_NEL:
+#ifndef EBCDIC
+ case 0x2028:
+ case 0x2029:
+#endif /* Not EBCDIC */
+ if (md->bsr_anycrlf) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ break;
+ }
+ ecode++;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_HSPACE:
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ HSPACE_CASES: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); /* Byte and multibyte cases */
+ default: break;
+ }
+ ecode++;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_HSPACE:
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ HSPACE_CASES: break; /* Byte and multibyte cases */
+ default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ ecode++;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_VSPACE:
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ VSPACE_CASES: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ default: break;
+ }
+ ecode++;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_VSPACE:
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ VSPACE_CASES: break;
+ default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ ecode++;
+ break;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ /* Check the next character by Unicode property. We will get here only
+ if the support is in the binary; otherwise a compile-time error occurs. */
+
+ case OP_PROP:
+ case OP_NOTPROP:
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ {
+ const pcre_uint32 *cp;
+ const ucd_record *prop = GET_UCD(c);
+
+ switch(ecode[1])
+ {
+ case PT_ANY:
+ if (op == OP_NOTPROP) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ break;
+
+ case PT_LAMP:
+ if ((prop->chartype == ucp_Lu ||
+ prop->chartype == ucp_Ll ||
+ prop->chartype == ucp_Lt) == (op == OP_NOTPROP))
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ break;
+
+ case PT_GC:
+ if ((ecode[2] != PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype]) == (op == OP_PROP))
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ break;
+
+ case PT_PC:
+ if ((ecode[2] != prop->chartype) == (op == OP_PROP))
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ break;
+
+ case PT_SC:
+ if ((ecode[2] != prop->script) == (op == OP_PROP))
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ break;
+
+ /* These are specials */
+
+ case PT_ALNUM:
+ if ((PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L ||
+ PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N) == (op == OP_NOTPROP))
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ break;
+
+ /* Perl space used to exclude VT, but from Perl 5.18 it is included,
+ which means that Perl space and POSIX space are now identical. PCRE
+ was changed at release 8.34. */
+
+ case PT_SPACE: /* Perl space */
+ case PT_PXSPACE: /* POSIX space */
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ HSPACE_CASES:
+ VSPACE_CASES:
+ if (op == OP_NOTPROP) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ if ((PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_Z) ==
+ (op == OP_NOTPROP)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case PT_WORD:
+ if ((PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L ||
+ PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N ||
+ c == CHAR_UNDERSCORE) == (op == OP_NOTPROP))
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ break;
+
+ case PT_CLIST:
+ cp = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + ecode[2];
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (c < *cp)
+ { if (op == OP_PROP) { RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } else break; }
+ if (c == *cp++)
+ { if (op == OP_PROP) break; else { RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case PT_UCNC:
+ if ((c == CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN || c == CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT ||
+ c == CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT || (c >= 0xa0 && c <= 0xd7ff) ||
+ c >= 0xe000) == (op == OP_NOTPROP))
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ break;
+
+ /* This should never occur */
+
+ default:
+ RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+ }
+
+ ecode += 3;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /* Match an extended Unicode sequence. We will get here only if the support
+ is in the binary; otherwise a compile-time error occurs. */
+
+ case OP_EXTUNI:
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ int lgb, rgb;
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ lgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c);
+ while (eptr < md->end_subject)
+ {
+ int len = 1;
+ if (!utf) c = *eptr; else { GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len); }
+ rgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c);
+ if ((PRIV(ucp_gbtable)[lgb] & (1 << rgb)) == 0) break;
+ lgb = rgb;
+ eptr += len;
+ }
+ }
+ CHECK_PARTIAL();
+ ecode++;
+ break;
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+
+
+ /* Match a back reference, possibly repeatedly. Look past the end of the
+ item to see if there is repeat information following. The code is similar
+ to that for character classes, but repeated for efficiency. Then obey
+ similar code to character type repeats - written out again for speed.
+ However, if the referenced string is the empty string, always treat
+ it as matched, any number of times (otherwise there could be infinite
+ loops). If the reference is unset, there are two possibilities:
+
+ (a) In the default, Perl-compatible state, set the length negative;
+ this ensures that every attempt at a match fails. We can't just fail
+ here, because of the possibility of quantifiers with zero minima.
+
+ (b) If the JavaScript compatibility flag is set, set the length to zero
+ so that the back reference matches an empty string.
+
+ Otherwise, set the length to the length of what was matched by the
+ referenced subpattern.
+
+ The OP_REF and OP_REFI opcodes are used for a reference to a numbered group
+ or to a non-duplicated named group. For a duplicated named group, OP_DNREF
+ and OP_DNREFI are used. In this case we must scan the list of groups to
+ which the name refers, and use the first one that is set. */
+
+ case OP_DNREF:
+ case OP_DNREFI:
+ caseless = op == OP_DNREFI;
+ {
+ int count = GET2(ecode, 1+IMM2_SIZE);
+ pcre_uchar *slot = md->name_table + GET2(ecode, 1) * md->name_entry_size;
+ ecode += 1 + 2*IMM2_SIZE;
+
+ /* Setting the default length first and initializing 'offset' avoids
+ compiler warnings in the REF_REPEAT code. */
+
+ length = (md->jscript_compat)? 0 : -1;
+ offset = 0;
+
+ while (count-- > 0)
+ {
+ offset = GET2(slot, 0) << 1;
+ if (offset < offset_top && md->offset_vector[offset] >= 0)
+ {
+ length = md->offset_vector[offset+1] - md->offset_vector[offset];
+ break;
+ }
+ slot += md->name_entry_size;
+ }
+ }
+ goto REF_REPEAT;
+
+ case OP_REF:
+ case OP_REFI:
+ caseless = op == OP_REFI;
+ offset = GET2(ecode, 1) << 1; /* Doubled ref number */
+ ecode += 1 + IMM2_SIZE;
+ if (offset >= offset_top || md->offset_vector[offset] < 0)
+ length = (md->jscript_compat)? 0 : -1;
+ else
+ length = md->offset_vector[offset+1] - md->offset_vector[offset];
+
+ /* Set up for repetition, or handle the non-repeated case */
+
+ REF_REPEAT:
+ switch (*ecode)
+ {
+ case OP_CRSTAR:
+ case OP_CRMINSTAR:
+ case OP_CRPLUS:
+ case OP_CRMINPLUS:
+ case OP_CRQUERY:
+ case OP_CRMINQUERY:
+ c = *ecode++ - OP_CRSTAR;
+ minimize = (c & 1) != 0;
+ min = rep_min[c]; /* Pick up values from tables; */
+ max = rep_max[c]; /* zero for max => infinity */
+ if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_CRRANGE:
+ case OP_CRMINRANGE:
+ minimize = (*ecode == OP_CRMINRANGE);
+ min = GET2(ecode, 1);
+ max = GET2(ecode, 1 + IMM2_SIZE);
+ if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX;
+ ecode += 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE;
+ break;
+
+ default: /* No repeat follows */
+ if ((length = match_ref(offset, eptr, length, md, caseless)) < 0)
+ {
+ if (length == -2) eptr = md->end_subject; /* Partial match */
+ CHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ eptr += length;
+ continue; /* With the main loop */
+ }
+
+ /* Handle repeated back references. If the length of the reference is
+ zero, just continue with the main loop. If the length is negative, it
+ means the reference is unset in non-Java-compatible mode. If the minimum is
+ zero, we can continue at the same level without recursion. For any other
+ minimum, carrying on will result in NOMATCH. */
+
+ if (length == 0) continue;
+ if (length < 0 && min == 0) continue;
+
+ /* First, ensure the minimum number of matches are present. We get back
+ the length of the reference string explicitly rather than passing the
+ address of eptr, so that eptr can be a register variable. */
+
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ int slength;
+ if ((slength = match_ref(offset, eptr, length, md, caseless)) < 0)
+ {
+ if (slength == -2) eptr = md->end_subject; /* Partial match */
+ CHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ eptr += slength;
+ }
+
+ /* If min = max, continue at the same level without recursion.
+ They are not both allowed to be zero. */
+
+ if (min == max) continue;
+
+ /* If minimizing, keep trying and advancing the pointer */
+
+ if (minimize)
+ {
+ for (fi = min;; fi++)
+ {
+ int slength;
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM14);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ if ((slength = match_ref(offset, eptr, length, md, caseless)) < 0)
+ {
+ if (slength == -2) eptr = md->end_subject; /* Partial match */
+ CHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ eptr += slength;
+ }
+ /* Control never gets here */
+ }
+
+ /* If maximizing, find the longest string and work backwards */
+
+ else
+ {
+ pp = eptr;
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ int slength;
+ if ((slength = match_ref(offset, eptr, length, md, caseless)) < 0)
+ {
+ /* Can't use CHECK_PARTIAL because we don't want to update eptr in
+ the soft partial matching case. */
+
+ if (slength == -2 && md->partial != 0 &&
+ md->end_subject > md->start_used_ptr)
+ {
+ md->hitend = TRUE;
+ if (md->partial > 1) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ eptr += slength;
+ }
+
+ while (eptr >= pp)
+ {
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM15);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ eptr -= length;
+ }
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ /* Control never gets here */
+
+ /* Match a bit-mapped character class, possibly repeatedly. This op code is
+ used when all the characters in the class have values in the range 0-255,
+ and either the matching is caseful, or the characters are in the range
+ 0-127 when UTF-8 processing is enabled. The only difference between
+ OP_CLASS and OP_NCLASS occurs when a data character outside the range is
+ encountered.
+
+ First, look past the end of the item to see if there is repeat information
+ following. Then obey similar code to character type repeats - written out
+ again for speed. */
+
+ case OP_NCLASS:
+ case OP_CLASS:
+ {
+ /* The data variable is saved across frames, so the byte map needs to
+ be stored there. */
+#define BYTE_MAP ((pcre_uint8 *)data)
+ data = ecode + 1; /* Save for matching */
+ ecode += 1 + (32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar)); /* Advance past the item */
+
+ switch (*ecode)
+ {
+ case OP_CRSTAR:
+ case OP_CRMINSTAR:
+ case OP_CRPLUS:
+ case OP_CRMINPLUS:
+ case OP_CRQUERY:
+ case OP_CRMINQUERY:
+ case OP_CRPOSSTAR:
+ case OP_CRPOSPLUS:
+ case OP_CRPOSQUERY:
+ c = *ecode++ - OP_CRSTAR;
+ if (c < OP_CRPOSSTAR - OP_CRSTAR) minimize = (c & 1) != 0;
+ else possessive = TRUE;
+ min = rep_min[c]; /* Pick up values from tables; */
+ max = rep_max[c]; /* zero for max => infinity */
+ if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_CRRANGE:
+ case OP_CRMINRANGE:
+ case OP_CRPOSRANGE:
+ minimize = (*ecode == OP_CRMINRANGE);
+ possessive = (*ecode == OP_CRPOSRANGE);
+ min = GET2(ecode, 1);
+ max = GET2(ecode, 1 + IMM2_SIZE);
+ if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX;
+ ecode += 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE;
+ break;
+
+ default: /* No repeat follows */
+ min = max = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* First, ensure the minimum number of matches are present. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf)
+ {
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINC(c, eptr);
+ if (c > 255)
+ {
+ if (op == OP_CLASS) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ else
+ if ((BYTE_MAP[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ /* Not UTF mode */
+ {
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ c = *eptr++;
+#ifndef COMPILE_PCRE8
+ if (c > 255)
+ {
+ if (op == OP_CLASS) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ if ((BYTE_MAP[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If max == min we can continue with the main loop without the
+ need to recurse. */
+
+ if (min == max) continue;
+
+ /* If minimizing, keep testing the rest of the expression and advancing
+ the pointer while it matches the class. */
+
+ if (minimize)
+ {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf)
+ {
+ for (fi = min;; fi++)
+ {
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM16);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINC(c, eptr);
+ if (c > 255)
+ {
+ if (op == OP_CLASS) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ else
+ if ((BYTE_MAP[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ /* Not UTF mode */
+ {
+ for (fi = min;; fi++)
+ {
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM17);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ c = *eptr++;
+#ifndef COMPILE_PCRE8
+ if (c > 255)
+ {
+ if (op == OP_CLASS) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ if ((BYTE_MAP[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ }
+ /* Control never gets here */
+ }
+
+ /* If maximizing, find the longest possible run, then work backwards. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ pp = eptr;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf)
+ {
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ int len = 1;
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
+ if (c > 255)
+ {
+ if (op == OP_CLASS) break;
+ }
+ else
+ if ((BYTE_MAP[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) == 0) break;
+ eptr += len;
+ }
+
+ if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM18);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ if (eptr-- == pp) break; /* Stop if tried at original pos */
+ BACKCHAR(eptr);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ /* Not UTF mode */
+ {
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ c = *eptr;
+#ifndef COMPILE_PCRE8
+ if (c > 255)
+ {
+ if (op == OP_CLASS) break;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ if ((BYTE_MAP[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) == 0) break;
+ eptr++;
+ }
+
+ if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */
+
+ while (eptr >= pp)
+ {
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM19);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ eptr--;
+ }
+ }
+
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+#undef BYTE_MAP
+ }
+ /* Control never gets here */
+
+
+ /* Match an extended character class. In the 8-bit library, this opcode is
+ encountered only when UTF-8 mode mode is supported. In the 16-bit and
+ 32-bit libraries, codepoints greater than 255 may be encountered even when
+ UTF is not supported. */
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ case OP_XCLASS:
+ {
+ data = ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE; /* Save for matching */
+ ecode += GET(ecode, 1); /* Advance past the item */
+
+ switch (*ecode)
+ {
+ case OP_CRSTAR:
+ case OP_CRMINSTAR:
+ case OP_CRPLUS:
+ case OP_CRMINPLUS:
+ case OP_CRQUERY:
+ case OP_CRMINQUERY:
+ case OP_CRPOSSTAR:
+ case OP_CRPOSPLUS:
+ case OP_CRPOSQUERY:
+ c = *ecode++ - OP_CRSTAR;
+ if (c < OP_CRPOSSTAR - OP_CRSTAR) minimize = (c & 1) != 0;
+ else possessive = TRUE;
+ min = rep_min[c]; /* Pick up values from tables; */
+ max = rep_max[c]; /* zero for max => infinity */
+ if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_CRRANGE:
+ case OP_CRMINRANGE:
+ case OP_CRPOSRANGE:
+ minimize = (*ecode == OP_CRMINRANGE);
+ possessive = (*ecode == OP_CRPOSRANGE);
+ min = GET2(ecode, 1);
+ max = GET2(ecode, 1 + IMM2_SIZE);
+ if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX;
+ ecode += 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE;
+ break;
+
+ default: /* No repeat follows */
+ min = max = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* First, ensure the minimum number of matches are present. */
+
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ if (!PRIV(xclass)(c, data, utf)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+
+ /* If max == min we can continue with the main loop without the
+ need to recurse. */
+
+ if (min == max) continue;
+
+ /* If minimizing, keep testing the rest of the expression and advancing
+ the pointer while it matches the class. */
+
+ if (minimize)
+ {
+ for (fi = min;; fi++)
+ {
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM20);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ if (!PRIV(xclass)(c, data, utf)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ /* Control never gets here */
+ }
+
+ /* If maximizing, find the longest possible run, then work backwards. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ pp = eptr;
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ int len = 1;
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len);
+#else
+ c = *eptr;
+#endif
+ if (!PRIV(xclass)(c, data, utf)) break;
+ eptr += len;
+ }
+
+ if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */
+
+ for(;;)
+ {
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM21);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ if (eptr-- == pp) break; /* Stop if tried at original pos */
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf) BACKCHAR(eptr);
+#endif
+ }
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+
+ /* Control never gets here */
+ }
+#endif /* End of XCLASS */
+
+ /* Match a single character, casefully */
+
+ case OP_CHAR:
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf)
+ {
+ length = 1;
+ ecode++;
+ GETCHARLEN(fc, ecode, length);
+ if (length > md->end_subject - eptr)
+ {
+ CHECK_PARTIAL(); /* Not SCHECK_PARTIAL() */
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ while (length-- > 0) if (*ecode++ != UCHAR21INC(eptr)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ /* Not UTF mode */
+ {
+ if (md->end_subject - eptr < 1)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL(); /* This one can use SCHECK_PARTIAL() */
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ if (ecode[1] != *eptr++) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ ecode += 2;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /* Match a single character, caselessly. If we are at the end of the
+ subject, give up immediately. */
+
+ case OP_CHARI:
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf)
+ {
+ length = 1;
+ ecode++;
+ GETCHARLEN(fc, ecode, length);
+
+ /* If the pattern character's value is < 128, we have only one byte, and
+ we know that its other case must also be one byte long, so we can use the
+ fast lookup table. We know that there is at least one byte left in the
+ subject. */
+
+ if (fc < 128)
+ {
+ pcre_uint32 cc = UCHAR21(eptr);
+ if (md->lcc[fc] != TABLE_GET(cc, md->lcc, cc)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ ecode++;
+ eptr++;
+ }
+
+ /* Otherwise we must pick up the subject character. Note that we cannot
+ use the value of "length" to check for sufficient bytes left, because the
+ other case of the character may have more or fewer bytes. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ pcre_uint32 dc;
+ GETCHARINC(dc, eptr);
+ ecode += length;
+
+ /* If we have Unicode property support, we can use it to test the other
+ case of the character, if there is one. */
+
+ if (fc != dc)
+ {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ if (dc != UCD_OTHERCASE(fc))
+#endif
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */
+
+ /* Not UTF mode */
+ {
+ if (TABLE_GET(ecode[1], md->lcc, ecode[1])
+ != TABLE_GET(*eptr, md->lcc, *eptr)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ eptr++;
+ ecode += 2;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /* Match a single character repeatedly. */
+
+ case OP_EXACT:
+ case OP_EXACTI:
+ min = max = GET2(ecode, 1);
+ ecode += 1 + IMM2_SIZE;
+ goto REPEATCHAR;
+
+ case OP_POSUPTO:
+ case OP_POSUPTOI:
+ possessive = TRUE;
+ /* Fall through */
+
+ case OP_UPTO:
+ case OP_UPTOI:
+ case OP_MINUPTO:
+ case OP_MINUPTOI:
+ min = 0;
+ max = GET2(ecode, 1);
+ minimize = *ecode == OP_MINUPTO || *ecode == OP_MINUPTOI;
+ ecode += 1 + IMM2_SIZE;
+ goto REPEATCHAR;
+
+ case OP_POSSTAR:
+ case OP_POSSTARI:
+ possessive = TRUE;
+ min = 0;
+ max = INT_MAX;
+ ecode++;
+ goto REPEATCHAR;
+
+ case OP_POSPLUS:
+ case OP_POSPLUSI:
+ possessive = TRUE;
+ min = 1;
+ max = INT_MAX;
+ ecode++;
+ goto REPEATCHAR;
+
+ case OP_POSQUERY:
+ case OP_POSQUERYI:
+ possessive = TRUE;
+ min = 0;
+ max = 1;
+ ecode++;
+ goto REPEATCHAR;
+
+ case OP_STAR:
+ case OP_STARI:
+ case OP_MINSTAR:
+ case OP_MINSTARI:
+ case OP_PLUS:
+ case OP_PLUSI:
+ case OP_MINPLUS:
+ case OP_MINPLUSI:
+ case OP_QUERY:
+ case OP_QUERYI:
+ case OP_MINQUERY:
+ case OP_MINQUERYI:
+ c = *ecode++ - ((op < OP_STARI)? OP_STAR : OP_STARI);
+ minimize = (c & 1) != 0;
+ min = rep_min[c]; /* Pick up values from tables; */
+ max = rep_max[c]; /* zero for max => infinity */
+ if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX;
+
+ /* Common code for all repeated single-character matches. We first check
+ for the minimum number of characters. If the minimum equals the maximum, we
+ are done. Otherwise, if minimizing, check the rest of the pattern for a
+ match; if there isn't one, advance up to the maximum, one character at a
+ time.
+
+ If maximizing, advance up to the maximum number of matching characters,
+ until eptr is past the end of the maximum run. If possessive, we are
+ then done (no backing up). Otherwise, match at this position; anything
+ other than no match is immediately returned. For nomatch, back up one
+ character, unless we are matching \R and the last thing matched was
+ \r\n, in which case, back up two bytes. When we reach the first optional
+ character position, we can save stack by doing a tail recurse.
+
+ The various UTF/non-UTF and caseful/caseless cases are handled separately,
+ for speed. */
+
+ REPEATCHAR:
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf)
+ {
+ length = 1;
+ charptr = ecode;
+ GETCHARLEN(fc, ecode, length);
+ ecode += length;
+
+ /* Handle multibyte character matching specially here. There is
+ support for caseless matching if UCP support is present. */
+
+ if (length > 1)
+ {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ pcre_uint32 othercase;
+ if (op >= OP_STARI && /* Caseless */
+ (othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(fc)) != fc)
+ oclength = PRIV(ord2utf)(othercase, occhars);
+ else oclength = 0;
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr <= md->end_subject - length &&
+ memcmp(eptr, charptr, IN_UCHARS(length)) == 0) eptr += length;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ else if (oclength > 0 &&
+ eptr <= md->end_subject - oclength &&
+ memcmp(eptr, occhars, IN_UCHARS(oclength)) == 0) eptr += oclength;
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+ else
+ {
+ CHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (min == max) continue;
+
+ if (minimize)
+ {
+ for (fi = min;; fi++)
+ {
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM22);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ if (eptr <= md->end_subject - length &&
+ memcmp(eptr, charptr, IN_UCHARS(length)) == 0) eptr += length;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ else if (oclength > 0 &&
+ eptr <= md->end_subject - oclength &&
+ memcmp(eptr, occhars, IN_UCHARS(oclength)) == 0) eptr += oclength;
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+ else
+ {
+ CHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ }
+ /* Control never gets here */
+ }
+
+ else /* Maximize */
+ {
+ pp = eptr;
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr <= md->end_subject - length &&
+ memcmp(eptr, charptr, IN_UCHARS(length)) == 0) eptr += length;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ else if (oclength > 0 &&
+ eptr <= md->end_subject - oclength &&
+ memcmp(eptr, occhars, IN_UCHARS(oclength)) == 0) eptr += oclength;
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+ else
+ {
+ CHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */
+ for(;;)
+ {
+ if (eptr <= pp) goto TAIL_RECURSE;
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM23);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ eptr--;
+ BACKCHAR(eptr);
+#else /* without SUPPORT_UCP */
+ eptr -= length;
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+ }
+ }
+ /* Control never gets here */
+ }
+
+ /* If the length of a UTF-8 character is 1, we fall through here, and
+ obey the code as for non-UTF-8 characters below, though in this case the
+ value of fc will always be < 128. */
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */
+ /* When not in UTF-8 mode, load a single-byte character. */
+ fc = *ecode++;
+
+ /* The value of fc at this point is always one character, though we may
+ or may not be in UTF mode. The code is duplicated for the caseless and
+ caseful cases, for speed, since matching characters is likely to be quite
+ common. First, ensure the minimum number of matches are present. If min =
+ max, continue at the same level without recursing. Otherwise, if
+ minimizing, keep trying the rest of the expression and advancing one
+ matching character if failing, up to the maximum. Alternatively, if
+ maximizing, find the maximum number of characters and work backwards. */
+
+ DPRINTF(("matching %c{%d,%d} against subject %.*s\n", fc, min, max,
+ max, (char *)eptr));
+
+ if (op >= OP_STARI) /* Caseless */
+ {
+#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8
+ /* fc must be < 128 if UTF is enabled. */
+ foc = md->fcc[fc];
+#else
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ if (utf && fc > 127)
+ foc = UCD_OTHERCASE(fc);
+#else
+ if (utf && fc > 127)
+ foc = fc;
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+ else
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */
+ foc = TABLE_GET(fc, md->fcc, fc);
+#endif /* COMPILE_PCRE8 */
+
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ pcre_uint32 cc; /* Faster than pcre_uchar */
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ cc = UCHAR21TEST(eptr);
+ if (fc != cc && foc != cc) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ eptr++;
+ }
+ if (min == max) continue;
+ if (minimize)
+ {
+ for (fi = min;; fi++)
+ {
+ pcre_uint32 cc; /* Faster than pcre_uchar */
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM24);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ cc = UCHAR21TEST(eptr);
+ if (fc != cc && foc != cc) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ eptr++;
+ }
+ /* Control never gets here */
+ }
+ else /* Maximize */
+ {
+ pp = eptr;
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ pcre_uint32 cc; /* Faster than pcre_uchar */
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ cc = UCHAR21TEST(eptr);
+ if (fc != cc && foc != cc) break;
+ eptr++;
+ }
+ if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (eptr == pp) goto TAIL_RECURSE;
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM25);
+ eptr--;
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ }
+ /* Control never gets here */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Caseful comparisons (includes all multi-byte characters) */
+
+ else
+ {
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ if (fc != UCHAR21INCTEST(eptr)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+
+ if (min == max) continue;
+
+ if (minimize)
+ {
+ for (fi = min;; fi++)
+ {
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM26);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ if (fc != UCHAR21INCTEST(eptr)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ /* Control never gets here */
+ }
+ else /* Maximize */
+ {
+ pp = eptr;
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ if (fc != UCHAR21TEST(eptr)) break;
+ eptr++;
+ }
+ if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (eptr == pp) goto TAIL_RECURSE;
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM27);
+ eptr--;
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ }
+ /* Control never gets here */
+ }
+ }
+ /* Control never gets here */
+
+ /* Match a negated single one-byte character. The character we are
+ checking can be multibyte. */
+
+ case OP_NOT:
+ case OP_NOTI:
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf)
+ {
+ register pcre_uint32 ch, och;
+
+ ecode++;
+ GETCHARINC(ch, ecode);
+ GETCHARINC(c, eptr);
+
+ if (op == OP_NOT)
+ {
+ if (ch == c) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ if (ch > 127)
+ och = UCD_OTHERCASE(ch);
+#else
+ if (ch > 127)
+ och = ch;
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+ else
+ och = TABLE_GET(ch, md->fcc, ch);
+ if (ch == c || och == c) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ register pcre_uint32 ch = ecode[1];
+ c = *eptr++;
+ if (ch == c || (op == OP_NOTI && TABLE_GET(ch, md->fcc, ch) == c))
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ ecode += 2;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /* Match a negated single one-byte character repeatedly. This is almost a
+ repeat of the code for a repeated single character, but I haven't found a
+ nice way of commoning these up that doesn't require a test of the
+ positive/negative option for each character match. Maybe that wouldn't add
+ very much to the time taken, but character matching *is* what this is all
+ about... */
+
+ case OP_NOTEXACT:
+ case OP_NOTEXACTI:
+ min = max = GET2(ecode, 1);
+ ecode += 1 + IMM2_SIZE;
+ goto REPEATNOTCHAR;
+
+ case OP_NOTUPTO:
+ case OP_NOTUPTOI:
+ case OP_NOTMINUPTO:
+ case OP_NOTMINUPTOI:
+ min = 0;
+ max = GET2(ecode, 1);
+ minimize = *ecode == OP_NOTMINUPTO || *ecode == OP_NOTMINUPTOI;
+ ecode += 1 + IMM2_SIZE;
+ goto REPEATNOTCHAR;
+
+ case OP_NOTPOSSTAR:
+ case OP_NOTPOSSTARI:
+ possessive = TRUE;
+ min = 0;
+ max = INT_MAX;
+ ecode++;
+ goto REPEATNOTCHAR;
+
+ case OP_NOTPOSPLUS:
+ case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI:
+ possessive = TRUE;
+ min = 1;
+ max = INT_MAX;
+ ecode++;
+ goto REPEATNOTCHAR;
+
+ case OP_NOTPOSQUERY:
+ case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI:
+ possessive = TRUE;
+ min = 0;
+ max = 1;
+ ecode++;
+ goto REPEATNOTCHAR;
+
+ case OP_NOTPOSUPTO:
+ case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI:
+ possessive = TRUE;
+ min = 0;
+ max = GET2(ecode, 1);
+ ecode += 1 + IMM2_SIZE;
+ goto REPEATNOTCHAR;
+
+ case OP_NOTSTAR:
+ case OP_NOTSTARI:
+ case OP_NOTMINSTAR:
+ case OP_NOTMINSTARI:
+ case OP_NOTPLUS:
+ case OP_NOTPLUSI:
+ case OP_NOTMINPLUS:
+ case OP_NOTMINPLUSI:
+ case OP_NOTQUERY:
+ case OP_NOTQUERYI:
+ case OP_NOTMINQUERY:
+ case OP_NOTMINQUERYI:
+ c = *ecode++ - ((op >= OP_NOTSTARI)? OP_NOTSTARI: OP_NOTSTAR);
+ minimize = (c & 1) != 0;
+ min = rep_min[c]; /* Pick up values from tables; */
+ max = rep_max[c]; /* zero for max => infinity */
+ if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX;
+
+ /* Common code for all repeated single-byte matches. */
+
+ REPEATNOTCHAR:
+ GETCHARINCTEST(fc, ecode);
+
+ /* The code is duplicated for the caseless and caseful cases, for speed,
+ since matching characters is likely to be quite common. First, ensure the
+ minimum number of matches are present. If min = max, continue at the same
+ level without recursing. Otherwise, if minimizing, keep trying the rest of
+ the expression and advancing one matching character if failing, up to the
+ maximum. Alternatively, if maximizing, find the maximum number of
+ characters and work backwards. */
+
+ DPRINTF(("negative matching %c{%d,%d} against subject %.*s\n", fc, min, max,
+ max, (char *)eptr));
+
+ if (op >= OP_NOTSTARI) /* Caseless */
+ {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ if (utf && fc > 127)
+ foc = UCD_OTHERCASE(fc);
+#else
+ if (utf && fc > 127)
+ foc = fc;
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+ else
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */
+ foc = TABLE_GET(fc, md->fcc, fc);
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf)
+ {
+ register pcre_uint32 d;
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINC(d, eptr);
+ if (fc == d || (unsigned int)foc == d) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */
+ /* Not UTF mode */
+ {
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ if (fc == *eptr || foc == *eptr) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ eptr++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (min == max) continue;
+
+ if (minimize)
+ {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf)
+ {
+ register pcre_uint32 d;
+ for (fi = min;; fi++)
+ {
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM28);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINC(d, eptr);
+ if (fc == d || (unsigned int)foc == d) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif /*SUPPORT_UTF */
+ /* Not UTF mode */
+ {
+ for (fi = min;; fi++)
+ {
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM29);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ if (fc == *eptr || foc == *eptr) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ eptr++;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Control never gets here */
+ }
+
+ /* Maximize case */
+
+ else
+ {
+ pp = eptr;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf)
+ {
+ register pcre_uint32 d;
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ int len = 1;
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ GETCHARLEN(d, eptr, len);
+ if (fc == d || (unsigned int)foc == d) break;
+ eptr += len;
+ }
+ if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */
+ for(;;)
+ {
+ if (eptr <= pp) goto TAIL_RECURSE;
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM30);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ eptr--;
+ BACKCHAR(eptr);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */
+ /* Not UTF mode */
+ {
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ if (fc == *eptr || foc == *eptr) break;
+ eptr++;
+ }
+ if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (eptr == pp) goto TAIL_RECURSE;
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM31);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ eptr--;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Control never gets here */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Caseful comparisons */
+
+ else
+ {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf)
+ {
+ register pcre_uint32 d;
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINC(d, eptr);
+ if (fc == d) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ /* Not UTF mode */
+ {
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ if (fc == *eptr++) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (min == max) continue;
+
+ if (minimize)
+ {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf)
+ {
+ register pcre_uint32 d;
+ for (fi = min;; fi++)
+ {
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM32);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINC(d, eptr);
+ if (fc == d) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ /* Not UTF mode */
+ {
+ for (fi = min;; fi++)
+ {
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM33);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ if (fc == *eptr++) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ }
+ /* Control never gets here */
+ }
+
+ /* Maximize case */
+
+ else
+ {
+ pp = eptr;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf)
+ {
+ register pcre_uint32 d;
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ int len = 1;
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ GETCHARLEN(d, eptr, len);
+ if (fc == d) break;
+ eptr += len;
+ }
+ if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */
+ for(;;)
+ {
+ if (eptr <= pp) goto TAIL_RECURSE;
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM34);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ eptr--;
+ BACKCHAR(eptr);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ /* Not UTF mode */
+ {
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ if (fc == *eptr) break;
+ eptr++;
+ }
+ if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (eptr == pp) goto TAIL_RECURSE;
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM35);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ eptr--;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Control never gets here */
+ }
+ }
+ /* Control never gets here */
+
+ /* Match a single character type repeatedly; several different opcodes
+ share code. This is very similar to the code for single characters, but we
+ repeat it in the interests of efficiency. */
+
+ case OP_TYPEEXACT:
+ min = max = GET2(ecode, 1);
+ minimize = TRUE;
+ ecode += 1 + IMM2_SIZE;
+ goto REPEATTYPE;
+
+ case OP_TYPEUPTO:
+ case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
+ min = 0;
+ max = GET2(ecode, 1);
+ minimize = *ecode == OP_TYPEMINUPTO;
+ ecode += 1 + IMM2_SIZE;
+ goto REPEATTYPE;
+
+ case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
+ possessive = TRUE;
+ min = 0;
+ max = INT_MAX;
+ ecode++;
+ goto REPEATTYPE;
+
+ case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
+ possessive = TRUE;
+ min = 1;
+ max = INT_MAX;
+ ecode++;
+ goto REPEATTYPE;
+
+ case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
+ possessive = TRUE;
+ min = 0;
+ max = 1;
+ ecode++;
+ goto REPEATTYPE;
+
+ case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
+ possessive = TRUE;
+ min = 0;
+ max = GET2(ecode, 1);
+ ecode += 1 + IMM2_SIZE;
+ goto REPEATTYPE;
+
+ case OP_TYPESTAR:
+ case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
+ case OP_TYPEPLUS:
+ case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
+ case OP_TYPEQUERY:
+ case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
+ c = *ecode++ - OP_TYPESTAR;
+ minimize = (c & 1) != 0;
+ min = rep_min[c]; /* Pick up values from tables; */
+ max = rep_max[c]; /* zero for max => infinity */
+ if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX;
+
+ /* Common code for all repeated single character type matches. Note that
+ in UTF-8 mode, '.' matches a character of any length, but for the other
+ character types, the valid characters are all one-byte long. */
+
+ REPEATTYPE:
+ ctype = *ecode++; /* Code for the character type */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ if (ctype == OP_PROP || ctype == OP_NOTPROP)
+ {
+ prop_fail_result = ctype == OP_NOTPROP;
+ prop_type = *ecode++;
+ prop_value = *ecode++;
+ }
+ else prop_type = -1;
+#endif
+
+ /* First, ensure the minimum number of matches are present. Use inline
+ code for maximizing the speed, and do the type test once at the start
+ (i.e. keep it out of the loop). Separate the UTF-8 code completely as that
+ is tidier. Also separate the UCP code, which can be the same for both UTF-8
+ and single-bytes. */
+
+ if (min > 0)
+ {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ if (prop_type >= 0)
+ {
+ switch(prop_type)
+ {
+ case PT_ANY:
+ if (prop_fail_result) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case PT_LAMP:
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ int chartype;
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ chartype = UCD_CHARTYPE(c);
+ if ((chartype == ucp_Lu ||
+ chartype == ucp_Ll ||
+ chartype == ucp_Lt) == prop_fail_result)
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case PT_GC:
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ if ((UCD_CATEGORY(c) == prop_value) == prop_fail_result)
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case PT_PC:
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ if ((UCD_CHARTYPE(c) == prop_value) == prop_fail_result)
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case PT_SC:
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ if ((UCD_SCRIPT(c) == prop_value) == prop_fail_result)
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case PT_ALNUM:
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ int category;
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ category = UCD_CATEGORY(c);
+ if ((category == ucp_L || category == ucp_N) == prop_fail_result)
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /* Perl space used to exclude VT, but from Perl 5.18 it is included,
+ which means that Perl space and POSIX space are now identical. PCRE
+ was changed at release 8.34. */
+
+ case PT_SPACE: /* Perl space */
+ case PT_PXSPACE: /* POSIX space */
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ HSPACE_CASES:
+ VSPACE_CASES:
+ if (prop_fail_result) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ if ((UCD_CATEGORY(c) == ucp_Z) == prop_fail_result)
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case PT_WORD:
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ int category;
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ category = UCD_CATEGORY(c);
+ if ((category == ucp_L || category == ucp_N || c == CHAR_UNDERSCORE)
+ == prop_fail_result)
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case PT_CLIST:
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ const pcre_uint32 *cp;
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ cp = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + prop_value;
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (c < *cp)
+ { if (prop_fail_result) break; else { RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } }
+ if (c == *cp++)
+ { if (prop_fail_result) { RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } else break; }
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case PT_UCNC:
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ if ((c == CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN || c == CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT ||
+ c == CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT || (c >= 0xa0 && c <= 0xd7ff) ||
+ c >= 0xe000) == prop_fail_result)
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /* This should not occur */
+
+ default:
+ RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Match extended Unicode sequences. We will get here only if the
+ support is in the binary; otherwise a compile-time error occurs. */
+
+ else if (ctype == OP_EXTUNI)
+ {
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ int lgb, rgb;
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ lgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c);
+ while (eptr < md->end_subject)
+ {
+ int len = 1;
+ if (!utf) c = *eptr; else { GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len); }
+ rgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c);
+ if ((PRIV(ucp_gbtable)[lgb] & (1 << rgb)) == 0) break;
+ lgb = rgb;
+ eptr += len;
+ }
+ }
+ CHECK_PARTIAL();
+ }
+ }
+
+ else
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+
+/* Handle all other cases when the coding is UTF-8 */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf) switch(ctype)
+ {
+ case OP_ANY:
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ if (IS_NEWLINE(eptr)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ if (md->partial != 0 &&
+ eptr + 1 >= md->end_subject &&
+ NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED &&
+ NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 &&
+ UCHAR21(eptr) == NLBLOCK->nl[0])
+ {
+ md->hitend = TRUE;
+ if (md->partial > 1) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL);
+ }
+ eptr++;
+ ACROSSCHAR(eptr < md->end_subject, *eptr, eptr++);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_ALLANY:
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ eptr++;
+ ACROSSCHAR(eptr < md->end_subject, *eptr, eptr++);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_ANYBYTE:
+ if (eptr > md->end_subject - min) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ eptr += min;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_ANYNL:
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINC(c, eptr);
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+
+ case CHAR_CR:
+ if (eptr < md->end_subject && UCHAR21(eptr) == CHAR_LF) eptr++;
+ break;
+
+ case CHAR_LF:
+ break;
+
+ case CHAR_VT:
+ case CHAR_FF:
+ case CHAR_NEL:
+#ifndef EBCDIC
+ case 0x2028:
+ case 0x2029:
+#endif /* Not EBCDIC */
+ if (md->bsr_anycrlf) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_HSPACE:
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINC(c, eptr);
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ HSPACE_CASES: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); /* Byte and multibyte cases */
+ default: break;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_HSPACE:
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINC(c, eptr);
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ HSPACE_CASES: break; /* Byte and multibyte cases */
+ default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_VSPACE:
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINC(c, eptr);
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ VSPACE_CASES: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ default: break;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_VSPACE:
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINC(c, eptr);
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ VSPACE_CASES: break;
+ default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINC(c, eptr);
+ if (c < 128 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) != 0)
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_DIGIT:
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ pcre_uint32 cc;
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ cc = UCHAR21(eptr);
+ if (cc >= 128 || (md->ctypes[cc] & ctype_digit) == 0)
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ eptr++;
+ /* No need to skip more bytes - we know it's a 1-byte character */
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ pcre_uint32 cc;
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ cc = UCHAR21(eptr);
+ if (cc < 128 && (md->ctypes[cc] & ctype_space) != 0)
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ eptr++;
+ ACROSSCHAR(eptr < md->end_subject, *eptr, eptr++);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_WHITESPACE:
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ pcre_uint32 cc;
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ cc = UCHAR21(eptr);
+ if (cc >= 128 || (md->ctypes[cc] & ctype_space) == 0)
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ eptr++;
+ /* No need to skip more bytes - we know it's a 1-byte character */
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ pcre_uint32 cc;
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ cc = UCHAR21(eptr);
+ if (cc < 128 && (md->ctypes[cc] & ctype_word) != 0)
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ eptr++;
+ ACROSSCHAR(eptr < md->end_subject, *eptr, eptr++);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_WORDCHAR:
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ pcre_uint32 cc;
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ cc = UCHAR21(eptr);
+ if (cc >= 128 || (md->ctypes[cc] & ctype_word) == 0)
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ eptr++;
+ /* No need to skip more bytes - we know it's a 1-byte character */
+ }
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+ } /* End switch(ctype) */
+
+ else
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */
+
+ /* Code for the non-UTF-8 case for minimum matching of operators other
+ than OP_PROP and OP_NOTPROP. */
+
+ switch(ctype)
+ {
+ case OP_ANY:
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ if (IS_NEWLINE(eptr)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ if (md->partial != 0 &&
+ eptr + 1 >= md->end_subject &&
+ NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED &&
+ NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 &&
+ *eptr == NLBLOCK->nl[0])
+ {
+ md->hitend = TRUE;
+ if (md->partial > 1) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL);
+ }
+ eptr++;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_ALLANY:
+ if (eptr > md->end_subject - min)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ eptr += min;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_ANYBYTE:
+ if (eptr > md->end_subject - min)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ eptr += min;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_ANYNL:
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ switch(*eptr++)
+ {
+ default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+
+ case CHAR_CR:
+ if (eptr < md->end_subject && *eptr == CHAR_LF) eptr++;
+ break;
+
+ case CHAR_LF:
+ break;
+
+ case CHAR_VT:
+ case CHAR_FF:
+ case CHAR_NEL:
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ case 0x2028:
+ case 0x2029:
+#endif
+ if (md->bsr_anycrlf) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_HSPACE:
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ switch(*eptr++)
+ {
+ default: break;
+ HSPACE_BYTE_CASES:
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ HSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES:
+#endif
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_HSPACE:
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ switch(*eptr++)
+ {
+ default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ HSPACE_BYTE_CASES:
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ HSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES:
+#endif
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_VSPACE:
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ switch(*eptr++)
+ {
+ VSPACE_BYTE_CASES:
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ VSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES:
+#endif
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ default: break;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_VSPACE:
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ switch(*eptr++)
+ {
+ default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ VSPACE_BYTE_CASES:
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ VSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES:
+#endif
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ if (MAX_255(*eptr) && (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_digit) != 0)
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ eptr++;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_DIGIT:
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ if (!MAX_255(*eptr) || (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_digit) == 0)
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ eptr++;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ if (MAX_255(*eptr) && (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_space) != 0)
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ eptr++;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_WHITESPACE:
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ if (!MAX_255(*eptr) || (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_space) == 0)
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ eptr++;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ if (MAX_255(*eptr) && (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_word) != 0)
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ eptr++;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_WORDCHAR:
+ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ if (!MAX_255(*eptr) || (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_word) == 0)
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ eptr++;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If min = max, continue at the same level without recursing */
+
+ if (min == max) continue;
+
+ /* If minimizing, we have to test the rest of the pattern before each
+ subsequent match. Again, separate the UTF-8 case for speed, and also
+ separate the UCP cases. */
+
+ if (minimize)
+ {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ if (prop_type >= 0)
+ {
+ switch(prop_type)
+ {
+ case PT_ANY:
+ for (fi = min;; fi++)
+ {
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM36);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ if (prop_fail_result) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ /* Control never gets here */
+
+ case PT_LAMP:
+ for (fi = min;; fi++)
+ {
+ int chartype;
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM37);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ chartype = UCD_CHARTYPE(c);
+ if ((chartype == ucp_Lu ||
+ chartype == ucp_Ll ||
+ chartype == ucp_Lt) == prop_fail_result)
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ /* Control never gets here */
+
+ case PT_GC:
+ for (fi = min;; fi++)
+ {
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM38);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ if ((UCD_CATEGORY(c) == prop_value) == prop_fail_result)
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ /* Control never gets here */
+
+ case PT_PC:
+ for (fi = min;; fi++)
+ {
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM39);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ if ((UCD_CHARTYPE(c) == prop_value) == prop_fail_result)
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ /* Control never gets here */
+
+ case PT_SC:
+ for (fi = min;; fi++)
+ {
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM40);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ if ((UCD_SCRIPT(c) == prop_value) == prop_fail_result)
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ /* Control never gets here */
+
+ case PT_ALNUM:
+ for (fi = min;; fi++)
+ {
+ int category;
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM59);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ category = UCD_CATEGORY(c);
+ if ((category == ucp_L || category == ucp_N) == prop_fail_result)
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ /* Control never gets here */
+
+ /* Perl space used to exclude VT, but from Perl 5.18 it is included,
+ which means that Perl space and POSIX space are now identical. PCRE
+ was changed at release 8.34. */
+
+ case PT_SPACE: /* Perl space */
+ case PT_PXSPACE: /* POSIX space */
+ for (fi = min;; fi++)
+ {
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM61);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ HSPACE_CASES:
+ VSPACE_CASES:
+ if (prop_fail_result) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ if ((UCD_CATEGORY(c) == ucp_Z) == prop_fail_result)
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Control never gets here */
+
+ case PT_WORD:
+ for (fi = min;; fi++)
+ {
+ int category;
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM62);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ category = UCD_CATEGORY(c);
+ if ((category == ucp_L ||
+ category == ucp_N ||
+ c == CHAR_UNDERSCORE)
+ == prop_fail_result)
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ /* Control never gets here */
+
+ case PT_CLIST:
+ for (fi = min;; fi++)
+ {
+ const pcre_uint32 *cp;
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM67);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ cp = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + prop_value;
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (c < *cp)
+ { if (prop_fail_result) break; else { RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } }
+ if (c == *cp++)
+ { if (prop_fail_result) { RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } else break; }
+ }
+ }
+ /* Control never gets here */
+
+ case PT_UCNC:
+ for (fi = min;; fi++)
+ {
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM60);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ if ((c == CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN || c == CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT ||
+ c == CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT || (c >= 0xa0 && c <= 0xd7ff) ||
+ c >= 0xe000) == prop_fail_result)
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ /* Control never gets here */
+
+ /* This should never occur */
+ default:
+ RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Match extended Unicode sequences. We will get here only if the
+ support is in the binary; otherwise a compile-time error occurs. */
+
+ else if (ctype == OP_EXTUNI)
+ {
+ for (fi = min;; fi++)
+ {
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM41);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ int lgb, rgb;
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ lgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c);
+ while (eptr < md->end_subject)
+ {
+ int len = 1;
+ if (!utf) c = *eptr; else { GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len); }
+ rgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c);
+ if ((PRIV(ucp_gbtable)[lgb] & (1 << rgb)) == 0) break;
+ lgb = rgb;
+ eptr += len;
+ }
+ }
+ CHECK_PARTIAL();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf)
+ {
+ for (fi = min;; fi++)
+ {
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM42);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ if (ctype == OP_ANY && IS_NEWLINE(eptr))
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ GETCHARINC(c, eptr);
+ switch(ctype)
+ {
+ case OP_ANY: /* This is the non-NL case */
+ if (md->partial != 0 && /* Take care with CRLF partial */
+ eptr >= md->end_subject &&
+ NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED &&
+ NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 &&
+ c == NLBLOCK->nl[0])
+ {
+ md->hitend = TRUE;
+ if (md->partial > 1) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_ALLANY:
+ case OP_ANYBYTE:
+ break;
+
+ case OP_ANYNL:
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ case CHAR_CR:
+ if (eptr < md->end_subject && UCHAR21(eptr) == CHAR_LF) eptr++;
+ break;
+
+ case CHAR_LF:
+ break;
+
+ case CHAR_VT:
+ case CHAR_FF:
+ case CHAR_NEL:
+#ifndef EBCDIC
+ case 0x2028:
+ case 0x2029:
+#endif /* Not EBCDIC */
+ if (md->bsr_anycrlf) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_HSPACE:
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ HSPACE_CASES: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ default: break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_HSPACE:
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ HSPACE_CASES: break;
+ default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_VSPACE:
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ VSPACE_CASES: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ default: break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_VSPACE:
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ VSPACE_CASES: break;
+ default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
+ if (c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) != 0)
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ break;
+
+ case OP_DIGIT:
+ if (c >= 256 || (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) == 0)
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
+ if (c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0)
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ break;
+
+ case OP_WHITESPACE:
+ if (c >= 256 || (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) == 0)
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
+ if (c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0)
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ break;
+
+ case OP_WORDCHAR:
+ if (c >= 256 || (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) == 0)
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ /* Not UTF mode */
+ {
+ for (fi = min;; fi++)
+ {
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM43);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ if (ctype == OP_ANY && IS_NEWLINE(eptr))
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ c = *eptr++;
+ switch(ctype)
+ {
+ case OP_ANY: /* This is the non-NL case */
+ if (md->partial != 0 && /* Take care with CRLF partial */
+ eptr >= md->end_subject &&
+ NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED &&
+ NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 &&
+ c == NLBLOCK->nl[0])
+ {
+ md->hitend = TRUE;
+ if (md->partial > 1) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_ALLANY:
+ case OP_ANYBYTE:
+ break;
+
+ case OP_ANYNL:
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ case CHAR_CR:
+ if (eptr < md->end_subject && *eptr == CHAR_LF) eptr++;
+ break;
+
+ case CHAR_LF:
+ break;
+
+ case CHAR_VT:
+ case CHAR_FF:
+ case CHAR_NEL:
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ case 0x2028:
+ case 0x2029:
+#endif
+ if (md->bsr_anycrlf) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_HSPACE:
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ default: break;
+ HSPACE_BYTE_CASES:
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ HSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES:
+#endif
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_HSPACE:
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ HSPACE_BYTE_CASES:
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ HSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES:
+#endif
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_VSPACE:
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ default: break;
+ VSPACE_BYTE_CASES:
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ VSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES:
+#endif
+ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_VSPACE:
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ VSPACE_BYTE_CASES:
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ VSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES:
+#endif
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
+ if (MAX_255(c) && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) != 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ break;
+
+ case OP_DIGIT:
+ if (!MAX_255(c) || (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
+ if (MAX_255(c) && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ break;
+
+ case OP_WHITESPACE:
+ if (!MAX_255(c) || (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
+ if (MAX_255(c) && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ break;
+
+ case OP_WORDCHAR:
+ if (!MAX_255(c) || (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* Control never gets here */
+ }
+
+ /* If maximizing, it is worth using inline code for speed, doing the type
+ test once at the start (i.e. keep it out of the loop). Again, keep the
+ UTF-8 and UCP stuff separate. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ pp = eptr; /* Remember where we started */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ if (prop_type >= 0)
+ {
+ switch(prop_type)
+ {
+ case PT_ANY:
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ int len = 1;
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len);
+ if (prop_fail_result) break;
+ eptr+= len;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case PT_LAMP:
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ int chartype;
+ int len = 1;
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len);
+ chartype = UCD_CHARTYPE(c);
+ if ((chartype == ucp_Lu ||
+ chartype == ucp_Ll ||
+ chartype == ucp_Lt) == prop_fail_result)
+ break;
+ eptr+= len;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case PT_GC:
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ int len = 1;
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len);
+ if ((UCD_CATEGORY(c) == prop_value) == prop_fail_result) break;
+ eptr+= len;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case PT_PC:
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ int len = 1;
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len);
+ if ((UCD_CHARTYPE(c) == prop_value) == prop_fail_result) break;
+ eptr+= len;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case PT_SC:
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ int len = 1;
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len);
+ if ((UCD_SCRIPT(c) == prop_value) == prop_fail_result) break;
+ eptr+= len;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case PT_ALNUM:
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ int category;
+ int len = 1;
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len);
+ category = UCD_CATEGORY(c);
+ if ((category == ucp_L || category == ucp_N) == prop_fail_result)
+ break;
+ eptr+= len;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /* Perl space used to exclude VT, but from Perl 5.18 it is included,
+ which means that Perl space and POSIX space are now identical. PCRE
+ was changed at release 8.34. */
+
+ case PT_SPACE: /* Perl space */
+ case PT_PXSPACE: /* POSIX space */
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ int len = 1;
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len);
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ HSPACE_CASES:
+ VSPACE_CASES:
+ if (prop_fail_result) goto ENDLOOP99; /* Break the loop */
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ if ((UCD_CATEGORY(c) == ucp_Z) == prop_fail_result)
+ goto ENDLOOP99; /* Break the loop */
+ break;
+ }
+ eptr+= len;
+ }
+ ENDLOOP99:
+ break;
+
+ case PT_WORD:
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ int category;
+ int len = 1;
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len);
+ category = UCD_CATEGORY(c);
+ if ((category == ucp_L || category == ucp_N ||
+ c == CHAR_UNDERSCORE) == prop_fail_result)
+ break;
+ eptr+= len;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case PT_CLIST:
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ const pcre_uint32 *cp;
+ int len = 1;
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len);
+ cp = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + prop_value;
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (c < *cp)
+ { if (prop_fail_result) break; else goto GOT_MAX; }
+ if (c == *cp++)
+ { if (prop_fail_result) goto GOT_MAX; else break; }
+ }
+ eptr += len;
+ }
+ GOT_MAX:
+ break;
+
+ case PT_UCNC:
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ int len = 1;
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len);
+ if ((c == CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN || c == CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT ||
+ c == CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT || (c >= 0xa0 && c <= 0xd7ff) ||
+ c >= 0xe000) == prop_fail_result)
+ break;
+ eptr += len;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+ }
+
+ /* eptr is now past the end of the maximum run */
+
+ if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */
+ for(;;)
+ {
+ if (eptr <= pp) goto TAIL_RECURSE;
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM44);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ eptr--;
+ if (utf) BACKCHAR(eptr);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Match extended Unicode grapheme clusters. We will get here only if the
+ support is in the binary; otherwise a compile-time error occurs. */
+
+ else if (ctype == OP_EXTUNI)
+ {
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ int lgb, rgb;
+ GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr);
+ lgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c);
+ while (eptr < md->end_subject)
+ {
+ int len = 1;
+ if (!utf) c = *eptr; else { GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len); }
+ rgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c);
+ if ((PRIV(ucp_gbtable)[lgb] & (1 << rgb)) == 0) break;
+ lgb = rgb;
+ eptr += len;
+ }
+ }
+ CHECK_PARTIAL();
+ }
+
+ /* eptr is now past the end of the maximum run */
+
+ if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */
+
+ /* We use <= pp rather than == pp to detect the start of the run while
+ backtracking because the use of \C in UTF mode can cause BACKCHAR to
+ move back past pp. This is just palliative; the use of \C in UTF mode
+ is fraught with danger. */
+
+ for(;;)
+ {
+ int lgb, rgb;
+ PCRE_PUCHAR fptr;
+
+ if (eptr <= pp) goto TAIL_RECURSE; /* At start of char run */
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM45);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+
+ /* Backtracking over an extended grapheme cluster involves inspecting
+ the previous two characters (if present) to see if a break is
+ permitted between them. */
+
+ eptr--;
+ if (!utf) c = *eptr; else
+ {
+ BACKCHAR(eptr);
+ GETCHAR(c, eptr);
+ }
+ rgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c);
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (eptr <= pp) goto TAIL_RECURSE; /* At start of char run */
+ fptr = eptr - 1;
+ if (!utf) c = *fptr; else
+ {
+ BACKCHAR(fptr);
+ GETCHAR(c, fptr);
+ }
+ lgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c);
+ if ((PRIV(ucp_gbtable)[lgb] & (1 << rgb)) == 0) break;
+ eptr = fptr;
+ rgb = lgb;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ else
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf)
+ {
+ switch(ctype)
+ {
+ case OP_ANY:
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ if (IS_NEWLINE(eptr)) break;
+ if (md->partial != 0 && /* Take care with CRLF partial */
+ eptr + 1 >= md->end_subject &&
+ NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED &&
+ NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 &&
+ UCHAR21(eptr) == NLBLOCK->nl[0])
+ {
+ md->hitend = TRUE;
+ if (md->partial > 1) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL);
+ }
+ eptr++;
+ ACROSSCHAR(eptr < md->end_subject, *eptr, eptr++);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_ALLANY:
+ if (max < INT_MAX)
+ {
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ eptr++;
+ ACROSSCHAR(eptr < md->end_subject, *eptr, eptr++);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ eptr = md->end_subject; /* Unlimited UTF-8 repeat */
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /* The byte case is the same as non-UTF8 */
+
+ case OP_ANYBYTE:
+ c = max - min;
+ if (c > (unsigned int)(md->end_subject - eptr))
+ {
+ eptr = md->end_subject;
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ }
+ else eptr += c;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_ANYNL:
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ int len = 1;
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
+ if (c == CHAR_CR)
+ {
+ if (++eptr >= md->end_subject) break;
+ if (UCHAR21(eptr) == CHAR_LF) eptr++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (c != CHAR_LF &&
+ (md->bsr_anycrlf ||
+ (c != CHAR_VT && c != CHAR_FF && c != CHAR_NEL
+#ifndef EBCDIC
+ && c != 0x2028 && c != 0x2029
+#endif /* Not EBCDIC */
+ )))
+ break;
+ eptr += len;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_HSPACE:
+ case OP_HSPACE:
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ BOOL gotspace;
+ int len = 1;
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ HSPACE_CASES: gotspace = TRUE; break;
+ default: gotspace = FALSE; break;
+ }
+ if (gotspace == (ctype == OP_NOT_HSPACE)) break;
+ eptr += len;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_VSPACE:
+ case OP_VSPACE:
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ BOOL gotspace;
+ int len = 1;
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ VSPACE_CASES: gotspace = TRUE; break;
+ default: gotspace = FALSE; break;
+ }
+ if (gotspace == (ctype == OP_NOT_VSPACE)) break;
+ eptr += len;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ int len = 1;
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
+ if (c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) != 0) break;
+ eptr+= len;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_DIGIT:
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ int len = 1;
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
+ if (c >= 256 ||(md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) == 0) break;
+ eptr+= len;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ int len = 1;
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
+ if (c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0) break;
+ eptr+= len;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_WHITESPACE:
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ int len = 1;
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
+ if (c >= 256 ||(md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) == 0) break;
+ eptr+= len;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ int len = 1;
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
+ if (c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0) break;
+ eptr+= len;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_WORDCHAR:
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ int len = 1;
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len);
+ if (c >= 256 || (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) == 0) break;
+ eptr+= len;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+ }
+
+ if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */
+ for(;;)
+ {
+ if (eptr <= pp) goto TAIL_RECURSE;
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM46);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ eptr--;
+ BACKCHAR(eptr);
+ if (ctype == OP_ANYNL && eptr > pp && UCHAR21(eptr) == CHAR_NL &&
+ UCHAR21(eptr - 1) == CHAR_CR) eptr--;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */
+ /* Not UTF mode */
+ {
+ switch(ctype)
+ {
+ case OP_ANY:
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ if (IS_NEWLINE(eptr)) break;
+ if (md->partial != 0 && /* Take care with CRLF partial */
+ eptr + 1 >= md->end_subject &&
+ NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED &&
+ NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 &&
+ *eptr == NLBLOCK->nl[0])
+ {
+ md->hitend = TRUE;
+ if (md->partial > 1) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL);
+ }
+ eptr++;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_ALLANY:
+ case OP_ANYBYTE:
+ c = max - min;
+ if (c > (unsigned int)(md->end_subject - eptr))
+ {
+ eptr = md->end_subject;
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ }
+ else eptr += c;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_ANYNL:
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ c = *eptr;
+ if (c == CHAR_CR)
+ {
+ if (++eptr >= md->end_subject) break;
+ if (*eptr == CHAR_LF) eptr++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (c != CHAR_LF && (md->bsr_anycrlf ||
+ (c != CHAR_VT && c != CHAR_FF && c != CHAR_NEL
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ && c != 0x2028 && c != 0x2029
+#endif
+ ))) break;
+ eptr++;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_HSPACE:
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ switch(*eptr)
+ {
+ default: eptr++; break;
+ HSPACE_BYTE_CASES:
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ HSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES:
+#endif
+ goto ENDLOOP00;
+ }
+ }
+ ENDLOOP00:
+ break;
+
+ case OP_HSPACE:
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ switch(*eptr)
+ {
+ default: goto ENDLOOP01;
+ HSPACE_BYTE_CASES:
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ HSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES:
+#endif
+ eptr++; break;
+ }
+ }
+ ENDLOOP01:
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_VSPACE:
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ switch(*eptr)
+ {
+ default: eptr++; break;
+ VSPACE_BYTE_CASES:
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ VSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES:
+#endif
+ goto ENDLOOP02;
+ }
+ }
+ ENDLOOP02:
+ break;
+
+ case OP_VSPACE:
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ switch(*eptr)
+ {
+ default: goto ENDLOOP03;
+ VSPACE_BYTE_CASES:
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ VSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES:
+#endif
+ eptr++; break;
+ }
+ }
+ ENDLOOP03:
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ if (MAX_255(*eptr) && (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_digit) != 0) break;
+ eptr++;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_DIGIT:
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ if (!MAX_255(*eptr) || (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_digit) == 0) break;
+ eptr++;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ if (MAX_255(*eptr) && (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_space) != 0) break;
+ eptr++;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_WHITESPACE:
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ if (!MAX_255(*eptr) || (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_space) == 0) break;
+ eptr++;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ if (MAX_255(*eptr) && (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_word) != 0) break;
+ eptr++;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_WORDCHAR:
+ for (i = min; i < max; i++)
+ {
+ if (eptr >= md->end_subject)
+ {
+ SCHECK_PARTIAL();
+ break;
+ }
+ if (!MAX_255(*eptr) || (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_word) == 0) break;
+ eptr++;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+ }
+
+ if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (eptr == pp) goto TAIL_RECURSE;
+ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM47);
+ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc);
+ eptr--;
+ if (ctype == OP_ANYNL && eptr > pp && *eptr == CHAR_LF &&
+ eptr[-1] == CHAR_CR) eptr--;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Control never gets here */
+ }
+
+ /* There's been some horrible disaster. Arrival here can only mean there is
+ something seriously wrong in the code above or the OP_xxx definitions. */
+
+ default:
+ DPRINTF(("Unknown opcode %d\n", *ecode));
+ RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_UNKNOWN_OPCODE);
+ }
+
+ /* Do not stick any code in here without much thought; it is assumed
+ that "continue" in the code above comes out to here to repeat the main
+ loop. */
+
+ } /* End of main loop */
+/* Control never reaches here */
+
+
+/* When compiling to use the heap rather than the stack for recursive calls to
+match(), the RRETURN() macro jumps here. The number that is saved in
+frame->Xwhere indicates which label we actually want to return to. */
+
+#ifdef NO_RECURSE
+#define LBL(val) case val: goto L_RM##val;
+HEAP_RETURN:
+switch (frame->Xwhere)
+ {
+ LBL( 1) LBL( 2) LBL( 3) LBL( 4) LBL( 5) LBL( 6) LBL( 7) LBL( 8)
+ LBL( 9) LBL(10) LBL(11) LBL(12) LBL(13) LBL(14) LBL(15) LBL(17)
+ LBL(19) LBL(24) LBL(25) LBL(26) LBL(27) LBL(29) LBL(31) LBL(33)
+ LBL(35) LBL(43) LBL(47) LBL(48) LBL(49) LBL(50) LBL(51) LBL(52)
+ LBL(53) LBL(54) LBL(55) LBL(56) LBL(57) LBL(58) LBL(63) LBL(64)
+ LBL(65) LBL(66)
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ LBL(20) LBL(21)
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ LBL(16) LBL(18)
+ LBL(22) LBL(23) LBL(28) LBL(30)
+ LBL(32) LBL(34) LBL(42) LBL(46)
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ LBL(36) LBL(37) LBL(38) LBL(39) LBL(40) LBL(41) LBL(44) LBL(45)
+ LBL(59) LBL(60) LBL(61) LBL(62) LBL(67)
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */
+ default:
+ DPRINTF(("jump error in pcre match: label %d non-existent\n", frame->Xwhere));
+ return PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL;
+ }
+#undef LBL
+#endif /* NO_RECURSE */
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+****************************************************************************
+ RECURSION IN THE match() FUNCTION
+
+Undefine all the macros that were defined above to handle this. */
+
+#ifdef NO_RECURSE
+#undef eptr
+#undef ecode
+#undef mstart
+#undef offset_top
+#undef eptrb
+#undef flags
+
+#undef callpat
+#undef charptr
+#undef data
+#undef next
+#undef pp
+#undef prev
+#undef saved_eptr
+
+#undef new_recursive
+
+#undef cur_is_word
+#undef condition
+#undef prev_is_word
+
+#undef ctype
+#undef length
+#undef max
+#undef min
+#undef number
+#undef offset
+#undef op
+#undef save_capture_last
+#undef save_offset1
+#undef save_offset2
+#undef save_offset3
+#undef stacksave
+
+#undef newptrb
+
+#endif
+
+/* These two are defined as macros in both cases */
+
+#undef fc
+#undef fi
+
+/***************************************************************************
+***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifdef NO_RECURSE
+/*************************************************
+* Release allocated heap frames *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function releases all the allocated frames. The base frame is on the
+machine stack, and so must not be freed.
+
+Argument: the address of the base frame
+Returns: nothing
+*/
+
+static void
+release_match_heapframes (heapframe *frame_base)
+{
+heapframe *nextframe = frame_base->Xnextframe;
+while (nextframe != NULL)
+ {
+ heapframe *oldframe = nextframe;
+ nextframe = nextframe->Xnextframe;
+ (PUBL(stack_free))(oldframe);
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Execute a Regular Expression *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function applies a compiled re to a subject string and picks out
+portions of the string if it matches. Two elements in the vector are set for
+each substring: the offsets to the start and end of the substring.
+
+Arguments:
+ argument_re points to the compiled expression
+ extra_data points to extra data or is NULL
+ subject points to the subject string
+ length length of subject string (may contain binary zeros)
+ start_offset where to start in the subject string
+ options option bits
+ offsets points to a vector of ints to be filled in with offsets
+ offsetcount the number of elements in the vector
+
+Returns: > 0 => success; value is the number of elements filled in
+ = 0 => success, but offsets is not big enough
+ -1 => failed to match
+ < -1 => some kind of unexpected problem
+*/
+
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
+pcre_exec(const pcre *argument_re, const pcre_extra *extra_data,
+ PCRE_SPTR subject, int length, int start_offset, int options, int *offsets,
+ int offsetcount)
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
+pcre16_exec(const pcre16 *argument_re, const pcre16_extra *extra_data,
+ PCRE_SPTR16 subject, int length, int start_offset, int options, int *offsets,
+ int offsetcount)
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
+pcre32_exec(const pcre32 *argument_re, const pcre32_extra *extra_data,
+ PCRE_SPTR32 subject, int length, int start_offset, int options, int *offsets,
+ int offsetcount)
+#endif
+{
+int rc, ocount, arg_offset_max;
+int newline;
+BOOL using_temporary_offsets = FALSE;
+BOOL anchored;
+BOOL startline;
+BOOL firstline;
+BOOL utf;
+BOOL has_first_char = FALSE;
+BOOL has_req_char = FALSE;
+pcre_uchar first_char = 0;
+pcre_uchar first_char2 = 0;
+pcre_uchar req_char = 0;
+pcre_uchar req_char2 = 0;
+match_data match_block;
+match_data *md = &match_block;
+const pcre_uint8 *tables;
+const pcre_uint8 *start_bits = NULL;
+PCRE_PUCHAR start_match = (PCRE_PUCHAR)subject + start_offset;
+PCRE_PUCHAR end_subject;
+PCRE_PUCHAR start_partial = NULL;
+PCRE_PUCHAR match_partial = NULL;
+PCRE_PUCHAR req_char_ptr = start_match - 1;
+
+const pcre_study_data *study;
+const REAL_PCRE *re = (const REAL_PCRE *)argument_re;
+
+#ifdef NO_RECURSE
+heapframe frame_zero;
+frame_zero.Xprevframe = NULL; /* Marks the top level */
+frame_zero.Xnextframe = NULL; /* None are allocated yet */
+md->match_frames_base = &frame_zero;
+#endif
+
+/* Check for the special magic call that measures the size of the stack used
+per recursive call of match(). Without the funny casting for sizeof, a Windows
+compiler gave this error: "unary minus operator applied to unsigned type,
+result still unsigned". Hopefully the cast fixes that. */
+
+if (re == NULL && extra_data == NULL && subject == NULL && length == -999 &&
+ start_offset == -999)
+#ifdef NO_RECURSE
+ return -((int)sizeof(heapframe));
+#else
+ return match(NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL, 0);
+#endif
+
+/* Plausibility checks */
+
+if ((options & ~PUBLIC_EXEC_OPTIONS) != 0) return PCRE_ERROR_BADOPTION;
+if (re == NULL || subject == NULL || (offsets == NULL && offsetcount > 0))
+ return PCRE_ERROR_NULL;
+if (offsetcount < 0) return PCRE_ERROR_BADCOUNT;
+if (length < 0) return PCRE_ERROR_BADLENGTH;
+if (start_offset < 0 || start_offset > length) return PCRE_ERROR_BADOFFSET;
+
+/* Check that the first field in the block is the magic number. If it is not,
+return with PCRE_ERROR_BADMAGIC. However, if the magic number is equal to
+REVERSED_MAGIC_NUMBER we return with PCRE_ERROR_BADENDIANNESS, which
+means that the pattern is likely compiled with different endianness. */
+
+if (re->magic_number != MAGIC_NUMBER)
+ return re->magic_number == REVERSED_MAGIC_NUMBER?
+ PCRE_ERROR_BADENDIANNESS:PCRE_ERROR_BADMAGIC;
+if ((re->flags & PCRE_MODE) == 0) return PCRE_ERROR_BADMODE;
+
+/* These two settings are used in the code for checking a UTF-8 string that
+follows immediately afterwards. Other values in the md block are used only
+during "normal" pcre_exec() processing, not when the JIT support is in use,
+so they are set up later. */
+
+/* PCRE_UTF16 has the same value as PCRE_UTF8. */
+utf = md->utf = (re->options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
+md->partial = ((options & PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD) != 0)? 2 :
+ ((options & PCRE_PARTIAL_SOFT) != 0)? 1 : 0;
+
+/* Check a UTF-8 string if required. Pass back the character offset and error
+code for an invalid string if a results vector is available. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+if (utf && (options & PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK) == 0)
+ {
+ int erroroffset;
+ int errorcode = PRIV(valid_utf)((PCRE_PUCHAR)subject, length, &erroroffset);
+ if (errorcode != 0)
+ {
+ if (offsetcount >= 2)
+ {
+ offsets[0] = erroroffset;
+ offsets[1] = errorcode;
+ }
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ return (errorcode <= PCRE_UTF8_ERR5 && md->partial > 1)?
+ PCRE_ERROR_SHORTUTF8 : PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF8;
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+ return (errorcode <= PCRE_UTF16_ERR1 && md->partial > 1)?
+ PCRE_ERROR_SHORTUTF16 : PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF16;
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ return PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF32;
+#endif
+ }
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 || defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+ /* Check that a start_offset points to the start of a UTF character. */
+ if (start_offset > 0 && start_offset < length &&
+ NOT_FIRSTCHAR(((PCRE_PUCHAR)subject)[start_offset]))
+ return PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF8_OFFSET;
+#endif
+ }
+#endif
+
+/* If the pattern was successfully studied with JIT support, run the JIT
+executable instead of the rest of this function. Most options must be set at
+compile time for the JIT code to be usable. Fallback to the normal code path if
+an unsupported flag is set. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_JIT
+if (extra_data != NULL
+ && (extra_data->flags & (PCRE_EXTRA_EXECUTABLE_JIT |
+ PCRE_EXTRA_TABLES)) == PCRE_EXTRA_EXECUTABLE_JIT
+ && extra_data->executable_jit != NULL
+ && (options & ~PUBLIC_JIT_EXEC_OPTIONS) == 0)
+ {
+ rc = PRIV(jit_exec)(extra_data, (const pcre_uchar *)subject, length,
+ start_offset, options, offsets, offsetcount);
+
+ /* PCRE_ERROR_NULL means that the selected normal or partial matching
+ mode is not compiled. In this case we simply fallback to interpreter. */
+
+ if (rc != PCRE_ERROR_JIT_BADOPTION) return rc;
+ }
+#endif
+
+/* Carry on with non-JIT matching. This information is for finding all the
+numbers associated with a given name, for condition testing. */
+
+md->name_table = (pcre_uchar *)re + re->name_table_offset;
+md->name_count = re->name_count;
+md->name_entry_size = re->name_entry_size;
+
+/* Fish out the optional data from the extra_data structure, first setting
+the default values. */
+
+study = NULL;
+md->match_limit = MATCH_LIMIT;
+md->match_limit_recursion = MATCH_LIMIT_RECURSION;
+md->callout_data = NULL;
+
+/* The table pointer is always in native byte order. */
+
+tables = re->tables;
+
+/* The two limit values override the defaults, whatever their value. */
+
+if (extra_data != NULL)
+ {
+ unsigned long int flags = extra_data->flags;
+ if ((flags & PCRE_EXTRA_STUDY_DATA) != 0)
+ study = (const pcre_study_data *)extra_data->study_data;
+ if ((flags & PCRE_EXTRA_MATCH_LIMIT) != 0)
+ md->match_limit = extra_data->match_limit;
+ if ((flags & PCRE_EXTRA_MATCH_LIMIT_RECURSION) != 0)
+ md->match_limit_recursion = extra_data->match_limit_recursion;
+ if ((flags & PCRE_EXTRA_CALLOUT_DATA) != 0)
+ md->callout_data = extra_data->callout_data;
+ if ((flags & PCRE_EXTRA_TABLES) != 0) tables = extra_data->tables;
+ }
+
+/* Limits in the regex override only if they are smaller. */
+
+if ((re->flags & PCRE_MLSET) != 0 && re->limit_match < md->match_limit)
+ md->match_limit = re->limit_match;
+
+if ((re->flags & PCRE_RLSET) != 0 &&
+ re->limit_recursion < md->match_limit_recursion)
+ md->match_limit_recursion = re->limit_recursion;
+
+/* If the exec call supplied NULL for tables, use the inbuilt ones. This
+is a feature that makes it possible to save compiled regex and re-use them
+in other programs later. */
+
+if (tables == NULL) tables = PRIV(default_tables);
+
+/* Set up other data */
+
+anchored = ((re->options | options) & PCRE_ANCHORED) != 0;
+startline = (re->flags & PCRE_STARTLINE) != 0;
+firstline = (re->options & PCRE_FIRSTLINE) != 0;
+
+/* The code starts after the real_pcre block and the capture name table. */
+
+md->start_code = (const pcre_uchar *)re + re->name_table_offset +
+ re->name_count * re->name_entry_size;
+
+md->start_subject = (PCRE_PUCHAR)subject;
+md->start_offset = start_offset;
+md->end_subject = md->start_subject + length;
+end_subject = md->end_subject;
+
+md->endonly = (re->options & PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY) != 0;
+md->use_ucp = (re->options & PCRE_UCP) != 0;
+md->jscript_compat = (re->options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0;
+md->ignore_skip_arg = 0;
+
+/* Some options are unpacked into BOOL variables in the hope that testing
+them will be faster than individual option bits. */
+
+md->notbol = (options & PCRE_NOTBOL) != 0;
+md->noteol = (options & PCRE_NOTEOL) != 0;
+md->notempty = (options & PCRE_NOTEMPTY) != 0;
+md->notempty_atstart = (options & PCRE_NOTEMPTY_ATSTART) != 0;
+
+md->hitend = FALSE;
+md->mark = md->nomatch_mark = NULL; /* In case never set */
+
+md->recursive = NULL; /* No recursion at top level */
+md->hasthen = (re->flags & PCRE_HASTHEN) != 0;
+
+md->lcc = tables + lcc_offset;
+md->fcc = tables + fcc_offset;
+md->ctypes = tables + ctypes_offset;
+
+/* Handle different \R options. */
+
+switch (options & (PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE))
+ {
+ case 0:
+ if ((re->options & (PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE)) != 0)
+ md->bsr_anycrlf = (re->options & PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF) != 0;
+ else
+#ifdef BSR_ANYCRLF
+ md->bsr_anycrlf = TRUE;
+#else
+ md->bsr_anycrlf = FALSE;
+#endif
+ break;
+
+ case PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF:
+ md->bsr_anycrlf = TRUE;
+ break;
+
+ case PCRE_BSR_UNICODE:
+ md->bsr_anycrlf = FALSE;
+ break;
+
+ default: return PCRE_ERROR_BADNEWLINE;
+ }
+
+/* Handle different types of newline. The three bits give eight cases. If
+nothing is set at run time, whatever was used at compile time applies. */
+
+switch ((((options & PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS) == 0)? re->options :
+ (pcre_uint32)options) & PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS)
+ {
+ case 0: newline = NEWLINE; break; /* Compile-time default */
+ case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR: newline = CHAR_CR; break;
+ case PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = CHAR_NL; break;
+ case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR+
+ PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = (CHAR_CR << 8) | CHAR_NL; break;
+ case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY: newline = -1; break;
+ case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF: newline = -2; break;
+ default: return PCRE_ERROR_BADNEWLINE;
+ }
+
+if (newline == -2)
+ {
+ md->nltype = NLTYPE_ANYCRLF;
+ }
+else if (newline < 0)
+ {
+ md->nltype = NLTYPE_ANY;
+ }
+else
+ {
+ md->nltype = NLTYPE_FIXED;
+ if (newline > 255)
+ {
+ md->nllen = 2;
+ md->nl[0] = (newline >> 8) & 255;
+ md->nl[1] = newline & 255;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ md->nllen = 1;
+ md->nl[0] = newline;
+ }
+ }
+
+/* Partial matching was originally supported only for a restricted set of
+regexes; from release 8.00 there are no restrictions, but the bits are still
+defined (though never set). So there's no harm in leaving this code. */
+
+if (md->partial && (re->flags & PCRE_NOPARTIAL) != 0)
+ return PCRE_ERROR_BADPARTIAL;
+
+/* If the expression has got more back references than the offsets supplied can
+hold, we get a temporary chunk of working store to use during the matching.
+Otherwise, we can use the vector supplied, rounding down its size to a multiple
+of 3. */
+
+ocount = offsetcount - (offsetcount % 3);
+arg_offset_max = (2*ocount)/3;
+
+if (re->top_backref > 0 && re->top_backref >= ocount/3)
+ {
+ ocount = re->top_backref * 3 + 3;
+ md->offset_vector = (int *)(PUBL(malloc))(ocount * sizeof(int));
+ if (md->offset_vector == NULL) return PCRE_ERROR_NOMEMORY;
+ using_temporary_offsets = TRUE;
+ DPRINTF(("Got memory to hold back references\n"));
+ }
+else md->offset_vector = offsets;
+md->offset_end = ocount;
+md->offset_max = (2*ocount)/3;
+md->capture_last = 0;
+
+/* Reset the working variable associated with each extraction. These should
+never be used unless previously set, but they get saved and restored, and so we
+initialize them to avoid reading uninitialized locations. Also, unset the
+offsets for the matched string. This is really just for tidiness with callouts,
+in case they inspect these fields. */
+
+if (md->offset_vector != NULL)
+ {
+ register int *iptr = md->offset_vector + ocount;
+ register int *iend = iptr - re->top_bracket;
+ if (iend < md->offset_vector + 2) iend = md->offset_vector + 2;
+ while (--iptr >= iend) *iptr = -1;
+ if (offsetcount > 0) md->offset_vector[0] = -1;
+ if (offsetcount > 1) md->offset_vector[1] = -1;
+ }
+
+/* Set up the first character to match, if available. The first_char value is
+never set for an anchored regular expression, but the anchoring may be forced
+at run time, so we have to test for anchoring. The first char may be unset for
+an unanchored pattern, of course. If there's no first char and the pattern was
+studied, there may be a bitmap of possible first characters. */
+
+if (!anchored)
+ {
+ if ((re->flags & PCRE_FIRSTSET) != 0)
+ {
+ has_first_char = TRUE;
+ first_char = first_char2 = (pcre_uchar)(re->first_char);
+ if ((re->flags & PCRE_FCH_CASELESS) != 0)
+ {
+ first_char2 = TABLE_GET(first_char, md->fcc, first_char);
+#if defined SUPPORT_UCP && !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8)
+ if (utf && first_char > 127)
+ first_char2 = UCD_OTHERCASE(first_char);
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ if (!startline && study != NULL &&
+ (study->flags & PCRE_STUDY_MAPPED) != 0)
+ start_bits = study->start_bits;
+ }
+
+/* For anchored or unanchored matches, there may be a "last known required
+character" set. */
+
+if ((re->flags & PCRE_REQCHSET) != 0)
+ {
+ has_req_char = TRUE;
+ req_char = req_char2 = (pcre_uchar)(re->req_char);
+ if ((re->flags & PCRE_RCH_CASELESS) != 0)
+ {
+ req_char2 = TABLE_GET(req_char, md->fcc, req_char);
+#if defined SUPPORT_UCP && !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8)
+ if (utf && req_char > 127)
+ req_char2 = UCD_OTHERCASE(req_char);
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+
+
+/* ==========================================================================*/
+
+/* Loop for handling unanchored repeated matching attempts; for anchored regexs
+the loop runs just once. */
+
+for(;;)
+ {
+ PCRE_PUCHAR save_end_subject = end_subject;
+ PCRE_PUCHAR new_start_match;
+
+ /* If firstline is TRUE, the start of the match is constrained to the first
+ line of a multiline string. That is, the match must be before or at the first
+ newline. Implement this by temporarily adjusting end_subject so that we stop
+ scanning at a newline. If the match fails at the newline, later code breaks
+ this loop. */
+
+ if (firstline)
+ {
+ PCRE_PUCHAR t = start_match;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf)
+ {
+ while (t < md->end_subject && !IS_NEWLINE(t))
+ {
+ t++;
+ ACROSSCHAR(t < end_subject, *t, t++);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ while (t < md->end_subject && !IS_NEWLINE(t)) t++;
+ end_subject = t;
+ }
+
+ /* There are some optimizations that avoid running the match if a known
+ starting point is not found, or if a known later character is not present.
+ However, there is an option that disables these, for testing and for ensuring
+ that all callouts do actually occur. The option can be set in the regex by
+ (*NO_START_OPT) or passed in match-time options. */
+
+ if (((options | re->options) & PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE) == 0)
+ {
+ /* Advance to a unique first char if there is one. */
+
+ if (has_first_char)
+ {
+ pcre_uchar smc;
+
+ if (first_char != first_char2)
+ while (start_match < end_subject &&
+ (smc = UCHAR21TEST(start_match)) != first_char && smc != first_char2)
+ start_match++;
+ else
+ while (start_match < end_subject && UCHAR21TEST(start_match) != first_char)
+ start_match++;
+ }
+
+ /* Or to just after a linebreak for a multiline match */
+
+ else if (startline)
+ {
+ if (start_match > md->start_subject + start_offset)
+ {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf)
+ {
+ while (start_match < end_subject && !WAS_NEWLINE(start_match))
+ {
+ start_match++;
+ ACROSSCHAR(start_match < end_subject, *start_match,
+ start_match++);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ while (start_match < end_subject && !WAS_NEWLINE(start_match))
+ start_match++;
+
+ /* If we have just passed a CR and the newline option is ANY or ANYCRLF,
+ and we are now at a LF, advance the match position by one more character.
+ */
+
+ if (start_match[-1] == CHAR_CR &&
+ (md->nltype == NLTYPE_ANY || md->nltype == NLTYPE_ANYCRLF) &&
+ start_match < end_subject &&
+ UCHAR21TEST(start_match) == CHAR_NL)
+ start_match++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Or to a non-unique first byte after study */
+
+ else if (start_bits != NULL)
+ {
+ while (start_match < end_subject)
+ {
+ register pcre_uint32 c = UCHAR21TEST(start_match);
+#ifndef COMPILE_PCRE8
+ if (c > 255) c = 255;
+#endif
+ if ((start_bits[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) != 0) break;
+ start_match++;
+ }
+ }
+ } /* Starting optimizations */
+
+ /* Restore fudged end_subject */
+
+ end_subject = save_end_subject;
+
+ /* The following two optimizations are disabled for partial matching or if
+ disabling is explicitly requested. */
+
+ if (((options | re->options) & PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE) == 0 && !md->partial)
+ {
+ /* If the pattern was studied, a minimum subject length may be set. This is
+ a lower bound; no actual string of that length may actually match the
+ pattern. Although the value is, strictly, in characters, we treat it as
+ bytes to avoid spending too much time in this optimization. */
+
+ if (study != NULL && (study->flags & PCRE_STUDY_MINLEN) != 0 &&
+ (pcre_uint32)(end_subject - start_match) < study->minlength)
+ {
+ rc = MATCH_NOMATCH;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* If req_char is set, we know that that character must appear in the
+ subject for the match to succeed. If the first character is set, req_char
+ must be later in the subject; otherwise the test starts at the match point.
+ This optimization can save a huge amount of backtracking in patterns with
+ nested unlimited repeats that aren't going to match. Writing separate code
+ for cased/caseless versions makes it go faster, as does using an
+ autoincrement and backing off on a match.
+
+ HOWEVER: when the subject string is very, very long, searching to its end
+ can take a long time, and give bad performance on quite ordinary patterns.
+ This showed up when somebody was matching something like /^\d+C/ on a
+ 32-megabyte string... so we don't do this when the string is sufficiently
+ long. */
+
+ if (has_req_char && end_subject - start_match < REQ_BYTE_MAX)
+ {
+ register PCRE_PUCHAR p = start_match + (has_first_char? 1:0);
+
+ /* We don't need to repeat the search if we haven't yet reached the
+ place we found it at last time. */
+
+ if (p > req_char_ptr)
+ {
+ if (req_char != req_char2)
+ {
+ while (p < end_subject)
+ {
+ register pcre_uint32 pp = UCHAR21INCTEST(p);
+ if (pp == req_char || pp == req_char2) { p--; break; }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ while (p < end_subject)
+ {
+ if (UCHAR21INCTEST(p) == req_char) { p--; break; }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If we can't find the required character, break the matching loop,
+ forcing a match failure. */
+
+ if (p >= end_subject)
+ {
+ rc = MATCH_NOMATCH;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* If we have found the required character, save the point where we
+ found it, so that we don't search again next time round the loop if
+ the start hasn't passed this character yet. */
+
+ req_char_ptr = p;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef PCRE_DEBUG /* Sigh. Some compilers never learn. */
+ printf(">>>> Match against: ");
+ pchars(start_match, end_subject - start_match, TRUE, md);
+ printf("\n");
+#endif
+
+ /* OK, we can now run the match. If "hitend" is set afterwards, remember the
+ first starting point for which a partial match was found. */
+
+ md->start_match_ptr = start_match;
+ md->start_used_ptr = start_match;
+ md->match_call_count = 0;
+ md->match_function_type = 0;
+ md->end_offset_top = 0;
+ md->skip_arg_count = 0;
+ rc = match(start_match, md->start_code, start_match, 2, md, NULL, 0);
+ if (md->hitend && start_partial == NULL)
+ {
+ start_partial = md->start_used_ptr;
+ match_partial = start_match;
+ }
+
+ switch(rc)
+ {
+ /* If MATCH_SKIP_ARG reaches this level it means that a MARK that matched
+ the SKIP's arg was not found. In this circumstance, Perl ignores the SKIP
+ entirely. The only way we can do that is to re-do the match at the same
+ point, with a flag to force SKIP with an argument to be ignored. Just
+ treating this case as NOMATCH does not work because it does not check other
+ alternatives in patterns such as A(*SKIP:A)B|AC when the subject is AC. */
+
+ case MATCH_SKIP_ARG:
+ new_start_match = start_match;
+ md->ignore_skip_arg = md->skip_arg_count;
+ break;
+
+ /* SKIP passes back the next starting point explicitly, but if it is no
+ greater than the match we have just done, treat it as NOMATCH. */
+
+ case MATCH_SKIP:
+ if (md->start_match_ptr > start_match)
+ {
+ new_start_match = md->start_match_ptr;
+ break;
+ }
+ /* Fall through */
+
+ /* NOMATCH and PRUNE advance by one character. THEN at this level acts
+ exactly like PRUNE. Unset ignore SKIP-with-argument. */
+
+ case MATCH_NOMATCH:
+ case MATCH_PRUNE:
+ case MATCH_THEN:
+ md->ignore_skip_arg = 0;
+ new_start_match = start_match + 1;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf)
+ ACROSSCHAR(new_start_match < end_subject, *new_start_match,
+ new_start_match++);
+#endif
+ break;
+
+ /* COMMIT disables the bumpalong, but otherwise behaves as NOMATCH. */
+
+ case MATCH_COMMIT:
+ rc = MATCH_NOMATCH;
+ goto ENDLOOP;
+
+ /* Any other return is either a match, or some kind of error. */
+
+ default:
+ goto ENDLOOP;
+ }
+
+ /* Control reaches here for the various types of "no match at this point"
+ result. Reset the code to MATCH_NOMATCH for subsequent checking. */
+
+ rc = MATCH_NOMATCH;
+
+ /* If PCRE_FIRSTLINE is set, the match must happen before or at the first
+ newline in the subject (though it may continue over the newline). Therefore,
+ if we have just failed to match, starting at a newline, do not continue. */
+
+ if (firstline && IS_NEWLINE(start_match)) break;
+
+ /* Advance to new matching position */
+
+ start_match = new_start_match;
+
+ /* Break the loop if the pattern is anchored or if we have passed the end of
+ the subject. */
+
+ if (anchored || start_match > end_subject) break;
+
+ /* If we have just passed a CR and we are now at a LF, and the pattern does
+ not contain any explicit matches for \r or \n, and the newline option is CRLF
+ or ANY or ANYCRLF, advance the match position by one more character. In
+ normal matching start_match will aways be greater than the first position at
+ this stage, but a failed *SKIP can cause a return at the same point, which is
+ why the first test exists. */
+
+ if (start_match > (PCRE_PUCHAR)subject + start_offset &&
+ start_match[-1] == CHAR_CR &&
+ start_match < end_subject &&
+ *start_match == CHAR_NL &&
+ (re->flags & PCRE_HASCRORLF) == 0 &&
+ (md->nltype == NLTYPE_ANY ||
+ md->nltype == NLTYPE_ANYCRLF ||
+ md->nllen == 2))
+ start_match++;
+
+ md->mark = NULL; /* Reset for start of next match attempt */
+ } /* End of for(;;) "bumpalong" loop */
+
+/* ==========================================================================*/
+
+/* We reach here when rc is not MATCH_NOMATCH, or if one of the stopping
+conditions is true:
+
+(1) The pattern is anchored or the match was failed by (*COMMIT);
+
+(2) We are past the end of the subject;
+
+(3) PCRE_FIRSTLINE is set and we have failed to match at a newline, because
+ this option requests that a match occur at or before the first newline in
+ the subject.
+
+When we have a match and the offset vector is big enough to deal with any
+backreferences, captured substring offsets will already be set up. In the case
+where we had to get some local store to hold offsets for backreference
+processing, copy those that we can. In this case there need not be overflow if
+certain parts of the pattern were not used, even though there are more
+capturing parentheses than vector slots. */
+
+ENDLOOP:
+
+if (rc == MATCH_MATCH || rc == MATCH_ACCEPT)
+ {
+ if (using_temporary_offsets)
+ {
+ if (arg_offset_max >= 4)
+ {
+ memcpy(offsets + 2, md->offset_vector + 2,
+ (arg_offset_max - 2) * sizeof(int));
+ DPRINTF(("Copied offsets from temporary memory\n"));
+ }
+ if (md->end_offset_top > arg_offset_max) md->capture_last |= OVFLBIT;
+ DPRINTF(("Freeing temporary memory\n"));
+ (PUBL(free))(md->offset_vector);
+ }
+
+ /* Set the return code to the number of captured strings, or 0 if there were
+ too many to fit into the vector. */
+
+ rc = ((md->capture_last & OVFLBIT) != 0 &&
+ md->end_offset_top >= arg_offset_max)?
+ 0 : md->end_offset_top/2;
+
+ /* If there is space in the offset vector, set any unused pairs at the end of
+ the pattern to -1 for backwards compatibility. It is documented that this
+ happens. In earlier versions, the whole set of potential capturing offsets
+ was set to -1 each time round the loop, but this is handled differently now.
+ "Gaps" are set to -1 dynamically instead (this fixes a bug). Thus, it is only
+ those at the end that need unsetting here. We can't just unset them all at
+ the start of the whole thing because they may get set in one branch that is
+ not the final matching branch. */
+
+ if (md->end_offset_top/2 <= re->top_bracket && offsets != NULL)
+ {
+ register int *iptr, *iend;
+ int resetcount = 2 + re->top_bracket * 2;
+ if (resetcount > offsetcount) resetcount = offsetcount;
+ iptr = offsets + md->end_offset_top;
+ iend = offsets + resetcount;
+ while (iptr < iend) *iptr++ = -1;
+ }
+
+ /* If there is space, set up the whole thing as substring 0. The value of
+ md->start_match_ptr might be modified if \K was encountered on the success
+ matching path. */
+
+ if (offsetcount < 2) rc = 0; else
+ {
+ offsets[0] = (int)(md->start_match_ptr - md->start_subject);
+ offsets[1] = (int)(md->end_match_ptr - md->start_subject);
+ }
+
+ /* Return MARK data if requested */
+
+ if (extra_data != NULL && (extra_data->flags & PCRE_EXTRA_MARK) != 0)
+ *(extra_data->mark) = (pcre_uchar *)md->mark;
+ DPRINTF((">>>> returning %d\n", rc));
+#ifdef NO_RECURSE
+ release_match_heapframes(&frame_zero);
+#endif
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+/* Control gets here if there has been an error, or if the overall match
+attempt has failed at all permitted starting positions. */
+
+if (using_temporary_offsets)
+ {
+ DPRINTF(("Freeing temporary memory\n"));
+ (PUBL(free))(md->offset_vector);
+ }
+
+/* For anything other than nomatch or partial match, just return the code. */
+
+if (rc != MATCH_NOMATCH && rc != PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL)
+ {
+ DPRINTF((">>>> error: returning %d\n", rc));
+#ifdef NO_RECURSE
+ release_match_heapframes(&frame_zero);
+#endif
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+/* Handle partial matches - disable any mark data */
+
+if (match_partial != NULL)
+ {
+ DPRINTF((">>>> returning PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL\n"));
+ md->mark = NULL;
+ if (offsetcount > 1)
+ {
+ offsets[0] = (int)(start_partial - (PCRE_PUCHAR)subject);
+ offsets[1] = (int)(end_subject - (PCRE_PUCHAR)subject);
+ if (offsetcount > 2)
+ offsets[2] = (int)(match_partial - (PCRE_PUCHAR)subject);
+ }
+ rc = PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL;
+ }
+
+/* This is the classic nomatch case */
+
+else
+ {
+ DPRINTF((">>>> returning PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH\n"));
+ rc = PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH;
+ }
+
+/* Return the MARK data if it has been requested. */
+
+if (extra_data != NULL && (extra_data->flags & PCRE_EXTRA_MARK) != 0)
+ *(extra_data->mark) = (pcre_uchar *)md->nomatch_mark;
+#ifdef NO_RECURSE
+ release_match_heapframes(&frame_zero);
+#endif
+return rc;
+}
+
+/* End of pcre_exec.c */
diff --git a/include/pcre/pcre_fullinfo.c b/include/pcre/pcre_fullinfo.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a6c2ece6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/pcre/pcre_fullinfo.c
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+/*************************************************
+* Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
+and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
+
+ Written by Philip Hazel
+ Copyright (c) 1997-2013 University of Cambridge
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+ * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+ * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
+ contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+ this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+
+
+/* This module contains the external function pcre_fullinfo(), which returns
+information about a compiled pattern. */
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "pcre_internal.h"
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Return info about compiled pattern *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This is a newer "info" function which has an extensible interface so
+that additional items can be added compatibly.
+
+Arguments:
+ argument_re points to compiled code
+ extra_data points extra data, or NULL
+ what what information is required
+ where where to put the information
+
+Returns: 0 if data returned, negative on error
+*/
+
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
+pcre_fullinfo(const pcre *argument_re, const pcre_extra *extra_data,
+ int what, void *where)
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
+pcre16_fullinfo(const pcre16 *argument_re, const pcre16_extra *extra_data,
+ int what, void *where)
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
+pcre32_fullinfo(const pcre32 *argument_re, const pcre32_extra *extra_data,
+ int what, void *where)
+#endif
+{
+const REAL_PCRE *re = (const REAL_PCRE *)argument_re;
+const pcre_study_data *study = NULL;
+
+if (re == NULL || where == NULL) return PCRE_ERROR_NULL;
+
+if (extra_data != NULL && (extra_data->flags & PCRE_EXTRA_STUDY_DATA) != 0)
+ study = (const pcre_study_data *)extra_data->study_data;
+
+/* Check that the first field in the block is the magic number. If it is not,
+return with PCRE_ERROR_BADMAGIC. However, if the magic number is equal to
+REVERSED_MAGIC_NUMBER we return with PCRE_ERROR_BADENDIANNESS, which
+means that the pattern is likely compiled with different endianness. */
+
+if (re->magic_number != MAGIC_NUMBER)
+ return re->magic_number == REVERSED_MAGIC_NUMBER?
+ PCRE_ERROR_BADENDIANNESS:PCRE_ERROR_BADMAGIC;
+
+/* Check that this pattern was compiled in the correct bit mode */
+
+if ((re->flags & PCRE_MODE) == 0) return PCRE_ERROR_BADMODE;
+
+switch (what)
+ {
+ case PCRE_INFO_OPTIONS:
+ *((unsigned long int *)where) = re->options & PUBLIC_COMPILE_OPTIONS;
+ break;
+
+ case PCRE_INFO_SIZE:
+ *((size_t *)where) = re->size;
+ break;
+
+ case PCRE_INFO_STUDYSIZE:
+ *((size_t *)where) = (study == NULL)? 0 : study->size;
+ break;
+
+ case PCRE_INFO_JITSIZE:
+#ifdef SUPPORT_JIT
+ *((size_t *)where) =
+ (extra_data != NULL &&
+ (extra_data->flags & PCRE_EXTRA_EXECUTABLE_JIT) != 0 &&
+ extra_data->executable_jit != NULL)?
+ PRIV(jit_get_size)(extra_data->executable_jit) : 0;
+#else
+ *((size_t *)where) = 0;
+#endif
+ break;
+
+ case PCRE_INFO_CAPTURECOUNT:
+ *((int *)where) = re->top_bracket;
+ break;
+
+ case PCRE_INFO_BACKREFMAX:
+ *((int *)where) = re->top_backref;
+ break;
+
+ case PCRE_INFO_FIRSTBYTE:
+ *((int *)where) =
+ ((re->flags & PCRE_FIRSTSET) != 0)? (int)re->first_char :
+ ((re->flags & PCRE_STARTLINE) != 0)? -1 : -2;
+ break;
+
+ case PCRE_INFO_FIRSTCHARACTER:
+ *((pcre_uint32 *)where) =
+ (re->flags & PCRE_FIRSTSET) != 0 ? re->first_char : 0;
+ break;
+
+ case PCRE_INFO_FIRSTCHARACTERFLAGS:
+ *((int *)where) =
+ ((re->flags & PCRE_FIRSTSET) != 0) ? 1 :
+ ((re->flags & PCRE_STARTLINE) != 0) ? 2 : 0;
+ break;
+
+ /* Make sure we pass back the pointer to the bit vector in the external
+ block, not the internal copy (with flipped integer fields). */
+
+ case PCRE_INFO_FIRSTTABLE:
+ *((const pcre_uint8 **)where) =
+ (study != NULL && (study->flags & PCRE_STUDY_MAPPED) != 0)?
+ ((const pcre_study_data *)extra_data->study_data)->start_bits : NULL;
+ break;
+
+ case PCRE_INFO_MINLENGTH:
+ *((int *)where) =
+ (study != NULL && (study->flags & PCRE_STUDY_MINLEN) != 0)?
+ (int)(study->minlength) : -1;
+ break;
+
+ case PCRE_INFO_JIT:
+ *((int *)where) = extra_data != NULL &&
+ (extra_data->flags & PCRE_EXTRA_EXECUTABLE_JIT) != 0 &&
+ extra_data->executable_jit != NULL;
+ break;
+
+ case PCRE_INFO_LASTLITERAL:
+ *((int *)where) =
+ ((re->flags & PCRE_REQCHSET) != 0)? (int)re->req_char : -1;
+ break;
+
+ case PCRE_INFO_REQUIREDCHAR:
+ *((pcre_uint32 *)where) =
+ ((re->flags & PCRE_REQCHSET) != 0) ? re->req_char : 0;
+ break;
+
+ case PCRE_INFO_REQUIREDCHARFLAGS:
+ *((int *)where) =
+ ((re->flags & PCRE_REQCHSET) != 0);
+ break;
+
+ case PCRE_INFO_NAMEENTRYSIZE:
+ *((int *)where) = re->name_entry_size;
+ break;
+
+ case PCRE_INFO_NAMECOUNT:
+ *((int *)where) = re->name_count;
+ break;
+
+ case PCRE_INFO_NAMETABLE:
+ *((const pcre_uchar **)where) = (const pcre_uchar *)re + re->name_table_offset;
+ break;
+
+ case PCRE_INFO_DEFAULT_TABLES:
+ *((const pcre_uint8 **)where) = (const pcre_uint8 *)(PRIV(default_tables));
+ break;
+
+ /* From release 8.00 this will always return TRUE because NOPARTIAL is
+ no longer ever set (the restrictions have been removed). */
+
+ case PCRE_INFO_OKPARTIAL:
+ *((int *)where) = (re->flags & PCRE_NOPARTIAL) == 0;
+ break;
+
+ case PCRE_INFO_JCHANGED:
+ *((int *)where) = (re->flags & PCRE_JCHANGED) != 0;
+ break;
+
+ case PCRE_INFO_HASCRORLF:
+ *((int *)where) = (re->flags & PCRE_HASCRORLF) != 0;
+ break;
+
+ case PCRE_INFO_MAXLOOKBEHIND:
+ *((int *)where) = re->max_lookbehind;
+ break;
+
+ case PCRE_INFO_MATCHLIMIT:
+ if ((re->flags & PCRE_MLSET) == 0) return PCRE_ERROR_UNSET;
+ *((pcre_uint32 *)where) = re->limit_match;
+ break;
+
+ case PCRE_INFO_RECURSIONLIMIT:
+ if ((re->flags & PCRE_RLSET) == 0) return PCRE_ERROR_UNSET;
+ *((pcre_uint32 *)where) = re->limit_recursion;
+ break;
+
+ case PCRE_INFO_MATCH_EMPTY:
+ *((int *)where) = (re->flags & PCRE_MATCH_EMPTY) != 0;
+ break;
+
+ default: return PCRE_ERROR_BADOPTION;
+ }
+
+return 0;
+}
+
+/* End of pcre_fullinfo.c */
diff --git a/include/pcre/pcre_globals.c b/include/pcre/pcre_globals.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0f106aa90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/pcre/pcre_globals.c
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*************************************************
+* Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
+and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
+
+ Written by Philip Hazel
+ Copyright (c) 1997-2014 University of Cambridge
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+ * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+ * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
+ contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+ this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+
+
+/* This module contains global variables that are exported by the PCRE library.
+PCRE is thread-clean and doesn't use any global variables in the normal sense.
+However, it calls memory allocation and freeing functions via the four
+indirections below, and it can optionally do callouts, using the fifth
+indirection. These values can be changed by the caller, but are shared between
+all threads.
+
+For MS Visual Studio and Symbian OS, there are problems in initializing these
+variables to non-local functions. In these cases, therefore, an indirection via
+a local function is used.
+
+Also, when compiling for Virtual Pascal, things are done differently, and
+global variables are not used. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "pcre_internal.h"
+
+#if defined _MSC_VER || defined __SYMBIAN32__
+static void* LocalPcreMalloc(size_t aSize)
+ {
+ return malloc(aSize);
+ }
+static void LocalPcreFree(void* aPtr)
+ {
+ free(aPtr);
+ }
+PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN void *(*PUBL(malloc))(size_t) = LocalPcreMalloc;
+PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN void (*PUBL(free))(void *) = LocalPcreFree;
+PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN void *(*PUBL(stack_malloc))(size_t) = LocalPcreMalloc;
+PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN void (*PUBL(stack_free))(void *) = LocalPcreFree;
+PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN int (*PUBL(callout))(PUBL(callout_block) *) = NULL;
+PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN int (*PUBL(stack_guard))(void) = NULL;
+
+#elif !defined VPCOMPAT
+PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN void *(*PUBL(malloc))(size_t) = malloc;
+PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN void (*PUBL(free))(void *) = free;
+PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN void *(*PUBL(stack_malloc))(size_t) = malloc;
+PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN void (*PUBL(stack_free))(void *) = free;
+PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN int (*PUBL(callout))(PUBL(callout_block) *) = NULL;
+PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN int (*PUBL(stack_guard))(void) = NULL;
+#endif
+
+/* End of pcre_globals.c */
diff --git a/include/pcre/pcre_internal.h b/include/pcre/pcre_internal.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..eca7188a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/pcre/pcre_internal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2800 @@
+/*************************************************
+* Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions *
+*************************************************/
+
+
+/* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
+and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
+
+ Written by Philip Hazel
+ Copyright (c) 1997-2014 University of Cambridge
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+ * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+ * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
+ contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+ this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+
+/* This header contains definitions that are shared between the different
+modules, but which are not relevant to the exported API. This includes some
+functions whose names all begin with "_pcre_", "_pcre16_" or "_pcre32_"
+depending on the PRIV macro. */
+
+#ifndef PCRE_INTERNAL_H
+#define PCRE_INTERNAL_H
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+/* Define PCRE_DEBUG to get debugging output on stdout. */
+
+#if 0
+#define PCRE_DEBUG
+#endif
+
+/* PCRE is compiled as an 8 bit library if it is not requested otherwise. */
+
+#if !defined COMPILE_PCRE16 && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+#define COMPILE_PCRE8
+#endif
+
+/* If SUPPORT_UCP is defined, SUPPORT_UTF must also be defined. The
+"configure" script ensures this, but not everybody uses "configure". */
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UCP && !(defined SUPPORT_UTF)
+#define SUPPORT_UTF 1
+#endif
+
+/* We define SUPPORT_UTF if SUPPORT_UTF8 is enabled for compatibility
+reasons with existing code. */
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF8 && !(defined SUPPORT_UTF)
+#define SUPPORT_UTF 1
+#endif
+
+/* Fixme: SUPPORT_UTF8 should be eventually disappear from the code.
+Until then we define it if SUPPORT_UTF is defined. */
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !(defined SUPPORT_UTF8)
+#define SUPPORT_UTF8 1
+#endif
+
+/* We do not support both EBCDIC and UTF-8/16/32 at the same time. The "configure"
+script prevents both being selected, but not everybody uses "configure". */
+
+#if defined EBCDIC && defined SUPPORT_UTF
+#error The use of both EBCDIC and SUPPORT_UTF is not supported.
+#endif
+
+/* Use a macro for debugging printing, 'cause that eliminates the use of #ifdef
+inline, and there are *still* stupid compilers about that don't like indented
+pre-processor statements, or at least there were when I first wrote this. After
+all, it had only been about 10 years then...
+
+It turns out that the Mac Debugging.h header also defines the macro DPRINTF, so
+be absolutely sure we get our version. */
+
+#undef DPRINTF
+#ifdef PCRE_DEBUG
+#define DPRINTF(p) printf p
+#else
+#define DPRINTF(p) /* Nothing */
+#endif
+
+
+/* Standard C headers plus the external interface definition. The only time
+setjmp and stdarg are used is when NO_RECURSE is set. */
+
+#include
+#include
+#include
+#include
+#include
+#include
+
+/* Valgrind (memcheck) support */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_VALGRIND
+#include
+#endif
+
+/* When compiling a DLL for Windows, the exported symbols have to be declared
+using some MS magic. I found some useful information on this web page:
+http://msdn2.microsoft.com/en-us/library/y4h7bcy6(VS.80).aspx. According to the
+information there, using __declspec(dllexport) without "extern" we have a
+definition; with "extern" we have a declaration. The settings here override the
+setting in pcre.h (which is included below); it defines only PCRE_EXP_DECL,
+which is all that is needed for applications (they just import the symbols). We
+use:
+
+ PCRE_EXP_DECL for declarations
+ PCRE_EXP_DEFN for definitions of exported functions
+ PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN for definitions of exported variables
+
+The reason for the two DEFN macros is that in non-Windows environments, one
+does not want to have "extern" before variable definitions because it leads to
+compiler warnings. So we distinguish between functions and variables. In
+Windows, the two should always be the same.
+
+The reason for wrapping this in #ifndef PCRE_EXP_DECL is so that pcretest,
+which is an application, but needs to import this file in order to "peek" at
+internals, can #include pcre.h first to get an application's-eye view.
+
+In principle, people compiling for non-Windows, non-Unix-like (i.e. uncommon,
+special-purpose environments) might want to stick other stuff in front of
+exported symbols. That's why, in the non-Windows case, we set PCRE_EXP_DEFN and
+PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN only if they are not already set. */
+
+#ifndef PCRE_EXP_DECL
+# ifdef _WIN32
+# ifndef PCRE_STATIC
+# define PCRE_EXP_DECL extern __declspec(dllexport)
+# define PCRE_EXP_DEFN __declspec(dllexport)
+# define PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN __declspec(dllexport)
+# else
+# define PCRE_EXP_DECL extern
+# define PCRE_EXP_DEFN
+# define PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN
+# endif
+# else
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+# define PCRE_EXP_DECL extern "C"
+# else
+# define PCRE_EXP_DECL extern
+# endif
+# ifndef PCRE_EXP_DEFN
+# define PCRE_EXP_DEFN PCRE_EXP_DECL
+# endif
+# ifndef PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN
+# define PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* When compiling with the MSVC compiler, it is sometimes necessary to include
+a "calling convention" before exported function names. (This is secondhand
+information; I know nothing about MSVC myself). For example, something like
+
+ void __cdecl function(....)
+
+might be needed. In order so make this easy, all the exported functions have
+PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION just before their names. It is rarely needed; if not
+set, we ensure here that it has no effect. */
+
+#ifndef PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
+#define PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
+#endif
+
+/* We need to have types that specify unsigned 8, 16 and 32-bit integers. We
+cannot determine these outside the compilation (e.g. by running a program as
+part of "configure") because PCRE is often cross-compiled for use on other
+systems. Instead we make use of the maximum sizes that are available at
+preprocessor time in standard C environments. */
+
+typedef unsigned char pcre_uint8;
+
+#if USHRT_MAX == 65535
+typedef unsigned short pcre_uint16;
+typedef short pcre_int16;
+#define PCRE_UINT16_MAX USHRT_MAX
+#define PCRE_INT16_MAX SHRT_MAX
+#elif UINT_MAX == 65535
+typedef unsigned int pcre_uint16;
+typedef int pcre_int16;
+#define PCRE_UINT16_MAX UINT_MAX
+#define PCRE_INT16_MAX INT_MAX
+#else
+#error Cannot determine a type for 16-bit integers
+#endif
+
+#if UINT_MAX == 4294967295U
+typedef unsigned int pcre_uint32;
+typedef int pcre_int32;
+#define PCRE_UINT32_MAX UINT_MAX
+#define PCRE_INT32_MAX INT_MAX
+#elif ULONG_MAX == 4294967295UL
+typedef unsigned long int pcre_uint32;
+typedef long int pcre_int32;
+#define PCRE_UINT32_MAX ULONG_MAX
+#define PCRE_INT32_MAX LONG_MAX
+#else
+#error Cannot determine a type for 32-bit integers
+#endif
+
+/* When checking for integer overflow in pcre_compile(), we need to handle
+large integers. If a 64-bit integer type is available, we can use that.
+Otherwise we have to cast to double, which of course requires floating point
+arithmetic. Handle this by defining a macro for the appropriate type. If
+stdint.h is available, include it; it may define INT64_MAX. Systems that do not
+have stdint.h (e.g. Solaris) may have inttypes.h. The macro int64_t may be set
+by "configure". */
+
+#if defined HAVE_STDINT_H
+#include
+#elif defined HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#include
+#endif
+
+#if defined INT64_MAX || defined int64_t
+#define INT64_OR_DOUBLE int64_t
+#else
+#define INT64_OR_DOUBLE double
+#endif
+
+/* All character handling must be done as unsigned characters. Otherwise there
+are problems with top-bit-set characters and functions such as isspace().
+However, we leave the interface to the outside world as char * or short *,
+because that should make things easier for callers. This character type is
+called pcre_uchar.
+
+The IN_UCHARS macro multiply its argument with the byte size of the current
+pcre_uchar type. Useful for memcpy and such operations, whose require the
+byte size of their input/output buffers.
+
+The MAX_255 macro checks whether its pcre_uchar input is less than 256.
+
+The TABLE_GET macro is designed for accessing elements of tables whose contain
+exactly 256 items. When the character is able to contain more than 256
+items, some check is needed before accessing these tables.
+*/
+
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+
+typedef unsigned char pcre_uchar;
+#define IN_UCHARS(x) (x)
+#define MAX_255(c) 1
+#define TABLE_GET(c, table, default) ((table)[c])
+
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+
+#if USHRT_MAX != 65535
+/* This is a warning message. Change PCRE_UCHAR16 to a 16 bit data type in
+pcre.h(.in) and disable (comment out) this message. */
+#error Warning: PCRE_UCHAR16 is not a 16 bit data type.
+#endif
+
+typedef pcre_uint16 pcre_uchar;
+#define UCHAR_SHIFT (1)
+#define IN_UCHARS(x) ((x) << UCHAR_SHIFT)
+#define MAX_255(c) ((c) <= 255u)
+#define TABLE_GET(c, table, default) (MAX_255(c)? ((table)[c]):(default))
+
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+
+typedef pcre_uint32 pcre_uchar;
+#define UCHAR_SHIFT (2)
+#define IN_UCHARS(x) ((x) << UCHAR_SHIFT)
+#define MAX_255(c) ((c) <= 255u)
+#define TABLE_GET(c, table, default) (MAX_255(c)? ((table)[c]):(default))
+
+#else
+#error Unsupported compiling mode
+#endif /* COMPILE_PCRE[8|16|32] */
+
+/* This is an unsigned int value that no character can ever have. UTF-8
+characters only go up to 0x7fffffff (though Unicode doesn't go beyond
+0x0010ffff). */
+
+#define NOTACHAR 0xffffffff
+
+/* PCRE is able to support several different kinds of newline (CR, LF, CRLF,
+"any" and "anycrlf" at present). The following macros are used to package up
+testing for newlines. NLBLOCK, PSSTART, and PSEND are defined in the various
+modules to indicate in which datablock the parameters exist, and what the
+start/end of string field names are. */
+
+#define NLTYPE_FIXED 0 /* Newline is a fixed length string */
+#define NLTYPE_ANY 1 /* Newline is any Unicode line ending */
+#define NLTYPE_ANYCRLF 2 /* Newline is CR, LF, or CRLF */
+
+/* This macro checks for a newline at the given position */
+
+#define IS_NEWLINE(p) \
+ ((NLBLOCK->nltype != NLTYPE_FIXED)? \
+ ((p) < NLBLOCK->PSEND && \
+ PRIV(is_newline)((p), NLBLOCK->nltype, NLBLOCK->PSEND, \
+ &(NLBLOCK->nllen), utf)) \
+ : \
+ ((p) <= NLBLOCK->PSEND - NLBLOCK->nllen && \
+ UCHAR21TEST(p) == NLBLOCK->nl[0] && \
+ (NLBLOCK->nllen == 1 || UCHAR21TEST(p+1) == NLBLOCK->nl[1]) \
+ ) \
+ )
+
+/* This macro checks for a newline immediately preceding the given position */
+
+#define WAS_NEWLINE(p) \
+ ((NLBLOCK->nltype != NLTYPE_FIXED)? \
+ ((p) > NLBLOCK->PSSTART && \
+ PRIV(was_newline)((p), NLBLOCK->nltype, NLBLOCK->PSSTART, \
+ &(NLBLOCK->nllen), utf)) \
+ : \
+ ((p) >= NLBLOCK->PSSTART + NLBLOCK->nllen && \
+ UCHAR21TEST(p - NLBLOCK->nllen) == NLBLOCK->nl[0] && \
+ (NLBLOCK->nllen == 1 || UCHAR21TEST(p - NLBLOCK->nllen + 1) == NLBLOCK->nl[1]) \
+ ) \
+ )
+
+/* When PCRE is compiled as a C++ library, the subject pointer can be replaced
+with a custom type. This makes it possible, for example, to allow pcre_exec()
+to process subject strings that are discontinuous by using a smart pointer
+class. It must always be possible to inspect all of the subject string in
+pcre_exec() because of the way it backtracks. Two macros are required in the
+normal case, for sign-unspecified and unsigned char pointers. The former is
+used for the external interface and appears in pcre.h, which is why its name
+must begin with PCRE_. */
+
+#ifdef CUSTOM_SUBJECT_PTR
+#define PCRE_PUCHAR CUSTOM_SUBJECT_PTR
+#else
+#define PCRE_PUCHAR const pcre_uchar *
+#endif
+
+/* Include the public PCRE header and the definitions of UCP character property
+values. */
+
+#include "pcre.h"
+#include "ucp.h"
+
+#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32
+/* Assert that the public PCRE_UCHAR32 is a 32-bit type */
+typedef int __assert_pcre_uchar32_size[sizeof(PCRE_UCHAR32) == 4 ? 1 : -1];
+#endif
+
+/* When compiling for use with the Virtual Pascal compiler, these functions
+need to have their names changed. PCRE must be compiled with the -DVPCOMPAT
+option on the command line. */
+
+#ifdef VPCOMPAT
+#define strlen(s) _strlen(s)
+#define strncmp(s1,s2,m) _strncmp(s1,s2,m)
+#define memcmp(s,c,n) _memcmp(s,c,n)
+#define memcpy(d,s,n) _memcpy(d,s,n)
+#define memmove(d,s,n) _memmove(d,s,n)
+#define memset(s,c,n) _memset(s,c,n)
+#else /* VPCOMPAT */
+
+/* To cope with SunOS4 and other systems that lack memmove() but have bcopy(),
+define a macro for memmove() if HAVE_MEMMOVE is false, provided that HAVE_BCOPY
+is set. Otherwise, include an emulating function for those systems that have
+neither (there some non-Unix environments where this is the case). */
+
+#ifndef HAVE_MEMMOVE
+#undef memmove /* some systems may have a macro */
+#ifdef HAVE_BCOPY
+#define memmove(a, b, c) bcopy(b, a, c)
+#else /* HAVE_BCOPY */
+static void *
+pcre_memmove(void *d, const void *s, size_t n)
+{
+size_t i;
+unsigned char *dest = (unsigned char *)d;
+const unsigned char *src = (const unsigned char *)s;
+if (dest > src)
+ {
+ dest += n;
+ src += n;
+ for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) *(--dest) = *(--src);
+ return (void *)dest;
+ }
+else
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) *dest++ = *src++;
+ return (void *)(dest - n);
+ }
+}
+#define memmove(a, b, c) pcre_memmove(a, b, c)
+#endif /* not HAVE_BCOPY */
+#endif /* not HAVE_MEMMOVE */
+#endif /* not VPCOMPAT */
+
+
+/* PCRE keeps offsets in its compiled code as 2-byte quantities (always stored
+in big-endian order) by default. These are used, for example, to link from the
+start of a subpattern to its alternatives and its end. The use of 2 bytes per
+offset limits the size of the compiled regex to around 64K, which is big enough
+for almost everybody. However, I received a request for an even bigger limit.
+For this reason, and also to make the code easier to maintain, the storing and
+loading of offsets from the byte string is now handled by the macros that are
+defined here.
+
+The macros are controlled by the value of LINK_SIZE. This defaults to 2 in
+the config.h file, but can be overridden by using -D on the command line. This
+is automated on Unix systems via the "configure" command. */
+
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+
+#if LINK_SIZE == 2
+
+#define PUT(a,n,d) \
+ (a[n] = (d) >> 8), \
+ (a[(n)+1] = (d) & 255)
+
+#define GET(a,n) \
+ (((a)[n] << 8) | (a)[(n)+1])
+
+#define MAX_PATTERN_SIZE (1 << 16)
+
+
+#elif LINK_SIZE == 3
+
+#define PUT(a,n,d) \
+ (a[n] = (d) >> 16), \
+ (a[(n)+1] = (d) >> 8), \
+ (a[(n)+2] = (d) & 255)
+
+#define GET(a,n) \
+ (((a)[n] << 16) | ((a)[(n)+1] << 8) | (a)[(n)+2])
+
+#define MAX_PATTERN_SIZE (1 << 24)
+
+
+#elif LINK_SIZE == 4
+
+#define PUT(a,n,d) \
+ (a[n] = (d) >> 24), \
+ (a[(n)+1] = (d) >> 16), \
+ (a[(n)+2] = (d) >> 8), \
+ (a[(n)+3] = (d) & 255)
+
+#define GET(a,n) \
+ (((a)[n] << 24) | ((a)[(n)+1] << 16) | ((a)[(n)+2] << 8) | (a)[(n)+3])
+
+/* Keep it positive */
+#define MAX_PATTERN_SIZE (1 << 30)
+
+#else
+#error LINK_SIZE must be either 2, 3, or 4
+#endif
+
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+
+#if LINK_SIZE == 2
+
+/* Redefine LINK_SIZE as a multiple of sizeof(pcre_uchar) */
+#undef LINK_SIZE
+#define LINK_SIZE 1
+
+#define PUT(a,n,d) \
+ (a[n] = (d))
+
+#define GET(a,n) \
+ (a[n])
+
+#define MAX_PATTERN_SIZE (1 << 16)
+
+#elif LINK_SIZE == 3 || LINK_SIZE == 4
+
+/* Redefine LINK_SIZE as a multiple of sizeof(pcre_uchar) */
+#undef LINK_SIZE
+#define LINK_SIZE 2
+
+#define PUT(a,n,d) \
+ (a[n] = (d) >> 16), \
+ (a[(n)+1] = (d) & 65535)
+
+#define GET(a,n) \
+ (((a)[n] << 16) | (a)[(n)+1])
+
+/* Keep it positive */
+#define MAX_PATTERN_SIZE (1 << 30)
+
+#else
+#error LINK_SIZE must be either 2, 3, or 4
+#endif
+
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+
+/* Only supported LINK_SIZE is 4 */
+/* Redefine LINK_SIZE as a multiple of sizeof(pcre_uchar) */
+#undef LINK_SIZE
+#define LINK_SIZE 1
+
+#define PUT(a,n,d) \
+ (a[n] = (d))
+
+#define GET(a,n) \
+ (a[n])
+
+/* Keep it positive */
+#define MAX_PATTERN_SIZE (1 << 30)
+
+#else
+#error Unsupported compiling mode
+#endif /* COMPILE_PCRE[8|16|32] */
+
+/* Convenience macro defined in terms of the others */
+
+#define PUTINC(a,n,d) PUT(a,n,d), a += LINK_SIZE
+
+
+/* PCRE uses some other 2-byte quantities that do not change when the size of
+offsets changes. There are used for repeat counts and for other things such as
+capturing parenthesis numbers in back references. */
+
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+
+#define IMM2_SIZE 2
+
+#define PUT2(a,n,d) \
+ a[n] = (d) >> 8; \
+ a[(n)+1] = (d) & 255
+
+/* For reasons that I do not understand, the expression in this GET2 macro is
+treated by gcc as a signed expression, even when a is declared as unsigned. It
+seems that any kind of arithmetic results in a signed value. */
+
+#define GET2(a,n) \
+ (unsigned int)(((a)[n] << 8) | (a)[(n)+1])
+
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+
+#define IMM2_SIZE 1
+
+#define PUT2(a,n,d) \
+ a[n] = d
+
+#define GET2(a,n) \
+ a[n]
+
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+
+#define IMM2_SIZE 1
+
+#define PUT2(a,n,d) \
+ a[n] = d
+
+#define GET2(a,n) \
+ a[n]
+
+#else
+#error Unsupported compiling mode
+#endif /* COMPILE_PCRE[8|16|32] */
+
+#define PUT2INC(a,n,d) PUT2(a,n,d), a += IMM2_SIZE
+
+/* The maximum length of a MARK name is currently one data unit; it may be
+changed in future to be a fixed number of bytes or to depend on LINK_SIZE. */
+
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+#define MAX_MARK ((1u << 16) - 1)
+#else
+#define MAX_MARK ((1u << 8) - 1)
+#endif
+
+/* There is a proposed future special "UTF-21" mode, in which only the lowest
+21 bits of a 32-bit character are interpreted as UTF, with the remaining 11
+high-order bits available to the application for other uses. In preparation for
+the future implementation of this mode, there are macros that load a data item
+and, if in this special mode, mask it to 21 bits. These macros all have names
+starting with UCHAR21. In all other modes, including the normal 32-bit
+library, the macros all have the same simple definitions. When the new mode is
+implemented, it is expected that these definitions will be varied appropriately
+using #ifdef when compiling the library that supports the special mode. */
+
+#define UCHAR21(eptr) (*(eptr))
+#define UCHAR21TEST(eptr) (*(eptr))
+#define UCHAR21INC(eptr) (*(eptr)++)
+#define UCHAR21INCTEST(eptr) (*(eptr)++)
+
+/* When UTF encoding is being used, a character is no longer just a single
+byte in 8-bit mode or a single short in 16-bit mode. The macros for character
+handling generate simple sequences when used in the basic mode, and more
+complicated ones for UTF characters. GETCHARLENTEST and other macros are not
+used when UTF is not supported. To make sure they can never even appear when
+UTF support is omitted, we don't even define them. */
+
+#ifndef SUPPORT_UTF
+
+/* #define MAX_VALUE_FOR_SINGLE_CHAR */
+/* #define HAS_EXTRALEN(c) */
+/* #define GET_EXTRALEN(c) */
+/* #define NOT_FIRSTCHAR(c) */
+#define GETCHAR(c, eptr) c = *eptr;
+#define GETCHARTEST(c, eptr) c = *eptr;
+#define GETCHARINC(c, eptr) c = *eptr++;
+#define GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr) c = *eptr++;
+#define GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len) c = *eptr;
+/* #define GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len) */
+/* #define BACKCHAR(eptr) */
+/* #define FORWARDCHAR(eptr) */
+/* #define ACROSSCHAR(condition, eptr, action) */
+
+#else /* SUPPORT_UTF */
+
+/* Tests whether the code point needs extra characters to decode. */
+
+#define HASUTF8EXTRALEN(c) ((c) >= 0xc0)
+
+/* Base macro to pick up the remaining bytes of a UTF-8 character, not
+advancing the pointer. */
+
+#define GETUTF8(c, eptr) \
+ { \
+ if ((c & 0x20) == 0) \
+ c = ((c & 0x1f) << 6) | (eptr[1] & 0x3f); \
+ else if ((c & 0x10) == 0) \
+ c = ((c & 0x0f) << 12) | ((eptr[1] & 0x3f) << 6) | (eptr[2] & 0x3f); \
+ else if ((c & 0x08) == 0) \
+ c = ((c & 0x07) << 18) | ((eptr[1] & 0x3f) << 12) | \
+ ((eptr[2] & 0x3f) << 6) | (eptr[3] & 0x3f); \
+ else if ((c & 0x04) == 0) \
+ c = ((c & 0x03) << 24) | ((eptr[1] & 0x3f) << 18) | \
+ ((eptr[2] & 0x3f) << 12) | ((eptr[3] & 0x3f) << 6) | \
+ (eptr[4] & 0x3f); \
+ else \
+ c = ((c & 0x01) << 30) | ((eptr[1] & 0x3f) << 24) | \
+ ((eptr[2] & 0x3f) << 18) | ((eptr[3] & 0x3f) << 12) | \
+ ((eptr[4] & 0x3f) << 6) | (eptr[5] & 0x3f); \
+ }
+
+/* Base macro to pick up the remaining bytes of a UTF-8 character, advancing
+the pointer. */
+
+#define GETUTF8INC(c, eptr) \
+ { \
+ if ((c & 0x20) == 0) \
+ c = ((c & 0x1f) << 6) | (*eptr++ & 0x3f); \
+ else if ((c & 0x10) == 0) \
+ { \
+ c = ((c & 0x0f) << 12) | ((*eptr & 0x3f) << 6) | (eptr[1] & 0x3f); \
+ eptr += 2; \
+ } \
+ else if ((c & 0x08) == 0) \
+ { \
+ c = ((c & 0x07) << 18) | ((*eptr & 0x3f) << 12) | \
+ ((eptr[1] & 0x3f) << 6) | (eptr[2] & 0x3f); \
+ eptr += 3; \
+ } \
+ else if ((c & 0x04) == 0) \
+ { \
+ c = ((c & 0x03) << 24) | ((*eptr & 0x3f) << 18) | \
+ ((eptr[1] & 0x3f) << 12) | ((eptr[2] & 0x3f) << 6) | \
+ (eptr[3] & 0x3f); \
+ eptr += 4; \
+ } \
+ else \
+ { \
+ c = ((c & 0x01) << 30) | ((*eptr & 0x3f) << 24) | \
+ ((eptr[1] & 0x3f) << 18) | ((eptr[2] & 0x3f) << 12) | \
+ ((eptr[3] & 0x3f) << 6) | (eptr[4] & 0x3f); \
+ eptr += 5; \
+ } \
+ }
+
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+
+/* These macros were originally written in the form of loops that used data
+from the tables whose names start with PRIV(utf8_table). They were rewritten by
+a user so as not to use loops, because in some environments this gives a
+significant performance advantage, and it seems never to do any harm. */
+
+/* Tells the biggest code point which can be encoded as a single character. */
+
+#define MAX_VALUE_FOR_SINGLE_CHAR 127
+
+/* Tests whether the code point needs extra characters to decode. */
+
+#define HAS_EXTRALEN(c) ((c) >= 0xc0)
+
+/* Returns with the additional number of characters if IS_MULTICHAR(c) is TRUE.
+Otherwise it has an undefined behaviour. */
+
+#define GET_EXTRALEN(c) (PRIV(utf8_table4)[(c) & 0x3f])
+
+/* Returns TRUE, if the given character is not the first character
+of a UTF sequence. */
+
+#define NOT_FIRSTCHAR(c) (((c) & 0xc0) == 0x80)
+
+/* Get the next UTF-8 character, not advancing the pointer. This is called when
+we know we are in UTF-8 mode. */
+
+#define GETCHAR(c, eptr) \
+ c = *eptr; \
+ if (c >= 0xc0) GETUTF8(c, eptr);
+
+/* Get the next UTF-8 character, testing for UTF-8 mode, and not advancing the
+pointer. */
+
+#define GETCHARTEST(c, eptr) \
+ c = *eptr; \
+ if (utf && c >= 0xc0) GETUTF8(c, eptr);
+
+/* Get the next UTF-8 character, advancing the pointer. This is called when we
+know we are in UTF-8 mode. */
+
+#define GETCHARINC(c, eptr) \
+ c = *eptr++; \
+ if (c >= 0xc0) GETUTF8INC(c, eptr);
+
+/* Get the next character, testing for UTF-8 mode, and advancing the pointer.
+This is called when we don't know if we are in UTF-8 mode. */
+
+#define GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr) \
+ c = *eptr++; \
+ if (utf && c >= 0xc0) GETUTF8INC(c, eptr);
+
+/* Base macro to pick up the remaining bytes of a UTF-8 character, not
+advancing the pointer, incrementing the length. */
+
+#define GETUTF8LEN(c, eptr, len) \
+ { \
+ if ((c & 0x20) == 0) \
+ { \
+ c = ((c & 0x1f) << 6) | (eptr[1] & 0x3f); \
+ len++; \
+ } \
+ else if ((c & 0x10) == 0) \
+ { \
+ c = ((c & 0x0f) << 12) | ((eptr[1] & 0x3f) << 6) | (eptr[2] & 0x3f); \
+ len += 2; \
+ } \
+ else if ((c & 0x08) == 0) \
+ {\
+ c = ((c & 0x07) << 18) | ((eptr[1] & 0x3f) << 12) | \
+ ((eptr[2] & 0x3f) << 6) | (eptr[3] & 0x3f); \
+ len += 3; \
+ } \
+ else if ((c & 0x04) == 0) \
+ { \
+ c = ((c & 0x03) << 24) | ((eptr[1] & 0x3f) << 18) | \
+ ((eptr[2] & 0x3f) << 12) | ((eptr[3] & 0x3f) << 6) | \
+ (eptr[4] & 0x3f); \
+ len += 4; \
+ } \
+ else \
+ {\
+ c = ((c & 0x01) << 30) | ((eptr[1] & 0x3f) << 24) | \
+ ((eptr[2] & 0x3f) << 18) | ((eptr[3] & 0x3f) << 12) | \
+ ((eptr[4] & 0x3f) << 6) | (eptr[5] & 0x3f); \
+ len += 5; \
+ } \
+ }
+
+/* Get the next UTF-8 character, not advancing the pointer, incrementing length
+if there are extra bytes. This is called when we know we are in UTF-8 mode. */
+
+#define GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len) \
+ c = *eptr; \
+ if (c >= 0xc0) GETUTF8LEN(c, eptr, len);
+
+/* Get the next UTF-8 character, testing for UTF-8 mode, not advancing the
+pointer, incrementing length if there are extra bytes. This is called when we
+do not know if we are in UTF-8 mode. */
+
+#define GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len) \
+ c = *eptr; \
+ if (utf && c >= 0xc0) GETUTF8LEN(c, eptr, len);
+
+/* If the pointer is not at the start of a character, move it back until
+it is. This is called only in UTF-8 mode - we don't put a test within the macro
+because almost all calls are already within a block of UTF-8 only code. */
+
+#define BACKCHAR(eptr) while((*eptr & 0xc0) == 0x80) eptr--
+
+/* Same as above, just in the other direction. */
+#define FORWARDCHAR(eptr) while((*eptr & 0xc0) == 0x80) eptr++
+
+/* Same as above, but it allows a fully customizable form. */
+#define ACROSSCHAR(condition, eptr, action) \
+ while((condition) && ((eptr) & 0xc0) == 0x80) action
+
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+
+/* Tells the biggest code point which can be encoded as a single character. */
+
+#define MAX_VALUE_FOR_SINGLE_CHAR 65535
+
+/* Tests whether the code point needs extra characters to decode. */
+
+#define HAS_EXTRALEN(c) (((c) & 0xfc00) == 0xd800)
+
+/* Returns with the additional number of characters if IS_MULTICHAR(c) is TRUE.
+Otherwise it has an undefined behaviour. */
+
+#define GET_EXTRALEN(c) 1
+
+/* Returns TRUE, if the given character is not the first character
+of a UTF sequence. */
+
+#define NOT_FIRSTCHAR(c) (((c) & 0xfc00) == 0xdc00)
+
+/* Base macro to pick up the low surrogate of a UTF-16 character, not
+advancing the pointer. */
+
+#define GETUTF16(c, eptr) \
+ { c = (((c & 0x3ff) << 10) | (eptr[1] & 0x3ff)) + 0x10000; }
+
+/* Get the next UTF-16 character, not advancing the pointer. This is called when
+we know we are in UTF-16 mode. */
+
+#define GETCHAR(c, eptr) \
+ c = *eptr; \
+ if ((c & 0xfc00) == 0xd800) GETUTF16(c, eptr);
+
+/* Get the next UTF-16 character, testing for UTF-16 mode, and not advancing the
+pointer. */
+
+#define GETCHARTEST(c, eptr) \
+ c = *eptr; \
+ if (utf && (c & 0xfc00) == 0xd800) GETUTF16(c, eptr);
+
+/* Base macro to pick up the low surrogate of a UTF-16 character, advancing
+the pointer. */
+
+#define GETUTF16INC(c, eptr) \
+ { c = (((c & 0x3ff) << 10) | (*eptr++ & 0x3ff)) + 0x10000; }
+
+/* Get the next UTF-16 character, advancing the pointer. This is called when we
+know we are in UTF-16 mode. */
+
+#define GETCHARINC(c, eptr) \
+ c = *eptr++; \
+ if ((c & 0xfc00) == 0xd800) GETUTF16INC(c, eptr);
+
+/* Get the next character, testing for UTF-16 mode, and advancing the pointer.
+This is called when we don't know if we are in UTF-16 mode. */
+
+#define GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr) \
+ c = *eptr++; \
+ if (utf && (c & 0xfc00) == 0xd800) GETUTF16INC(c, eptr);
+
+/* Base macro to pick up the low surrogate of a UTF-16 character, not
+advancing the pointer, incrementing the length. */
+
+#define GETUTF16LEN(c, eptr, len) \
+ { c = (((c & 0x3ff) << 10) | (eptr[1] & 0x3ff)) + 0x10000; len++; }
+
+/* Get the next UTF-16 character, not advancing the pointer, incrementing
+length if there is a low surrogate. This is called when we know we are in
+UTF-16 mode. */
+
+#define GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len) \
+ c = *eptr; \
+ if ((c & 0xfc00) == 0xd800) GETUTF16LEN(c, eptr, len);
+
+/* Get the next UTF-816character, testing for UTF-16 mode, not advancing the
+pointer, incrementing length if there is a low surrogate. This is called when
+we do not know if we are in UTF-16 mode. */
+
+#define GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len) \
+ c = *eptr; \
+ if (utf && (c & 0xfc00) == 0xd800) GETUTF16LEN(c, eptr, len);
+
+/* If the pointer is not at the start of a character, move it back until
+it is. This is called only in UTF-16 mode - we don't put a test within the
+macro because almost all calls are already within a block of UTF-16 only
+code. */
+
+#define BACKCHAR(eptr) if ((*eptr & 0xfc00) == 0xdc00) eptr--
+
+/* Same as above, just in the other direction. */
+#define FORWARDCHAR(eptr) if ((*eptr & 0xfc00) == 0xdc00) eptr++
+
+/* Same as above, but it allows a fully customizable form. */
+#define ACROSSCHAR(condition, eptr, action) \
+ if ((condition) && ((eptr) & 0xfc00) == 0xdc00) action
+
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+
+/* These are trivial for the 32-bit library, since all UTF-32 characters fit
+into one pcre_uchar unit. */
+#define MAX_VALUE_FOR_SINGLE_CHAR (0x10ffffu)
+#define HAS_EXTRALEN(c) (0)
+#define GET_EXTRALEN(c) (0)
+#define NOT_FIRSTCHAR(c) (0)
+
+/* Get the next UTF-32 character, not advancing the pointer. This is called when
+we know we are in UTF-32 mode. */
+
+#define GETCHAR(c, eptr) \
+ c = *(eptr);
+
+/* Get the next UTF-32 character, testing for UTF-32 mode, and not advancing the
+pointer. */
+
+#define GETCHARTEST(c, eptr) \
+ c = *(eptr);
+
+/* Get the next UTF-32 character, advancing the pointer. This is called when we
+know we are in UTF-32 mode. */
+
+#define GETCHARINC(c, eptr) \
+ c = *((eptr)++);
+
+/* Get the next character, testing for UTF-32 mode, and advancing the pointer.
+This is called when we don't know if we are in UTF-32 mode. */
+
+#define GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr) \
+ c = *((eptr)++);
+
+/* Get the next UTF-32 character, not advancing the pointer, not incrementing
+length (since all UTF-32 is of length 1). This is called when we know we are in
+UTF-32 mode. */
+
+#define GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len) \
+ GETCHAR(c, eptr)
+
+/* Get the next UTF-32character, testing for UTF-32 mode, not advancing the
+pointer, not incrementing the length (since all UTF-32 is of length 1).
+This is called when we do not know if we are in UTF-32 mode. */
+
+#define GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len) \
+ GETCHARTEST(c, eptr)
+
+/* If the pointer is not at the start of a character, move it back until
+it is. This is called only in UTF-32 mode - we don't put a test within the
+macro because almost all calls are already within a block of UTF-32 only
+code.
+These are all no-ops since all UTF-32 characters fit into one pcre_uchar. */
+
+#define BACKCHAR(eptr) do { } while (0)
+
+/* Same as above, just in the other direction. */
+#define FORWARDCHAR(eptr) do { } while (0)
+
+/* Same as above, but it allows a fully customizable form. */
+#define ACROSSCHAR(condition, eptr, action) do { } while (0)
+
+#else
+#error Unsupported compiling mode
+#endif /* COMPILE_PCRE[8|16|32] */
+
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */
+
+/* Tests for Unicode horizontal and vertical whitespace characters must check a
+number of different values. Using a switch statement for this generates the
+fastest code (no loop, no memory access), and there are several places in the
+interpreter code where this happens. In order to ensure that all the case lists
+remain in step, we use macros so that there is only one place where the lists
+are defined.
+
+These values are also required as lists in pcre_compile.c when processing \h,
+\H, \v and \V in a character class. The lists are defined in pcre_tables.c, but
+macros that define the values are here so that all the definitions are
+together. The lists must be in ascending character order, terminated by
+NOTACHAR (which is 0xffffffff).
+
+Any changes should ensure that the various macros are kept in step with each
+other. NOTE: The values also appear in pcre_jit_compile.c. */
+
+/* ------ ASCII/Unicode environments ------ */
+
+#ifndef EBCDIC
+
+#define HSPACE_LIST \
+ CHAR_HT, CHAR_SPACE, CHAR_NBSP, \
+ 0x1680, 0x180e, 0x2000, 0x2001, 0x2002, 0x2003, 0x2004, 0x2005, \
+ 0x2006, 0x2007, 0x2008, 0x2009, 0x200A, 0x202f, 0x205f, 0x3000, \
+ NOTACHAR
+
+#define HSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES \
+ case 0x1680: /* OGHAM SPACE MARK */ \
+ case 0x180e: /* MONGOLIAN VOWEL SEPARATOR */ \
+ case 0x2000: /* EN QUAD */ \
+ case 0x2001: /* EM QUAD */ \
+ case 0x2002: /* EN SPACE */ \
+ case 0x2003: /* EM SPACE */ \
+ case 0x2004: /* THREE-PER-EM SPACE */ \
+ case 0x2005: /* FOUR-PER-EM SPACE */ \
+ case 0x2006: /* SIX-PER-EM SPACE */ \
+ case 0x2007: /* FIGURE SPACE */ \
+ case 0x2008: /* PUNCTUATION SPACE */ \
+ case 0x2009: /* THIN SPACE */ \
+ case 0x200A: /* HAIR SPACE */ \
+ case 0x202f: /* NARROW NO-BREAK SPACE */ \
+ case 0x205f: /* MEDIUM MATHEMATICAL SPACE */ \
+ case 0x3000 /* IDEOGRAPHIC SPACE */
+
+#define HSPACE_BYTE_CASES \
+ case CHAR_HT: \
+ case CHAR_SPACE: \
+ case CHAR_NBSP
+
+#define HSPACE_CASES \
+ HSPACE_BYTE_CASES: \
+ HSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES
+
+#define VSPACE_LIST \
+ CHAR_LF, CHAR_VT, CHAR_FF, CHAR_CR, CHAR_NEL, 0x2028, 0x2029, NOTACHAR
+
+#define VSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES \
+ case 0x2028: /* LINE SEPARATOR */ \
+ case 0x2029 /* PARAGRAPH SEPARATOR */
+
+#define VSPACE_BYTE_CASES \
+ case CHAR_LF: \
+ case CHAR_VT: \
+ case CHAR_FF: \
+ case CHAR_CR: \
+ case CHAR_NEL
+
+#define VSPACE_CASES \
+ VSPACE_BYTE_CASES: \
+ VSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES
+
+/* ------ EBCDIC environments ------ */
+
+#else
+#define HSPACE_LIST CHAR_HT, CHAR_SPACE, CHAR_NBSP, NOTACHAR
+
+#define HSPACE_BYTE_CASES \
+ case CHAR_HT: \
+ case CHAR_SPACE: \
+ case CHAR_NBSP
+
+#define HSPACE_CASES HSPACE_BYTE_CASES
+
+#ifdef EBCDIC_NL25
+#define VSPACE_LIST \
+ CHAR_VT, CHAR_FF, CHAR_CR, CHAR_NEL, CHAR_LF, NOTACHAR
+#else
+#define VSPACE_LIST \
+ CHAR_VT, CHAR_FF, CHAR_CR, CHAR_LF, CHAR_NEL, NOTACHAR
+#endif
+
+#define VSPACE_BYTE_CASES \
+ case CHAR_LF: \
+ case CHAR_VT: \
+ case CHAR_FF: \
+ case CHAR_CR: \
+ case CHAR_NEL
+
+#define VSPACE_CASES VSPACE_BYTE_CASES
+#endif /* EBCDIC */
+
+/* ------ End of whitespace macros ------ */
+
+
+
+/* Private flags containing information about the compiled regex. They used to
+live at the top end of the options word, but that got almost full, so they were
+moved to a 16-bit flags word - which got almost full, so now they are in a
+32-bit flags word. From release 8.00, PCRE_NOPARTIAL is unused, as the
+restrictions on partial matching have been lifted. It remains for backwards
+compatibility. */
+
+#define PCRE_MODE8 0x00000001 /* compiled in 8 bit mode */
+#define PCRE_MODE16 0x00000002 /* compiled in 16 bit mode */
+#define PCRE_MODE32 0x00000004 /* compiled in 32 bit mode */
+#define PCRE_FIRSTSET 0x00000010 /* first_char is set */
+#define PCRE_FCH_CASELESS 0x00000020 /* caseless first char */
+#define PCRE_REQCHSET 0x00000040 /* req_byte is set */
+#define PCRE_RCH_CASELESS 0x00000080 /* caseless requested char */
+#define PCRE_STARTLINE 0x00000100 /* start after \n for multiline */
+#define PCRE_NOPARTIAL 0x00000200 /* can't use partial with this regex */
+#define PCRE_JCHANGED 0x00000400 /* j option used in regex */
+#define PCRE_HASCRORLF 0x00000800 /* explicit \r or \n in pattern */
+#define PCRE_HASTHEN 0x00001000 /* pattern contains (*THEN) */
+#define PCRE_MLSET 0x00002000 /* match limit set by regex */
+#define PCRE_RLSET 0x00004000 /* recursion limit set by regex */
+#define PCRE_MATCH_EMPTY 0x00008000 /* pattern can match empty string */
+
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+#define PCRE_MODE PCRE_MODE8
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+#define PCRE_MODE PCRE_MODE16
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+#define PCRE_MODE PCRE_MODE32
+#endif
+#define PCRE_MODE_MASK (PCRE_MODE8 | PCRE_MODE16 | PCRE_MODE32)
+
+/* Flags for the "extra" block produced by pcre_study(). */
+
+#define PCRE_STUDY_MAPPED 0x0001 /* a map of starting chars exists */
+#define PCRE_STUDY_MINLEN 0x0002 /* a minimum length field exists */
+
+/* Masks for identifying the public options that are permitted at compile
+time, run time, or study time, respectively. */
+
+#define PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS (PCRE_NEWLINE_CR|PCRE_NEWLINE_LF|PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY| \
+ PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF)
+
+#define PUBLIC_COMPILE_OPTIONS \
+ (PCRE_CASELESS|PCRE_EXTENDED|PCRE_ANCHORED|PCRE_MULTILINE| \
+ PCRE_DOTALL|PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY|PCRE_EXTRA|PCRE_UNGREEDY|PCRE_UTF8| \
+ PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE|PCRE_NO_AUTO_POSSESS| \
+ PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK|PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT|PCRE_FIRSTLINE| \
+ PCRE_DUPNAMES|PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS|PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE| \
+ PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT|PCRE_UCP|PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE|PCRE_NEVER_UTF)
+
+#define PUBLIC_EXEC_OPTIONS \
+ (PCRE_ANCHORED|PCRE_NOTBOL|PCRE_NOTEOL|PCRE_NOTEMPTY|PCRE_NOTEMPTY_ATSTART| \
+ PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK|PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD|PCRE_PARTIAL_SOFT|PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS| \
+ PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE|PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE)
+
+#define PUBLIC_DFA_EXEC_OPTIONS \
+ (PCRE_ANCHORED|PCRE_NOTBOL|PCRE_NOTEOL|PCRE_NOTEMPTY|PCRE_NOTEMPTY_ATSTART| \
+ PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK|PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD|PCRE_PARTIAL_SOFT|PCRE_DFA_SHORTEST| \
+ PCRE_DFA_RESTART|PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS|PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE| \
+ PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE)
+
+#define PUBLIC_STUDY_OPTIONS \
+ (PCRE_STUDY_JIT_COMPILE|PCRE_STUDY_JIT_PARTIAL_SOFT_COMPILE| \
+ PCRE_STUDY_JIT_PARTIAL_HARD_COMPILE|PCRE_STUDY_EXTRA_NEEDED)
+
+#define PUBLIC_JIT_EXEC_OPTIONS \
+ (PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK|PCRE_NOTBOL|PCRE_NOTEOL|PCRE_NOTEMPTY|\
+ PCRE_NOTEMPTY_ATSTART|PCRE_PARTIAL_SOFT|PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD)
+
+/* Magic number to provide a small check against being handed junk. */
+
+#define MAGIC_NUMBER 0x50435245UL /* 'PCRE' */
+
+/* This variable is used to detect a loaded regular expression
+in different endianness. */
+
+#define REVERSED_MAGIC_NUMBER 0x45524350UL /* 'ERCP' */
+
+/* The maximum remaining length of subject we are prepared to search for a
+req_byte match. */
+
+#define REQ_BYTE_MAX 1000
+
+/* Miscellaneous definitions. The #ifndef is to pacify compiler warnings in
+environments where these macros are defined elsewhere. Unfortunately, there
+is no way to do the same for the typedef. */
+
+typedef int BOOL;
+
+#ifndef FALSE
+#define FALSE 0
+#define TRUE 1
+#endif
+
+/* If PCRE is to support UTF-8 on EBCDIC platforms, we cannot use normal
+character constants like '*' because the compiler would emit their EBCDIC code,
+which is different from their ASCII/UTF-8 code. Instead we define macros for
+the characters so that they always use the ASCII/UTF-8 code when UTF-8 support
+is enabled. When UTF-8 support is not enabled, the definitions use character
+literals. Both character and string versions of each character are needed, and
+there are some longer strings as well.
+
+This means that, on EBCDIC platforms, the PCRE library can handle either
+EBCDIC, or UTF-8, but not both. To support both in the same compiled library
+would need different lookups depending on whether PCRE_UTF8 was set or not.
+This would make it impossible to use characters in switch/case statements,
+which would reduce performance. For a theoretical use (which nobody has asked
+for) in a minority area (EBCDIC platforms), this is not sensible. Any
+application that did need both could compile two versions of the library, using
+macros to give the functions distinct names. */
+
+#ifndef SUPPORT_UTF
+
+/* UTF-8 support is not enabled; use the platform-dependent character literals
+so that PCRE works in both ASCII and EBCDIC environments, but only in non-UTF
+mode. Newline characters are problematic in EBCDIC. Though it has CR and LF
+characters, a common practice has been to use its NL (0x15) character as the
+line terminator in C-like processing environments. However, sometimes the LF
+(0x25) character is used instead, according to this Unicode document:
+
+http://unicode.org/standard/reports/tr13/tr13-5.html
+
+PCRE defaults EBCDIC NL to 0x15, but has a build-time option to select 0x25
+instead. Whichever is *not* chosen is defined as NEL.
+
+In both ASCII and EBCDIC environments, CHAR_NL and CHAR_LF are synonyms for the
+same code point. */
+
+#ifdef EBCDIC
+
+#ifndef EBCDIC_NL25
+#define CHAR_NL '\x15'
+#define CHAR_NEL '\x25'
+#define STR_NL "\x15"
+#define STR_NEL "\x25"
+#else
+#define CHAR_NL '\x25'
+#define CHAR_NEL '\x15'
+#define STR_NL "\x25"
+#define STR_NEL "\x15"
+#endif
+
+#define CHAR_LF CHAR_NL
+#define STR_LF STR_NL
+
+#define CHAR_ESC '\047'
+#define CHAR_DEL '\007'
+#define CHAR_NBSP '\x41'
+#define STR_ESC "\047"
+#define STR_DEL "\007"
+
+#else /* Not EBCDIC */
+
+/* In ASCII/Unicode, linefeed is '\n' and we equate this to NL for
+compatibility. NEL is the Unicode newline character; make sure it is
+a positive value. */
+
+#define CHAR_LF '\n'
+#define CHAR_NL CHAR_LF
+#define CHAR_NEL ((unsigned char)'\x85')
+#define CHAR_ESC '\033'
+#define CHAR_DEL '\177'
+#define CHAR_NBSP ((unsigned char)'\xa0')
+
+#define STR_LF "\n"
+#define STR_NL STR_LF
+#define STR_NEL "\x85"
+#define STR_ESC "\033"
+#define STR_DEL "\177"
+
+#endif /* EBCDIC */
+
+/* The remaining definitions work in both environments. */
+
+#define CHAR_NULL '\0'
+#define CHAR_HT '\t'
+#define CHAR_VT '\v'
+#define CHAR_FF '\f'
+#define CHAR_CR '\r'
+#define CHAR_BS '\b'
+#define CHAR_BEL '\a'
+
+#define CHAR_SPACE ' '
+#define CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK '!'
+#define CHAR_QUOTATION_MARK '"'
+#define CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN '#'
+#define CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN '$'
+#define CHAR_PERCENT_SIGN '%'
+#define CHAR_AMPERSAND '&'
+#define CHAR_APOSTROPHE '\''
+#define CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS '('
+#define CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS ')'
+#define CHAR_ASTERISK '*'
+#define CHAR_PLUS '+'
+#define CHAR_COMMA ','
+#define CHAR_MINUS '-'
+#define CHAR_DOT '.'
+#define CHAR_SLASH '/'
+#define CHAR_0 '0'
+#define CHAR_1 '1'
+#define CHAR_2 '2'
+#define CHAR_3 '3'
+#define CHAR_4 '4'
+#define CHAR_5 '5'
+#define CHAR_6 '6'
+#define CHAR_7 '7'
+#define CHAR_8 '8'
+#define CHAR_9 '9'
+#define CHAR_COLON ':'
+#define CHAR_SEMICOLON ';'
+#define CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN '<'
+#define CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN '='
+#define CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN '>'
+#define CHAR_QUESTION_MARK '?'
+#define CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT '@'
+#define CHAR_A 'A'
+#define CHAR_B 'B'
+#define CHAR_C 'C'
+#define CHAR_D 'D'
+#define CHAR_E 'E'
+#define CHAR_F 'F'
+#define CHAR_G 'G'
+#define CHAR_H 'H'
+#define CHAR_I 'I'
+#define CHAR_J 'J'
+#define CHAR_K 'K'
+#define CHAR_L 'L'
+#define CHAR_M 'M'
+#define CHAR_N 'N'
+#define CHAR_O 'O'
+#define CHAR_P 'P'
+#define CHAR_Q 'Q'
+#define CHAR_R 'R'
+#define CHAR_S 'S'
+#define CHAR_T 'T'
+#define CHAR_U 'U'
+#define CHAR_V 'V'
+#define CHAR_W 'W'
+#define CHAR_X 'X'
+#define CHAR_Y 'Y'
+#define CHAR_Z 'Z'
+#define CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET '['
+#define CHAR_BACKSLASH '\\'
+#define CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET ']'
+#define CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT '^'
+#define CHAR_UNDERSCORE '_'
+#define CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT '`'
+#define CHAR_a 'a'
+#define CHAR_b 'b'
+#define CHAR_c 'c'
+#define CHAR_d 'd'
+#define CHAR_e 'e'
+#define CHAR_f 'f'
+#define CHAR_g 'g'
+#define CHAR_h 'h'
+#define CHAR_i 'i'
+#define CHAR_j 'j'
+#define CHAR_k 'k'
+#define CHAR_l 'l'
+#define CHAR_m 'm'
+#define CHAR_n 'n'
+#define CHAR_o 'o'
+#define CHAR_p 'p'
+#define CHAR_q 'q'
+#define CHAR_r 'r'
+#define CHAR_s 's'
+#define CHAR_t 't'
+#define CHAR_u 'u'
+#define CHAR_v 'v'
+#define CHAR_w 'w'
+#define CHAR_x 'x'
+#define CHAR_y 'y'
+#define CHAR_z 'z'
+#define CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET '{'
+#define CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE '|'
+#define CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET '}'
+#define CHAR_TILDE '~'
+
+#define STR_HT "\t"
+#define STR_VT "\v"
+#define STR_FF "\f"
+#define STR_CR "\r"
+#define STR_BS "\b"
+#define STR_BEL "\a"
+
+#define STR_SPACE " "
+#define STR_EXCLAMATION_MARK "!"
+#define STR_QUOTATION_MARK "\""
+#define STR_NUMBER_SIGN "#"
+#define STR_DOLLAR_SIGN "$"
+#define STR_PERCENT_SIGN "%"
+#define STR_AMPERSAND "&"
+#define STR_APOSTROPHE "'"
+#define STR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS "("
+#define STR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS ")"
+#define STR_ASTERISK "*"
+#define STR_PLUS "+"
+#define STR_COMMA ","
+#define STR_MINUS "-"
+#define STR_DOT "."
+#define STR_SLASH "/"
+#define STR_0 "0"
+#define STR_1 "1"
+#define STR_2 "2"
+#define STR_3 "3"
+#define STR_4 "4"
+#define STR_5 "5"
+#define STR_6 "6"
+#define STR_7 "7"
+#define STR_8 "8"
+#define STR_9 "9"
+#define STR_COLON ":"
+#define STR_SEMICOLON ";"
+#define STR_LESS_THAN_SIGN "<"
+#define STR_EQUALS_SIGN "="
+#define STR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN ">"
+#define STR_QUESTION_MARK "?"
+#define STR_COMMERCIAL_AT "@"
+#define STR_A "A"
+#define STR_B "B"
+#define STR_C "C"
+#define STR_D "D"
+#define STR_E "E"
+#define STR_F "F"
+#define STR_G "G"
+#define STR_H "H"
+#define STR_I "I"
+#define STR_J "J"
+#define STR_K "K"
+#define STR_L "L"
+#define STR_M "M"
+#define STR_N "N"
+#define STR_O "O"
+#define STR_P "P"
+#define STR_Q "Q"
+#define STR_R "R"
+#define STR_S "S"
+#define STR_T "T"
+#define STR_U "U"
+#define STR_V "V"
+#define STR_W "W"
+#define STR_X "X"
+#define STR_Y "Y"
+#define STR_Z "Z"
+#define STR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET "["
+#define STR_BACKSLASH "\\"
+#define STR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET "]"
+#define STR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT "^"
+#define STR_UNDERSCORE "_"
+#define STR_GRAVE_ACCENT "`"
+#define STR_a "a"
+#define STR_b "b"
+#define STR_c "c"
+#define STR_d "d"
+#define STR_e "e"
+#define STR_f "f"
+#define STR_g "g"
+#define STR_h "h"
+#define STR_i "i"
+#define STR_j "j"
+#define STR_k "k"
+#define STR_l "l"
+#define STR_m "m"
+#define STR_n "n"
+#define STR_o "o"
+#define STR_p "p"
+#define STR_q "q"
+#define STR_r "r"
+#define STR_s "s"
+#define STR_t "t"
+#define STR_u "u"
+#define STR_v "v"
+#define STR_w "w"
+#define STR_x "x"
+#define STR_y "y"
+#define STR_z "z"
+#define STR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET "{"
+#define STR_VERTICAL_LINE "|"
+#define STR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET "}"
+#define STR_TILDE "~"
+
+#define STRING_ACCEPT0 "ACCEPT\0"
+#define STRING_COMMIT0 "COMMIT\0"
+#define STRING_F0 "F\0"
+#define STRING_FAIL0 "FAIL\0"
+#define STRING_MARK0 "MARK\0"
+#define STRING_PRUNE0 "PRUNE\0"
+#define STRING_SKIP0 "SKIP\0"
+#define STRING_THEN "THEN"
+
+#define STRING_alpha0 "alpha\0"
+#define STRING_lower0 "lower\0"
+#define STRING_upper0 "upper\0"
+#define STRING_alnum0 "alnum\0"
+#define STRING_ascii0 "ascii\0"
+#define STRING_blank0 "blank\0"
+#define STRING_cntrl0 "cntrl\0"
+#define STRING_digit0 "digit\0"
+#define STRING_graph0 "graph\0"
+#define STRING_print0 "print\0"
+#define STRING_punct0 "punct\0"
+#define STRING_space0 "space\0"
+#define STRING_word0 "word\0"
+#define STRING_xdigit "xdigit"
+
+#define STRING_DEFINE "DEFINE"
+#define STRING_WEIRD_STARTWORD "[:<:]]"
+#define STRING_WEIRD_ENDWORD "[:>:]]"
+
+#define STRING_CR_RIGHTPAR "CR)"
+#define STRING_LF_RIGHTPAR "LF)"
+#define STRING_CRLF_RIGHTPAR "CRLF)"
+#define STRING_ANY_RIGHTPAR "ANY)"
+#define STRING_ANYCRLF_RIGHTPAR "ANYCRLF)"
+#define STRING_BSR_ANYCRLF_RIGHTPAR "BSR_ANYCRLF)"
+#define STRING_BSR_UNICODE_RIGHTPAR "BSR_UNICODE)"
+#define STRING_UTF8_RIGHTPAR "UTF8)"
+#define STRING_UTF16_RIGHTPAR "UTF16)"
+#define STRING_UTF32_RIGHTPAR "UTF32)"
+#define STRING_UTF_RIGHTPAR "UTF)"
+#define STRING_UCP_RIGHTPAR "UCP)"
+#define STRING_NO_AUTO_POSSESS_RIGHTPAR "NO_AUTO_POSSESS)"
+#define STRING_NO_START_OPT_RIGHTPAR "NO_START_OPT)"
+#define STRING_LIMIT_MATCH_EQ "LIMIT_MATCH="
+#define STRING_LIMIT_RECURSION_EQ "LIMIT_RECURSION="
+
+#else /* SUPPORT_UTF */
+
+/* UTF-8 support is enabled; always use UTF-8 (=ASCII) character codes. This
+works in both modes non-EBCDIC platforms, and on EBCDIC platforms in UTF-8 mode
+only. */
+
+#define CHAR_HT '\011'
+#define CHAR_VT '\013'
+#define CHAR_FF '\014'
+#define CHAR_CR '\015'
+#define CHAR_LF '\012'
+#define CHAR_NL CHAR_LF
+#define CHAR_NEL ((unsigned char)'\x85')
+#define CHAR_BS '\010'
+#define CHAR_BEL '\007'
+#define CHAR_ESC '\033'
+#define CHAR_DEL '\177'
+
+#define CHAR_NULL '\0'
+#define CHAR_SPACE '\040'
+#define CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK '\041'
+#define CHAR_QUOTATION_MARK '\042'
+#define CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN '\043'
+#define CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN '\044'
+#define CHAR_PERCENT_SIGN '\045'
+#define CHAR_AMPERSAND '\046'
+#define CHAR_APOSTROPHE '\047'
+#define CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS '\050'
+#define CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS '\051'
+#define CHAR_ASTERISK '\052'
+#define CHAR_PLUS '\053'
+#define CHAR_COMMA '\054'
+#define CHAR_MINUS '\055'
+#define CHAR_DOT '\056'
+#define CHAR_SLASH '\057'
+#define CHAR_0 '\060'
+#define CHAR_1 '\061'
+#define CHAR_2 '\062'
+#define CHAR_3 '\063'
+#define CHAR_4 '\064'
+#define CHAR_5 '\065'
+#define CHAR_6 '\066'
+#define CHAR_7 '\067'
+#define CHAR_8 '\070'
+#define CHAR_9 '\071'
+#define CHAR_COLON '\072'
+#define CHAR_SEMICOLON '\073'
+#define CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN '\074'
+#define CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN '\075'
+#define CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN '\076'
+#define CHAR_QUESTION_MARK '\077'
+#define CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT '\100'
+#define CHAR_A '\101'
+#define CHAR_B '\102'
+#define CHAR_C '\103'
+#define CHAR_D '\104'
+#define CHAR_E '\105'
+#define CHAR_F '\106'
+#define CHAR_G '\107'
+#define CHAR_H '\110'
+#define CHAR_I '\111'
+#define CHAR_J '\112'
+#define CHAR_K '\113'
+#define CHAR_L '\114'
+#define CHAR_M '\115'
+#define CHAR_N '\116'
+#define CHAR_O '\117'
+#define CHAR_P '\120'
+#define CHAR_Q '\121'
+#define CHAR_R '\122'
+#define CHAR_S '\123'
+#define CHAR_T '\124'
+#define CHAR_U '\125'
+#define CHAR_V '\126'
+#define CHAR_W '\127'
+#define CHAR_X '\130'
+#define CHAR_Y '\131'
+#define CHAR_Z '\132'
+#define CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET '\133'
+#define CHAR_BACKSLASH '\134'
+#define CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET '\135'
+#define CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT '\136'
+#define CHAR_UNDERSCORE '\137'
+#define CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT '\140'
+#define CHAR_a '\141'
+#define CHAR_b '\142'
+#define CHAR_c '\143'
+#define CHAR_d '\144'
+#define CHAR_e '\145'
+#define CHAR_f '\146'
+#define CHAR_g '\147'
+#define CHAR_h '\150'
+#define CHAR_i '\151'
+#define CHAR_j '\152'
+#define CHAR_k '\153'
+#define CHAR_l '\154'
+#define CHAR_m '\155'
+#define CHAR_n '\156'
+#define CHAR_o '\157'
+#define CHAR_p '\160'
+#define CHAR_q '\161'
+#define CHAR_r '\162'
+#define CHAR_s '\163'
+#define CHAR_t '\164'
+#define CHAR_u '\165'
+#define CHAR_v '\166'
+#define CHAR_w '\167'
+#define CHAR_x '\170'
+#define CHAR_y '\171'
+#define CHAR_z '\172'
+#define CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET '\173'
+#define CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE '\174'
+#define CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET '\175'
+#define CHAR_TILDE '\176'
+#define CHAR_NBSP ((unsigned char)'\xa0')
+
+#define STR_HT "\011"
+#define STR_VT "\013"
+#define STR_FF "\014"
+#define STR_CR "\015"
+#define STR_NL "\012"
+#define STR_BS "\010"
+#define STR_BEL "\007"
+#define STR_ESC "\033"
+#define STR_DEL "\177"
+
+#define STR_SPACE "\040"
+#define STR_EXCLAMATION_MARK "\041"
+#define STR_QUOTATION_MARK "\042"
+#define STR_NUMBER_SIGN "\043"
+#define STR_DOLLAR_SIGN "\044"
+#define STR_PERCENT_SIGN "\045"
+#define STR_AMPERSAND "\046"
+#define STR_APOSTROPHE "\047"
+#define STR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS "\050"
+#define STR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS "\051"
+#define STR_ASTERISK "\052"
+#define STR_PLUS "\053"
+#define STR_COMMA "\054"
+#define STR_MINUS "\055"
+#define STR_DOT "\056"
+#define STR_SLASH "\057"
+#define STR_0 "\060"
+#define STR_1 "\061"
+#define STR_2 "\062"
+#define STR_3 "\063"
+#define STR_4 "\064"
+#define STR_5 "\065"
+#define STR_6 "\066"
+#define STR_7 "\067"
+#define STR_8 "\070"
+#define STR_9 "\071"
+#define STR_COLON "\072"
+#define STR_SEMICOLON "\073"
+#define STR_LESS_THAN_SIGN "\074"
+#define STR_EQUALS_SIGN "\075"
+#define STR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN "\076"
+#define STR_QUESTION_MARK "\077"
+#define STR_COMMERCIAL_AT "\100"
+#define STR_A "\101"
+#define STR_B "\102"
+#define STR_C "\103"
+#define STR_D "\104"
+#define STR_E "\105"
+#define STR_F "\106"
+#define STR_G "\107"
+#define STR_H "\110"
+#define STR_I "\111"
+#define STR_J "\112"
+#define STR_K "\113"
+#define STR_L "\114"
+#define STR_M "\115"
+#define STR_N "\116"
+#define STR_O "\117"
+#define STR_P "\120"
+#define STR_Q "\121"
+#define STR_R "\122"
+#define STR_S "\123"
+#define STR_T "\124"
+#define STR_U "\125"
+#define STR_V "\126"
+#define STR_W "\127"
+#define STR_X "\130"
+#define STR_Y "\131"
+#define STR_Z "\132"
+#define STR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET "\133"
+#define STR_BACKSLASH "\134"
+#define STR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET "\135"
+#define STR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT "\136"
+#define STR_UNDERSCORE "\137"
+#define STR_GRAVE_ACCENT "\140"
+#define STR_a "\141"
+#define STR_b "\142"
+#define STR_c "\143"
+#define STR_d "\144"
+#define STR_e "\145"
+#define STR_f "\146"
+#define STR_g "\147"
+#define STR_h "\150"
+#define STR_i "\151"
+#define STR_j "\152"
+#define STR_k "\153"
+#define STR_l "\154"
+#define STR_m "\155"
+#define STR_n "\156"
+#define STR_o "\157"
+#define STR_p "\160"
+#define STR_q "\161"
+#define STR_r "\162"
+#define STR_s "\163"
+#define STR_t "\164"
+#define STR_u "\165"
+#define STR_v "\166"
+#define STR_w "\167"
+#define STR_x "\170"
+#define STR_y "\171"
+#define STR_z "\172"
+#define STR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET "\173"
+#define STR_VERTICAL_LINE "\174"
+#define STR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET "\175"
+#define STR_TILDE "\176"
+
+#define STRING_ACCEPT0 STR_A STR_C STR_C STR_E STR_P STR_T "\0"
+#define STRING_COMMIT0 STR_C STR_O STR_M STR_M STR_I STR_T "\0"
+#define STRING_F0 STR_F "\0"
+#define STRING_FAIL0 STR_F STR_A STR_I STR_L "\0"
+#define STRING_MARK0 STR_M STR_A STR_R STR_K "\0"
+#define STRING_PRUNE0 STR_P STR_R STR_U STR_N STR_E "\0"
+#define STRING_SKIP0 STR_S STR_K STR_I STR_P "\0"
+#define STRING_THEN STR_T STR_H STR_E STR_N
+
+#define STRING_alpha0 STR_a STR_l STR_p STR_h STR_a "\0"
+#define STRING_lower0 STR_l STR_o STR_w STR_e STR_r "\0"
+#define STRING_upper0 STR_u STR_p STR_p STR_e STR_r "\0"
+#define STRING_alnum0 STR_a STR_l STR_n STR_u STR_m "\0"
+#define STRING_ascii0 STR_a STR_s STR_c STR_i STR_i "\0"
+#define STRING_blank0 STR_b STR_l STR_a STR_n STR_k "\0"
+#define STRING_cntrl0 STR_c STR_n STR_t STR_r STR_l "\0"
+#define STRING_digit0 STR_d STR_i STR_g STR_i STR_t "\0"
+#define STRING_graph0 STR_g STR_r STR_a STR_p STR_h "\0"
+#define STRING_print0 STR_p STR_r STR_i STR_n STR_t "\0"
+#define STRING_punct0 STR_p STR_u STR_n STR_c STR_t "\0"
+#define STRING_space0 STR_s STR_p STR_a STR_c STR_e "\0"
+#define STRING_word0 STR_w STR_o STR_r STR_d "\0"
+#define STRING_xdigit STR_x STR_d STR_i STR_g STR_i STR_t
+
+#define STRING_DEFINE STR_D STR_E STR_F STR_I STR_N STR_E
+#define STRING_WEIRD_STARTWORD STR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET STR_COLON STR_LESS_THAN_SIGN STR_COLON STR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET STR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET
+#define STRING_WEIRD_ENDWORD STR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET STR_COLON STR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN STR_COLON STR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET STR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET
+
+#define STRING_CR_RIGHTPAR STR_C STR_R STR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS
+#define STRING_LF_RIGHTPAR STR_L STR_F STR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS
+#define STRING_CRLF_RIGHTPAR STR_C STR_R STR_L STR_F STR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS
+#define STRING_ANY_RIGHTPAR STR_A STR_N STR_Y STR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS
+#define STRING_ANYCRLF_RIGHTPAR STR_A STR_N STR_Y STR_C STR_R STR_L STR_F STR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS
+#define STRING_BSR_ANYCRLF_RIGHTPAR STR_B STR_S STR_R STR_UNDERSCORE STR_A STR_N STR_Y STR_C STR_R STR_L STR_F STR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS
+#define STRING_BSR_UNICODE_RIGHTPAR STR_B STR_S STR_R STR_UNDERSCORE STR_U STR_N STR_I STR_C STR_O STR_D STR_E STR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS
+#define STRING_UTF8_RIGHTPAR STR_U STR_T STR_F STR_8 STR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS
+#define STRING_UTF16_RIGHTPAR STR_U STR_T STR_F STR_1 STR_6 STR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS
+#define STRING_UTF32_RIGHTPAR STR_U STR_T STR_F STR_3 STR_2 STR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS
+#define STRING_UTF_RIGHTPAR STR_U STR_T STR_F STR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS
+#define STRING_UCP_RIGHTPAR STR_U STR_C STR_P STR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS
+#define STRING_NO_AUTO_POSSESS_RIGHTPAR STR_N STR_O STR_UNDERSCORE STR_A STR_U STR_T STR_O STR_UNDERSCORE STR_P STR_O STR_S STR_S STR_E STR_S STR_S STR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS
+#define STRING_NO_START_OPT_RIGHTPAR STR_N STR_O STR_UNDERSCORE STR_S STR_T STR_A STR_R STR_T STR_UNDERSCORE STR_O STR_P STR_T STR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS
+#define STRING_LIMIT_MATCH_EQ STR_L STR_I STR_M STR_I STR_T STR_UNDERSCORE STR_M STR_A STR_T STR_C STR_H STR_EQUALS_SIGN
+#define STRING_LIMIT_RECURSION_EQ STR_L STR_I STR_M STR_I STR_T STR_UNDERSCORE STR_R STR_E STR_C STR_U STR_R STR_S STR_I STR_O STR_N STR_EQUALS_SIGN
+
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */
+
+/* Escape items that are just an encoding of a particular data value. */
+
+#ifndef ESC_a
+#define ESC_a CHAR_BEL
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ESC_e
+#define ESC_e CHAR_ESC
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ESC_f
+#define ESC_f CHAR_FF
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ESC_n
+#define ESC_n CHAR_LF
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ESC_r
+#define ESC_r CHAR_CR
+#endif
+
+/* We can't officially use ESC_t because it is a POSIX reserved identifier
+(presumably because of all the others like size_t). */
+
+#ifndef ESC_tee
+#define ESC_tee CHAR_HT
+#endif
+
+/* Codes for different types of Unicode property */
+
+#define PT_ANY 0 /* Any property - matches all chars */
+#define PT_LAMP 1 /* L& - the union of Lu, Ll, Lt */
+#define PT_GC 2 /* Specified general characteristic (e.g. L) */
+#define PT_PC 3 /* Specified particular characteristic (e.g. Lu) */
+#define PT_SC 4 /* Script (e.g. Han) */
+#define PT_ALNUM 5 /* Alphanumeric - the union of L and N */
+#define PT_SPACE 6 /* Perl space - Z plus 9,10,12,13 */
+#define PT_PXSPACE 7 /* POSIX space - Z plus 9,10,11,12,13 */
+#define PT_WORD 8 /* Word - L plus N plus underscore */
+#define PT_CLIST 9 /* Pseudo-property: match character list */
+#define PT_UCNC 10 /* Universal Character nameable character */
+#define PT_TABSIZE 11 /* Size of square table for autopossessify tests */
+
+/* The following special properties are used only in XCLASS items, when POSIX
+classes are specified and PCRE_UCP is set - in other words, for Unicode
+handling of these classes. They are not available via the \p or \P escapes like
+those in the above list, and so they do not take part in the autopossessifying
+table. */
+
+#define PT_PXGRAPH 11 /* [:graph:] - characters that mark the paper */
+#define PT_PXPRINT 12 /* [:print:] - [:graph:] plus non-control spaces */
+#define PT_PXPUNCT 13 /* [:punct:] - punctuation characters */
+
+/* Flag bits and data types for the extended class (OP_XCLASS) for classes that
+contain characters with values greater than 255. */
+
+#define XCL_NOT 0x01 /* Flag: this is a negative class */
+#define XCL_MAP 0x02 /* Flag: a 32-byte map is present */
+#define XCL_HASPROP 0x04 /* Flag: property checks are present. */
+
+#define XCL_END 0 /* Marks end of individual items */
+#define XCL_SINGLE 1 /* Single item (one multibyte char) follows */
+#define XCL_RANGE 2 /* A range (two multibyte chars) follows */
+#define XCL_PROP 3 /* Unicode property (2-byte property code follows) */
+#define XCL_NOTPROP 4 /* Unicode inverted property (ditto) */
+
+/* These are escaped items that aren't just an encoding of a particular data
+value such as \n. They must have non-zero values, as check_escape() returns 0
+for a data character. Also, they must appear in the same order as in the
+opcode definitions below, up to ESC_z. There's a dummy for OP_ALLANY because it
+corresponds to "." in DOTALL mode rather than an escape sequence. It is also
+used for [^] in JavaScript compatibility mode, and for \C in non-utf mode. In
+non-DOTALL mode, "." behaves like \N.
+
+The special values ESC_DU, ESC_du, etc. are used instead of ESC_D, ESC_d, etc.
+when PCRE_UCP is set and replacement of \d etc by \p sequences is required.
+They must be contiguous, and remain in order so that the replacements can be
+looked up from a table.
+
+Negative numbers are used to encode a backreference (\1, \2, \3, etc.) in
+check_escape(). There are two tests in the code for an escape
+greater than ESC_b and less than ESC_Z to detect the types that may be
+repeated. These are the types that consume characters. If any new escapes are
+put in between that don't consume a character, that code will have to change.
+*/
+
+enum { ESC_A = 1, ESC_G, ESC_K, ESC_B, ESC_b, ESC_D, ESC_d, ESC_S, ESC_s,
+ ESC_W, ESC_w, ESC_N, ESC_dum, ESC_C, ESC_P, ESC_p, ESC_R, ESC_H,
+ ESC_h, ESC_V, ESC_v, ESC_X, ESC_Z, ESC_z,
+ ESC_E, ESC_Q, ESC_g, ESC_k,
+ ESC_DU, ESC_du, ESC_SU, ESC_su, ESC_WU, ESC_wu };
+
+
+/********************** Opcode definitions ******************/
+
+/****** NOTE NOTE NOTE ******
+
+Starting from 1 (i.e. after OP_END), the values up to OP_EOD must correspond in
+order to the list of escapes immediately above. Furthermore, values up to
+OP_DOLLM must not be changed without adjusting the table called autoposstab in
+pcre_compile.c
+
+Whenever this list is updated, the two macro definitions that follow must be
+updated to match. The possessification table called "opcode_possessify" in
+pcre_compile.c must also be updated, and also the tables called "coptable"
+and "poptable" in pcre_dfa_exec.c.
+
+****** NOTE NOTE NOTE ******/
+
+
+/* The values between FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP and LAST_AUTOTAB_RIGHT_OP, inclusive,
+are used in a table for deciding whether a repeated character type can be
+auto-possessified. */
+
+#define FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP OP_NOT_DIGIT
+#define LAST_AUTOTAB_LEFT_OP OP_EXTUNI
+#define LAST_AUTOTAB_RIGHT_OP OP_DOLLM
+
+enum {
+ OP_END, /* 0 End of pattern */
+
+ /* Values corresponding to backslashed metacharacters */
+
+ OP_SOD, /* 1 Start of data: \A */
+ OP_SOM, /* 2 Start of match (subject + offset): \G */
+ OP_SET_SOM, /* 3 Set start of match (\K) */
+ OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY, /* 4 \B */
+ OP_WORD_BOUNDARY, /* 5 \b */
+ OP_NOT_DIGIT, /* 6 \D */
+ OP_DIGIT, /* 7 \d */
+ OP_NOT_WHITESPACE, /* 8 \S */
+ OP_WHITESPACE, /* 9 \s */
+ OP_NOT_WORDCHAR, /* 10 \W */
+ OP_WORDCHAR, /* 11 \w */
+
+ OP_ANY, /* 12 Match any character except newline (\N) */
+ OP_ALLANY, /* 13 Match any character */
+ OP_ANYBYTE, /* 14 Match any byte (\C); different to OP_ANY for UTF-8 */
+ OP_NOTPROP, /* 15 \P (not Unicode property) */
+ OP_PROP, /* 16 \p (Unicode property) */
+ OP_ANYNL, /* 17 \R (any newline sequence) */
+ OP_NOT_HSPACE, /* 18 \H (not horizontal whitespace) */
+ OP_HSPACE, /* 19 \h (horizontal whitespace) */
+ OP_NOT_VSPACE, /* 20 \V (not vertical whitespace) */
+ OP_VSPACE, /* 21 \v (vertical whitespace) */
+ OP_EXTUNI, /* 22 \X (extended Unicode sequence */
+ OP_EODN, /* 23 End of data or \n at end of data (\Z) */
+ OP_EOD, /* 24 End of data (\z) */
+
+ /* Line end assertions */
+
+ OP_DOLL, /* 25 End of line - not multiline */
+ OP_DOLLM, /* 26 End of line - multiline */
+ OP_CIRC, /* 27 Start of line - not multiline */
+ OP_CIRCM, /* 28 Start of line - multiline */
+
+ /* Single characters; caseful must precede the caseless ones */
+
+ OP_CHAR, /* 29 Match one character, casefully */
+ OP_CHARI, /* 30 Match one character, caselessly */
+ OP_NOT, /* 31 Match one character, not the given one, casefully */
+ OP_NOTI, /* 32 Match one character, not the given one, caselessly */
+
+ /* The following sets of 13 opcodes must always be kept in step because
+ the offset from the first one is used to generate the others. */
+
+ /* Repeated characters; caseful must precede the caseless ones */
+
+ OP_STAR, /* 33 The maximizing and minimizing versions of */
+ OP_MINSTAR, /* 34 these six opcodes must come in pairs, with */
+ OP_PLUS, /* 35 the minimizing one second. */
+ OP_MINPLUS, /* 36 */
+ OP_QUERY, /* 37 */
+ OP_MINQUERY, /* 38 */
+
+ OP_UPTO, /* 39 From 0 to n matches of one character, caseful*/
+ OP_MINUPTO, /* 40 */
+ OP_EXACT, /* 41 Exactly n matches */
+
+ OP_POSSTAR, /* 42 Possessified star, caseful */
+ OP_POSPLUS, /* 43 Possessified plus, caseful */
+ OP_POSQUERY, /* 44 Posesssified query, caseful */
+ OP_POSUPTO, /* 45 Possessified upto, caseful */
+
+ /* Repeated characters; caseless must follow the caseful ones */
+
+ OP_STARI, /* 46 */
+ OP_MINSTARI, /* 47 */
+ OP_PLUSI, /* 48 */
+ OP_MINPLUSI, /* 49 */
+ OP_QUERYI, /* 50 */
+ OP_MINQUERYI, /* 51 */
+
+ OP_UPTOI, /* 52 From 0 to n matches of one character, caseless */
+ OP_MINUPTOI, /* 53 */
+ OP_EXACTI, /* 54 */
+
+ OP_POSSTARI, /* 55 Possessified star, caseless */
+ OP_POSPLUSI, /* 56 Possessified plus, caseless */
+ OP_POSQUERYI, /* 57 Posesssified query, caseless */
+ OP_POSUPTOI, /* 58 Possessified upto, caseless */
+
+ /* The negated ones must follow the non-negated ones, and match them */
+ /* Negated repeated character, caseful; must precede the caseless ones */
+
+ OP_NOTSTAR, /* 59 The maximizing and minimizing versions of */
+ OP_NOTMINSTAR, /* 60 these six opcodes must come in pairs, with */
+ OP_NOTPLUS, /* 61 the minimizing one second. They must be in */
+ OP_NOTMINPLUS, /* 62 exactly the same order as those above. */
+ OP_NOTQUERY, /* 63 */
+ OP_NOTMINQUERY, /* 64 */
+
+ OP_NOTUPTO, /* 65 From 0 to n matches, caseful */
+ OP_NOTMINUPTO, /* 66 */
+ OP_NOTEXACT, /* 67 Exactly n matches */
+
+ OP_NOTPOSSTAR, /* 68 Possessified versions, caseful */
+ OP_NOTPOSPLUS, /* 69 */
+ OP_NOTPOSQUERY, /* 70 */
+ OP_NOTPOSUPTO, /* 71 */
+
+ /* Negated repeated character, caseless; must follow the caseful ones */
+
+ OP_NOTSTARI, /* 72 */
+ OP_NOTMINSTARI, /* 73 */
+ OP_NOTPLUSI, /* 74 */
+ OP_NOTMINPLUSI, /* 75 */
+ OP_NOTQUERYI, /* 76 */
+ OP_NOTMINQUERYI, /* 77 */
+
+ OP_NOTUPTOI, /* 78 From 0 to n matches, caseless */
+ OP_NOTMINUPTOI, /* 79 */
+ OP_NOTEXACTI, /* 80 Exactly n matches */
+
+ OP_NOTPOSSTARI, /* 81 Possessified versions, caseless */
+ OP_NOTPOSPLUSI, /* 82 */
+ OP_NOTPOSQUERYI, /* 83 */
+ OP_NOTPOSUPTOI, /* 84 */
+
+ /* Character types */
+
+ OP_TYPESTAR, /* 85 The maximizing and minimizing versions of */
+ OP_TYPEMINSTAR, /* 86 these six opcodes must come in pairs, with */
+ OP_TYPEPLUS, /* 87 the minimizing one second. These codes must */
+ OP_TYPEMINPLUS, /* 88 be in exactly the same order as those above. */
+ OP_TYPEQUERY, /* 89 */
+ OP_TYPEMINQUERY, /* 90 */
+
+ OP_TYPEUPTO, /* 91 From 0 to n matches */
+ OP_TYPEMINUPTO, /* 92 */
+ OP_TYPEEXACT, /* 93 Exactly n matches */
+
+ OP_TYPEPOSSTAR, /* 94 Possessified versions */
+ OP_TYPEPOSPLUS, /* 95 */
+ OP_TYPEPOSQUERY, /* 96 */
+ OP_TYPEPOSUPTO, /* 97 */
+
+ /* These are used for character classes and back references; only the
+ first six are the same as the sets above. */
+
+ OP_CRSTAR, /* 98 The maximizing and minimizing versions of */
+ OP_CRMINSTAR, /* 99 all these opcodes must come in pairs, with */
+ OP_CRPLUS, /* 100 the minimizing one second. These codes must */
+ OP_CRMINPLUS, /* 101 be in exactly the same order as those above. */
+ OP_CRQUERY, /* 102 */
+ OP_CRMINQUERY, /* 103 */
+
+ OP_CRRANGE, /* 104 These are different to the three sets above. */
+ OP_CRMINRANGE, /* 105 */
+
+ OP_CRPOSSTAR, /* 106 Possessified versions */
+ OP_CRPOSPLUS, /* 107 */
+ OP_CRPOSQUERY, /* 108 */
+ OP_CRPOSRANGE, /* 109 */
+
+ /* End of quantifier opcodes */
+
+ OP_CLASS, /* 110 Match a character class, chars < 256 only */
+ OP_NCLASS, /* 111 Same, but the bitmap was created from a negative
+ class - the difference is relevant only when a
+ character > 255 is encountered. */
+ OP_XCLASS, /* 112 Extended class for handling > 255 chars within the
+ class. This does both positive and negative. */
+ OP_REF, /* 113 Match a back reference, casefully */
+ OP_REFI, /* 114 Match a back reference, caselessly */
+ OP_DNREF, /* 115 Match a duplicate name backref, casefully */
+ OP_DNREFI, /* 116 Match a duplicate name backref, caselessly */
+ OP_RECURSE, /* 117 Match a numbered subpattern (possibly recursive) */
+ OP_CALLOUT, /* 118 Call out to external function if provided */
+
+ OP_ALT, /* 119 Start of alternation */
+ OP_KET, /* 120 End of group that doesn't have an unbounded repeat */
+ OP_KETRMAX, /* 121 These two must remain together and in this */
+ OP_KETRMIN, /* 122 order. They are for groups the repeat for ever. */
+ OP_KETRPOS, /* 123 Possessive unlimited repeat. */
+
+ /* The assertions must come before BRA, CBRA, ONCE, and COND, and the four
+ asserts must remain in order. */
+
+ OP_REVERSE, /* 124 Move pointer back - used in lookbehind assertions */
+ OP_ASSERT, /* 125 Positive lookahead */
+ OP_ASSERT_NOT, /* 126 Negative lookahead */
+ OP_ASSERTBACK, /* 127 Positive lookbehind */
+ OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT, /* 128 Negative lookbehind */
+
+ /* ONCE, ONCE_NC, BRA, BRAPOS, CBRA, CBRAPOS, and COND must come immediately
+ after the assertions, with ONCE first, as there's a test for >= ONCE for a
+ subpattern that isn't an assertion. The POS versions must immediately follow
+ the non-POS versions in each case. */
+
+ OP_ONCE, /* 129 Atomic group, contains captures */
+ OP_ONCE_NC, /* 130 Atomic group containing no captures */
+ OP_BRA, /* 131 Start of non-capturing bracket */
+ OP_BRAPOS, /* 132 Ditto, with unlimited, possessive repeat */
+ OP_CBRA, /* 133 Start of capturing bracket */
+ OP_CBRAPOS, /* 134 Ditto, with unlimited, possessive repeat */
+ OP_COND, /* 135 Conditional group */
+
+ /* These five must follow the previous five, in the same order. There's a
+ check for >= SBRA to distinguish the two sets. */
+
+ OP_SBRA, /* 136 Start of non-capturing bracket, check empty */
+ OP_SBRAPOS, /* 137 Ditto, with unlimited, possessive repeat */
+ OP_SCBRA, /* 138 Start of capturing bracket, check empty */
+ OP_SCBRAPOS, /* 139 Ditto, with unlimited, possessive repeat */
+ OP_SCOND, /* 140 Conditional group, check empty */
+
+ /* The next two pairs must (respectively) be kept together. */
+
+ OP_CREF, /* 141 Used to hold a capture number as condition */
+ OP_DNCREF, /* 142 Used to point to duplicate names as a condition */
+ OP_RREF, /* 143 Used to hold a recursion number as condition */
+ OP_DNRREF, /* 144 Used to point to duplicate names as a condition */
+ OP_DEF, /* 145 The DEFINE condition */
+
+ OP_BRAZERO, /* 146 These two must remain together and in this */
+ OP_BRAMINZERO, /* 147 order. */
+ OP_BRAPOSZERO, /* 148 */
+
+ /* These are backtracking control verbs */
+
+ OP_MARK, /* 149 always has an argument */
+ OP_PRUNE, /* 150 */
+ OP_PRUNE_ARG, /* 151 same, but with argument */
+ OP_SKIP, /* 152 */
+ OP_SKIP_ARG, /* 153 same, but with argument */
+ OP_THEN, /* 154 */
+ OP_THEN_ARG, /* 155 same, but with argument */
+ OP_COMMIT, /* 156 */
+
+ /* These are forced failure and success verbs */
+
+ OP_FAIL, /* 157 */
+ OP_ACCEPT, /* 158 */
+ OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT, /* 159 Used inside assertions */
+ OP_CLOSE, /* 160 Used before OP_ACCEPT to close open captures */
+
+ /* This is used to skip a subpattern with a {0} quantifier */
+
+ OP_SKIPZERO, /* 161 */
+
+ /* This is not an opcode, but is used to check that tables indexed by opcode
+ are the correct length, in order to catch updating errors - there have been
+ some in the past. */
+
+ OP_TABLE_LENGTH
+};
+
+/* *** NOTE NOTE NOTE *** Whenever the list above is updated, the two macro
+definitions that follow must also be updated to match. There are also tables
+called "opcode_possessify" in pcre_compile.c and "coptable" and "poptable" in
+pcre_dfa_exec.c that must be updated. */
+
+
+/* This macro defines textual names for all the opcodes. These are used only
+for debugging, and some of them are only partial names. The macro is referenced
+only in pcre_printint.c, which fills out the full names in many cases (and in
+some cases doesn't actually use these names at all). */
+
+#define OP_NAME_LIST \
+ "End", "\\A", "\\G", "\\K", "\\B", "\\b", "\\D", "\\d", \
+ "\\S", "\\s", "\\W", "\\w", "Any", "AllAny", "Anybyte", \
+ "notprop", "prop", "\\R", "\\H", "\\h", "\\V", "\\v", \
+ "extuni", "\\Z", "\\z", \
+ "$", "$", "^", "^", "char", "chari", "not", "noti", \
+ "*", "*?", "+", "+?", "?", "??", \
+ "{", "{", "{", \
+ "*+","++", "?+", "{", \
+ "*", "*?", "+", "+?", "?", "??", \
+ "{", "{", "{", \
+ "*+","++", "?+", "{", \
+ "*", "*?", "+", "+?", "?", "??", \
+ "{", "{", "{", \
+ "*+","++", "?+", "{", \
+ "*", "*?", "+", "+?", "?", "??", \
+ "{", "{", "{", \
+ "*+","++", "?+", "{", \
+ "*", "*?", "+", "+?", "?", "??", "{", "{", "{", \
+ "*+","++", "?+", "{", \
+ "*", "*?", "+", "+?", "?", "??", "{", "{", \
+ "*+","++", "?+", "{", \
+ "class", "nclass", "xclass", "Ref", "Refi", "DnRef", "DnRefi", \
+ "Recurse", "Callout", \
+ "Alt", "Ket", "KetRmax", "KetRmin", "KetRpos", \
+ "Reverse", "Assert", "Assert not", "AssertB", "AssertB not", \
+ "Once", "Once_NC", \
+ "Bra", "BraPos", "CBra", "CBraPos", \
+ "Cond", \
+ "SBra", "SBraPos", "SCBra", "SCBraPos", \
+ "SCond", \
+ "Cond ref", "Cond dnref", "Cond rec", "Cond dnrec", "Cond def", \
+ "Brazero", "Braminzero", "Braposzero", \
+ "*MARK", "*PRUNE", "*PRUNE", "*SKIP", "*SKIP", \
+ "*THEN", "*THEN", "*COMMIT", "*FAIL", \
+ "*ACCEPT", "*ASSERT_ACCEPT", \
+ "Close", "Skip zero"
+
+
+/* This macro defines the length of fixed length operations in the compiled
+regex. The lengths are used when searching for specific things, and also in the
+debugging printing of a compiled regex. We use a macro so that it can be
+defined close to the definitions of the opcodes themselves.
+
+As things have been extended, some of these are no longer fixed lenths, but are
+minima instead. For example, the length of a single-character repeat may vary
+in UTF-8 mode. The code that uses this table must know about such things. */
+
+#define OP_LENGTHS \
+ 1, /* End */ \
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* \A, \G, \K, \B, \b */ \
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* \D, \d, \S, \s, \W, \w */ \
+ 1, 1, 1, /* Any, AllAny, Anybyte */ \
+ 3, 3, /* \P, \p */ \
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* \R, \H, \h, \V, \v */ \
+ 1, /* \X */ \
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* \Z, \z, $, $M ^, ^M */ \
+ 2, /* Char - the minimum length */ \
+ 2, /* Chari - the minimum length */ \
+ 2, /* not */ \
+ 2, /* noti */ \
+ /* Positive single-char repeats ** These are */ \
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, /* *, *?, +, +?, ?, ?? ** minima in */ \
+ 2+IMM2_SIZE, 2+IMM2_SIZE, /* upto, minupto ** mode */ \
+ 2+IMM2_SIZE, /* exact */ \
+ 2, 2, 2, 2+IMM2_SIZE, /* *+, ++, ?+, upto+ */ \
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, /* *I, *?I, +I, +?I, ?I, ??I ** UTF-8 */ \
+ 2+IMM2_SIZE, 2+IMM2_SIZE, /* upto I, minupto I */ \
+ 2+IMM2_SIZE, /* exact I */ \
+ 2, 2, 2, 2+IMM2_SIZE, /* *+I, ++I, ?+I, upto+I */ \
+ /* Negative single-char repeats - only for chars < 256 */ \
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, /* NOT *, *?, +, +?, ?, ?? */ \
+ 2+IMM2_SIZE, 2+IMM2_SIZE, /* NOT upto, minupto */ \
+ 2+IMM2_SIZE, /* NOT exact */ \
+ 2, 2, 2, 2+IMM2_SIZE, /* Possessive NOT *, +, ?, upto */ \
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, /* NOT *I, *?I, +I, +?I, ?I, ??I */ \
+ 2+IMM2_SIZE, 2+IMM2_SIZE, /* NOT upto I, minupto I */ \
+ 2+IMM2_SIZE, /* NOT exact I */ \
+ 2, 2, 2, 2+IMM2_SIZE, /* Possessive NOT *I, +I, ?I, upto I */ \
+ /* Positive type repeats */ \
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, /* Type *, *?, +, +?, ?, ?? */ \
+ 2+IMM2_SIZE, 2+IMM2_SIZE, /* Type upto, minupto */ \
+ 2+IMM2_SIZE, /* Type exact */ \
+ 2, 2, 2, 2+IMM2_SIZE, /* Possessive *+, ++, ?+, upto+ */ \
+ /* Character class & ref repeats */ \
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* *, *?, +, +?, ?, ?? */ \
+ 1+2*IMM2_SIZE, 1+2*IMM2_SIZE, /* CRRANGE, CRMINRANGE */ \
+ 1, 1, 1, 1+2*IMM2_SIZE, /* Possessive *+, ++, ?+, CRPOSRANGE */ \
+ 1+(32/sizeof(pcre_uchar)), /* CLASS */ \
+ 1+(32/sizeof(pcre_uchar)), /* NCLASS */ \
+ 0, /* XCLASS - variable length */ \
+ 1+IMM2_SIZE, /* REF */ \
+ 1+IMM2_SIZE, /* REFI */ \
+ 1+2*IMM2_SIZE, /* DNREF */ \
+ 1+2*IMM2_SIZE, /* DNREFI */ \
+ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* RECURSE */ \
+ 2+2*LINK_SIZE, /* CALLOUT */ \
+ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* Alt */ \
+ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* Ket */ \
+ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* KetRmax */ \
+ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* KetRmin */ \
+ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* KetRpos */ \
+ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* Reverse */ \
+ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* Assert */ \
+ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* Assert not */ \
+ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* Assert behind */ \
+ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* Assert behind not */ \
+ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* ONCE */ \
+ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* ONCE_NC */ \
+ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* BRA */ \
+ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* BRAPOS */ \
+ 1+LINK_SIZE+IMM2_SIZE, /* CBRA */ \
+ 1+LINK_SIZE+IMM2_SIZE, /* CBRAPOS */ \
+ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* COND */ \
+ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* SBRA */ \
+ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* SBRAPOS */ \
+ 1+LINK_SIZE+IMM2_SIZE, /* SCBRA */ \
+ 1+LINK_SIZE+IMM2_SIZE, /* SCBRAPOS */ \
+ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* SCOND */ \
+ 1+IMM2_SIZE, 1+2*IMM2_SIZE, /* CREF, DNCREF */ \
+ 1+IMM2_SIZE, 1+2*IMM2_SIZE, /* RREF, DNRREF */ \
+ 1, /* DEF */ \
+ 1, 1, 1, /* BRAZERO, BRAMINZERO, BRAPOSZERO */ \
+ 3, 1, 3, /* MARK, PRUNE, PRUNE_ARG */ \
+ 1, 3, /* SKIP, SKIP_ARG */ \
+ 1, 3, /* THEN, THEN_ARG */ \
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, /* COMMIT, FAIL, ACCEPT, ASSERT_ACCEPT */ \
+ 1+IMM2_SIZE, 1 /* CLOSE, SKIPZERO */
+
+/* A magic value for OP_RREF to indicate the "any recursion" condition. */
+
+#define RREF_ANY 0xffff
+
+/* Compile time error code numbers. They are given names so that they can more
+easily be tracked. When a new number is added, the table called eint in
+pcreposix.c must be updated. */
+
+enum { ERR0, ERR1, ERR2, ERR3, ERR4, ERR5, ERR6, ERR7, ERR8, ERR9,
+ ERR10, ERR11, ERR12, ERR13, ERR14, ERR15, ERR16, ERR17, ERR18, ERR19,
+ ERR20, ERR21, ERR22, ERR23, ERR24, ERR25, ERR26, ERR27, ERR28, ERR29,
+ ERR30, ERR31, ERR32, ERR33, ERR34, ERR35, ERR36, ERR37, ERR38, ERR39,
+ ERR40, ERR41, ERR42, ERR43, ERR44, ERR45, ERR46, ERR47, ERR48, ERR49,
+ ERR50, ERR51, ERR52, ERR53, ERR54, ERR55, ERR56, ERR57, ERR58, ERR59,
+ ERR60, ERR61, ERR62, ERR63, ERR64, ERR65, ERR66, ERR67, ERR68, ERR69,
+ ERR70, ERR71, ERR72, ERR73, ERR74, ERR75, ERR76, ERR77, ERR78, ERR79,
+ ERR80, ERR81, ERR82, ERR83, ERR84, ERR85, ERR86, ERRCOUNT };
+
+/* JIT compiling modes. The function list is indexed by them. */
+
+enum { JIT_COMPILE, JIT_PARTIAL_SOFT_COMPILE, JIT_PARTIAL_HARD_COMPILE,
+ JIT_NUMBER_OF_COMPILE_MODES };
+
+/* The real format of the start of the pcre block; the index of names and the
+code vector run on as long as necessary after the end. We store an explicit
+offset to the name table so that if a regex is compiled on one host, saved, and
+then run on another where the size of pointers is different, all might still
+be well.
+
+The size of the structure must be a multiple of 8 bytes. For the case of
+compiled-on-4 and run-on-8, we include an extra pointer that is always NULL so
+that there are an even number of pointers which therefore are a multiple of 8
+bytes.
+
+It is necessary to fork the struct for the 32 bit library, since it needs to
+use pcre_uint32 for first_char and req_char. We can't put an ifdef inside the
+typedef because pcretest needs access to the struct of the 8-, 16- and 32-bit
+variants.
+
+*** WARNING ***
+When new fields are added to these structures, remember to adjust the code in
+pcre_byte_order.c that is concerned with swapping the byte order of the fields
+when a compiled regex is reloaded on a host with different endianness.
+*** WARNING ***
+There is also similar byte-flipping code in pcretest.c, which is used for
+testing the byte-flipping features. It must also be kept in step.
+*** WARNING ***
+*/
+
+typedef struct real_pcre8_or_16 {
+ pcre_uint32 magic_number;
+ pcre_uint32 size; /* Total that was malloced */
+ pcre_uint32 options; /* Public options */
+ pcre_uint32 flags; /* Private flags */
+ pcre_uint32 limit_match; /* Limit set from regex */
+ pcre_uint32 limit_recursion; /* Limit set from regex */
+ pcre_uint16 first_char; /* Starting character */
+ pcre_uint16 req_char; /* This character must be seen */
+ pcre_uint16 max_lookbehind; /* Longest lookbehind (characters) */
+ pcre_uint16 top_bracket; /* Highest numbered group */
+ pcre_uint16 top_backref; /* Highest numbered back reference */
+ pcre_uint16 name_table_offset; /* Offset to name table that follows */
+ pcre_uint16 name_entry_size; /* Size of any name items */
+ pcre_uint16 name_count; /* Number of name items */
+ pcre_uint16 ref_count; /* Reference count */
+ pcre_uint16 dummy1; /* To ensure size is a multiple of 8 */
+ pcre_uint16 dummy2; /* To ensure size is a multiple of 8 */
+ pcre_uint16 dummy3; /* To ensure size is a multiple of 8 */
+ const pcre_uint8 *tables; /* Pointer to tables or NULL for std */
+ void *nullpad; /* NULL padding */
+} real_pcre8_or_16;
+
+typedef struct real_pcre8_or_16 real_pcre;
+typedef struct real_pcre8_or_16 real_pcre16;
+
+typedef struct real_pcre32 {
+ pcre_uint32 magic_number;
+ pcre_uint32 size; /* Total that was malloced */
+ pcre_uint32 options; /* Public options */
+ pcre_uint32 flags; /* Private flags */
+ pcre_uint32 limit_match; /* Limit set from regex */
+ pcre_uint32 limit_recursion; /* Limit set from regex */
+ pcre_uint32 first_char; /* Starting character */
+ pcre_uint32 req_char; /* This character must be seen */
+ pcre_uint16 max_lookbehind; /* Longest lookbehind (characters) */
+ pcre_uint16 top_bracket; /* Highest numbered group */
+ pcre_uint16 top_backref; /* Highest numbered back reference */
+ pcre_uint16 name_table_offset; /* Offset to name table that follows */
+ pcre_uint16 name_entry_size; /* Size of any name items */
+ pcre_uint16 name_count; /* Number of name items */
+ pcre_uint16 ref_count; /* Reference count */
+ pcre_uint16 dummy; /* To ensure size is a multiple of 8 */
+ const pcre_uint8 *tables; /* Pointer to tables or NULL for std */
+ void *nullpad; /* NULL padding */
+} real_pcre32;
+
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+#define REAL_PCRE real_pcre
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+#define REAL_PCRE real_pcre16
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+#define REAL_PCRE real_pcre32
+#endif
+
+/* Assert that the size of REAL_PCRE is divisible by 8 */
+typedef int __assert_real_pcre_size_divisible_8[(sizeof(REAL_PCRE) % 8) == 0 ? 1 : -1];
+
+/* Needed in pcretest to access some fields in the real_pcre* structures
+ * directly. They're unified for 8/16/32 bits since the structs only differ
+ * after these fields; if that ever changes, need to fork those defines into
+ * 8/16 and 32 bit versions. */
+#define REAL_PCRE_MAGIC(re) (((REAL_PCRE*)re)->magic_number)
+#define REAL_PCRE_SIZE(re) (((REAL_PCRE*)re)->size)
+#define REAL_PCRE_OPTIONS(re) (((REAL_PCRE*)re)->options)
+#define REAL_PCRE_FLAGS(re) (((REAL_PCRE*)re)->flags)
+
+/* The format of the block used to store data from pcre_study(). The same
+remark (see NOTE above) about extending this structure applies. */
+
+typedef struct pcre_study_data {
+ pcre_uint32 size; /* Total that was malloced */
+ pcre_uint32 flags; /* Private flags */
+ pcre_uint8 start_bits[32]; /* Starting char bits */
+ pcre_uint32 minlength; /* Minimum subject length */
+} pcre_study_data;
+
+/* Structure for building a chain of open capturing subpatterns during
+compiling, so that instructions to close them can be compiled when (*ACCEPT) is
+encountered. This is also used to identify subpatterns that contain recursive
+back references to themselves, so that they can be made atomic. */
+
+typedef struct open_capitem {
+ struct open_capitem *next; /* Chain link */
+ pcre_uint16 number; /* Capture number */
+ pcre_uint16 flag; /* Set TRUE if recursive back ref */
+} open_capitem;
+
+/* Structure for building a list of named groups during the first pass of
+compiling. */
+
+typedef struct named_group {
+ const pcre_uchar *name; /* Points to the name in the pattern */
+ int length; /* Length of the name */
+ pcre_uint32 number; /* Group number */
+} named_group;
+
+/* Structure for passing "static" information around between the functions
+doing the compiling, so that they are thread-safe. */
+
+typedef struct compile_data {
+ const pcre_uint8 *lcc; /* Points to lower casing table */
+ const pcre_uint8 *fcc; /* Points to case-flipping table */
+ const pcre_uint8 *cbits; /* Points to character type table */
+ const pcre_uint8 *ctypes; /* Points to table of type maps */
+ const pcre_uchar *start_workspace;/* The start of working space */
+ const pcre_uchar *start_code; /* The start of the compiled code */
+ const pcre_uchar *start_pattern; /* The start of the pattern */
+ const pcre_uchar *end_pattern; /* The end of the pattern */
+ pcre_uchar *hwm; /* High watermark of workspace */
+ open_capitem *open_caps; /* Chain of open capture items */
+ named_group *named_groups; /* Points to vector in pre-compile */
+ pcre_uchar *name_table; /* The name/number table */
+ int names_found; /* Number of entries so far */
+ int name_entry_size; /* Size of each entry */
+ int named_group_list_size; /* Number of entries in the list */
+ int workspace_size; /* Size of workspace */
+ unsigned int bracount; /* Count of capturing parens as we compile */
+ int final_bracount; /* Saved value after first pass */
+ int max_lookbehind; /* Maximum lookbehind (characters) */
+ int top_backref; /* Maximum back reference */
+ unsigned int backref_map; /* Bitmap of low back refs */
+ unsigned int namedrefcount; /* Number of backreferences by name */
+ int parens_depth; /* Depth of nested parentheses */
+ int assert_depth; /* Depth of nested assertions */
+ pcre_uint32 external_options; /* External (initial) options */
+ pcre_uint32 external_flags; /* External flag bits to be set */
+ int req_varyopt; /* "After variable item" flag for reqbyte */
+ BOOL had_accept; /* (*ACCEPT) encountered */
+ BOOL had_pruneorskip; /* (*PRUNE) or (*SKIP) encountered */
+ BOOL check_lookbehind; /* Lookbehinds need later checking */
+ BOOL dupnames; /* Duplicate names exist */
+ BOOL dupgroups; /* Duplicate groups exist: (?| found */
+ BOOL iscondassert; /* Next assert is a condition */
+ int nltype; /* Newline type */
+ int nllen; /* Newline string length */
+ pcre_uchar nl[4]; /* Newline string when fixed length */
+} compile_data;
+
+/* Structure for maintaining a chain of pointers to the currently incomplete
+branches, for testing for left recursion while compiling. */
+
+typedef struct branch_chain {
+ struct branch_chain *outer;
+ pcre_uchar *current_branch;
+} branch_chain;
+
+/* Structure for mutual recursion detection. */
+
+typedef struct recurse_check {
+ struct recurse_check *prev;
+ const pcre_uchar *group;
+} recurse_check;
+
+/* Structure for items in a linked list that represents an explicit recursive
+call within the pattern; used by pcre_exec(). */
+
+typedef struct recursion_info {
+ struct recursion_info *prevrec; /* Previous recursion record (or NULL) */
+ unsigned int group_num; /* Number of group that was called */
+ int *offset_save; /* Pointer to start of saved offsets */
+ int saved_max; /* Number of saved offsets */
+ int saved_capture_last; /* Last capture number */
+ PCRE_PUCHAR subject_position; /* Position at start of recursion */
+} recursion_info;
+
+/* A similar structure for pcre_dfa_exec(). */
+
+typedef struct dfa_recursion_info {
+ struct dfa_recursion_info *prevrec;
+ int group_num;
+ PCRE_PUCHAR subject_position;
+} dfa_recursion_info;
+
+/* Structure for building a chain of data for holding the values of the subject
+pointer at the start of each subpattern, so as to detect when an empty string
+has been matched by a subpattern - to break infinite loops; used by
+pcre_exec(). */
+
+typedef struct eptrblock {
+ struct eptrblock *epb_prev;
+ PCRE_PUCHAR epb_saved_eptr;
+} eptrblock;
+
+
+/* Structure for passing "static" information around between the functions
+doing traditional NFA matching, so that they are thread-safe. */
+
+typedef struct match_data {
+ unsigned long int match_call_count; /* As it says */
+ unsigned long int match_limit; /* As it says */
+ unsigned long int match_limit_recursion; /* As it says */
+ int *offset_vector; /* Offset vector */
+ int offset_end; /* One past the end */
+ int offset_max; /* The maximum usable for return data */
+ int nltype; /* Newline type */
+ int nllen; /* Newline string length */
+ int name_count; /* Number of names in name table */
+ int name_entry_size; /* Size of entry in names table */
+ unsigned int skip_arg_count; /* For counting SKIP_ARGs */
+ unsigned int ignore_skip_arg; /* For re-run when SKIP arg name not found */
+ pcre_uchar *name_table; /* Table of names */
+ pcre_uchar nl[4]; /* Newline string when fixed */
+ const pcre_uint8 *lcc; /* Points to lower casing table */
+ const pcre_uint8 *fcc; /* Points to case-flipping table */
+ const pcre_uint8 *ctypes; /* Points to table of type maps */
+ BOOL notbol; /* NOTBOL flag */
+ BOOL noteol; /* NOTEOL flag */
+ BOOL utf; /* UTF-8 / UTF-16 flag */
+ BOOL jscript_compat; /* JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT flag */
+ BOOL use_ucp; /* PCRE_UCP flag */
+ BOOL endonly; /* Dollar not before final \n */
+ BOOL notempty; /* Empty string match not wanted */
+ BOOL notempty_atstart; /* Empty string match at start not wanted */
+ BOOL hitend; /* Hit the end of the subject at some point */
+ BOOL bsr_anycrlf; /* \R is just any CRLF, not full Unicode */
+ BOOL hasthen; /* Pattern contains (*THEN) */
+ const pcre_uchar *start_code; /* For use when recursing */
+ PCRE_PUCHAR start_subject; /* Start of the subject string */
+ PCRE_PUCHAR end_subject; /* End of the subject string */
+ PCRE_PUCHAR start_match_ptr; /* Start of matched string */
+ PCRE_PUCHAR end_match_ptr; /* Subject position at end match */
+ PCRE_PUCHAR start_used_ptr; /* Earliest consulted character */
+ int partial; /* PARTIAL options */
+ int end_offset_top; /* Highwater mark at end of match */
+ pcre_int32 capture_last; /* Most recent capture number + overflow flag */
+ int start_offset; /* The start offset value */
+ int match_function_type; /* Set for certain special calls of MATCH() */
+ eptrblock *eptrchain; /* Chain of eptrblocks for tail recursions */
+ int eptrn; /* Next free eptrblock */
+ recursion_info *recursive; /* Linked list of recursion data */
+ void *callout_data; /* To pass back to callouts */
+ const pcre_uchar *mark; /* Mark pointer to pass back on success */
+ const pcre_uchar *nomatch_mark;/* Mark pointer to pass back on failure */
+ const pcre_uchar *once_target; /* Where to back up to for atomic groups */
+#ifdef NO_RECURSE
+ void *match_frames_base; /* For remembering malloc'd frames */
+#endif
+} match_data;
+
+/* A similar structure is used for the same purpose by the DFA matching
+functions. */
+
+typedef struct dfa_match_data {
+ const pcre_uchar *start_code; /* Start of the compiled pattern */
+ const pcre_uchar *start_subject ; /* Start of the subject string */
+ const pcre_uchar *end_subject; /* End of subject string */
+ const pcre_uchar *start_used_ptr; /* Earliest consulted character */
+ const pcre_uint8 *tables; /* Character tables */
+ int start_offset; /* The start offset value */
+ int moptions; /* Match options */
+ int poptions; /* Pattern options */
+ int nltype; /* Newline type */
+ int nllen; /* Newline string length */
+ pcre_uchar nl[4]; /* Newline string when fixed */
+ void *callout_data; /* To pass back to callouts */
+ dfa_recursion_info *recursive; /* Linked list of recursion data */
+} dfa_match_data;
+
+/* Bit definitions for entries in the pcre_ctypes table. */
+
+#define ctype_space 0x01
+#define ctype_letter 0x02
+#define ctype_digit 0x04
+#define ctype_xdigit 0x08
+#define ctype_word 0x10 /* alphanumeric or '_' */
+#define ctype_meta 0x80 /* regexp meta char or zero (end pattern) */
+
+/* Offsets for the bitmap tables in pcre_cbits. Each table contains a set
+of bits for a class map. Some classes are built by combining these tables. */
+
+#define cbit_space 0 /* [:space:] or \s */
+#define cbit_xdigit 32 /* [:xdigit:] */
+#define cbit_digit 64 /* [:digit:] or \d */
+#define cbit_upper 96 /* [:upper:] */
+#define cbit_lower 128 /* [:lower:] */
+#define cbit_word 160 /* [:word:] or \w */
+#define cbit_graph 192 /* [:graph:] */
+#define cbit_print 224 /* [:print:] */
+#define cbit_punct 256 /* [:punct:] */
+#define cbit_cntrl 288 /* [:cntrl:] */
+#define cbit_length 320 /* Length of the cbits table */
+
+/* Offsets of the various tables from the base tables pointer, and
+total length. */
+
+#define lcc_offset 0
+#define fcc_offset 256
+#define cbits_offset 512
+#define ctypes_offset (cbits_offset + cbit_length)
+#define tables_length (ctypes_offset + 256)
+
+/* Internal function and data prefixes. */
+
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+#ifndef PUBL
+#define PUBL(name) pcre_##name
+#endif
+#ifndef PRIV
+#define PRIV(name) _pcre_##name
+#endif
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+#ifndef PUBL
+#define PUBL(name) pcre16_##name
+#endif
+#ifndef PRIV
+#define PRIV(name) _pcre16_##name
+#endif
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+#ifndef PUBL
+#define PUBL(name) pcre32_##name
+#endif
+#ifndef PRIV
+#define PRIV(name) _pcre32_##name
+#endif
+#else
+#error Unsupported compiling mode
+#endif /* COMPILE_PCRE[8|16|32] */
+
+/* Layout of the UCP type table that translates property names into types and
+codes. Each entry used to point directly to a name, but to reduce the number of
+relocations in shared libraries, it now has an offset into a single string
+instead. */
+
+typedef struct {
+ pcre_uint16 name_offset;
+ pcre_uint16 type;
+ pcre_uint16 value;
+} ucp_type_table;
+
+
+/* Internal shared data tables. These are tables that are used by more than one
+of the exported public functions. They have to be "external" in the C sense,
+but are not part of the PCRE public API. The data for these tables is in the
+pcre_tables.c module. */
+
+#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8
+extern const int PRIV(utf8_table1)[];
+extern const int PRIV(utf8_table1_size);
+extern const int PRIV(utf8_table2)[];
+extern const int PRIV(utf8_table3)[];
+extern const pcre_uint8 PRIV(utf8_table4)[];
+#endif /* COMPILE_PCRE8 */
+
+extern const char PRIV(utt_names)[];
+extern const ucp_type_table PRIV(utt)[];
+extern const int PRIV(utt_size);
+
+extern const pcre_uint8 PRIV(OP_lengths)[];
+extern const pcre_uint8 PRIV(default_tables)[];
+
+extern const pcre_uint32 PRIV(hspace_list)[];
+extern const pcre_uint32 PRIV(vspace_list)[];
+
+
+/* Internal shared functions. These are functions that are used by more than
+one of the exported public functions. They have to be "external" in the C
+sense, but are not part of the PCRE public API. */
+
+/* String comparison functions. */
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+
+#define STRCMP_UC_UC(str1, str2) \
+ strcmp((char *)(str1), (char *)(str2))
+#define STRCMP_UC_C8(str1, str2) \
+ strcmp((char *)(str1), (str2))
+#define STRNCMP_UC_UC(str1, str2, num) \
+ strncmp((char *)(str1), (char *)(str2), (num))
+#define STRNCMP_UC_C8(str1, str2, num) \
+ strncmp((char *)(str1), (str2), (num))
+#define STRLEN_UC(str) strlen((const char *)str)
+
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+
+extern int PRIV(strcmp_uc_uc)(const pcre_uchar *,
+ const pcre_uchar *);
+extern int PRIV(strcmp_uc_c8)(const pcre_uchar *,
+ const char *);
+extern int PRIV(strncmp_uc_uc)(const pcre_uchar *,
+ const pcre_uchar *, unsigned int num);
+extern int PRIV(strncmp_uc_c8)(const pcre_uchar *,
+ const char *, unsigned int num);
+extern unsigned int PRIV(strlen_uc)(const pcre_uchar *str);
+
+#define STRCMP_UC_UC(str1, str2) \
+ PRIV(strcmp_uc_uc)((str1), (str2))
+#define STRCMP_UC_C8(str1, str2) \
+ PRIV(strcmp_uc_c8)((str1), (str2))
+#define STRNCMP_UC_UC(str1, str2, num) \
+ PRIV(strncmp_uc_uc)((str1), (str2), (num))
+#define STRNCMP_UC_C8(str1, str2, num) \
+ PRIV(strncmp_uc_c8)((str1), (str2), (num))
+#define STRLEN_UC(str) PRIV(strlen_uc)(str)
+
+#endif /* COMPILE_PCRE[8|16|32] */
+
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 || defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+
+#define STRCMP_UC_UC_TEST(str1, str2) STRCMP_UC_UC(str1, str2)
+#define STRCMP_UC_C8_TEST(str1, str2) STRCMP_UC_C8(str1, str2)
+
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+
+extern int PRIV(strcmp_uc_uc_utf)(const pcre_uchar *,
+ const pcre_uchar *);
+extern int PRIV(strcmp_uc_c8_utf)(const pcre_uchar *,
+ const char *);
+
+#define STRCMP_UC_UC_TEST(str1, str2) \
+ (utf ? PRIV(strcmp_uc_uc_utf)((str1), (str2)) : PRIV(strcmp_uc_uc)((str1), (str2)))
+#define STRCMP_UC_C8_TEST(str1, str2) \
+ (utf ? PRIV(strcmp_uc_c8_utf)((str1), (str2)) : PRIV(strcmp_uc_c8)((str1), (str2)))
+
+#endif /* COMPILE_PCRE[8|16|32] */
+
+extern const pcre_uchar *PRIV(find_bracket)(const pcre_uchar *, BOOL, int);
+extern BOOL PRIV(is_newline)(PCRE_PUCHAR, int, PCRE_PUCHAR,
+ int *, BOOL);
+extern unsigned int PRIV(ord2utf)(pcre_uint32, pcre_uchar *);
+extern int PRIV(valid_utf)(PCRE_PUCHAR, int, int *);
+extern BOOL PRIV(was_newline)(PCRE_PUCHAR, int, PCRE_PUCHAR,
+ int *, BOOL);
+extern BOOL PRIV(xclass)(pcre_uint32, const pcre_uchar *, BOOL);
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_JIT
+extern void PRIV(jit_compile)(const REAL_PCRE *,
+ PUBL(extra) *, int);
+extern int PRIV(jit_exec)(const PUBL(extra) *,
+ const pcre_uchar *, int, int, int, int *, int);
+extern void PRIV(jit_free)(void *);
+extern int PRIV(jit_get_size)(void *);
+extern const char* PRIV(jit_get_target)(void);
+#endif
+
+/* Unicode character database (UCD) */
+
+typedef struct {
+ pcre_uint8 script; /* ucp_Arabic, etc. */
+ pcre_uint8 chartype; /* ucp_Cc, etc. (general categories) */
+ pcre_uint8 gbprop; /* ucp_gbControl, etc. (grapheme break property) */
+ pcre_uint8 caseset; /* offset to multichar other cases or zero */
+ pcre_int32 other_case; /* offset to other case, or zero if none */
+} ucd_record;
+
+extern const pcre_uint32 PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets)[];
+extern const ucd_record PRIV(ucd_records)[];
+extern const pcre_uint8 PRIV(ucd_stage1)[];
+extern const pcre_uint16 PRIV(ucd_stage2)[];
+extern const pcre_uint32 PRIV(ucp_gentype)[];
+extern const pcre_uint32 PRIV(ucp_gbtable)[];
+#ifdef SUPPORT_JIT
+extern const int PRIV(ucp_typerange)[];
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+/* UCD access macros */
+
+#define UCD_BLOCK_SIZE 128
+#define GET_UCD(ch) (PRIV(ucd_records) + \
+ PRIV(ucd_stage2)[PRIV(ucd_stage1)[(int)(ch) / UCD_BLOCK_SIZE] * \
+ UCD_BLOCK_SIZE + (int)(ch) % UCD_BLOCK_SIZE])
+
+#define UCD_CHARTYPE(ch) GET_UCD(ch)->chartype
+#define UCD_SCRIPT(ch) GET_UCD(ch)->script
+#define UCD_CATEGORY(ch) PRIV(ucp_gentype)[UCD_CHARTYPE(ch)]
+#define UCD_GRAPHBREAK(ch) GET_UCD(ch)->gbprop
+#define UCD_CASESET(ch) GET_UCD(ch)->caseset
+#define UCD_OTHERCASE(ch) ((pcre_uint32)((int)ch + (int)(GET_UCD(ch)->other_case)))
+
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+
+#endif
+
+/* End of pcre_internal.h */
diff --git a/include/pcre/pcre_newline.c b/include/pcre/pcre_newline.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b8f5a4de1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/pcre/pcre_newline.c
@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
+/*************************************************
+* Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
+and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
+
+ Written by Philip Hazel
+ Copyright (c) 1997-2012 University of Cambridge
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+ * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+ * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
+ contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+ this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+
+
+/* This module contains internal functions for testing newlines when more than
+one kind of newline is to be recognized. When a newline is found, its length is
+returned. In principle, we could implement several newline "types", each
+referring to a different set of newline characters. At present, PCRE supports
+only NLTYPE_FIXED, which gets handled without these functions, NLTYPE_ANYCRLF,
+and NLTYPE_ANY. The full list of Unicode newline characters is taken from
+http://unicode.org/unicode/reports/tr18/. */
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "pcre_internal.h"
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Check for newline at given position *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* It is guaranteed that the initial value of ptr is less than the end of the
+string that is being processed.
+
+Arguments:
+ ptr pointer to possible newline
+ type the newline type
+ endptr pointer to the end of the string
+ lenptr where to return the length
+ utf TRUE if in utf mode
+
+Returns: TRUE or FALSE
+*/
+
+BOOL
+PRIV(is_newline)(PCRE_PUCHAR ptr, int type, PCRE_PUCHAR endptr, int *lenptr,
+ BOOL utf)
+{
+pcre_uint32 c;
+(void)utf;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+if (utf)
+ {
+ GETCHAR(c, ptr);
+ }
+else
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */
+ c = *ptr;
+
+/* Note that this function is called only for ANY or ANYCRLF. */
+
+if (type == NLTYPE_ANYCRLF) switch(c)
+ {
+ case CHAR_LF: *lenptr = 1; return TRUE;
+ case CHAR_CR: *lenptr = (ptr < endptr - 1 && ptr[1] == CHAR_LF)? 2 : 1;
+ return TRUE;
+ default: return FALSE;
+ }
+
+/* NLTYPE_ANY */
+
+else switch(c)
+ {
+#ifdef EBCDIC
+ case CHAR_NEL:
+#endif
+ case CHAR_LF:
+ case CHAR_VT:
+ case CHAR_FF: *lenptr = 1; return TRUE;
+
+ case CHAR_CR:
+ *lenptr = (ptr < endptr - 1 && ptr[1] == CHAR_LF)? 2 : 1;
+ return TRUE;
+
+#ifndef EBCDIC
+#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8
+ case CHAR_NEL: *lenptr = utf? 2 : 1; return TRUE;
+ case 0x2028: /* LS */
+ case 0x2029: *lenptr = 3; return TRUE; /* PS */
+#else /* COMPILE_PCRE16 || COMPILE_PCRE32 */
+ case CHAR_NEL:
+ case 0x2028: /* LS */
+ case 0x2029: *lenptr = 1; return TRUE; /* PS */
+#endif /* COMPILE_PCRE8 */
+#endif /* Not EBCDIC */
+
+ default: return FALSE;
+ }
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Check for newline at previous position *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* It is guaranteed that the initial value of ptr is greater than the start of
+the string that is being processed.
+
+Arguments:
+ ptr pointer to possible newline
+ type the newline type
+ startptr pointer to the start of the string
+ lenptr where to return the length
+ utf TRUE if in utf mode
+
+Returns: TRUE or FALSE
+*/
+
+BOOL
+PRIV(was_newline)(PCRE_PUCHAR ptr, int type, PCRE_PUCHAR startptr, int *lenptr,
+ BOOL utf)
+{
+pcre_uint32 c;
+(void)utf;
+ptr--;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+if (utf)
+ {
+ BACKCHAR(ptr);
+ GETCHAR(c, ptr);
+ }
+else
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */
+ c = *ptr;
+
+/* Note that this function is called only for ANY or ANYCRLF. */
+
+if (type == NLTYPE_ANYCRLF) switch(c)
+ {
+ case CHAR_LF:
+ *lenptr = (ptr > startptr && ptr[-1] == CHAR_CR)? 2 : 1;
+ return TRUE;
+
+ case CHAR_CR: *lenptr = 1; return TRUE;
+ default: return FALSE;
+ }
+
+/* NLTYPE_ANY */
+
+else switch(c)
+ {
+ case CHAR_LF:
+ *lenptr = (ptr > startptr && ptr[-1] == CHAR_CR)? 2 : 1;
+ return TRUE;
+
+#ifdef EBCDIC
+ case CHAR_NEL:
+#endif
+ case CHAR_VT:
+ case CHAR_FF:
+ case CHAR_CR: *lenptr = 1; return TRUE;
+
+#ifndef EBCDIC
+#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8
+ case CHAR_NEL: *lenptr = utf? 2 : 1; return TRUE;
+ case 0x2028: /* LS */
+ case 0x2029: *lenptr = 3; return TRUE; /* PS */
+#else /* COMPILE_PCRE16 || COMPILE_PCRE32 */
+ case CHAR_NEL:
+ case 0x2028: /* LS */
+ case 0x2029: *lenptr = 1; return TRUE; /* PS */
+#endif /* COMPILE_PCRE8 */
+#endif /* NotEBCDIC */
+
+ default: return FALSE;
+ }
+}
+
+/* End of pcre_newline.c */
diff --git a/include/pcre/pcre_string_utils.c b/include/pcre/pcre_string_utils.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..25eacc850
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/pcre/pcre_string_utils.c
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+/*************************************************
+* Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
+and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
+
+ Written by Philip Hazel
+ Copyright (c) 1997-2014 University of Cambridge
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+ * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+ * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
+ contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+ this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+
+
+/* This module contains internal functions for comparing and finding the length
+of strings for different data item sizes. */
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "pcre_internal.h"
+
+#ifndef COMPILE_PCRE8
+
+/*************************************************
+* Compare string utilities *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* The following two functions compares two strings. Basically a strcmp
+for non 8 bit characters.
+
+Arguments:
+ str1 first string
+ str2 second string
+
+Returns: 0 if both string are equal (like strcmp), 1 otherwise
+*/
+
+int
+PRIV(strcmp_uc_uc)(const pcre_uchar *str1, const pcre_uchar *str2)
+{
+pcre_uchar c1;
+pcre_uchar c2;
+
+while (*str1 != '\0' || *str2 != '\0')
+ {
+ c1 = *str1++;
+ c2 = *str2++;
+ if (c1 != c2)
+ return ((c1 > c2) << 1) - 1;
+ }
+/* Both length and characters must be equal. */
+return 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32
+
+int
+PRIV(strcmp_uc_uc_utf)(const pcre_uchar *str1, const pcre_uchar *str2)
+{
+pcre_uchar c1;
+pcre_uchar c2;
+
+while (*str1 != '\0' || *str2 != '\0')
+ {
+ c1 = UCHAR21INC(str1);
+ c2 = UCHAR21INC(str2);
+ if (c1 != c2)
+ return ((c1 > c2) << 1) - 1;
+ }
+/* Both length and characters must be equal. */
+return 0;
+}
+
+#endif /* COMPILE_PCRE32 */
+
+int
+PRIV(strcmp_uc_c8)(const pcre_uchar *str1, const char *str2)
+{
+const pcre_uint8 *ustr2 = (pcre_uint8 *)str2;
+pcre_uchar c1;
+pcre_uchar c2;
+
+while (*str1 != '\0' || *ustr2 != '\0')
+ {
+ c1 = *str1++;
+ c2 = (pcre_uchar)*ustr2++;
+ if (c1 != c2)
+ return ((c1 > c2) << 1) - 1;
+ }
+/* Both length and characters must be equal. */
+return 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32
+
+int
+PRIV(strcmp_uc_c8_utf)(const pcre_uchar *str1, const char *str2)
+{
+const pcre_uint8 *ustr2 = (pcre_uint8 *)str2;
+pcre_uchar c1;
+pcre_uchar c2;
+
+while (*str1 != '\0' || *ustr2 != '\0')
+ {
+ c1 = UCHAR21INC(str1);
+ c2 = (pcre_uchar)*ustr2++;
+ if (c1 != c2)
+ return ((c1 > c2) << 1) - 1;
+ }
+/* Both length and characters must be equal. */
+return 0;
+}
+
+#endif /* COMPILE_PCRE32 */
+
+/* The following two functions compares two, fixed length
+strings. Basically an strncmp for non 8 bit characters.
+
+Arguments:
+ str1 first string
+ str2 second string
+ num size of the string
+
+Returns: 0 if both string are equal (like strcmp), 1 otherwise
+*/
+
+int
+PRIV(strncmp_uc_uc)(const pcre_uchar *str1, const pcre_uchar *str2, unsigned int num)
+{
+pcre_uchar c1;
+pcre_uchar c2;
+
+while (num-- > 0)
+ {
+ c1 = *str1++;
+ c2 = *str2++;
+ if (c1 != c2)
+ return ((c1 > c2) << 1) - 1;
+ }
+/* Both length and characters must be equal. */
+return 0;
+}
+
+int
+PRIV(strncmp_uc_c8)(const pcre_uchar *str1, const char *str2, unsigned int num)
+{
+const pcre_uint8 *ustr2 = (pcre_uint8 *)str2;
+pcre_uchar c1;
+pcre_uchar c2;
+
+while (num-- > 0)
+ {
+ c1 = *str1++;
+ c2 = (pcre_uchar)*ustr2++;
+ if (c1 != c2)
+ return ((c1 > c2) << 1) - 1;
+ }
+/* Both length and characters must be equal. */
+return 0;
+}
+
+/* The following function returns with the length of
+a zero terminated string. Basically an strlen for non 8 bit characters.
+
+Arguments:
+ str string
+
+Returns: length of the string
+*/
+
+unsigned int
+PRIV(strlen_uc)(const pcre_uchar *str)
+{
+unsigned int len = 0;
+while (*str++ != 0)
+ len++;
+return len;
+}
+
+#endif /* !COMPILE_PCRE8 */
+
+/* End of pcre_string_utils.c */
diff --git a/include/pcre/pcre_tables.c b/include/pcre/pcre_tables.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4960af57c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/pcre/pcre_tables.c
@@ -0,0 +1,727 @@
+/*************************************************
+* Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
+and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
+
+ Written by Philip Hazel
+ Copyright (c) 1997-2012 University of Cambridge
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+ * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+ * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
+ contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+ this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+
+#ifndef PCRE_INCLUDED
+
+/* This module contains some fixed tables that are used by more than one of the
+PCRE code modules. The tables are also #included by the pcretest program, which
+uses macros to change their names from _pcre_xxx to xxxx, thereby avoiding name
+clashes with the library. */
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "pcre_internal.h"
+
+#endif /* PCRE_INCLUDED */
+
+/* Table of sizes for the fixed-length opcodes. It's defined in a macro so that
+the definition is next to the definition of the opcodes in pcre_internal.h. */
+
+const pcre_uint8 PRIV(OP_lengths)[] = { OP_LENGTHS };
+
+/* Tables of horizontal and vertical whitespace characters, suitable for
+adding to classes. */
+
+const pcre_uint32 PRIV(hspace_list)[] = { HSPACE_LIST };
+const pcre_uint32 PRIV(vspace_list)[] = { VSPACE_LIST };
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Tables for UTF-8 support *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* These are the breakpoints for different numbers of bytes in a UTF-8
+character. */
+
+#if (defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined COMPILE_PCRE8) \
+ || (defined PCRE_INCLUDED && (defined SUPPORT_PCRE16 || defined SUPPORT_PCRE32))
+
+/* These tables are also required by pcretest in 16- or 32-bit mode. */
+
+const int PRIV(utf8_table1)[] =
+ { 0x7f, 0x7ff, 0xffff, 0x1fffff, 0x3ffffff, 0x7fffffff};
+
+const int PRIV(utf8_table1_size) = sizeof(PRIV(utf8_table1)) / sizeof(int);
+
+/* These are the indicator bits and the mask for the data bits to set in the
+first byte of a character, indexed by the number of additional bytes. */
+
+const int PRIV(utf8_table2)[] = { 0, 0xc0, 0xe0, 0xf0, 0xf8, 0xfc};
+const int PRIV(utf8_table3)[] = { 0xff, 0x1f, 0x0f, 0x07, 0x03, 0x01};
+
+/* Table of the number of extra bytes, indexed by the first byte masked with
+0x3f. The highest number for a valid UTF-8 first byte is in fact 0x3d. */
+
+const pcre_uint8 PRIV(utf8_table4)[] = {
+ 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,
+ 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,
+ 2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,
+ 3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,4,4,4,4,5,5,5,5 };
+
+#endif /* (SUPPORT_UTF && COMPILE_PCRE8) || (PCRE_INCLUDED && SUPPORT_PCRE[16|32])*/
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+
+/* Table to translate from particular type value to the general value. */
+
+const pcre_uint32 PRIV(ucp_gentype)[] = {
+ ucp_C, ucp_C, ucp_C, ucp_C, ucp_C, /* Cc, Cf, Cn, Co, Cs */
+ ucp_L, ucp_L, ucp_L, ucp_L, ucp_L, /* Ll, Lu, Lm, Lo, Lt */
+ ucp_M, ucp_M, ucp_M, /* Mc, Me, Mn */
+ ucp_N, ucp_N, ucp_N, /* Nd, Nl, No */
+ ucp_P, ucp_P, ucp_P, ucp_P, ucp_P, /* Pc, Pd, Pe, Pf, Pi */
+ ucp_P, ucp_P, /* Ps, Po */
+ ucp_S, ucp_S, ucp_S, ucp_S, /* Sc, Sk, Sm, So */
+ ucp_Z, ucp_Z, ucp_Z /* Zl, Zp, Zs */
+};
+
+/* This table encodes the rules for finding the end of an extended grapheme
+cluster. Every code point has a grapheme break property which is one of the
+ucp_gbXX values defined in ucp.h. The 2-dimensional table is indexed by the
+properties of two adjacent code points. The left property selects a word from
+the table, and the right property selects a bit from that word like this:
+
+ ucp_gbtable[left-property] & (1 << right-property)
+
+The value is non-zero if a grapheme break is NOT permitted between the relevant
+two code points. The breaking rules are as follows:
+
+1. Break at the start and end of text (pretty obviously).
+
+2. Do not break between a CR and LF; otherwise, break before and after
+ controls.
+
+3. Do not break Hangul syllable sequences, the rules for which are:
+
+ L may be followed by L, V, LV or LVT
+ LV or V may be followed by V or T
+ LVT or T may be followed by T
+
+4. Do not break before extending characters.
+
+The next two rules are only for extended grapheme clusters (but that's what we
+are implementing).
+
+5. Do not break before SpacingMarks.
+
+6. Do not break after Prepend characters.
+
+7. Otherwise, break everywhere.
+*/
+
+const pcre_uint32 PRIV(ucp_gbtable[]) = {
+ (1< 255 and/or Unicode properties.
+
+Arguments:
+ c the character
+ data points to the flag byte of the XCLASS data
+
+Returns: TRUE if character matches, else FALSE
+*/
+
+BOOL
+PRIV(xclass)(pcre_uint32 c, const pcre_uchar *data, BOOL utf)
+{
+pcre_uchar t;
+BOOL negated = (*data & XCL_NOT) != 0;
+
+(void)utf;
+#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8
+/* In 8 bit mode, this must always be TRUE. Help the compiler to know that. */
+utf = TRUE;
+#endif
+
+/* Character values < 256 are matched against a bitmap, if one is present. If
+not, we still carry on, because there may be ranges that start below 256 in the
+additional data. */
+
+if (c < 256)
+ {
+ if ((*data & XCL_HASPROP) == 0)
+ {
+ if ((*data & XCL_MAP) == 0) return negated;
+ return (((pcre_uint8 *)(data + 1))[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) != 0;
+ }
+ if ((*data & XCL_MAP) != 0 &&
+ (((pcre_uint8 *)(data + 1))[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) != 0)
+ return !negated; /* char found */
+ }
+
+/* First skip the bit map if present. Then match against the list of Unicode
+properties or large chars or ranges that end with a large char. We won't ever
+encounter XCL_PROP or XCL_NOTPROP when UCP support is not compiled. */
+
+if ((*data++ & XCL_MAP) != 0) data += 32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar);
+
+while ((t = *data++) != XCL_END)
+ {
+ pcre_uint32 x, y;
+ if (t == XCL_SINGLE)
+ {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf)
+ {
+ GETCHARINC(x, data); /* macro generates multiple statements */
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ x = *data++;
+ if (c == x) return !negated;
+ }
+ else if (t == XCL_RANGE)
+ {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf)
+ {
+ GETCHARINC(x, data); /* macro generates multiple statements */
+ GETCHARINC(y, data); /* macro generates multiple statements */
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ x = *data++;
+ y = *data++;
+ }
+ if (c >= x && c <= y) return !negated;
+ }
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ else /* XCL_PROP & XCL_NOTPROP */
+ {
+ const ucd_record *prop = GET_UCD(c);
+ BOOL isprop = t == XCL_PROP;
+
+ switch(*data)
+ {
+ case PT_ANY:
+ if (isprop) return !negated;
+ break;
+
+ case PT_LAMP:
+ if ((prop->chartype == ucp_Lu || prop->chartype == ucp_Ll ||
+ prop->chartype == ucp_Lt) == isprop) return !negated;
+ break;
+
+ case PT_GC:
+ if ((data[1] == PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype]) == isprop)
+ return !negated;
+ break;
+
+ case PT_PC:
+ if ((data[1] == prop->chartype) == isprop) return !negated;
+ break;
+
+ case PT_SC:
+ if ((data[1] == prop->script) == isprop) return !negated;
+ break;
+
+ case PT_ALNUM:
+ if ((PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L ||
+ PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N) == isprop)
+ return !negated;
+ break;
+
+ /* Perl space used to exclude VT, but from Perl 5.18 it is included,
+ which means that Perl space and POSIX space are now identical. PCRE
+ was changed at release 8.34. */
+
+ case PT_SPACE: /* Perl space */
+ case PT_PXSPACE: /* POSIX space */
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ HSPACE_CASES:
+ VSPACE_CASES:
+ if (isprop) return !negated;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ if ((PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_Z) == isprop)
+ return !negated;
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case PT_WORD:
+ if ((PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L ||
+ PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N || c == CHAR_UNDERSCORE)
+ == isprop)
+ return !negated;
+ break;
+
+ case PT_UCNC:
+ if (c < 0xa0)
+ {
+ if ((c == CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN || c == CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT ||
+ c == CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT) == isprop)
+ return !negated;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ((c < 0xd800 || c > 0xdfff) == isprop)
+ return !negated;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /* The following three properties can occur only in an XCLASS, as there
+ is no \p or \P coding for them. */
+
+ /* Graphic character. Implement this as not Z (space or separator) and
+ not C (other), except for Cf (format) with a few exceptions. This seems
+ to be what Perl does. The exceptional characters are:
+
+ U+061C Arabic Letter Mark
+ U+180E Mongolian Vowel Separator
+ U+2066 - U+2069 Various "isolate"s
+ */
+
+ case PT_PXGRAPH:
+ if ((PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] != ucp_Z &&
+ (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] != ucp_C ||
+ (prop->chartype == ucp_Cf &&
+ c != 0x061c && c != 0x180e && (c < 0x2066 || c > 0x2069))
+ )) == isprop)
+ return !negated;
+ break;
+
+ /* Printable character: same as graphic, with the addition of Zs, i.e.
+ not Zl and not Zp, and U+180E. */
+
+ case PT_PXPRINT:
+ if ((prop->chartype != ucp_Zl &&
+ prop->chartype != ucp_Zp &&
+ (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] != ucp_C ||
+ (prop->chartype == ucp_Cf &&
+ c != 0x061c && (c < 0x2066 || c > 0x2069))
+ )) == isprop)
+ return !negated;
+ break;
+
+ /* Punctuation: all Unicode punctuation, plus ASCII characters that
+ Unicode treats as symbols rather than punctuation, for Perl
+ compatibility (these are $+<=>^`|~). */
+
+ case PT_PXPUNCT:
+ if ((PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_P ||
+ (c < 128 && PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_S)) == isprop)
+ return !negated;
+ break;
+
+ /* This should never occur, but compilers may mutter if there is no
+ default. */
+
+ default:
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ data += 2;
+ }
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+ }
+
+return negated; /* char did not match */
+}
+
+/* End of pcre_xclass.c */
diff --git a/include/pcre/ucp.h b/include/pcre/ucp.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2fa00296e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/pcre/ucp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
+/*************************************************
+* Unicode Property Table handler *
+*************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _UCP_H
+#define _UCP_H
+
+/* This file contains definitions of the property values that are returned by
+the UCD access macros. New values that are added for new releases of Unicode
+should always be at the end of each enum, for backwards compatibility.
+
+IMPORTANT: Note also that the specific numeric values of the enums have to be
+the same as the values that are generated by the maint/MultiStage2.py script,
+where the equivalent property descriptive names are listed in vectors.
+
+ALSO: The specific values of the first two enums are assumed for the table
+called catposstab in pcre_compile.c. */
+
+/* These are the general character categories. */
+
+enum {
+ ucp_C, /* Other */
+ ucp_L, /* Letter */
+ ucp_M, /* Mark */
+ ucp_N, /* Number */
+ ucp_P, /* Punctuation */
+ ucp_S, /* Symbol */
+ ucp_Z /* Separator */
+};
+
+/* These are the particular character categories. */
+
+enum {
+ ucp_Cc, /* Control */
+ ucp_Cf, /* Format */
+ ucp_Cn, /* Unassigned */
+ ucp_Co, /* Private use */
+ ucp_Cs, /* Surrogate */
+ ucp_Ll, /* Lower case letter */
+ ucp_Lm, /* Modifier letter */
+ ucp_Lo, /* Other letter */
+ ucp_Lt, /* Title case letter */
+ ucp_Lu, /* Upper case letter */
+ ucp_Mc, /* Spacing mark */
+ ucp_Me, /* Enclosing mark */
+ ucp_Mn, /* Non-spacing mark */
+ ucp_Nd, /* Decimal number */
+ ucp_Nl, /* Letter number */
+ ucp_No, /* Other number */
+ ucp_Pc, /* Connector punctuation */
+ ucp_Pd, /* Dash punctuation */
+ ucp_Pe, /* Close punctuation */
+ ucp_Pf, /* Final punctuation */
+ ucp_Pi, /* Initial punctuation */
+ ucp_Po, /* Other punctuation */
+ ucp_Ps, /* Open punctuation */
+ ucp_Sc, /* Currency symbol */
+ ucp_Sk, /* Modifier symbol */
+ ucp_Sm, /* Mathematical symbol */
+ ucp_So, /* Other symbol */
+ ucp_Zl, /* Line separator */
+ ucp_Zp, /* Paragraph separator */
+ ucp_Zs /* Space separator */
+};
+
+/* These are grapheme break properties. Note that the code for processing them
+assumes that the values are less than 16. If more values are added that take
+the number to 16 or more, the code will have to be rewritten. */
+
+enum {
+ ucp_gbCR, /* 0 */
+ ucp_gbLF, /* 1 */
+ ucp_gbControl, /* 2 */
+ ucp_gbExtend, /* 3 */
+ ucp_gbPrepend, /* 4 */
+ ucp_gbSpacingMark, /* 5 */
+ ucp_gbL, /* 6 Hangul syllable type L */
+ ucp_gbV, /* 7 Hangul syllable type V */
+ ucp_gbT, /* 8 Hangul syllable type T */
+ ucp_gbLV, /* 9 Hangul syllable type LV */
+ ucp_gbLVT, /* 10 Hangul syllable type LVT */
+ ucp_gbRegionalIndicator, /* 11 */
+ ucp_gbOther /* 12 */
+};
+
+/* These are the script identifications. */
+
+enum {
+ ucp_Arabic,
+ ucp_Armenian,
+ ucp_Bengali,
+ ucp_Bopomofo,
+ ucp_Braille,
+ ucp_Buginese,
+ ucp_Buhid,
+ ucp_Canadian_Aboriginal,
+ ucp_Cherokee,
+ ucp_Common,
+ ucp_Coptic,
+ ucp_Cypriot,
+ ucp_Cyrillic,
+ ucp_Deseret,
+ ucp_Devanagari,
+ ucp_Ethiopic,
+ ucp_Georgian,
+ ucp_Glagolitic,
+ ucp_Gothic,
+ ucp_Greek,
+ ucp_Gujarati,
+ ucp_Gurmukhi,
+ ucp_Han,
+ ucp_Hangul,
+ ucp_Hanunoo,
+ ucp_Hebrew,
+ ucp_Hiragana,
+ ucp_Inherited,
+ ucp_Kannada,
+ ucp_Katakana,
+ ucp_Kharoshthi,
+ ucp_Khmer,
+ ucp_Lao,
+ ucp_Latin,
+ ucp_Limbu,
+ ucp_Linear_B,
+ ucp_Malayalam,
+ ucp_Mongolian,
+ ucp_Myanmar,
+ ucp_New_Tai_Lue,
+ ucp_Ogham,
+ ucp_Old_Italic,
+ ucp_Old_Persian,
+ ucp_Oriya,
+ ucp_Osmanya,
+ ucp_Runic,
+ ucp_Shavian,
+ ucp_Sinhala,
+ ucp_Syloti_Nagri,
+ ucp_Syriac,
+ ucp_Tagalog,
+ ucp_Tagbanwa,
+ ucp_Tai_Le,
+ ucp_Tamil,
+ ucp_Telugu,
+ ucp_Thaana,
+ ucp_Thai,
+ ucp_Tibetan,
+ ucp_Tifinagh,
+ ucp_Ugaritic,
+ ucp_Yi,
+ /* New for Unicode 5.0: */
+ ucp_Balinese,
+ ucp_Cuneiform,
+ ucp_Nko,
+ ucp_Phags_Pa,
+ ucp_Phoenician,
+ /* New for Unicode 5.1: */
+ ucp_Carian,
+ ucp_Cham,
+ ucp_Kayah_Li,
+ ucp_Lepcha,
+ ucp_Lycian,
+ ucp_Lydian,
+ ucp_Ol_Chiki,
+ ucp_Rejang,
+ ucp_Saurashtra,
+ ucp_Sundanese,
+ ucp_Vai,
+ /* New for Unicode 5.2: */
+ ucp_Avestan,
+ ucp_Bamum,
+ ucp_Egyptian_Hieroglyphs,
+ ucp_Imperial_Aramaic,
+ ucp_Inscriptional_Pahlavi,
+ ucp_Inscriptional_Parthian,
+ ucp_Javanese,
+ ucp_Kaithi,
+ ucp_Lisu,
+ ucp_Meetei_Mayek,
+ ucp_Old_South_Arabian,
+ ucp_Old_Turkic,
+ ucp_Samaritan,
+ ucp_Tai_Tham,
+ ucp_Tai_Viet,
+ /* New for Unicode 6.0.0: */
+ ucp_Batak,
+ ucp_Brahmi,
+ ucp_Mandaic,
+ /* New for Unicode 6.1.0: */
+ ucp_Chakma,
+ ucp_Meroitic_Cursive,
+ ucp_Meroitic_Hieroglyphs,
+ ucp_Miao,
+ ucp_Sharada,
+ ucp_Sora_Sompeng,
+ ucp_Takri,
+ /* New for Unicode 7.0.0: */
+ ucp_Bassa_Vah,
+ ucp_Caucasian_Albanian,
+ ucp_Duployan,
+ ucp_Elbasan,
+ ucp_Grantha,
+ ucp_Khojki,
+ ucp_Khudawadi,
+ ucp_Linear_A,
+ ucp_Mahajani,
+ ucp_Manichaean,
+ ucp_Mende_Kikakui,
+ ucp_Modi,
+ ucp_Mro,
+ ucp_Nabataean,
+ ucp_Old_North_Arabian,
+ ucp_Old_Permic,
+ ucp_Pahawh_Hmong,
+ ucp_Palmyrene,
+ ucp_Psalter_Pahlavi,
+ ucp_Pau_Cin_Hau,
+ ucp_Siddham,
+ ucp_Tirhuta,
+ ucp_Warang_Citi
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* End of ucp.h */
diff --git a/src/alloc.c b/src/alloc.c
index 362232593..5837fc56b 100644
--- a/src/alloc.c
+++ b/src/alloc.c
@@ -111,10 +111,14 @@ void *hl_gc_alloc( int size ) {
return malloc(size);
}
-char *hl_gc_alloc_noptr( int size ) {
+void *hl_gc_alloc_noptr( int size ) {
return (char*)malloc(size);
}
+void *hl_gc_alloc_finalizer( int size ) {
+ return malloc(size);
+}
+
vdynamic *hl_alloc_dynamic( hl_type *t ) {
vdynamic *d = (vdynamic*)hl_gc_alloc(sizeof(vdynamic));
d->t = t;
diff --git a/src/hl.h b/src/hl.h
index 4afa9155a..a19144d6e 100644
--- a/src/hl.h
+++ b/src/hl.h
@@ -56,8 +56,16 @@
#if defined(_MSC_VER)
# define HL_VCC
-// remove deprecated C API usage warnings
-# pragma warning( disable : 4996 )
+# pragma warning(disable:4996) // remove deprecated C API usage warnings
+# pragma warning(disable:4055) // void* - to - function cast
+# pragma warning(disable:4152) // void* - to - function cast
+# pragma warning(disable:4201) // anonymous struct
+# pragma warning(disable:4127) // while( true )
+# pragma warning(disable:4710) // inline disabled
+# pragma warning(disable:4711) // inline activated
+# pragma warning(disable:4255) // windows include
+# pragma warning(disable:4820) // windows include
+# pragma warning(disable:4668) // windows include
#endif
#if defined(HL_VCC) || defined(HL_MINGW) || defined(HL_CYGWIN)
@@ -128,6 +136,7 @@ typedef wchar_t uchar;
# define utod(s,end) wcstod(s,end)
# define utoi(s,end) wcstol(s,end,10)
# define ucmp(a,b) wcscmp(a,b)
+# define strtou(out,size,str) mbstowcs(out,str,size)
#else
typedef unsigned short uchar;
# undef USTR
@@ -404,7 +413,8 @@ vclosure *hl_alloc_closure_wrapper( hl_type *t, void *fvalue, void *ptr );
// ----------------------- ALLOC --------------------------------------------------
void *hl_gc_alloc( int size );
-char *hl_gc_alloc_noptr( int size );
+void *hl_gc_alloc_noptr( int size );
+void *hl_gc_alloc_finalizer( int size );
void hl_alloc_init( hl_alloc *a );
void *hl_malloc( hl_alloc *a, int size );
@@ -422,6 +432,7 @@ hl_buffer *hl_alloc_buffer();
void hl_buffer_val( hl_buffer *b, vdynamic *v );
void hl_buffer_char( hl_buffer *b, uchar c );
void hl_buffer_str( hl_buffer *b, const uchar *str );
+void hl_buffer_cstr( hl_buffer *b, const char *str );
void hl_buffer_str_sub( hl_buffer *b, const uchar *str, int len );
int hl_buffer_length( hl_buffer *b );
uchar *hl_buffer_content( hl_buffer *b, int *len );
diff --git a/src/hlc.h b/src/hlc.h
index 96f1455a6..37d25a106 100644
--- a/src/hlc.h
+++ b/src/hlc.h
@@ -25,15 +25,19 @@
#include
#include
-#pragma warning(disable:4101)
-#pragma warning(disable:4700)
-
#ifdef HL_64
# define PAD_64_VAL ,0
#else
# define PAD_64_VAL
#endif
+#ifdef HL_VCC
+# pragma warning(disable:4702) // unreachable code
+# pragma warning(disable:4100) // unreferenced param
+# pragma warning(disable:4101) // unreferenced local var
+# pragma warning(disable:4723) // potential divide by 0
+#endif
+
#undef CONST
static void hl_null_access() {
diff --git a/src/objdata.c b/src/objdata.c
deleted file mode 100644
index db53b1081..000000000
--- a/src/objdata.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,415 +0,0 @@
-#include "hl.h"
-#include
-
-static void hl_lookup_insert( hl_field_lookup *l, int size, int hash, hl_type *t, int index ) {
- int min = 0;
- int max = size;
- int pos;
- while( min < max ) {
- int mid = (min + max) >> 1;
- int h = l[mid].hashed_name;
- if( h < hash ) min = mid + 1; else max = mid;
- }
- pos = (min + max) >> 1;
- memcpy(l + pos + 1, l + pos, (size - pos) * sizeof(hl_field_lookup));
- l[pos].field_index = index;
- l[pos].hashed_name = hash;
- l[pos].t = t;
-}
-
-static hl_field_lookup *hl_lookup_find( hl_field_lookup *l, int size, int hash ) {
- int min = 0;
- int max = size;
- while( min < max ) {
- int mid = (min + max) >> 1;
- int h = l[mid].hashed_name;
- if( h < hash ) min = mid + 1; else if( h > hash ) max = mid; else return l + mid;
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-static int hl_lookup_find_index( hl_field_lookup *l, int size, int hash ) {
- int min = 0;
- int max = size;
- while( min < max ) {
- int mid = (min + max) >> 1;
- int h = l[mid].hashed_name;
- if( h < hash ) min = mid + 1; else if( h > hash ) max = mid; else return mid;
- }
- return (min + max) >> 1;
-}
-
-static int hl_cache_count = 0;
-static int hl_cache_size = 0;
-static hl_field_lookup *hl_cache = NULL;
-
-int hl_hash( vbytes *b ) {
- return hl_hash_gen((uchar*)b,true);
-}
-
-int hl_hash_gen( const uchar *name, bool cache_name ) {
- int h = 0;
- const uchar *oname = name;
- while( *name ) {
- h = 223 * h + (unsigned)*name;
- name++;
- }
- h %= 0x1FFFFF7B;
- if( cache_name ) {
- hl_field_lookup *l = hl_lookup_find(hl_cache, hl_cache_count, h);
- if( l == NULL ) {
- if( hl_cache_size == hl_cache_count ) {
- // resize
- int newsize = hl_cache_size ? (hl_cache_size * 3) >> 1 : 16;
- hl_field_lookup *cache = (hl_field_lookup*)hl_gc_alloc(sizeof(hl_field_lookup) * newsize);
- memcpy(cache,hl_cache,sizeof(hl_field_lookup) * hl_cache_count);
- free(hl_cache);
- hl_cache = cache;
- hl_cache_size = newsize;
- }
- hl_lookup_insert(hl_cache,hl_cache_count++,h,(hl_type*)ustrdup(oname),0);
- }
- }
- return h;
-}
-
-const uchar *hl_field_name( int hash ) {
- hl_field_lookup *l = hl_lookup_find(hl_cache, hl_cache_count, hash);
- return l ? (uchar*)l->t : USTR("???");
-}
-
-void hl_cache_free() {
- int i;
- for(i=0;iobj;
- hl_module_context *m = o->m;
- hl_alloc *alloc = &m->alloc;
- hl_runtime_obj *p = NULL, *t;
- int i, size, start;
- if( o->rt ) return o->rt;
- if( o->super ) p = hl_get_obj_rt(o->super);
- t = (hl_runtime_obj*)hl_malloc(alloc,sizeof(hl_runtime_obj));
- t->t = ot;
- t->nfields = o->nfields + (p ? p->nfields : 0);
- t->nproto = p ? p->nproto : 0;
- t->nlookup = o->nfields + o->nproto;
- t->lookup = (hl_field_lookup*)hl_malloc(alloc,sizeof(hl_field_lookup) * t->nlookup);
- t->fields_indexes = (int*)hl_malloc(alloc,sizeof(int)*t->nfields);
- t->toStringFun = NULL;
- t->compareFun = NULL;
- t->castFun = NULL;
- t->parent = p;
-
- // fields indexes
- start = 0;
- if( p ) {
- start = p->nfields;
- memcpy(t->fields_indexes, p->fields_indexes, sizeof(int)*p->nfields);
- }
- size = p ? p->size : HL_WSIZE; // hl_type*
- for(i=0;infields;i++) {
- hl_type *ft = o->fields[i].t;
- size += hl_pad_size(size,ft);
- t->fields_indexes[i+start] = size;
- hl_lookup_insert(t->lookup,i,o->fields[i].hashed_name,o->fields[i].t,size);
- size += hl_type_size(ft);
- }
- t->size = size;
- t->methods = NULL;
- o->rt = t;
- ot->vobj_proto = NULL;
-
- // fields lookup
- size = 0;
- for(i=0;inproto;i++) {
- hl_obj_proto *p = o->proto + i;
- if( p->pindex >= t->nproto ) t->nproto = p->pindex + 1;
- hl_lookup_insert(t->lookup,i + o->nfields,p->hashed_name,m->functions_types[p->findex],-(i+1));
- }
- return t;
-}
-
-/**
- Fill class prototype with method pointers.
- Requires method table to be finalized
-**/
-hl_runtime_obj *hl_get_obj_proto( hl_type *ot ) {
- hl_type_obj *o = ot->obj;
- hl_module_context *m = o->m;
- hl_alloc *alloc = &m->alloc;
- hl_runtime_obj *p = NULL, *t = hl_get_obj_rt(ot);
- hl_field_lookup *strField, *cmpField, *castField;
- int i;
- if( ot->vobj_proto ) return t;
- if( o->super ) p = hl_get_obj_proto(o->super);
-
- strField = hl_lookup_find(t->lookup,t->nlookup,hl_hash_gen(USTR("__string"),false));
- cmpField = hl_lookup_find(t->lookup,t->nlookup,hl_hash_gen(USTR("__compare"),false));
- castField = hl_lookup_find(t->lookup,t->nlookup,hl_hash_gen(USTR("__cast"),false));
- t->toStringFun = strField ? m->functions_ptrs[o->proto[-(strField->field_index+1)].findex] : (p ? p->toStringFun : NULL);
- t->compareFun = cmpField ? m->functions_ptrs[o->proto[-(cmpField->field_index+1)].findex] : (p ? p->compareFun : NULL);
- t->castFun = castField ? m->functions_ptrs[o->proto[-(castField->field_index+1)].findex] : (p ? p->castFun : NULL);
-
- if( t->nproto ) {
- void **fptr = (void**)hl_malloc(alloc, sizeof(void*) * t->nproto);
- ot->vobj_proto = fptr;
- if( p )
- memcpy(fptr, p->t->vobj_proto, p->nproto * sizeof(void*));
- for(i=0;inproto;i++) {
- hl_obj_proto *p = o->proto + i;
- if( p->pindex >= 0 ) fptr[p->pindex] = m->functions_ptrs[p->findex];
- }
- }
-
- t->methods = (void**)hl_malloc(alloc, sizeof(void*) * o->nproto);
- for(i=0;inproto;i++) {
- hl_obj_proto *p = o->proto + i;
- t->methods[i] = m->functions_ptrs[p->findex];
- }
-
- return t;
-}
-
-/**
- Allocate a virtual fields mapping to a given value.
-**/
-vvirtual *hl_to_virtual( hl_type *vt, vdynamic *obj ) {
- vvirtual *v;
- if( obj == NULL ) return NULL;
- switch( obj->t->kind ) {
- case HOBJ:
- {
- int i;
- hl_runtime_obj *rt = obj->t->obj->rt;
- v = (vvirtual*)hl_gc_alloc(sizeof(vvirtual));
- v->t = vt;
- v->fields_data = (char*)obj;
- v->indexes = (int*)hl_gc_alloc(sizeof(int)*vt->virt->nfields);
- v->value = obj;
- v->next = NULL;
- for(i=0;ivirt->nfields;i++) {
- hl_runtime_obj *rtt = rt;
- hl_field_lookup *f = NULL;
- while( rtt ) {
- f = hl_lookup_find(rtt->lookup,rtt->nlookup,vt->virt->fields[i].hashed_name);
- if( f != NULL ) break;
- rtt = rtt->parent;
- }
- v->indexes[i] = f == NULL || f->field_index <= 0 || (f->t != vt->virt->fields[i].t) ? 0 : f->field_index;
- }
- }
- break;
- case HDYNOBJ:
- {
- int i;
- vdynobj *o = (vdynobj*)obj;
- v = o->virtuals;
- while( v ) {
- if( v->t->virt == vt->virt )
- return v;
- v = v->next;
- }
- // allocate a new virtual mapping
- v = (vvirtual*)hl_gc_alloc(sizeof(vvirtual));
- v->t = vt;
- v->fields_data = o->fields_data - sizeof(void*);
- v->indexes = hl_gc_alloc(sizeof(int)*vt->virt->nfields);
- v->value = obj;
- for(i=0;ivirt->nfields;i++) {
- hl_field_lookup *f = hl_lookup_find(&o->dproto->fields,o->nfields,vt->virt->fields[i].hashed_name);
- v->indexes[i] = f == NULL || f->t != vt->virt->fields[i].t ? 0 : f->field_index + sizeof(void*);
- }
- // add it to the list
- v->next = o->virtuals;
- o->virtuals = v;
- }
- break;
- default:
- hl_fatal_fmt("Don't know how to virtual %d",obj->t->kind);
- }
- return v;
-}
-
-/*
-void *hl_fetch_method( vvirtual *v, int fid ) {
- hl_obj_field *f = v->t->virt->fields + fid;
- switch( v->value->t->kind ) {
- case HOBJ:
- {
- hl_type_obj *o = ((vobj*)v->value)->t->obj;
- hl_module_context *m = o->m;
- hl_runtime_obj *rt = o->rt;
- while( rt ) {
- hl_field_lookup *found = hl_lookup_find(rt->lookup,rt->nlookup,f->hashed_name);
- if( found ) {
- int fid;
- if( found->field_index > 0 ) return NULL;
- fid = rt->obj->proto[-found->field_index].findex;
- return hl_alloc_closure_ptr(m->functions_types[fid], m->functions_ptrs[fid], o);
- }
- rt = rt->parent;
- }
- }
- break;
- }
- return NULL;
-}*/
-
-#define B2(t1,t2) ((t1) + ((t2) * HLAST))
-#define fetch_i(data,src,dst) src == dst ? *(int*)(data) : hl_dyn_casti(data,src,dst)
-#define fetch_p(data,src,dst) src == dst ? *(void**)(data) : hl_dyn_castp(data,src,dst)
-
-static hl_field_lookup *hl_dyn_alloc_field( vdynobj *o, int hfield, hl_type *t ) {
- int pad = hl_pad_size(o->dataSize, t);
- int size = hl_type_size(t);
- int index;
- char *newData = (char*)hl_gc_alloc(o->dataSize + pad + size);
- vdynobj_proto *proto = (vdynobj_proto*)hl_gc_alloc(sizeof(vdynobj_proto) + sizeof(hl_field_lookup) * (o->nfields + 1 - 1));
- int field_pos = hl_lookup_find_index(&o->dproto->fields, o->nfields, hfield);
- hl_field_lookup *f;
- // update data
- memcpy(newData,o->fields_data,o->dataSize);
- o->fields_data = newData;
- o->dataSize += pad;
- index = o->dataSize;
- o->dataSize += size;
- // update field table
- proto->t = o->dproto->t;
- memcpy(&proto->fields,&o->dproto->fields,field_pos * sizeof(hl_field_lookup));
- f = (&proto->fields) + field_pos;
- f->t = t;
- f->hashed_name = hfield;
- f->field_index = index;
- memcpy(&proto->fields + (field_pos + 1),&o->dproto->fields + field_pos, (o->nfields - field_pos) * sizeof(hl_field_lookup));
- o->nfields++;
- o->dproto = proto;
- return f;
-}
-
-int hl_dyn_geti( vdynamic *d, int hfield, hl_type *t ) {
- switch( d->t->kind ) {
- case HDYNOBJ:
- {
- vdynobj *o = (vdynobj*)d;
- hl_field_lookup *f = hl_lookup_find(&o->dproto->fields,o->nfields,hfield);
- if( f == NULL ) return 0;
- return fetch_i(o->fields_data + f->field_index,f->t, t);
- }
- break;
- case HOBJ:
- {
- hl_runtime_obj *rt = d->t->obj->rt;
- hl_field_lookup *f = NULL;
- do {
- f = hl_lookup_find(rt->lookup,rt->nlookup,hfield);
- if( f != NULL ) break;
- rt = rt->parent;
- } while( rt );
- if( f == NULL ) return 0;
- return fetch_i((char*)d + f->field_index,f->t,t);
- }
- break;
- case HVIRTUAL:
- return hl_dyn_geti(((vvirtual*)d)->value, hfield, t);
- default:
- hl_error("Invalid field access");
- break;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-void *hl_dyn_getp( vdynamic *d, int hfield, hl_type *t ) {
- switch( d->t->kind ) {
- case HDYNOBJ:
- {
- vdynobj *o = (vdynobj*)d;
- hl_field_lookup *f = hl_lookup_find(&o->dproto->fields,o->nfields,hfield);
- if( f == NULL ) return 0;
- return fetch_p(o->fields_data + f->field_index,f->t,t);
- }
- break;
- case HOBJ:
- {
- hl_runtime_obj *rt = d->t->obj->rt;
- hl_field_lookup *f = NULL;
- do {
- f = hl_lookup_find(rt->lookup,rt->nlookup,hfield);
- if( f != NULL ) break;
- rt = rt->parent;
- } while( rt );
- if( f == NULL ) return NULL;
- if( f->field_index < 0 ) {
- vclosure *c = hl_alloc_closure_ptr(f->t,rt->methods[-f->field_index-1],d);
- return hl_dyn_castp(&c,c->t,t);
- }
- return fetch_p((char*)d + f->field_index,f->t,t);
- }
- break;
- case HVIRTUAL:
- return hl_dyn_getp(((vvirtual*)d)->value, hfield, t);
- default:
- hl_error("Invalid field access");
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-void hl_dyn_seti( vdynamic *d, int hfield, hl_type *t, int value ) {
- if( d == NULL ) hl_error("Invalid field access");
- switch( d->t->kind ) {
- case HDYNOBJ:
- {
- vdynobj *o = (vdynobj*)d;
- hl_field_lookup *f = hl_lookup_find(&o->dproto->fields,o->nfields,hfield);
- if( f == NULL )
- f = hl_dyn_alloc_field(o,hfield,t);
- else if( f->t != t )
- hl_error("Invalid dynset cast");
- *(int*)(o->fields_data + f->field_index) = value;
- }
- break;
- case HOBJ:
- hl_error("TODO");
- break;
- case HVIRTUAL:
- hl_dyn_seti(((vvirtual*)d)->value, hfield, t, value);
- break;
- default:
- hl_error("Invalid field access");
- }
-}
-
-void hl_dyn_setp( vdynamic *d, int hfield, hl_type *t, void *value ) {
- if( d == NULL ) hl_error("Invalid field access");
- switch( d->t->kind ) {
- case HDYNOBJ:
- {
- vdynobj *o = (vdynobj*)d;
- hl_field_lookup *f = hl_lookup_find(&o->dproto->fields,o->nfields,hfield);
- if( f == NULL )
- f = hl_dyn_alloc_field(o,hfield,t);
- else if( f->t != t )
- hl_error("Invalid dynset cast");
- *(void**)(o->fields_data + f->field_index) = value;
- }
- break;
- case HVIRTUAL:
- hl_dyn_setp(((vvirtual*)d)->value, hfield, t, value);
- break;
- case HOBJ:
- hl_error("TODO");
- break;
- default:
- hl_error("Invalid field access");
- }
-}
diff --git a/src/std/buffer.c b/src/std/buffer.c
index 1e7ce0777..fcd6a3c1b 100644
--- a/src/std/buffer.c
+++ b/src/std/buffer.c
@@ -59,7 +59,17 @@ void hl_buffer_str_sub( hl_buffer *b, const uchar *s, int len ) {
}
void hl_buffer_str( hl_buffer *b, const uchar *s ) {
- if( s ) hl_buffer_str_sub(b,s,(int)ustrlen(s));
+ if( s ) hl_buffer_str_sub(b,s,(int)ustrlen(s)); else hl_buffer_str_sub(b,USTR("NULL"),4);
+}
+
+void hl_buffer_cstr( hl_buffer *b, const char *s ) {
+ if( s ) {
+ int len = strlen(s);
+ uchar *out = (uchar*)malloc(sizeof(uchar)*(len+1));
+ strtou(out,len,s);
+ hl_buffer_str_sub(b,out,len);
+ free(out);
+ } else hl_buffer_str_sub(b,USTR("NULL"),4);
}
void hl_buffer_char( hl_buffer *b, uchar c ) {
diff --git a/src/std/obj.c b/src/std/obj.c
index 222a1d8ed..681435bb0 100644
--- a/src/std/obj.c
+++ b/src/std/obj.c
@@ -1,4 +1,418 @@
-#include
+#include "hl.h"
+#include
+
+static void hl_lookup_insert( hl_field_lookup *l, int size, int hash, hl_type *t, int index ) {
+ int min = 0;
+ int max = size;
+ int pos;
+ while( min < max ) {
+ int mid = (min + max) >> 1;
+ int h = l[mid].hashed_name;
+ if( h < hash ) min = mid + 1; else max = mid;
+ }
+ pos = (min + max) >> 1;
+ memcpy(l + pos + 1, l + pos, (size - pos) * sizeof(hl_field_lookup));
+ l[pos].field_index = index;
+ l[pos].hashed_name = hash;
+ l[pos].t = t;
+}
+
+static hl_field_lookup *hl_lookup_find( hl_field_lookup *l, int size, int hash ) {
+ int min = 0;
+ int max = size;
+ while( min < max ) {
+ int mid = (min + max) >> 1;
+ int h = l[mid].hashed_name;
+ if( h < hash ) min = mid + 1; else if( h > hash ) max = mid; else return l + mid;
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static int hl_lookup_find_index( hl_field_lookup *l, int size, int hash ) {
+ int min = 0;
+ int max = size;
+ while( min < max ) {
+ int mid = (min + max) >> 1;
+ int h = l[mid].hashed_name;
+ if( h < hash ) min = mid + 1; else if( h > hash ) max = mid; else return mid;
+ }
+ return (min + max) >> 1;
+}
+
+static int hl_cache_count = 0;
+static int hl_cache_size = 0;
+static hl_field_lookup *hl_cache = NULL;
+
+int hl_hash( vbytes *b ) {
+ return hl_hash_gen((uchar*)b,true);
+}
+
+int hl_hash_gen( const uchar *name, bool cache_name ) {
+ int h = 0;
+ const uchar *oname = name;
+ while( *name ) {
+ h = 223 * h + (unsigned)*name;
+ name++;
+ }
+ h %= 0x1FFFFF7B;
+ if( cache_name ) {
+ hl_field_lookup *l = hl_lookup_find(hl_cache, hl_cache_count, h);
+ if( l == NULL ) {
+ if( hl_cache_size == hl_cache_count ) {
+ // resize
+ int newsize = hl_cache_size ? (hl_cache_size * 3) >> 1 : 16;
+ hl_field_lookup *cache = (hl_field_lookup*)hl_gc_alloc(sizeof(hl_field_lookup) * newsize);
+ memcpy(cache,hl_cache,sizeof(hl_field_lookup) * hl_cache_count);
+ free(hl_cache);
+ hl_cache = cache;
+ hl_cache_size = newsize;
+ }
+ hl_lookup_insert(hl_cache,hl_cache_count++,h,(hl_type*)ustrdup(oname),0);
+ }
+ }
+ return h;
+}
+
+const uchar *hl_field_name( int hash ) {
+ hl_field_lookup *l = hl_lookup_find(hl_cache, hl_cache_count, hash);
+ return l ? (uchar*)l->t : USTR("???");
+}
+
+void hl_cache_free() {
+ int i;
+ for(i=0;iobj;
+ hl_module_context *m = o->m;
+ hl_alloc *alloc = &m->alloc;
+ hl_runtime_obj *p = NULL, *t;
+ int i, size, start;
+ if( o->rt ) return o->rt;
+ if( o->super ) p = hl_get_obj_rt(o->super);
+ t = (hl_runtime_obj*)hl_malloc(alloc,sizeof(hl_runtime_obj));
+ t->t = ot;
+ t->nfields = o->nfields + (p ? p->nfields : 0);
+ t->nproto = p ? p->nproto : 0;
+ t->nlookup = o->nfields + o->nproto;
+ t->lookup = (hl_field_lookup*)hl_malloc(alloc,sizeof(hl_field_lookup) * t->nlookup);
+ t->fields_indexes = (int*)hl_malloc(alloc,sizeof(int)*t->nfields);
+ t->toStringFun = NULL;
+ t->compareFun = NULL;
+ t->castFun = NULL;
+ t->parent = p;
+
+ // fields indexes
+ start = 0;
+ if( p ) {
+ start = p->nfields;
+ memcpy(t->fields_indexes, p->fields_indexes, sizeof(int)*p->nfields);
+ }
+ size = p ? p->size : HL_WSIZE; // hl_type*
+ for(i=0;infields;i++) {
+ hl_type *ft = o->fields[i].t;
+ size += hl_pad_size(size,ft);
+ t->fields_indexes[i+start] = size;
+ hl_lookup_insert(t->lookup,i,o->fields[i].hashed_name,o->fields[i].t,size);
+ size += hl_type_size(ft);
+ }
+ t->size = size;
+ t->methods = NULL;
+ o->rt = t;
+ ot->vobj_proto = NULL;
+
+ // fields lookup
+ size = 0;
+ for(i=0;inproto;i++) {
+ hl_obj_proto *p = o->proto + i;
+ if( p->pindex >= t->nproto ) t->nproto = p->pindex + 1;
+ hl_lookup_insert(t->lookup,i + o->nfields,p->hashed_name,m->functions_types[p->findex],-(i+1));
+ }
+ return t;
+}
+
+/**
+ Fill class prototype with method pointers.
+ Requires method table to be finalized
+**/
+hl_runtime_obj *hl_get_obj_proto( hl_type *ot ) {
+ hl_type_obj *o = ot->obj;
+ hl_module_context *m = o->m;
+ hl_alloc *alloc = &m->alloc;
+ hl_runtime_obj *p = NULL, *t = hl_get_obj_rt(ot);
+ hl_field_lookup *strField, *cmpField, *castField;
+ int i;
+ if( ot->vobj_proto ) return t;
+ if( o->super ) p = hl_get_obj_proto(o->super);
+
+ strField = hl_lookup_find(t->lookup,t->nlookup,hl_hash_gen(USTR("__string"),false));
+ cmpField = hl_lookup_find(t->lookup,t->nlookup,hl_hash_gen(USTR("__compare"),false));
+ castField = hl_lookup_find(t->lookup,t->nlookup,hl_hash_gen(USTR("__cast"),false));
+ t->toStringFun = strField ? m->functions_ptrs[o->proto[-(strField->field_index+1)].findex] : (p ? p->toStringFun : NULL);
+ t->compareFun = cmpField ? m->functions_ptrs[o->proto[-(cmpField->field_index+1)].findex] : (p ? p->compareFun : NULL);
+ t->castFun = castField ? m->functions_ptrs[o->proto[-(castField->field_index+1)].findex] : (p ? p->castFun : NULL);
+
+ if( t->nproto ) {
+ void **fptr = (void**)hl_malloc(alloc, sizeof(void*) * t->nproto);
+ ot->vobj_proto = fptr;
+ if( p )
+ memcpy(fptr, p->t->vobj_proto, p->nproto * sizeof(void*));
+ for(i=0;inproto;i++) {
+ hl_obj_proto *p = o->proto + i;
+ if( p->pindex >= 0 ) fptr[p->pindex] = m->functions_ptrs[p->findex];
+ }
+ }
+
+ t->methods = (void**)hl_malloc(alloc, sizeof(void*) * o->nproto);
+ for(i=0;inproto;i++) {
+ hl_obj_proto *p = o->proto + i;
+ t->methods[i] = m->functions_ptrs[p->findex];
+ }
+
+ return t;
+}
+
+/**
+ Allocate a virtual fields mapping to a given value.
+**/
+vvirtual *hl_to_virtual( hl_type *vt, vdynamic *obj ) {
+ vvirtual *v;
+ if( obj == NULL ) return NULL;
+ switch( obj->t->kind ) {
+ case HOBJ:
+ {
+ int i;
+ hl_runtime_obj *rt = obj->t->obj->rt;
+ v = (vvirtual*)hl_gc_alloc(sizeof(vvirtual));
+ v->t = vt;
+ v->fields_data = (char*)obj;
+ v->indexes = (int*)hl_gc_alloc(sizeof(int)*vt->virt->nfields);
+ v->value = obj;
+ v->next = NULL;
+ for(i=0;ivirt->nfields;i++) {
+ hl_runtime_obj *rtt = rt;
+ hl_field_lookup *f = NULL;
+ while( rtt ) {
+ f = hl_lookup_find(rtt->lookup,rtt->nlookup,vt->virt->fields[i].hashed_name);
+ if( f != NULL ) break;
+ rtt = rtt->parent;
+ }
+ v->indexes[i] = f == NULL || f->field_index <= 0 || (f->t != vt->virt->fields[i].t) ? 0 : f->field_index;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case HDYNOBJ:
+ {
+ int i;
+ vdynobj *o = (vdynobj*)obj;
+ v = o->virtuals;
+ while( v ) {
+ if( v->t->virt == vt->virt )
+ return v;
+ v = v->next;
+ }
+ // allocate a new virtual mapping
+ v = (vvirtual*)hl_gc_alloc(sizeof(vvirtual));
+ v->t = vt;
+ v->fields_data = o->fields_data - sizeof(void*);
+ v->indexes = hl_gc_alloc(sizeof(int)*vt->virt->nfields);
+ v->value = obj;
+ for(i=0;ivirt->nfields;i++) {
+ hl_field_lookup *f = hl_lookup_find(&o->dproto->fields,o->nfields,vt->virt->fields[i].hashed_name);
+ v->indexes[i] = f == NULL || f->t != vt->virt->fields[i].t ? 0 : f->field_index + sizeof(void*);
+ }
+ // add it to the list
+ v->next = o->virtuals;
+ o->virtuals = v;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ hl_fatal_fmt("Don't know how to virtual %d",obj->t->kind);
+ }
+ return v;
+}
+
+/*
+void *hl_fetch_method( vvirtual *v, int fid ) {
+ hl_obj_field *f = v->t->virt->fields + fid;
+ switch( v->value->t->kind ) {
+ case HOBJ:
+ {
+ hl_type_obj *o = ((vobj*)v->value)->t->obj;
+ hl_module_context *m = o->m;
+ hl_runtime_obj *rt = o->rt;
+ while( rt ) {
+ hl_field_lookup *found = hl_lookup_find(rt->lookup,rt->nlookup,f->hashed_name);
+ if( found ) {
+ int fid;
+ if( found->field_index > 0 ) return NULL;
+ fid = rt->obj->proto[-found->field_index].findex;
+ return hl_alloc_closure_ptr(m->functions_types[fid], m->functions_ptrs[fid], o);
+ }
+ rt = rt->parent;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}*/
+
+#define B2(t1,t2) ((t1) + ((t2) * HLAST))
+#define fetch_i(data,src,dst) src == dst ? *(int*)(data) : hl_dyn_casti(data,src,dst)
+#define fetch_p(data,src,dst) src == dst ? *(void**)(data) : hl_dyn_castp(data,src,dst)
+
+static hl_field_lookup *hl_dyn_alloc_field( vdynobj *o, int hfield, hl_type *t ) {
+ int pad = hl_pad_size(o->dataSize, t);
+ int size = hl_type_size(t);
+ int index;
+ char *newData = (char*)hl_gc_alloc(o->dataSize + pad + size);
+ vdynobj_proto *proto = (vdynobj_proto*)hl_gc_alloc(sizeof(vdynobj_proto) + sizeof(hl_field_lookup) * (o->nfields + 1 - 1));
+ int field_pos = hl_lookup_find_index(&o->dproto->fields, o->nfields, hfield);
+ hl_field_lookup *f;
+ // update data
+ memcpy(newData,o->fields_data,o->dataSize);
+ o->fields_data = newData;
+ o->dataSize += pad;
+ index = o->dataSize;
+ o->dataSize += size;
+ // update field table
+ proto->t = o->dproto->t;
+ memcpy(&proto->fields,&o->dproto->fields,field_pos * sizeof(hl_field_lookup));
+ f = (&proto->fields) + field_pos;
+ f->t = t;
+ f->hashed_name = hfield;
+ f->field_index = index;
+ memcpy(&proto->fields + (field_pos + 1),&o->dproto->fields + field_pos, (o->nfields - field_pos) * sizeof(hl_field_lookup));
+ o->nfields++;
+ o->dproto = proto;
+ return f;
+}
+
+int hl_dyn_geti( vdynamic *d, int hfield, hl_type *t ) {
+ switch( d->t->kind ) {
+ case HDYNOBJ:
+ {
+ vdynobj *o = (vdynobj*)d;
+ hl_field_lookup *f = hl_lookup_find(&o->dproto->fields,o->nfields,hfield);
+ if( f == NULL ) return 0;
+ return fetch_i(o->fields_data + f->field_index,f->t, t);
+ }
+ break;
+ case HOBJ:
+ {
+ hl_runtime_obj *rt = d->t->obj->rt;
+ hl_field_lookup *f = NULL;
+ do {
+ f = hl_lookup_find(rt->lookup,rt->nlookup,hfield);
+ if( f != NULL ) break;
+ rt = rt->parent;
+ } while( rt );
+ if( f == NULL ) return 0;
+ return fetch_i((char*)d + f->field_index,f->t,t);
+ }
+ break;
+ case HVIRTUAL:
+ return hl_dyn_geti(((vvirtual*)d)->value, hfield, t);
+ default:
+ hl_error("Invalid field access");
+ break;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void *hl_dyn_getp( vdynamic *d, int hfield, hl_type *t ) {
+ switch( d->t->kind ) {
+ case HDYNOBJ:
+ {
+ vdynobj *o = (vdynobj*)d;
+ hl_field_lookup *f = hl_lookup_find(&o->dproto->fields,o->nfields,hfield);
+ if( f == NULL ) return 0;
+ return fetch_p(o->fields_data + f->field_index,f->t,t);
+ }
+ break;
+ case HOBJ:
+ {
+ hl_runtime_obj *rt = d->t->obj->rt;
+ hl_field_lookup *f = NULL;
+ do {
+ f = hl_lookup_find(rt->lookup,rt->nlookup,hfield);
+ if( f != NULL ) break;
+ rt = rt->parent;
+ } while( rt );
+ if( f == NULL ) return NULL;
+ if( f->field_index < 0 ) {
+ vclosure *c = hl_alloc_closure_ptr(f->t,rt->methods[-f->field_index-1],d);
+ return hl_dyn_castp(&c,c->t,t);
+ }
+ return fetch_p((char*)d + f->field_index,f->t,t);
+ }
+ break;
+ case HVIRTUAL:
+ return hl_dyn_getp(((vvirtual*)d)->value, hfield, t);
+ default:
+ hl_error("Invalid field access");
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void hl_dyn_seti( vdynamic *d, int hfield, hl_type *t, int value ) {
+ if( d == NULL ) hl_error("Invalid field access");
+ switch( d->t->kind ) {
+ case HDYNOBJ:
+ {
+ vdynobj *o = (vdynobj*)d;
+ hl_field_lookup *f = hl_lookup_find(&o->dproto->fields,o->nfields,hfield);
+ if( f == NULL )
+ f = hl_dyn_alloc_field(o,hfield,t);
+ else if( f->t != t )
+ hl_error("Invalid dynset cast");
+ *(int*)(o->fields_data + f->field_index) = value;
+ }
+ break;
+ case HOBJ:
+ hl_error("TODO");
+ break;
+ case HVIRTUAL:
+ hl_dyn_seti(((vvirtual*)d)->value, hfield, t, value);
+ break;
+ default:
+ hl_error("Invalid field access");
+ }
+}
+
+void hl_dyn_setp( vdynamic *d, int hfield, hl_type *t, void *value ) {
+ if( d == NULL ) hl_error("Invalid field access");
+ switch( d->t->kind ) {
+ case HDYNOBJ:
+ {
+ vdynobj *o = (vdynobj*)d;
+ hl_field_lookup *f = hl_lookup_find(&o->dproto->fields,o->nfields,hfield);
+ if( f == NULL )
+ f = hl_dyn_alloc_field(o,hfield,t);
+ else if( f->t != t )
+ hl_error("Invalid dynset cast");
+ *(void**)(o->fields_data + f->field_index) = value;
+ }
+ break;
+ case HVIRTUAL:
+ hl_dyn_setp(((vvirtual*)d)->value, hfield, t, value);
+ break;
+ case HOBJ:
+ hl_error("TODO");
+ break;
+ default:
+ hl_error("Invalid field access");
+ }
+}
HL_PRIM vdynamic *hl_obj_get_field( vdynamic *obj, int hfield ) {
return (vdynamic*)hl_dyn_getp(obj,hfield,&hlt_dyn);
@@ -9,7 +423,28 @@ HL_PRIM void hl_obj_set_field( vdynamic *obj, int hfield, vdynamic *v ) {
}
HL_PRIM bool hl_obj_has_field( vdynamic *obj, int hfield ) {
- hl_fatal("TODO");
+ if( obj == NULL ) return false;
+ switch( obj->t->kind ) {
+ case HOBJ:
+ {
+ hl_runtime_obj *rt = obj->t->obj->rt;
+ do {
+ hl_field_lookup *f = hl_lookup_find(rt->lookup,rt->nlookup,hfield);
+ if( f ) return f->field_index >= 0;
+ rt = rt->parent;
+ } while( rt );
+ }
+ break;
+ case HDYNOBJ:
+ {
+ vdynobj *d = (vdynobj*)obj;
+ hl_field_lookup *f = hl_lookup_find(&d->dproto->fields,d->nfields,hfield);
+ return f != NULL;
+ }
+ break;
+ case HVIRTUAL:
+ return hl_obj_has_field(((vvirtual*)obj)->value,hfield);
+ }
return false;
}
diff --git a/src/std/regexp.c b/src/std/regexp.c
index 8db955c6b..4d806db44 100644
--- a/src/std/regexp.c
+++ b/src/std/regexp.c
@@ -1,22 +1,101 @@
#include
+#define PCRE_STATIC
+#include
-typedef struct _ereg {
- int _;
-} ereg;
+typedef struct _ereg ereg;
+
+static pcre16_extra limit;
+
+struct _ereg {
+ void (*finalize)( ereg * );
+ pcre16 *p;
+ int *matches;
+ int nmatches;
+ bool matched;
+};
+
+static void regexp_finalize( ereg *e ) {
+ pcre16_free(e->p);
+ free(e->matches);
+}
HL_PRIM ereg *regexp_regexp_new_options( vbytes *str, vbytes *opts ) {
- return NULL;
+ ereg *r;
+ const char *error;
+ int err_offset;
+ int errorcode;
+ pcre16 *p;
+ uchar *o = (uchar*)opts;
+ int options = 0;
+ while( *o ) {
+ switch( *o++ ) {
+ case 'i':
+ options |= PCRE_CASELESS;
+ break;
+ case 's':
+ options |= PCRE_DOTALL;
+ break;
+ case 'm':
+ options |= PCRE_MULTILINE;
+ break;
+ case 'u':
+ options |= PCRE_UTF8;
+ break;
+ case 'g':
+ options |= PCRE_UNGREEDY;
+ break;
+ default:
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ p = pcre16_compile2((PCRE_SPTR16)str,options,&errorcode,&error,&err_offset,NULL);
+ if( p == NULL ) {
+ hl_buffer *b = hl_alloc_buffer();
+ hl_buffer_str(b,USTR("Regexp compilation error : "));
+ hl_buffer_cstr(b,"abcde");
+ hl_buffer_str(b,USTR(" in "));
+ hl_buffer_str(b,(uchar*)str);
+ hl_error_msg(USTR("%s"),hl_buffer_content(b,NULL));
+ }
+ r = (ereg*)hl_gc_alloc_finalizer(sizeof(ereg));
+ r->finalize = regexp_finalize;
+ r->p = p;
+ r->nmatches = 0;
+ pcre16_fullinfo(p,NULL,PCRE_INFO_CAPTURECOUNT,&r->nmatches);
+ r->nmatches++;
+ r->matches = (int*)malloc(sizeof(int) * 3 * r->nmatches);
+ limit.flags = PCRE_EXTRA_MATCH_LIMIT_RECURSION;
+ limit.match_limit_recursion = 3500; // adapted based on Windows 1MB stack size
+ return r;
}
-HL_PRIM int regexp_regexp_matched_pos( ereg *e, int pos, int *len ) {
- return 0;
+static bool do_exec( ereg *e, vbytes *str, int len, int pos ) {
+ int res = pcre16_exec(e->p,&limit,(PCRE_SPTR16)str,len,pos,0,e->matches,e->nmatches * 3);
+ e->matched = res >= 0;
+ if( res >= 0 )
+ return true;
+ if( res != PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH )
+ hl_error("An error occured while running pcre_exec");
+ return false;
+}
+
+HL_PRIM int regexp_regexp_matched_pos( ereg *e, int m, int *len ) {
+ int start;
+ if( !e->matched )
+ hl_error("Calling matchedPos() on an unmatched regexp");
+ if( m < 0 || m >= e->nmatches )
+ hl_error_msg(USTR("Matched index %d outside bounds"),m);
+ start = e->matches[m*2];
+ *len = e->matches[m*2+1] - start;
+ return start;
}
HL_PRIM vbytes *regexp_regexp_matched( ereg *e, int pos, int *len ) {
+ hl_fatal("TODO");
return NULL;
}
HL_PRIM bool regexp_regexp_match( ereg *e, vbytes *s, int pos, int len ) {
- return false;
+ return do_exec(e,s,pos+len,pos);
}